diff options
| author | Christian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com> | 2023-03-13 16:04:19 +0100 |
|---|---|---|
| committer | Olivier Hallot <olivier.hallot@libreoffice.org> | 2023-03-16 15:18:10 +0000 |
| commit | 77cb682cd1b004e7247560e60f603a4bb0565b8d (patch) | |
| tree | 5ff7d8bf5fcc8f9fe162b8ed05ca7eeaf21022ba | |
| parent | 00567a452bb1e270dd2438dcc865359edba56c19 (diff) | |
convert plain paragraphs with role="heading" → h<level>
i.e. without child elements and also drop the language that was changed
to implied in the dtd previously/defaults to en-US unless specified.
This change doesn't affect translations, only the content of the
paragraph/headings is extracted.
done with:
perl -CSD -pi -e 'BEGIN {$base = qr/role="heading"|level="(?<level>\d+)"|(?<id>id="[^"]+")/;} s#<paragraph(((\s+($base)){3})|(\s+($base|xml-lang="en-US")){4})>(?<body>[^<]+)</paragraph>#<h$+{level} $+{id}>$+{body}</h$+{level}>#g'
(all permutations re order of attributes, and xml-lang="en-US" being
optional / implied)
Change-Id: I365a2bb983a3969af9390753fce7b7f3597c7b8b
Reviewed-on: https://gerrit.libreoffice.org/c/help/+/148795
Tested-by: Jenkins
Reviewed-by: Olivier Hallot <olivier.hallot@libreoffice.org>
669 files changed, 3223 insertions, 3223 deletions
diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp index afb44b345f..2294f26e21 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/access2base.xhp @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ <bookmark_value>Microsoft Access; Access2Base</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Access databases; run in Base</bookmark_value> </bookmark> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_idA2B002" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Access2Base</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_idA2B003" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">What is Access2Base?</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_idA2B002">Access2Base</h1> + <h2 id="hd_idA2B003">What is Access2Base?</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idA2B004" xml-lang="en-US">Access2Base is a %PRODUCTNAME BASIC library of macros for (business or personal) application developers and advanced users. It is one of the libraries stored in "Application macros and dialogs".</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idA2B005" xml-lang="en-US">The functionalities provided by the implemented macros are all directly inspired by Microsoft Access. The macros are callable mainly from a %PRODUCTNAME <emph>Base</emph> application, but also from <emph>any</emph> %PRODUCTNAME document (Writer, Calc, ...) where access to data stored in a database makes sense.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idA2B006" xml-lang="en-US">The API provided by Access2Base is intended to be more concise, intuitive and easy to learn than the standard UNO API (API = Application Programming Interface).</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_idA2B007" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>The library is documented online on </emph><link href="http://www.access2base.com"><emph>http://www.access2base.com</emph></link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_idA2B008" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The implemented macros include:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_idA2B008">The implemented macros include:</h2> <list type="ordered" format="1"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idA2B009" xml-lang="en-US">a simplified and extensible API for <emph>forms</emph>, <emph>dialogs</emph> and <emph>controls</emph> manipulations similar with the Microsoft Access object model,</paragraph> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idA2B017" xml-lang="en-US">the support of both embedded forms and standalone (Writer) forms.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_idA2B018" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Compare Access2Base with Microsoft Access VBA</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_idA2B018">Compare Access2Base with Microsoft Access VBA</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="hd_idA2B019" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">REM Open a form ... </paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="hd_idA2B020" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> OpenForm("myForm") </paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp index b6721f2dc8..9529087559 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US">The following examples are for a new <link href="text/sbasic/guide/create_dialog.xhp">dialog</link> called "Dialog1". Use the tools on the <emph>Toolbox</emph> bar in the dialog editor to create the dialog and add the following controls: a <emph>Check Box</emph> called "CheckBox1", a <emph>Label Field</emph> called "Label1", a <emph>Button</emph> called "CommandButton1", and a <emph>List Box</emph> called "ListBox1".</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3154141" xml-lang="en-US">Be consistent with uppercase and lowercase letter when you attach a control to an object variable.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Global Function for Loading Dialogs</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154909">Global Function for Loading Dialogs</h3> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3153193" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Function LoadDialog(Libname as String, DialogName as String, Optional oLibContainer)</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Dim oLib as Object ' com.sun.star.script.XLibraryContainer</paragraph> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3156286" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">End Function</paragraph> </bascode> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153032" xml-lang="en-US"><literal>LoadDialog</literal> function is stored in <literal>Tools.ModuleControls</literal> available from Application Macros and Dialogs.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149412" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Displaying a Dialog</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149412">Displaying a Dialog</h3> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3145801" xml-lang="en-US">REM global definition of variables</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3150716" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Dim oDialog1 AS Object</paragraph> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3155767" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> oDialog1.Execute()</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3149019" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">End Sub</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150042" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Read or Edit Properties of Controls in the Program</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150042">Read or Edit Properties of Controls in the Program</h3> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3159267" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub Sample1</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id6715588" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> With GlobalScope.Basiclibraries</paragraph> @@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3154485" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> oDialog1.Execute()</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3146115" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">End Sub</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145387" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add an Entry to a ListBox</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145387">Add an Entry to a ListBox</h3> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3155088" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub AddEntry</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id6715589" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> With GlobalScope.Basiclibraries</paragraph> @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3144504" xml-lang="en-US"> oListbox.additem("New Item" & iCount,0)</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3149328" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">End Sub</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147071" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove an Entry from a ListBox</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147071">Remove an Entry from a ListBox</h3> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3159095" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub RemoveEntry</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id6715590" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> With GlobalScope.Basiclibraries</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp index 38608ddea9..edf0563be3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/guide/translation.xhp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/defaultlanguage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id879849" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/defaultlanguage/entries" id="bm_id879848" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4721823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">The default language will be used as a source for all other language strings.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/defaultlanguage/checkedentries" id="bm_id8675191" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5806756" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Add UI languages for your dialog strings.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6596881" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To enable localizable dialogs</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6596881">To enable localizable dialogs</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8750572" xml-lang="en-US">In the Basic IDE dialog editor, open the Language toolbar choosing <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Language</item>. </paragraph> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2394482" xml-lang="en-US">Close the dialog or add additional languages.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id631733" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To edit localizable controls in your dialog</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id631733">To edit localizable controls in your dialog</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2334665" xml-lang="en-US">Once you have added the resources for localizable strings in your dialogs, you can select the current language from the Current Language listbox on the Language toolbar.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp index 56fc4ac1cc..c275d4ae93 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp @@ -33,48 +33,48 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3145786"><bookmark_value>macros; Basic IDE</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>Basic IDE; macros</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>this file needs more work, see i62546</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Macro</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145786">Macro</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152886" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="makro"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChooseMacro">Opens the <emph>Macro</emph> dialog, where you can create, edit, organize, and run $[officename] Basic macros.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154145" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Macro name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154145">Macro name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151116" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/macronameedit">Displays the name of the selected macro. To create or to change the name of a macro, enter a name here.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153729" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Macro from / Save macro in</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153729">Macro from / Save macro in</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153190" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/libraries">Lists the libraries and the modules where you can open or save your macros. To save a macro with a particular document, open the document, and then open this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Run / Save</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146975">Run / Save</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154791" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/ok">Runs or saves the current macro.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153158" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153158">Assign</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149961" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/assign">Opens the Customize dialog, where you can assign the selected macro to a menu command, a toolbar, or an event.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145799" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145799">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147127" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/edit">Starts the $[officename] Basic editor and opens the selected macro for editing.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149400" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New/Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149400">New/Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155602" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/delete">Creates a new macro, or deletes the selected macro.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149124" xml-lang="en-US">To create a new macro, select the "Standard" module in the <emph>Macro from</emph> list, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a macro, select it, and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153764" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Organizer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153764">Organizer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148405" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/basicmacrodialog/organize">Opens the <emph>Macro Organizer</emph> dialog, where you can add, edit, or delete existing macro modules, dialogs, and libraries.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166447" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Module/Dialog</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166447">Module/Dialog</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155959" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/library">Lists the existing macros and dialogs.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149922" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag-and-drop a module or a dialog between libraries.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159333" xml-lang="en-US">To copy a dialog or a module, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while you drag-and-drop.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147131" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147131">Edit</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149816" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/edit">Opens the selected macro or dialog for editing.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151214" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151214">New</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154202" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/newmodule">Creates a new module.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153269" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/newdialog">Creates a new dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Libraries tab page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154587">Libraries tab page</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153705" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/modulepage/newdialog">Lets you manage the macro libraries.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145259" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Location</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145259">Location</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153234" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/location">Select the location containing the macro libraries that you want to organize.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148460" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Library</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148460">Library</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150828" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/library">Lists the macro libraries in the chosen location.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145134" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145134">Edit</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150518" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/edit">Opens the $[officename] Basic editor so that you can modify the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150371" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150371">Password</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166430" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/password">Assigns or edits the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130100.xhp">password</link> for the selected library. "Standard" libraries cannot have a password.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154372" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154372">New</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145387" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/new">Creates a new library.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154259" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154259">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156169" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/newlibdialog/NewLibDialog">Enter a name for the new module, dialog, or library.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Append</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151183">Append</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155126" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/libpage/import">Locate that $[officename] Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130100.xhp index 3ccfab7460..d8be2f189b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130100.xhp @@ -28,15 +28,15 @@ <filename>/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130100.xhp</filename> </topic> </meta> -<body><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Change Password</paragraph> +<body><h1 id="hd_id3159399">Change Password</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog">Protects the selected library with a password.</ahelp> You can enter a new password, or change the current password.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Old password</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154285">Old password</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3153665">Password</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry">Enter the current password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New password</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153628" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153126">New password</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3153628">Password</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry">Enter a new password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148947" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Confirm</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148947">Confirm</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149457" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Repeat the new password for the selected library.</ahelp><comment>i66515</comment></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130500.xhp index d7d9786046..9b9ebc8115 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01/06130500.xhp @@ -34,16 +34,16 @@ <bookmark_value>libraries; adding</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>inserting;Basic libraries</bookmark_value> </bookmark> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150502" role="heading" level="1">Append libraries</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3150502">Append libraries</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154840" role="paragraph">Locate that <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ImportLibDialog" id="bm_id3109850" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149119" role="heading" level="2">File name:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149119">File name:</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147102" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ImportLibDialog">Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append.</ahelp> You can also select a library from the list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147291" role="heading" level="2">Options</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147226" role="heading" level="3">Insert as reference (read-only)</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147291">Options</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id3147226">Insert as reference (read-only)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155892" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145071" role="heading" level="3">Replace existing libraries</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3145071">Replace existing libraries</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149812" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/replace">Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp index adc5175207..9848e4db7f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01010210.xhp @@ -41,17 +41,17 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_id314756320" xml-lang="en-US">Some restrictions apply for the names of your public variables, subs, and functions. You must not use the same name as one of the modules of the same library.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">What is a Sub?</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150398">What is a Sub?</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148797" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Sub</emph> is the short form of <emph>subroutine</emph>, that is used to handle a certain task within a program. Subs are used to split a task into individual procedures. Splitting a program into procedures and sub-procedures enhances readability and reduces the error-proneness. A sub possibly takes some arguments as parameters but does not return any values back to the calling sub or function, for example:</paragraph> <paragraph role="code" id="par_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US">DoSomethingWithTheValues(MyFirstValue,MySecondValue)</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">What is a Function?</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156282">What is a Function?</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US">A <emph>function</emph> is essentially a sub, which returns a value. You may use a function at the right side of a variable declaration, or at other places where you normally use values, for example:</paragraph> <paragraph role="code" id="par_id3146985" xml-lang="en-US">MySecondValue = myFunction(MyFirstValue)</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153364" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Global and local variables</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153364">Global and local variables</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151112" xml-lang="en-US">Global variables are valid for all subs and functions inside a module. They are declared at the beginning of a module before the first sub or function starts.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154012" xml-lang="en-US">Variables that you declare within a sub or function are valid only inside this sub or function. These variables override global variables with the same name and local variables with the same name coming from superordinate subs or functions.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150010" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Structuring</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150010">Structuring</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153727" xml-lang="en-US">After separating your program into procedures and functions (Subs and Functions), you can save these procedures and functions as files for reuse in other projects. $[officename] Basic supports <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp">Modules and Libraries</link>. Subs and functions are always contained in modules. You can define modules to be global or part of a document. Multiple modules can be combined to a library.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152578" xml-lang="en-US">You can copy or move subs, functions, modules and libraries from one file to another by using the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link> dialog.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp index 30e1bea828..cc74e6d89b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01020500.xhp @@ -35,12 +35,12 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147427" xml-lang="en-US">The following describes the basic use of libraries, modules and dialogs in $[officename] Basic.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146120" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Basic provides tools to help you structuring your projects. It supports various "units" which enable you to group individual SUBS and FUNCTIONS in a Basic project.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Libraries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148575">Libraries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US">Libraries serve as a tool for organizing modules, and can either be attached to a document or a template. When the document or a template is saved, all modules contained in the library are automatically saved as well.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151112" xml-lang="en-US">A library can contain up to 16,000 modules.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Modules</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149262">Modules</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US">A module contains SUBS and FUNCTIONS along with variable declarations. The length of the program that can be saved in a module is limited to 64 kB. If more space is required you can divide a $[officename] Basic project among several modules, and then save them in a single library.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Dialog Modules</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152577">Dialog Modules</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149377" xml-lang="en-US">Dialog modules contain dialog definitions, including the dialog box properties, the properties of each dialog element and the events assigned. Since a dialog module can only contain a single dialog, they are often referred to as "dialogs".</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/01030400.xhp#01030400"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030300.xhp index 0345d92504..3d29257b07 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01030300.xhp @@ -39,25 +39,25 @@ <bookmark_value>Call Stack window</bookmark_value> </bookmark><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153344" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01030300.xhp">Debugging a Basic Program</link></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159224" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Breakpoints and Single Step Execution</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Breakpoints and Single Step Execution</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150682" xml-lang="en-US">You can check each line in your Basic program for errors using single step execution. Errors are easily traced since you can immediately see the result of each step. A pointer in the breakpoint column of the Editor indicates the current line. You can also set a breakpoint if you want to force the program to be interrupted at a specific position.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click in the <emph>breakpoint</emph> column at the left of the Editor window to toggle a breakpoint at the corresponding line. When the program reaches a breakpoint, the program execution is interrupted.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>single step </emph>execution using the <emph>Single Step</emph> icon causes the program to branch into procedures and functions.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US">The procedure step execution using the <emph>Procedure Step</emph> icon causes the program to skip over procedures and functions as a single step.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Properties of a Breakpoint</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153825">Properties of a Breakpoint</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US">The properties of a breakpoint are available through its context menu by right-clicking the breakpoint in the breakpoint column.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US">You can <emph>activate</emph> and <emph>deactivate</emph> a breakpoint by selecting <emph>Active</emph> from its context menu. When a breakpoint is deactivated, it does not interrupt the program execution. </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Properties</emph> from the context menu of a breakpoint or select <emph>Breakpoints</emph> from the context menu of the breakpoint column to call the <emph>Breakpoints</emph> dialog where you can specify other breakpoint options.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">The list displays all <emph>breakpoints</emph> with the corresponding line number in the source code. You can activate or deactivate a selected breakpoint by checking or clearing the <emph>Active</emph> box.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158407" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Pass Count</emph> specifies the number of times the breakpoint can be passed over before the program is interrupted. If you enter 0 (default setting) the program is always interrupted as soon as a breakpoint is encountered.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153968" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Delete</emph> to remove the breakpoint from the program.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Observing the Value of Variables</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150439">Observing the Value of Variables</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153368" xml-lang="en-US">You can monitor the values of a variable by adding it to the <emph>Watch</emph> window. To add a variable to the list of watched variables, type the variable name in the <emph>Watch</emph> text box and press Enter.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US">The values of variables are only displayed if they are in scope. Variables that are not defined at the current source code location display ("Out of Scope") instead of a value.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145272" xml-lang="en-US">You can also include arrays in the Watch window. If you enter the name of an array variable without an index value in the Watch text box, the content of the entire array is displayed.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145749" xml-lang="en-US">If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at run-time, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.</paragraph><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148618" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The Call Stack Window</paragraph> +<paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145749" xml-lang="en-US">If you rest the mouse over a predefined variable in the Editor at run-time, the content of the variable is displayed in a pop-up box.</paragraph><h2 id="hd_id3148618">The Call Stack Window</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154491" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_BASICIDE_STACKWINDOW_LIST">Provides an overview of the call hierarchy of procedures and functions.</ahelp> You can determine which procedures and functions called which other procedures and functions at the current point in the source code.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150594" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List of Run-Time Errors</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150594">List of Run-Time Errors</h2> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#allerrors"/> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp index cd8b5573ce..1a0383531e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050000.xhp @@ -42,24 +42,24 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/01050200.xhp#callstack"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp#breakpoints"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/keys.xhp#keys"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153188" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Commands From the Context menu of the Module Tabs</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154731" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153188">Commands From the Context menu of the Module Tabs</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3154731">Insert</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:NewModule" id="bm_id3412182" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151074" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Module</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3151074">Module</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:NewModule">Inserts a new module into the current library.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:NewDialog" id="bm_id9158311" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147397" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Dialog</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3147397">Dialog</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:NewDialog">Inserts a new dialog into the current library.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteCurrent" id="bm_id9753230" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155602" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Delete</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155602">Delete</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155064" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCurrent">Deletes the selected module.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RenameCurrent" id="bm_id8105416" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149018" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149018">Rename</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154754" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameCurrent">Renames the current module in place.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:HideCurPage" id="bm_id3462342" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150043" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hide</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150043">Hide</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145147" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:HideCurPage">Hides the current module.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163805" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Modules</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3163805">Modules</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153965" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/01/06130000.xhp"><emph>Macro Organizer</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp index 572fa6619d..473f6b874d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050100.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154908" xml-lang="en-US">The Watch window allows you to observe the value of variables during the execution of a program. Define the variable in the Watch text box. Click on <link href="text/sbasic/shared/02/11080000.xhp">Enable Watch</link> to add the variable to the list box and to display its values.</paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_WATCHWINDOW_EDIT" id="bm_id3125865" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Watch</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145173">Watch</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155132" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_BASICIDE_WATCHWINDOW_EDIT">Enter the name of the variable whose value is to be monitored.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_REMOVEWATCH" id="bm_id3163712" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove Watch</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148645">Remove Watch</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_BASICIDE_REMOVEWATCH">Removes the selected variable from the list of watched variables.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145271"> <tablerow> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_WATCHWINDOW_LIST" id="bm_id3154944" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154491" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing the Value of a Watched Variable</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154491">Editing the Value of a Watched Variable</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156283" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_BASICIDE_WATCHWINDOW_LIST">Displays the list of watched variables. Click twice with a short pause in between on an entry to edit its value.</ahelp> The new value will be taken as the variable's value for the program.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp index 24001568a1..3de2a3de14 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01050300.xhp @@ -39,20 +39,20 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/ManageBreakpointsDialog">Specifies the options for breakpoints.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/entries" id="bm_id31496561" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149670" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Breakpoints</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149670">Breakpoints</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/entries">Enter the line number for a new breakpoint, then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/active" id="bm_id3156422" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/breakpointmenus/active" id="bm_id3150870" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Active</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156280">Active</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/active">Activates or deactivates the current breakpoint.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/pass" id="bm_id3153768" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144500" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pass Count</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144500">Pass Count</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3161831" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/pass">Specify the number of loops to perform before the breakpoint takes effect.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/new" id="bm_id3150012" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152579" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152579">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148575" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/new">Creates a breakpoint on the line number specified.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/delete" id="bm_id3159156" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147319" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147319">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/managebreakpoints/delete">Deletes the selected breakpoint.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp index 35c5c02926..79cdf54be8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170100.xhp">Control and Dialog Properties</link></paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected dialog or control.</ahelp> You must be in the design mode to be able to use this command.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151043" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entering Data in the Properties Dialog</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151043">Entering Data in the Properties Dialog</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153771" xml-lang="en-US">The following key combinations apply to enter data in multiline fields or combo boxes of the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3152460"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp index 3ab5d1b940..f27610b37a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp @@ -34,33 +34,33 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/01170103.xhp">Events</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146114" xml-lang="en-US">Define event assignments for the selected control or dialog. The available events depend on the type of control selected.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145387" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">When receiving focus</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145387">When receiving focus</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155090" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSGAINED">This event takes place if a control receives the focus.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152892" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">When losing focus</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152892">When losing focus</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153305" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_FOCUSLOST">This event takes place if a control loses the focus.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152896" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Key pressed</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152896">Key pressed</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYTYPED">This event occurs when the user presses any key while the control has the focus.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146869" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Key released</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146869">Key released</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155267" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_KEYUP">This event occurs when the user releases a key while the control has the focus.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Modified</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159096">Modified</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156019" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_CHANGED">This event takes place, when the control loses the focus and the contents of the control were changed since it lost the focus.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144508" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text modified</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144508">Text modified</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148608" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_TEXTCHANGED">This event takes place if you enter or modify a text in an input field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159207" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Item status changed</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159207">Item status changed</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155097" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_ITEMSTATECHANGED">This event takes place if the status of the control field is changed, for example, from checked to unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151304" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mouse inside</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151304">Mouse inside</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152871" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEENTERED">This event takes place when the mouse enters the control.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146778" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mouse moved while key pressed</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146778">Mouse moved while key pressed</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150403" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEDRAGGED">This event takes place when the mouse is dragged while a key is pressed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150210" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mouse moved</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150210">Mouse moved</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149697" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEMOVED">This event takes place when the mouse moves over the control.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145216" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mouse button pressed</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145216">Mouse button pressed</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155914" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEPRESSED">This event takes place when the mouse button is pressed while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148899" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mouse button released</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148899">Mouse button released</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153812" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSERELEASED">This event takes place when the mouse button is released while the mouse pointer is on the control.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mouse outside</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153556">Mouse outside</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153013" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED">This event takes place when the mouse leaves the control.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155759" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">While adjusting</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155759">While adjusting</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156364" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_EVT_MOUSEEXITED">This event takes place when a scrollbar is being dragged.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp index fd12cdd830..6a3c2ce033 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/02/11090000.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/BASCTL_HID_BASICIDE_OBJECTCAT" id="bm_id3148664" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146794" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Window Area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146794">Window Area</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_BASICIDE_OBJECTCAT">Displays a hierarchical view of the current $[officename] macro libraries, modules, and dialogs. To display the contents of an item in the window, double click its name.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp index ed00a4462d..b6e110aeb2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03010102.xhp @@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150090" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150090">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340837456" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleMsgBox</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340836224" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sVar As Integer</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp index 1db86f3e3d..ad8206a8d7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148663" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020302.xhp">Loc Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the current position in an open file.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156422">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US">Loc(FileNumber)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150440" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150440">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" localize="false" id="par_id3152578" xml-lang="en-US">Long</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152462">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>FileNumber:</emph> Any numeric expression that contains the file number that is set by the Open statement for the respective file.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154320" xml-lang="en-US">If the Loc function is used for an open random access file, it returns the number of the last record that was last read or written.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp index 01352b21df..cc00797a3c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020304.xhp @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153194" xml-lang="en-US">For random access files, the Seek function returns the number of the next record to be read.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3161831" xml-lang="en-US">For all other files, the function returns the byte position at which the next operation is to occur.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US">See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020103.xhp">Open</link>, <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp">Seek</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152460" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152460">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3145365" xml-lang="en-US">Seek (FileNumber)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148575">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" localize="false" id="par_id3159156" xml-lang="en-US">Long</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149665">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148645" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>FileNumber:</emph> The data channel number used in the Open statement.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp index 875a125742..3caead6222 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020305.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US">Seek [#]filePos, {filePos|recordNum}</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153379" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153379">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153952" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>fileNum</emph>: The data channel number used in the Open statement.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145366" xml-lang="en-US"> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020403.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020403.xhp index 0929218d7c..3a876a96f0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020403.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020403.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153381" role="bascode" localize="false">CurDir [(Text As String)]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154366" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154366">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3156281" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">String</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#functparameters"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp index 04b32654dd..45f31916a9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020406.xhp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Copies a file.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147443" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147443">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3146957" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">FileCopy Source As String, Destination As String</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153825" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153825">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155390" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Source</emph>: Any string expression that specifies the name of the file that you want to copy. The expression can contain optional path and drive information. If you want, you can enter a path in <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp">URL notation</link>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150669" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Destination</emph>: Any string expression that specifies where you want to copy the source file to. The expression can contain the destination drive, the path, and file name, or the path in URL notation.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150791" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You can only use the FileCopy statement to copy files that are not opened.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err76"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3125863" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3125863">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340767600" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleFileCopy</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340766368" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> FileCopy "c:\autoexec.bat", "c:\Temp\Autoexec.sav"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp index 98544abd44..1455280d7f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020407.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3156423" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns a string that contains the date and the time that a file was created or last modified.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154685" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154685">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3154124" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">FileDateTime (Text As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150448" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150448">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3159153" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression that contains an unambiguous (no wildcards) file specification. You can also use <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp">URL notation</link>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155306" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This function determines the exact time of creation or last modification of a file, returned in the format "MM.DD.YYYY HH.MM.SS".</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#languageformat"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146119" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146119">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340766944" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleFileDateTime</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340765712" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox FileDateTime("C:\autoexec.bat")</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp index 9be37bdb17..313c57f7c7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020409.xhp @@ -38,22 +38,22 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3154347" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns a bit pattern that identifies the file type or the name of a volume or a directory.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149457" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149457">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150359" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">GetAttr (Text As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151211" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151211">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154909" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145172" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145172">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151042" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp">URL notation</link>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3161831" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This function determines the attributes for a specified file and returns the bit pattern that can help you to identify the following file attributes:</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err53"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145364" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145364">Value</h2> <section id="GetAttr_constants"> <table id="Table1"> @@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3156444" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to know if a bit of the attribute byte is set, use the following query method:</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153094" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153094">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341566848" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleSetGetAttr</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155415" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Define target for error handler</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp index 04d1795b26..bc3750a689 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020412.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3154346" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Renames an existing file or directory.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156344" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156344">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153381" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Name OldName As String As NewName As String</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153362" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153362">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151210" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>OldName, NewName:</emph> Any string expression that specifies the file name, including the path. You can also use <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp">URL notation</link>.</paragraph><comment>see #i61074</comment> -<paragraph id="hd_id3125863" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3125863">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341617392" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleReName</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341616160" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">On Error GoTo Error</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp index 8ac875c185..2b0684a17f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03020415.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153361" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Determines if a file or a directory is available on the data medium.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150447" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150447">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3154685" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">FileExists(FileName As String | DirectoryName As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154126" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154126">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150769" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Bool</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153770" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153770">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147349" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">FileName | DirectoryName: Any string expression that contains an unambiguous file specification. You can also use <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp">URL notation</link>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149664" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149664">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341149552" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleFileExists</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341148320" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox FileExists("C:\autoexec.bat")</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp index d2e6baab96..83fe73f04d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030103.xhp">Day Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147560" xml-lang="en-US">Returns a value that represents the day of the month based on a serial date number generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149456">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US">Day (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148798" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148798">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125865" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150448" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150448">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156423" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> A numeric expression that contains a serial date number from which you can determine the day of the month.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US">This function is basically the opposite of the DateSerial function, returning the day of the month from a serial date number generated by the <emph>DateSerial</emph> or the <emph>DateValue</emph> function. For example, the expression</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153190" xml-lang="en-US">returns the value 20.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149481">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3155413" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub ExampleDay</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3149260" xml-lang="en-US"> Print "Day " & Day(DateSerial(1994, 12, 20)) & " of the month"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp index b1d523ce05..c89e726cab 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030104.xhp">Month Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the month of a year from a serial date that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue function.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145068">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US">Month (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154366">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154125" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150768">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156423" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that contains the serial date number that is used to determine the month of the year.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153770" xml-lang="en-US">This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function. It returns the month in the year that corresponds to the serial date that is generated by <emph>DateSerial</emph> or <emph>DateValue</emph>. For example, the expression</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145366" xml-lang="en-US">returns the value 12.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146923" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146923">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3156442" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub ExampleMonth</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3149664" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox "" & Month(Now) ,64,"The current month"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp index 57b223b839..9ecaaac221 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148664" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030106.xhp">Year Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the year from a serial date number that is generated by the DateSerial or the DateValue function.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154125" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154125">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3147229" xml-lang="en-US">Year (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154685">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153970" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150440" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150440">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163712" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Integer expression that contains the serial date number that is used to calculate the year.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US">This function is the opposite of the <emph>DateSerial </emph>function, and returns the year of a serial date. For example, the expression:</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US">returns the value 1994.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146985" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146985">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3153952" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub ExampleYear</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox "" & Year(Now) ,64,"Current year"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp index 2d61b406a0..412782d4b9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151099" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Years less than 100 and greater than 9999 are supported since %PRODUCTNAME 5.4.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDateToIso(Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">String</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Integer that contains the serial date number.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341132912" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateToIso</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox "" & CDateToIso(Now) ,64,"ISO Date"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp index 6e1833c6f0..599d6c3297 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030108.xhp @@ -39,18 +39,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3148553" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">When converting a date serial number to a printable string, for example for the Print or MsgBox command, the locale's default calendar is used and at that 1582-10-15 cutover date may switch to the Julian calendar, which can result in a different date being displayed than expected. Use the <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030107.xhp">CDateToIso Function</link> to convert such date number to a string representation in the proleptic Gregorian calendar.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148554" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The YYYY-MM-DD format with separators is supported since %PRODUCTNAME 5.3.4. Years less than 100 or greater than 9999 are accepted since %PRODUCTNAME 5.4 if not in VBA compatibility mode.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148947" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148947">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" localize="false" id="par_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US">CDateFromIso(String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154367" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154367">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156212" xml-lang="en-US">Internal date number</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3125864">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>String:</emph> A string that contains a date in ISO format.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150439">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" localize="false" id="par_id3147318" xml-lang="en-US">dateval = CDateFromIso("20021231")</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" localize="false" id="par_id3147319" xml-lang="en-US">dateval = CDateFromIso("2002-12-31")</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030110.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030110.xhp index f37c7d949e..7a63468811 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030110.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030110.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_idN1055F" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">DateAdd (interval As String, number As Long, date As Date) As Date</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="par_idN1061E" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1061E">Return value:</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10622" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A Variant containing a date.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#functparameters"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp index ea12a8671f..c2e84e78b9 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030111.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.Date struct.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDateToUnoDate(aDate)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">com.sun.star.util.Date</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>aDate:</emph> Date to convert</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341576768" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateToUnoDate</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> aDatabaseRow.updateDate(3, CDateToUnoDate(Now))</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp index 58f716f415..c60ce1e750 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030112.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a UNO com.sun.star.util.Date struct to a Date value.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" localize="false" role="bascode">CDateFromUnoDate(aDate)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>aDate:</emph> Date to convert</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341052400" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateFromUnoDate</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox(CDateFromUnoDate(aDatabaseRow.getDate(3)))</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp index ee6c8e2f10..f170cb54ad 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030113.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the time part of the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.Time struct.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDateToUnoTime(aDate)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">com.sun.star.util.Time</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>aDate:</emph> Date value to convert</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341576752" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateToUnoTime</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> aDatabaseRow.updateTime(3, CDateToUnoTime(Now))</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp index da27f5d497..cc8ade33e3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030114.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a UNO com.sun.star.util.Time struct to a Date value.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDateFromUnoTime(aTime)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>aTime:</emph> Time to convert</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340912560" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateFromUnoTime</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox(CDateFromUnoTime(aDatabaseRow.getTime(3)))</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp index 95ae533275..764e67436e 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030115.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the time part of the date as a UNO com.sun.star.util.DateTime struct.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDateToUnoDateTime(aDate)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">com.sun.star.util.DateTime</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>aDate:</emph> Date value to convert</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1206672048" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateToUnoDateTime</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> aDatabaseRow.updateTimestamp(3, CDateToUnoDateTime(Now))</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp index 5adf14bda3..1319ba55a6 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030116.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3151097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a UNO com.sun.star.util.DateTime struct to a Date value.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159224" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159224">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149497" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDateFromUnoDateTime(aDateTime)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>aDateTime:</emph> DateTime to convert</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147243" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1073172720" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCDateFromUnoDateTime</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox(CDateFromUnoDateTime(aDatabaseRow.getTimestamp(3)))</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030120.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030120.xhp index 04f6fd4dea..75bf80e555 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030120.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030120.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_idN10648" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">DateDiff (interval As String, date1 As Date, date2 As Date [, firstDayOfWeek As Integer [, firstWeekOfYear As Integer]]) As Double</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="par_idN1064B" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1064B">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN1064F" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A number.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#functparameters"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030130.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030130.xhp index 5934bb13b2..2ab5e915a0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030130.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030130.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_idN105E8" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">DatePart (interval As String, date As Date [, firstDayOfWeek As Integer [, firstWeekOfYear As Integer]]) As Long</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="par_idN105EB" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105EB">Return value:</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105EF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The extracted part for the given date.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#functparameters"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp index 97bc08628f..95bdfdda28 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156042" role="heading" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03030201.xhp">Hour Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph">Returns the hour from a time value that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147574" role="heading" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147574">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147264" role="bascode">Hour (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145069" role="heading" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145069">Return value:</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149670" role="paragraph">Integer</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150359" role="heading" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150359">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154366" role="paragraph"> <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that contains the serial time value that is used to return the hour value.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154909" role="paragraph">This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> function. It returns an integer value that represents the hour from a time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or the <emph>TimeValue </emph>function. For example, the expression</paragraph> @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155132" role="paragraph">returns the value 12.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147348" role="heading" level="2">Example:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147348">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3146985" localize="false" role="bascode">Sub ExampleHour</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156441" role="bascode">Print "The current hour is " & Hour( Now )</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp index 4e8a65257d..db540dd177 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030204.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3156023" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns an integer that represents the seconds of the serial time number that is generated by the TimeSerial or the TimeValue function.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147264" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147264">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3146795" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Second (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150792">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154140" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156280" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156280">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154124" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that contains the serial time number that is used to calculate the number of seconds.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3125864" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This function is the opposite of the <emph>TimeSerial </emph>function. It returns the seconds of a serial time value that is generated by the <emph>TimeSerial</emph> or <emph>TimeValue </emph>functions. For example, the expression:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153951" localize="false" role="paragraph">Print Second(TimeSerial(12,30,41))</paragraph> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147426" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147426">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341619920" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleSecond</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156441" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox "The exact second of the current time is "& Second( Now )</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp index 376c632aa9..dfc39113ad 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030205.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3156344" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates a serial time value for the specified hour, minute, and second parameters that are passed as numeric value. You can then use this value to calculate the difference between times.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146794" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146794">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150792" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">TimeSerial (hour, minute, second)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148797" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148797">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154908" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154124" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154124">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153193" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>hour:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the hour of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. Valid values: 0-23.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3159252" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>minute:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the minute of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number of minutes influence the hour value.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3161831" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>second:</emph> Any integer expression that indicates the second of the time that is used to determine the serial time value. In general, you can use values between 0 and 59. However, you can also use values that lie outside of this range, where the number seconds influences the minute value.</paragraph> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154790" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154790">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341318224" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleTimeSerial</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341316992" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim dDate As Double, sDate As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp index cc978f83a3..14356a07f0 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03030206.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153361" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates a serial time value from the specified hour, minute, and second - parameters passed as strings - that represents the time in a single numeric value. This value can be used to calculate the difference between times.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154138" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154138">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3156282" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">TimeValue (Text As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153969" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153969">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3156424" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145172" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145172">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145786" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression that contains the time that you want to calculate in the format "HH:MM:SS".</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3152578" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the TimeValue function to convert any time into a single value, so that you can calculate time differences.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3163710" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This TimeValue function returns the type Variant with VarType 7 (Date), and stores this value internally as a double-precision number between 0 and 0.9999999999.</paragraph> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err13"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145271" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145271">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340872288" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleTimerValue</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340871056" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim daDT As Date</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp index 0bdf4ba66b..a618710188 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050100.xhp @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153394" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the line number where an error occurred during program execution.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147574" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147574">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3146795" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Erl</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147265" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147265">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154924" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150792">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153771" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The Erl function only returns a line number, and not a line label.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146921" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146921">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340990976" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleError</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150010" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">On Error GoTo ErrorHandler ' Set up error handler</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp index 9a31d45604..fe2d8b64a7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156343" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03050200.xhp">Err Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US">Returns an error code that identifies the error that occurred during program execution.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149656">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" localize="false" id="par_id3154123" xml-lang="en-US">Err</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147229" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147229">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150869" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153193" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153193">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149561" xml-lang="en-US">The Err function is used in error-handling routines to determine the error and the corrective action.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147317" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147317">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3153727" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub ExampleError</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3147426" xml-lang="en-US">On Error Goto ErrorHandler REM Set up error handler</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp index 3cfe1a6177..04d8bd0735 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp @@ -33,15 +33,15 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03050300.xhp">Error Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148663" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the error message that corresponds to a value or raises a given error context.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153379">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id631576404838377">Error</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US">Error(expression)</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id231576404629080">Error err_code</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145173">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154125" xml-lang="en-US">String or raised error context</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150869" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150869">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159254" xml-lang="en-US">If no argument is provided, the Error function returns the error message of the most recent error that occurred during program execution.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153193" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>expression:</emph> Any numeric expression whose error code can be mapped to an existing error message. An empty string is returned if the error code does not exist.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp index b0218f434d..77867817d7 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060100.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3143268" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Logically combines two expressions.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147574" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147574">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3156344" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 And Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148946" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148946">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149457" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that records the result of the combination.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150541" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to combine.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156215" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Boolean expressions combined with AND only return the value <emph>True</emph> if both expressions evaluate to <emph>True</emph>:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150870" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>True</emph> AND <emph>True</emph> returns <emph>True</emph>; for all other combinations the result is <emph>False</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The AND operator also performs a bitwise comparison of identically positioned bits in two numeric expressions.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153727" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153727">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340824864" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleAnd</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340823632" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim A As Variant, B As Variant, C As Variant, D As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp index abaee101e4..dceac3fa4c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060200.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149656" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates the logical equivalence of two expressions.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154367" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154367">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3154910" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 Eqv Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151043" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151043">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150869" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the comparison.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150448" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to compare.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149562" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When testing for equivalence between Boolean expressions, the result is <emph>True</emph> if both expressions are either <emph>True</emph> or <emph>False</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154319" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In a bit-wise comparison, the Eqv operator only sets the corresponding bit in the result if a bit is set in both expressions, or in neither expression.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159154" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159154">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341574288" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleEqv</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341573056" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim A As Variant, B As Variant, C As Variant, D As Variant<comment>see #i38265</comment></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp index 1655168c40..6f192c92f5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060300.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3148947" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Performs a logical implication on two expressions.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148664" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148664">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149656" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 Imp Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151212" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151212">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154910" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the implication.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156281" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any expressions that you want to evaluate with the Imp operator.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150440" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you use the Imp operator in Boolean expressions, False is only returned if the first expression evaluates to True and the second expression to False.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3163710" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you use the Imp operator in bit expressions, a bit is deleted from the result if the corresponding bit is set in the first expression and the corresponding bit is deleted in the second expression.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147318" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147318">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341575552" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleImp</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341574320" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim A As Variant, B As Variant, C As Variant, D As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp index c078b2b2f6..47065ad178 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060400.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3159414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Negates an expression by inverting the bit values.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149457" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149457">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150360" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Not Expression</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151211" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151211">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147228" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the negation.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154124" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression:</emph> Any expression that you want to negate.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150868" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When a Boolean expression is negated, the value True changes to False, and the value False changes to True.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3145785" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In a bitwise negation each individual bit is inverted.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153093" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153093">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341144144" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleNot</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341142912" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim vA As Variant, vB As Variant, vC As Variant, vD As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp index 0572801402..8fec89c1d3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060500.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3148552" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Performs a logical OR disjunction on two expressions.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148664" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148664">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150358" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 Or Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151211" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151211">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153192" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the disjunction.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3147229" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to compare.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154684" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A logical OR disjunction of two Boolean expressions returns the value True if at least one comparison expression is True.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A bit-wise comparison sets a bit in the result if the corresponding bit is set in at least one of the two expressions.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3161831" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3161831">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340848352" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleOr</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340847120" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim vA As Variant, vB As Variant, vC As Variant, vD As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp index a52fff6179..0081da07ee 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03060600.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3159414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Performs a logical Exclusive-Or combination of two expressions.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153381" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153381">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150400" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 XOR Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153968" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153968">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150448" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric variable that contains the result of the combination.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3125864" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to combine.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150439" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A logical Exclusive-Or conjunction of two Boolean expressions returns the value True only if both expressions are different from each other.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153770" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A bitwise Exclusive-Or conjunction returns a bit if the corresponding bit is set in only one of the two expressions.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153366" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153366">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341575648" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleXOR</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341574416" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim vA As Variant, vB As Variant, vC As Variant, vD As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070100.xhp index f54561edb0..cee63e9603 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070100.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153345" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Subtracts two values.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149416" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149416">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3156023" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 - Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154760" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154760">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147560" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the subtraction.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150398" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to subtract.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154366" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154366">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341579664" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleSubtraction1</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341578432" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> Print 5 - 5</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070200.xhp index 2f45997b55..ac09ffc109 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070200.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3154347" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Multiplies two values.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148946" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148946">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150358" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 * Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150400" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150400">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154365" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numeric expression that records the result of a multiplication.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154685" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numeric expressions that you want to multiply.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153968" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153968">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341058256" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleMultiplication1</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341621360" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> Print 5 * 5</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070300.xhp index ecfaa55d59..578a9d5b68 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070300.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3145068" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Adds or combines two expressions.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3144500" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144500">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150358" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 + Expression2</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150400" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150400">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154123" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the addition.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150870" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to combine or to add.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153969" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153969">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340484848" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleAddition1</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340483616" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> Print 5 + 5</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070400.xhp index 3e93644e42..7e44a23798 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070400.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149670" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Divides two values.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148946" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148946">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153360" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression1 / Expression2 </paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150359" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150359">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154141" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical value that contains the result of the division.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150448" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression1, Expression2:</emph> Any numerical expressions that you want to divide.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154684" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154684">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341473008" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleDivision1</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341471776" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> Print 5 / 5</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070500.xhp index e69cee1904..b218f80e5f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03070500.xhp @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149670" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Raises a number to a power.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147264" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147264">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149656" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Result = Expression ^ Exponent</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151211" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151211">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153192" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Result:</emph> Any numerical expression that contains the result of the number raised to a power.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150448" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression:</emph> Numerical value that you want to raise to a power.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156422" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Exponent:</emph> The value of the power that you want to raise the expression to.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147287" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147287">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340559440" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub Example</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340558208" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> Print ( 12.345 ^ 23 )</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp index 39311112bd..9a9af9002a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080201.xhp @@ -36,20 +36,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3155555" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the base of the natural logarithm (e = 2.718282) raised to a power.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150984" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150984">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3145315" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Exp (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154347" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154347">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149670" localize="false" role="paragraph">Double</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154760" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154760">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150793" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that specifies the power that you want to raise "e" to (the base of natural logarithms). The power must be for both single-precision numbers less than or equal to 88.02969 and double-precision numbers less than or equal to 709.782712893, since $[officename] Basic returns an Overflow error for numbers exceeding these values.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156280" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156280">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1206717456" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleLogExp</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1206716352" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim dValue As Double</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp index b4107c0684..22b2648567 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080301.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3145090" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Initializes the random-number generator used by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147573" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147573">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3145315" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Randomize [Number]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152456" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152456">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149670" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Any integer value. Used as seed to initialize the random-number generator. Equal seeds result in equal random-number sequences by the <emph>Rnd</emph> function. If the parameter is omitted, the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement will be ignored.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id110520161656428611" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Unless a predictable sequence of numbers is desired, there is no need to use the <emph>Randomize</emph> statement, as the random-number generator will be initialized automatically at first use – it will be seeded using a system-provided random-number generator that produces uniformly-distributed, non-deterministic random numbers. If no such generator is available on the system, the system time will be used as seed.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id12052016194258344" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Randomize</emph> statement affects BASIC's <emph>Rnd</emph> function only. Other random-number generators (for example the Calc's RAND() function, etc.) are not affected by it.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149655" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149655">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340800064" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleRandomize</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340798832" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim iCount As Integer, iVar As Integer, sText As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp index de2acf226a..51c37e22c4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080302.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149669" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns a random number between 0 and 1.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153897" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153897">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150543" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Rnd [(Expression)]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149655" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149655">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154365" localize="false" role="paragraph">Double</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154909" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154909">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3125864" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression:</emph> Has no effect, is ignored if provided.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3147318" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Rnd</emph> function returns decimal fractions ranging from 0 (included) to 1 (excluded) according to a uniform distribution. It uses the Mersenne Twister 19937 random-number generator. To generate random integers in a given range, use a formula like in the example below. A <emph>Randomize</emph> statement with a defined seed value can be used beforehand, if a predictable sequence of numbers is desired.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151118" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151118">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341382704" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleRandomSelect</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341381472" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim iVar As Integer</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp index cba277d2e8..514a0a9755 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080401.xhp @@ -38,21 +38,21 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147226" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Calculates the square root of a numeric expression.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3143267" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143267">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3149415" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Sqr (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156023" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156023">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3156343" localize="false" role="paragraph">Double</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147265" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147265">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149457" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to calculate the square root for.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154365" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A square root is the number that you multiply by itself to produce another number, for example, the square root of 36 is 6.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153192" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153192">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341602560" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleSqr</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341601328" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim iVar As Single</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp index 33027fbed8..943d67431b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080601.xhp @@ -38,21 +38,21 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153394" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the absolute value of a numeric expression.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149233" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149233">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3147573" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Abs (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156152" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156152">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149670" localize="false" role="paragraph">Double</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154924" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154924">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154347" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to return the absolute value for. Positive numbers, including 0, are returned unchanged, whereas negative numbers are converted to positive numbers.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153381" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The following example uses the Abs function to calculate the difference between two values. It does not matter which value you enter first.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148451" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148451">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341574768" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleDifference</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341573536" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim siW1 As Single</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp index 756fa1aa64..91d67f13f4 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080701.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3148686" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns an integer number between -1 and 1 that indicates if the number that is passed to the function is positive, negative, or zero.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156023" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156023">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153897" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Sgn (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145069" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145069">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150359" localize="false" role="paragraph">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150543" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150543">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154365" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Numeric expression that determines the value that is returned by the function.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3156281"> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152576" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152576">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340806400" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleSgn</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155416" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US"> Print sgn(-10) ' returns -1</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp index 9b7719430a..ab5cd58046 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080801.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3145136" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns a string that represents the hexadecimal value of a number.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147573" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147573">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150771" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Hex (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147530" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147530">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3159414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">String</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156344" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156344">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3148947" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to a hexadecimal number.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154365" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154365">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340898144" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleHex</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156214" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">' uses BasicFormulas in %PRODUCTNAME Calc</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp index 88d69da004..89c43af88d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03080802.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3154924" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the octal value of a number.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148947" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148947">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150543" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Oct (Number)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153360" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153360">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154138" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">String</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156422" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156422">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Number:</emph> Any numeric expression that you want to convert to an octal value.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148672" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148672">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340708272" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleOct</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340707040" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox Oct(255)</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp index 66522639c2..b8e7c27d9b 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp @@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="GoToh1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03090302.xhp">GoTo Statement</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">Continues program execution within a <literal>Sub</literal> or <literal>Function</literal> at the procedure line indicated by a label.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149656">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="bas_id211588675705501" localize="false">GoTo label[:]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150870" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150870">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id471588670859073"><emph>label: </emph>A line identifier indicating where to continue execution. The scope of a label is that of the routine it belongs to.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US">Use the <literal>GoTo</literal> statement to instruct $[officename] Basic to continue program execution at another place within the procedure. The position must be indicated by a label. To set a label, assign a name, and end it with a colon (":").</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3155416" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot use the <literal>GoTo</literal> statement to jump out of a <literal>Sub</literal> or <literal>Function</literal>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154731" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154731">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3156214" localize="false">Sub/Function</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US"> ' statement block</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp index 1f7cc8584a..c5f1c98582 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp @@ -43,12 +43,12 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id3146795" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp">FreeLibrary</link></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156344" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156344">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3148664" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Declare {Sub | Function} Name Lib "Libname" [Alias "Aliasname"] [Parameter] [As Type]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153360" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153360">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154140" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Name:</emph> A different name than defined in the DLL, to call the subroutine from $[officename] Basic.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150870" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Aliasname</emph>: Name of the subroutine as defined in the DLL.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154684" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Libname:</emph> File or system name of the DLL. This library is automatically loaded the first time the function is used.</paragraph> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147289" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Type:</emph> Defines the data type of the value that is returned by a function procedure. You can exclude this parameter if a type-declaration character is entered after the name.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146922" role="warning" xml-lang="en-US">To pass a parameter to a subroutine as a value instead of as a reference, the parameter must be indicated by the keyword <emph>ByVal</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153951" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153951">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340861616" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Declare Sub MyMessageBeep Lib "user32.dll" Alias "MessageBeep" ( Long )</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340860336" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleDeclare</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp index 8605392bee..f8ec7f9c8a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090404.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ends a procedure or block.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147264" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147264">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3148552" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">End, End Enum, End Function, End If, End Property, End Select, End Sub, End With</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149456" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149456">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150398" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the End statement as follows:</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154366" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Statement</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154366">Statement</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151043" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End: Is not required, but can be entered anywhere within a procedure to end the program execution.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id371543799561260">End Enum: Ends an Enum VBA statement</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3145171" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End Function: Ends a <emph>Function</emph> statement.</paragraph> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3155131" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">End Sub: Ends a <emph>Sub</emph> statement.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id811543799601628">End With: Ends a With statement</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146120" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146120">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340746288" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleRandomSelect</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340745056" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim iVar As Integer</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp index fc0c593074..03f0e94804 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03090405.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Releases DLLs that were loaded by a Declare statement. A released DLL is automatically reloaded if one of its functions is called. See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03090403.xhp">Declare</link></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148550" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148550">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153361" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">FreeLibrary (LibName As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153380" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153380">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154138" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>LibName:</emph> String expression that specifies the name of the DLL.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146923" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">FreeLibrary can only release DLLs that are loaded during Basic runtime.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153363" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153363">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340895648" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Declare Sub MyMessageBeep Lib "user32.dll" Alias "MessageBeep" ( Long )</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340894368" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleDeclare</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100060.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100060.xhp index f25a39b2ab..13c19a42ae 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100060.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100060.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10548" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03100060.xhp">CDec Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a decimal expression.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055B">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_idN105EA" xml-lang="en-US">CDec(Expression)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105ED" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105ED">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F1" xml-lang="en-US">Decimal number.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameter:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105F4">Parameter:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F8" xml-lang="en-US">Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100070.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100070.xhp index 840a6eb66f..b9dba26295 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100070.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100070.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054B" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03100070.xhp">CVar Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US">Converts a string expression or numeric expression to a variant expression.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055E">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_idN10562" xml-lang="en-US">CVar(Expression)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10565">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US">Variant.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameter:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056C">Parameter:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US">Expression: Any string or numeric expression that you want to convert.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp index 7be03ef96b..d86dc828a3 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03100300.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3148947" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CDate (Expression)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148552" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148552">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3159414" localize="false" role="paragraph">Date</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#functparameters"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp index ecee1f9fe7..1e94c3c3a2 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03101000.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147574" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Converts any numeric expression to a string expression.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148473" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148473">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3145315" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">CStr (Expression)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153062" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153062">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153897" localize="false" role="paragraph">String</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154760" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154760">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149457" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression:</emph> Any valid string or numeric expression that you want to convert.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150358" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Expression Types and Conversion Returns</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150358">Expression Types and Conversion Returns</h2> <table id="tbl_id3148797"> <tablerow> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154729" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154729">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1206743296" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleCSTR</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1206742192" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sVar As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp index a592cbead6..4bb229bc70 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102101.xhp @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/03102100.xhp#DimCommons"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148405" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148405">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341054016" role="bascode" localize="false">Sub ExampleRedim</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341052784" role="bascode" localize="false"> Dim iVar() As Integer, iCount As Byte</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp index ccd9d58b8e..2de3456200 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102200.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3159413" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Determines if a variable is a data field in an array.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150792">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153379" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">IsArray (Var)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154365" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154365">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154685" localize="false" role="paragraph">Boolean</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153969" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153969">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145172" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test if it is declared as an array. If the variable is an array, then the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise <emph>False </emph>is returned.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155131" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155131">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341575744" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleIsArray</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341574512" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sDatf(10) As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp index a78ce1f7c3..0810eb1f4c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102300.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153311" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Tests if a numeric or string expression can be converted to a <emph>Date</emph> variable.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153824" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153824">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3147573" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">IsDate (Expression)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3143270" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143270">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147560" localize="false" role="paragraph">Boolean</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148947" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148947">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145069" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Expression:</emph> Any numeric or string expression that you want to test. If the expression can be converted to a date, the function returns <emph>True</emph>, otherwise the function returns <emph>False</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150447" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150447">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340791552" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleIsDate</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340790320" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sDateVar As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp index 79d8658a6d..f6a277397a 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102400.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3163045" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Tests if a Variant variable contains the Empty value. The Empty value indicates that the variable is not initialized.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159158" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159158">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153126" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">IsEmpty (Var)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148685" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148685">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3156344" localize="false" role="paragraph">Boolean</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148947" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148947">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154347" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test. If the Variant contains the Empty value, the function returns True, otherwise the function returns False.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154138" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154138">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341577824" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleIsEmpty</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341576592" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sVar As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp index e319eb7f5d..eb9fa1a991 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102600.xhp @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3146957" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Tests if a Variant contains the special Null value, indicating that the variable does not contain data.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150670" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150670">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150984" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">IsNull (Var)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149514" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149514">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145609" localize="false" role="paragraph">Boolean</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149669" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149669">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3159414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Var:</emph> Any variable that you want to test. This function returns True if the Variant contains the Null value, or False if the Variant does not contain the Null value.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idN1062A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Null</emph> - This value is used for a variant data sub type without valid contents.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153381" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153381">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340980640" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleIsNull</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340979408" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim vVar As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp index 2e7892f7f7..893e0f3805 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03102700.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Tests if an expression is a number. If the expression is a <link href="text/sbasic/shared/00000002.xhp#dezimal">number</link>, the function returns True, otherwise the function returns False.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149415" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149415">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150771" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">IsNumeric (Var)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148685" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148685">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3148944" localize="false" role="paragraph">Boolean</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148947" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148947">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154760" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Var:</emph> Any expression that you want to test.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149656" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149656">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341575664" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleIsNumeric</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341574432" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim vVar As Variant</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp index eecf09aad2..7f5b276195 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103100.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149233" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Assigns a value to a variable.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153127" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153127">Syntax:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id41586012988213"> <image src="media/helpimg/sbasic/LetSet_statement.svg" id="img_id4156306484514"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id15152796484514">Let Statement diagram</alt></image> </paragraph> @@ -46,11 +46,11 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3154285" role="bascode" localize="false">[Let] variable = expression</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148944" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148944">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147560" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>variable:</emph> Variable that you want to assign a value to. Value and variable type must be compatible.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148451" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">As in most BASIC dialects, the keyword <emph>Let</emph> is optional.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145785" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145785">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340853056" role="bascode" localize="false">Sub ExampleLet</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340851824" role="bascode" localize="false">Dim sText As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp index 12b182751e..84c5c152da 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103400.xhp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3150669" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Dimensions a variable or an array at the module level (that is, not within a subroutine or function), so that the variable and the array are valid in all libraries and modules.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150772" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150772">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3155341" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Public VarName[(start To end)] [As VarType][, VarName2[(start To end)] [As VarType][,...]]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145315" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145315">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341596288" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Public iPublicVar As Integer</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341595040" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExamplePublic</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp index eddda82e99..e850d6e57d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103450.xhp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Dimensions a variable or an array at the global level (that is, not within a subroutine or function), so that the variable and the array are valid in all libraries and modules for the current session.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3143270" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143270">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150771" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Global VarName[(start To end)] [As VarType][, VarName2[(start To end)] [As VarType][,...]]</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156152" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156152">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341092512" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Global iGlobalVar As Integer</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341091264" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleGlobal</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp index 0f7e501e2a..378aa63259 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103500.xhp @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id3147264" role="warning" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Static statement</emph> cannot be used to define variable arrays. Arrays must be specified according to a fixed size.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149657" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149657">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3150400" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Static VarName[(start To end)] [As VarType], VarName2[(start To end)] [As VarType], ...</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148452" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148452">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340791536" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleStatic</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1340790304" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim iCount As Integer, iResult As Integer</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp index cddd83b010..0cc73dfcdc 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp @@ -54,11 +54,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153104" xml-lang="en-US">"TextEdit1" to "TextEdit5" in a loop to create five control names.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150767" xml-lang="en-US">See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp">FindPropertyObject</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150868">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3151042" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">FindObject( ObjName As String )</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159254" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159254">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>ObjName: </emph>String that specifies the name of the object that you want to address at run-time.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp index 974797c51a..0cfe1e7cf5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03103900.xhp @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ </section> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp#examplefindobject"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US">See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03103800.xhp">FindObject</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147287" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147287">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3149560" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">FindPropertyObject( ObjVar, PropName As String )</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150012" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150012">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3109839" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>ObjVar:</emph> Object variable that you want to dynamically define at run-time.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US"> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp index 721a7f56d0..55e4fb2500 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US">Tests if a function is called with an optional parameter.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150669" xml-lang="en-US">See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp">Optional</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145611" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145611">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3154924" xml-lang="en-US">IsMissing( ArgumentName )</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145069" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145069">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149457" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>ArgumentName:</emph> the name of an optional argument.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US">IsMissing returns True if no value has been passed for the ArgumentName; otherwise, it returns False.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp index 4b38f8ebbd..b057559559 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104100.xhp @@ -36,11 +36,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US">Allows you to define parameters that are passed to a function as optional.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155419" xml-lang="en-US">See also: <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03104000.xhp">IsMissing</link></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153824">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US">Function MyFunction(Text1 As String, Optional Arg2, Optional Arg3)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Examples:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145610">Examples:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3154347" xml-lang="en-US">Result = MyFunction("Here", 1, "There") ' all arguments are passed.</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3146795" xml-lang="en-US">Result = MyFunction("Test", ,1) ' second argument is missing.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp index 7e299ed71d..991d76f967 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150616" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03104300.xhp">DimArray Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US">Returns a Variant array.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149762">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US">DimArray (ArgumentList)</paragraph> </bascode> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154142" xml-lang="en-US">See also <link href="text/sbasic/shared/03104200.xhp">Array</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156023" xml-lang="en-US">If no parameters are passed, an empty array is created (like Dim A() that is the same as a sequence of length 0 in Uno). If parameters are specified, a dimension is created for each parameter.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154760">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159414" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>ArgumentList:</emph> A list of any number of arguments that are separated by commas.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err9"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150358" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150358">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3154939" xml-lang="en-US">a = DimArray( 2, 2, 4 ) ' is the same as DIM a( 2, 2, 4 )</paragraph> </bascode> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp index 8bd5330440..121bf46958 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03110100.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147573" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>result</emph>: Boolean that specifies the result of the comparison (<literal>True</literal>, or <literal>False</literal>)</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148686" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>expression1, expression2</emph>: Any numeric values or strings that you want to compare.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147531" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Comparison operators</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147531">Comparison operators</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147265" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">= : Equal to</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154924" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">< : Less than</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146795" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">> : Greater than</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp index 386dc25c27..c191f5d333 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp @@ -35,18 +35,18 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154136" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/03120402.xhp">Len Function</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the number of characters in a string, or the number of bytes that are required to store a variable.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159177" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159177">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3150669" xml-lang="en-US">Len (Text As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148473">Return value:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" localize="false" id="par_id3143270">Long</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147531">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Text:</emph> Any string expression or a variable of another type.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153360">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3150792" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Sub ExampleLen</paragraph> <paragraph role="bascode" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Dim sText as String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp index 1b93c83da0..40b8528b8c 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130700.xhp @@ -36,17 +36,17 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153750" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the number of system ticks provided by the operating system. You can use this function to optimize certain processes.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153311" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153311">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3147242" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">GetSystemTicks()</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149233" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149233">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149762" localize="false" role="paragraph">Long</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156152" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156152">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341325552" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleWait</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341324320" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim lTick As Long</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp index 1f83baaf76..c09e1ab0f8 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03130800.xhp @@ -38,20 +38,20 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3145090" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the value of an environment variable as a string. Environment variables are dependent on the type of operating system that you have.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150670" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150670">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3159176" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US">Environ (Environment As String)</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159157" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159157">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3148473" localize="false" role="paragraph">String</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145609" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Parameters:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145609">Parameters:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3159414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Environment: Environment variable that you want to return the value for.</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#errorcode"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#err5"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148663" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148663">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341576752" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleEnviron</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341575520" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sTemp As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp index 313a1c0ea2..3f490b8d6d 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131000.xhp @@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3152801" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the internal number of the current $[officename] version.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153311" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153311">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3155388" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">s = GetSolarVersion</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149514" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149514">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3148685" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">String</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3143270" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143270">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341118496" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExampleGetSolarVersion</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idm1341117248" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Dim sSep As String</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp index 482cbd51fd..a9fece7f69 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131300.xhp @@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153394" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the number of twips that represent the width of a pixel.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153527" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153527">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3151110" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">n = TwipsPerPixelX</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150669" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150669">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150503" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159176" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159176">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1341056448" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExamplePixelTwips</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153061" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox "" & TwipsPerPixelX() & " Twips * " & TwipsPerPixelY() & " Twips",0,"Pixel size"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp index e7c0d1a050..d9fecb591f 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03131400.xhp @@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3154186" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Returns the number of twips that represent the height of a pixel.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145090" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Syntax:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145090">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_id3153681" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">n = TwipsPerPixelY</paragraph> </bascode> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148473" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Return value:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148473">Return value:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154306" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Integer</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149235" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149235">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph id="par_idm1340758544" role="bascode" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">Sub ExamplePixelTwips</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154142" role="bascode" xml-lang="en-US"> MsgBox "" & TwipsPerPixelX() & " Twips * " & TwipsPerPixelY() & " Twips",0,"Pixel size"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp index 28730b1768..b41e818827 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03132100.xhp @@ -33,16 +33,16 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152459" role="paragraph">Returns a numerical value that specifies the graphical user interface.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153323" role="paragraph">This function is only provided for downward compatibility to previous versions. The return value is not defined in client-server environments.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154894" role="heading" level="2">Syntax:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154894">Syntax:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147143" role="bascode" localize="false">GetGUIType()</paragraph> </bascode> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149346" role="heading" level="2">Return value:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149346">Return value:</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153748" role="paragraph">Integer</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149177" role="heading" level="2">Return values:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149177">Return values:</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147242" role="paragraph">1: Windows</paragraph><comment>removed 3: Mac OS, see i95717</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156152" role="paragraph">4: UNIX</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148685" role="heading" level="2">Example:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148685">Example:</h2> <bascode> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149233" role="bascode" localize="false">Sub ExampleEnvironment</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145609" role="bascode" localize="false"> MsgBox GetGUIType</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp index 807811c5d9..df130f29ee 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150000.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/00000003.xhp#functparameters"/> <paragraph id="par_id240720170117391741" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Date</emph>: The date expression to be formatted.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id24072017011739895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>NamedFormat</emph>: An optional <emph>vbDateTimeFormat</emph> enumeration specifying the format that is to be applied to the date and time expression. If omitted, the value <emph>vbGeneralDate</emph> is used.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id811512136434300" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Date and Time formats (vbDateTimeFormat enumeration)</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id811512136434300">Date and Time formats (vbDateTimeFormat enumeration)</h3> <section id="FormatDateTime_constants"> <table id="tab_0001"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp index 117540e822..eb4854ffef 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/03150001.xhp @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id240720170117391741" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Weekday</emph>: Value from 1 to 7, Monday to Sunday, whose Week Day Name need to be calculated.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id24072017011739895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Abbreviate</emph>: Optional. A Boolean value that indicates if the weekday name is to be abbreviated.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id240720170117395610" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>FirstDayofWeek</emph>: Optional. Specifies the first day of the week.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id521512154797683" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">First day of Week:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id521512154797683">First day of Week:</h3> <table id="tab_id921512153192034"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp index 605ea419ca..e59ffaf642 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/sbasic/shared/05060700.xhp">Macro</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected graphic, frame, or OLE object is selected.</ahelp> Depending on the object that is selected, the function is either found on the <emph>Macro</emph> tab of the <emph>Object</emph> dialog, or in the <emph>Assign Macro</emph> dialog.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Event</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150503">Event</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments">Lists the events that are relevant to the macros that are currently assigned to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150670" xml-lang="en-US">The following table describes the macros and the events that can by linked to objects in your document:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148944"> @@ -354,19 +354,19 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153958" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Macros</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153958">Macros</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150432" xml-lang="en-US">Choose the macro that you want to execute when the selected event occurs.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147296" xml-lang="en-US">Frames allow you to link events to a function, so that the function can determine if it processes the event or $[officename] Writer.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155587">Category</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154068" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries">Lists the open $[officename] documents and applications. Click the name of the location where you want to save the macros.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149744" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149744">Macro name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros">Lists the available macros. Click the macro that you want to assign to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159260" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159260">Assign</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147406" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN_PB_ASSIGN">Assigns the selected macro to the specified event.</ahelp> The assigned macro's entries are set after the event.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150533" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150533">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166456" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aufheb"><ahelp hid="SFX2_PUSHBUTTON_RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN_PB_DELETE">Removes the macro that is assigned to the selected item.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159126" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Macro selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159126">Macro selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149149" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SFX2_LISTBOX_RID_SFX_TP_MACROASSIGN_LB_SCRIPTTYPE">Select the macro that you want to assign.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp index 54872964aa..289dfb5ba5 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/main0601.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147226" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This help section explains the most common functions of %PRODUCTNAME Basic. For more in-depth information please refer to the <link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/BASIC_Guide">OpenOffice.org BASIC Programming Guide</link> on the Wiki.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146957" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Working with %PRODUCTNAME Basic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146957">Working with %PRODUCTNAME Basic</h3> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/01000000.xhp#doc_title"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/03000000.xhp#doc_title"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/guide/sample_code.xhp#sample_code"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/guide/basic_examples.xhp#basicexamplestit"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id05182017030838384" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Working with VBA Macros</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id05182017030838384">Working with VBA Macros</h3> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp#vbamacros"/> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/special_vba_func.xhp#exclusivevba"/> diff --git a/source/text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp b/source/text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp index e07bc4817a..51259e5e82 100644 --- a/source/text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp +++ b/source/text/sbasic/shared/vbasupport.xhp @@ -34,15 +34,15 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id051720170332428854" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Support for VBA is not complete, but it covers a large portion of the common usage patterns. Most macros use a manageable subset of objects in the Excel API (such as the Range, Worksheet, Workbook, etc.) and the support include those objects, and the most commonly used method/properties of those objects.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id051720170350145604" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Loading Microsoft Office documents with executable VBA macros</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id051720170350145604">Loading Microsoft Office documents with executable VBA macros</h2> <paragraph id="par_id051720170350147298" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</emph> and mark the <emph>Executable code</emph> checkbox. Then load or open your document.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01130100.xhp#executablecode"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id051720170400536628" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Running VBA Macros</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id051720170400536628">Running VBA Macros</h2> <paragraph id="par_id051720170400539565" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Run VBA macros in the same way as %PRODUCTNAME Basic macros.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id051720170407404013" role="warning" xml-lang="en-US">Since support for VBA is not complete, you may have to edit the VBA code and complete the missing support with %PRODUCTNAME Basic objects, statements and functions.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id051720170400533411" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Editing VBA Macros</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id051720170400533411">Editing VBA Macros</h2> <paragraph id="par_id051720170400532486" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">VBA macros can be edited in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/00/00000402.xhp b/source/text/scalc/00/00000402.xhp index 60b8675236..dba59f6f34 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/00/00000402.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/00/00000402.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147303" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147303">Edit Menu</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3155555" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="kopffuss">Choose <emph>Insert - Headers and Footers</emph>.</variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3159233" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bkopfzeile">Choose <emph>Insert - Headers and Footers - Header and Footer</emph> tabs.</variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150443" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bausfullen">Choose <emph>Sheet - Fill Cells</emph>.</variable></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/00/00000403.xhp b/source/text/scalc/00/00000403.xhp index 328c318507..b58a32ebb2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/00/00000403.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/00/00000403.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145673" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">View Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145673">View Menu</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3150275" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aspze">Choose <emph>View - Column & Row Headers</emph>.</variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154514" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="awehe">Choose <emph>View - Value Highlighting</emph>.</variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148947" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="rechenleiste">Choose <emph>View - Formula Bar</emph>.</variable></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp index 003fd53772..76e5e92d51 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02120100.xhp @@ -45,19 +45,19 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000402.xhp#bkopfzeile"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/textviewWND_LEFT" id="bm_id3153726" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145748" role="heading" level="2">Left Area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145748">Left Area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147434" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/textviewWND_LEFT">Enter the text to be displayed at the left side of the header or footer.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/textviewWND_CENTER" id="bm_id3153951" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148648" role="heading" level="2">Center Area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148648">Center Area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163710" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text to be displayed at the center of the header or footer.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/textviewWND_RIGHT" id="bm_id3155418" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154942" role="heading" level="2">Right Area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154942">Right Area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147126" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/textviewWND_RIGHT">Enter the text to be displayed at the right side of the header or footer.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/comboLB_DEFINED" id="bm_id0609200910173918" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10811" role="heading" level="2">Header/Footer</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10811">Header/Footer</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10815" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined header or footer from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TEXT" id="bm_id3144766" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154729" role="heading" level="2">Text attributes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154729">Text attributes</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150717" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TEXT">Opens a dialog to assign formats to new or selected text.</ahelp> The <emph>Text Attributes</emph> dialog contains the tab pages <link href="text/shared/01/05020100.xhp"><emph>Font</emph></link>, <link href="text/shared/01/05020200.xhp"><emph>Font Effects</emph></link> and <link href="text/shared/01/05020500.xhp"><emph>Font Position</emph></link>.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149018"> <tablerow> @@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE" id="bm_id3154020" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145792" role="heading" level="2">File Name </paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145792">File Name </h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150206" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_FILE">Inserts a file name placeholder in the selected area.</ahelp> Click to insert the title. Long-click <comment>UFI: this is still a long-click</comment>to select either title, file name or path/file name from the submenu. If a title has not be assigned (see <emph>File - Properties</emph>), the file name will be inserted instead.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149529"> <tablerow> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TABLE" id="bm_id3149408" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155812" role="heading" level="2">Sheet Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155812">Sheet Name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148842" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TABLE">Inserts a placeholder in the selected header/footer area, which is replaced by the sheet name in the header/footer of the actual document.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3159174"> <tablerow> @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_PAGE" id="bm_id3153288" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144768" role="heading" level="2">Page</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144768">Page</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154960" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_PAGE">Inserts a placeholder in the selected header/footer area, which is replaced by page numbering. This allows continuous page numbering in a document.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153246"> <tablerow> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_PAGES" id="bm_id3153012" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146962" role="heading" level="2">Pages</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146962">Pages</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153812" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_PAGES">Inserts a placeholder in the selected header/footer area, which is replaced by the total number of pages in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154737"> <tablerow> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_DATE" id="bm_id3150438" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149050" role="heading" level="2">Date</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149050">Date</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153960" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_DATE">Inserts a placeholder in the selected header/footer area, which is replaced by the current date which will be repeated in the header/footer on each page of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147406"> <tablerow> @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TIME" id="bm_id3147412" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147610" role="heading" level="2">Time</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147610">Time</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145638" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/headerfootercontent/buttonBTN_TIME">Inserts a placeholder in the selected header/footer area, which is replaced by the current time in the header/footer on each page of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3157875"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140600.xhp index da3139a682..3ee6a542da 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140600.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140600.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/FillSeriesDialog" id="bm_id3150791" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3150791" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148664" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Fill Series</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148664">Fill Series</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3148797" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="reihenfuellentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:FillSeries">Automatically generate series with the options in this dialog. Determine direction, increment, time unit and series type.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146976" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Before filling a series, first select the cell range.</paragraph> @@ -40,76 +40,76 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id3145748" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To automatically continue a series using the assumed completion rules, choose the <emph>AutoFill</emph> option after opening the <emph>Fill Series</emph> dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147435" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Direction</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147435">Direction</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154729" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the direction of series creation.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/down" id="bm_id3147124" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145253" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Down</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145253">Down</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3155418" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/down">Creates a downward series in the selected cell range for the column using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/right" id="bm_id3153415" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155738" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155738">Right</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3149402" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/right">Creates a series running from left to right within the selected cell range using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/up" id="bm_id3155067" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146972" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Up</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146972">Up</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3153711" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/up">Creates an upward series in the cell range of the column using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/left" id="bm_id3147341" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153764" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153764">Left</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3156382" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/left">Creates a series running from right to left in the selected cell range using the defined increment to the end value.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147344" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Series Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147344">Series Type</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149257" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the series type. Choose between <emph>Linear</emph>, <emph>Growth</emph>, <emph>Date</emph> and <emph>AutoFill</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/linear" id="bm_id3150298" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148488" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Linear</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148488">Linear</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3159238" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/linear">Creates a linear number series using the defined increment and end value.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/growth" id="bm_id3150784" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149210" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Growth</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149210">Growth</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150364" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/growth">Creates a growth series using the defined increment and end value.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/date" id="bm_id3155378" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149528" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Date</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149528">Date</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150887" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/date">Creates a date series using the defined increment and end date.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/autofill" id="bm_id3152985" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150202" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">AutoFill</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150202">AutoFill</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3156288" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/autofill">Forms a series directly in the sheet.</ahelp> The <emph>AutoFill</emph> function takes account of customized lists. For example, by entering <emph>January</emph> in the first cell, the series is completed using the list defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph> </caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155811" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">AutoFill tries to complete a value series by using a defined pattern. The series 1,3,5 is automatically completed with 7,9,11,13, and so on. Date and time series are completed accordingly; for example, after 01.01.99 and 15.01.99, an interval of 14 days is used.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2956483" role="paragraph" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"><embedvar href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp#calc_series"/></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148700" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Unit of Time</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148700">Unit of Time</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153308" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In this area you can specify the desired unit of time. This area is only active if the <emph>Date</emph> option has been chosen in the <emph>Series type</emph> area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/day" id="bm_id3153913" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148868" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Day</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148868">Day</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3148605" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/day">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to create a series using all seven days of the week. Unit of <emph>Increment</emph> is day.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/week" id="bm_id3145074" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3144771" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Weekday</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3144771">Weekday</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150108" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/week">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to create a series only using the five weekdays. Unit of <emph>Increment</emph> is day.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/month" id="bm_id3159204" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154957" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Month</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154957">Month</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3149126" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/month">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to form a series which unit of <emph>Increment</emph> is month.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/year" id="bm_id3146777" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3152870" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Year</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152870">Year</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3151300" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/year">Use the <emph>Date</emph> series type and this option to create a series which unit of <emph>Increment</emph> is year.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/startValue" id="bm_id3145357" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154762" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Start Value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154762">Start Value</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149381" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/startValue">Determines the start value for the series.</ahelp> Use numbers, dates or times.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/endValue" id="bm_id3153557" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153013" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">End Value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153013">End Value</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153487" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/endValue">Determines the end value for the series.</ahelp> Use numbers, dates or times.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment" id="bm_id3151196" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149312" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Increment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149312">Increment</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154739" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The term "increment" denotes the amount by which a given value increases.<ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/filldlg/increment"> Determines the value by which the series of the selected type increases by each step.</ahelp> Entries can only be made if the linear, growth or date series types have been selected.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02140700.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02140700.xhp index 7905f4e8d6..a948801fa9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02140700.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02140700.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/RandomNumberGeneratorDialog" id="bm_id3150791" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3150791" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431520596" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Fill Random Numbers</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id2308201415431520596">Fill Random Numbers</h1> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431525817" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Populate a cell range with automatically generated pseudo random numbers with the selected distribution function and its parameters.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id2308201416102526759"> <bookmark_value>fill range;random numbers</bookmark_value> @@ -37,12 +37,12 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415500176457" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Sheet - Fill Cells - Random Number</item></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431233475" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Data</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431883475" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Cell Range</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2308201415431233475">Data</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id2308201415431883475">Cell Range</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/cell-range-edit" id="bm_id3150792" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431811111" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Define the range of cells to fill with random numbers. If you have previously selected a range, it will be displayed here.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431850229" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Random number generator</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431880497" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Distribution</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2308201415431850229">Random number generator</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id2308201415431880497">Distribution</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/distribution-combo" id="bm_id2308201416384294287" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431874867" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The distribution function for the random number generator.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2308201416441240058" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Valid distributions function and their parameters are</paragraph> @@ -177,17 +177,17 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431232932" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431832932" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Enable custom seed</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2308201415431232932">Options</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id2308201415431832932">Enable custom seed</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/enable-seed-check" id="bm_id3150793" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431841782" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Set the initial value of the random number generator to a known value <emph>Seed.</emph></ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431881107" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Seed</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2308201415431881107">Seed</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/seed-spin" id="bm_id3150794" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431834837" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Value set to initiate the random number generator algorithm. It is used to initialize (seed) the random number generator in order to reproduce the same sequence of pseudorandom numbers. Specify a positive integer number (1, 2, ...) to produce a specific sequence, or leave the field blank if you don't need this particular feature.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431875641" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Enable rounding</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2308201415431875641">Enable rounding</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/enable-rounding-check" id="bm_id3150795" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431822157" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Round the number to a given number of <emph>Decimal Places</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2308201415431826506" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Decimal places</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2308201415431826506">Decimal places</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/randomnumbergenerator/decimal-places-spin" id="bm_id3150796" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id2308201415431820502" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Number of decimal places of the numbers generated.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp index 5721ab0498..442e65d533 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02150000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Delete" id="bm_id5511579" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/DeleteContentsDialog" id="bm_id3145382" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3145382" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143284" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Deleting Contents</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3143284">Deleting Contents</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="inhalteloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Delete">Specifies the contents to be deleted from the active cell or from a selected cell range.</ahelp> </variable> If several sheets are selected, all selected sheets will be affected.</paragraph> </section> @@ -48,23 +48,23 @@ <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3159154" xml-lang="en-US">This dialog is also called by pressing Backspace after the cell cursor has been activated on the sheet.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145367" xml-lang="en-US">Pressing Delete deletes content without calling the dialog or changing formats.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153951" xml-lang="en-US">Use <emph>Cut</emph> on the Standard bar to delete contents and formats without the dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148575">Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149665" xml-lang="en-US">This area lists the options for deleting contents.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/deleteall" id="bm_id3144766" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Delete All</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/deleteall" id="bm_id3144766" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3146975">Delete All</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/deleteall">Deletes all content from the selected cell range.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text" id="bm_id3147394" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156286" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text<comment>i50439</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154015" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/text">Deletes text only. Formats, formulas, numbers and dates are not affected.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers" id="bm_id3156276" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153840" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Numbers</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers" id="bm_id3156276" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153840">Numbers</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148405" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/numbers">Deletes numbers only. Formats and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime" id="bm_id3154757" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155764" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Date & time</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime" id="bm_id3154757" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155764">Date & time</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/datetime">Deletes date and time values. Formats, text, numbers and formulas remain unchanged.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas" id="bm_id3149256" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154703" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formulas</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas" id="bm_id3149256" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154703">Formulas</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148485" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formulas">Deletes formulas. Text, numbers, formats, dates and times remain unchanged.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/comments" id="bm_id3152775" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150300" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Comments</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/comments" id="bm_id3152775" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150300">Comments</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154658" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/comments">Deletes comments added to cells. All other elements remain unchanged.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formats" id="bm_id3145258" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155112" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formats</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formats" id="bm_id3145258" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155112">Formats</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146134" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/formats">Deletes format attributes applied to cells. All cell content remains unchanged.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/objects" id="bm_id3152582" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150088" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Objects</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/objects" id="bm_id3152582" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150088">Objects</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152990" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecontents/objects">Deletes objects. All cell content remains unchanged.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp index 828278ad07..f5e9ddbc84 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteCell" id="bm_id3151115" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/DeleteCellsDialog" id="bm_id3151116" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3151116" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153726" role="heading" level="1">Delete Cells</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3153726">Delete Cells</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154490" role="paragraph"><variable id="zellenloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteCell">Completely deletes selected cells, columns or rows. The cells below or to the right of the deleted cells will fill the space.</ahelp> </variable> Note that the selected delete option is stored and reloaded when the dialog is next called.</paragraph> </section> @@ -53,25 +53,25 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id082520160232335032" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><image id="img_id083120161149318932" src="media/screenshots/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/DeleteCellsDialog.png" width="3.3126in" height="1.5209in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id083120161149318932">Delete cells dialog</alt></image></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149121" role="heading" level="2">Selection</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149121">Selection</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150751" role="paragraph">This area contains options for specifying how sheets are displayed after deleting cells.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/up" id="bm_id3154755" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155767" role="heading" level="3">Shift cells up</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3155767">Shift cells up</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153714" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/up">Fills the space produced by the deleted cells with the cells underneath it.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/left" id="bm_id3147346" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156382" role="heading" level="3">Shift cells left</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3156382">Shift cells left</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154702" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/left">Fills the resulting space by the cells to the right of the deleted cells.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/rows" id="bm_id3149566" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteRows" id="bm_id3149565" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146918" role="heading" level="3">Delete entire row(s)</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3146918">Delete entire row(s)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148487" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteRows">After selecting at least one cell, deletes the entire row from the sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/deletecells/cols" id="bm_id3150342" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteColumns" id="bm_id3159240" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155114" role="heading" level="3">Delete entire column(s)</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3155114">Delete entire column(s)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150086" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteColumns">After selecting at least one cell, deletes the entire column from the sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02170000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02170000.xhp index 531253d844..77c0fbacf2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02170000.xhp @@ -35,16 +35,16 @@ <bookmark_value>deleting; spreadsheets</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Remove" id="bm_id3150769" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"> Delete Sheet</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156424"> Delete Sheet</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153193" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabelleloeschentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Remove">Deletes the current sheet after query confirmation.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000402.xhp#delete_sheet"/> </section> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145801" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot delete a sheet while <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record</emph> is activated.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Yes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147124">Yes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154943" xml-lang="en-US">Deletes the current sheet.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149412" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">No</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149412">No</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154510" xml-lang="en-US">Cancels the dialog. No delete is performed.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02180000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02180000.xhp index d18b1e473a..57287363f6 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02180000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Move" id="bm_id9622978" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/MoveCopySheetDialog" id="bm_id3149657" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3149657" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153360" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Move or Copy a Sheet</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153360">Move or Copy a Sheet</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154686" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabelleverschiebenkopierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Move">Moves or copies a sheet to a new location in the document or to a different document.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -46,13 +46,13 @@ </section> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id2282479" xml-lang="en-US">When you copy and paste cells containing <link href="text/scalc/01/04060102.xhp">date values</link> between different spreadsheets, both spreadsheet documents must be set to the same date base. If date bases differ, the displayed date values will change!</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/toDocument" id="bm_id3146119" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163710" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3163710">To Document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148645" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/toDocument">Indicates where the current sheet is to be moved or copied to.</ahelp> Select <emph>- new document -</emph> if you want to create a new location for the sheet to be moved or copied.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/insertBefore" id="bm_id3147350" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154012" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert Before</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154012">Insert Before</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145366" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/insertBefore">The current sheet is moved or copied in front of the selected sheet.</ahelp> The <emph>- move to end position -</emph> option places the current sheet at the end.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/copy" id="bm_id3156283" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153726" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Copy</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153726">Copy</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144764" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/movecopysheet/copy">Specifies that the sheet is to be copied. If the option is unmarked, the sheet is moved.</ahelp> Moving sheets is the default.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/02210000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/02210000.xhp index 43f4cc5224..a31d3ae288 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/02210000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/02210000.xhp @@ -33,10 +33,10 @@ <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:SelectTables" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154758" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3156023" xml-lang="en-US">Selecting Sheets</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156023">Selecting Sheets</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabellenauswaehlen"><ahelp hid=".uno:SelectTables" visibility="visible">Selects multiple sheets.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/SC_HID_SELECTTABLES" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154126" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US">Selected Sheets</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3125863">Selected Sheets</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153969" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SC_HID_SELECTTABLES">Lists the sheets in the current document. To select a sheet, press the up or down arrow keys to move to a sheet in the list. To add a sheet to the selection, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while pressing the arrow keys and then press Spacebar. To select a range of sheets, hold down Shift and press the arrow keys. </ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp index c7feaea92c..2feeddd477 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/03100000.xhp @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3153877" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The context menu of the page break preview contains functions for editing page breaks, including the following options:</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteAllBreaks" id="bm_id8896104" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154731" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Page Breaks</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154731">Delete Page Breaks</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149400" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes all manual breaks in the current sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155067" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Add Print Range</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155067">Add Print Range</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155764" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Adds the selected cells to print ranges.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp index 45d80c09dc..f4fb05b919 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04020000.xhp @@ -36,31 +36,31 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertCell" id="bm_id6503296" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/InsertCellsDialog" id="bm_id3147264" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3147264" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156023" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"> Insert Cells</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156023"> Insert Cells</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150542" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zelleneinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertCell">Opens the<emph> Insert Cells </emph>dialog, in which you can insert new cells according to the options that you specify.</ahelp> </variable> You can delete cells by choosing <link href="text/scalc/01/02160000.xhp"><emph>Edit - Delete Cells</emph></link>.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#insert_cells"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153768" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153768">Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149262" xml-lang="en-US">This area contains the options available for inserting cells into a sheet. The cell quantity and position is defined by selecting a cell range in the sheet beforehand.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertCellsDown" id="bm_id6210706" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/down" id="bm_id3152578" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146120" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shift cells down</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146120">Shift cells down</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zellenuntentext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/down">Moves the contents of the selected range downward when cells are inserted.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_cells_down"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertCellsRight" id="bm_id7689959" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/right" id="bm_id3147348" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147434" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shift cells right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147434">Shift cells right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144764" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zellenrechtstext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/right">Moves the contents of the selected range to the right when cells are inserted.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_cells_right"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows" id="bm_id3154731" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153877" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Entire row</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows" id="bm_id3154731" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153877">Entire row</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155417" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zeilenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/rows">Inserts an entire row. The position of the row is determined by the selection on the sheet.</ahelp> </variable> The number of rows inserted depends on how many rows are selected. The contents of the original rows are moved downward.</paragraph> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_rows"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols" id="bm_id3150750" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146971" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Entire column</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols" id="bm_id3150750" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3146971">Entire column</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155068" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spaltenganzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertcells/cols">Inserts an entire column. The number of columns to be inserted is determined by the selected number of columns.</ahelp> </variable> The contents of the original columns are shifted to the right.</paragraph> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_columns"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp index 6772cb7be2..f388b2178c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3150541" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/04030000.xhp">Insert Rows</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id160220162210581072" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sheet_insert_rows">Insert rows above or below the active cell.</variable> The number of rows inserted corresponds to the number of rows selected. If no row is selected, one row is inserted. The existing rows are moved downward.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id160220162131439740" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Rows Above</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id160220162131439740">Rows Above</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150767" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRowsBefore">Inserts a new row above the active cell.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnsAfter" id="bm_id601010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id160220162133372726" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Rows Below</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id160220162133372726">Rows Below</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertRowsAfter">Inserts a new row below the active cell.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp index 0a6e280741..1c98f75a78 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3155628" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/04040000.xhp">Insert Columns</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id160220162214111932" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sheet_insert_columns">Inserts columns to the left or to the right of the active cell.</variable> The number of columns inserted corresponds to the number of columns selected. If no column is selected, one column is inserted. The existing columns are moved to the right.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id160220162139258865" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Columns Before</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id160220162139258865">Columns Before</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150791" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumnsBefore">Inserts a new column before the active cell.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnsAfter" id="bm_id601010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id160220162139252941" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Columns After</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id160220162139252941">Columns After</h2> <paragraph id="par_id160220162138041164" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertColumnsAfter">Inserts a new column after the active cell.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp index 7f4eab60f5..e1c7556f93 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04050000.xhp @@ -32,43 +32,43 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/InsertSheetDialog" id="bm_id3151384" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3151384" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Insert" id="bm_id1669896" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155629" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Sheet</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155629">Insert Sheet</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabelleeinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Insert">Defines the options to be used to insert a new sheet.</ahelp> You can create a new sheet, or insert an existing sheet from a file. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#eitab"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154684" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154684">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies where the new sheet is to be inserted into your document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/before" id="bm_id3155131" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154123" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before current sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154123">Before current sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/before">Inserts a new sheet directly before the current sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/after" id="bm_id3147434" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155414" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After current sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155414">After current sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145271" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/after">Inserts a new sheet directly after the current sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147428" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147428">Sheet</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154012" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether a new sheet or an existing sheet is inserted into the document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new" id="bm_id3145750" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147350" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New sheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147350">New sheet</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149262" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/new">Creates a new sheet. Enter a sheet name in the <emph>Name</emph> field. Allowed characters are letters, numbers, spaces, and the underline character.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/countnf" id="bm_id3153157" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155418" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No. of sheets</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155418">No. of sheets</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148457" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/countnf">Specifies the number of sheets to be created.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/nameed" id="bm_id3154510" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149379" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149379">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150718" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/nameed">Specifies the name of the new sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/rename_table.xhp#rename_table"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/fromfile" id="bm_id3150328" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155066" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">From File</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155066">From File</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153714" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/fromfile">Inserts a sheet from an existing file into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse" id="bm_id3150044" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149020">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159267" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/browse">Opens a dialog for selecting a file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/tables" id="bm_id3146314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149255" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Available Sheets</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149255">Available Sheets</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155336" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/tables">If you selected a file by using the <emph>Browse</emph> button, the sheets contained in it are displayed in the list box. The file path is displayed below this box. Select the sheet to be inserted from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/link" id="bm_id3149814" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145791" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Link</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145791">Link</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152580" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertsheet/link">Select to insert the sheet as a link instead as a copy. The links can be updated to show the current contents.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp index 3ac1b1e0f7..03db97a285 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3155922" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/ManageNamesDialog" id="bm_id3155923" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3155923" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156330" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Define Names</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156330">Define Names</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="namenfestlegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:DefineName">Opens a dialog where you can specify a name for a selected area or a name for a formula expression.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154123" xml-lang="en-US">Use the mouse to define ranges or type the reference into the <emph>Define Name </emph>dialog fields.</paragraph> @@ -42,42 +42,42 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155131" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Sheet Area</emph> box on the Formula bar contains a list of defined names for the ranges or formula expressions and their scope between parenthesis. Click a name from this box to highlight the corresponding reference on the spreadsheet. Names given formulas or parts of a formula are not listed here.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/edit" id="bm_id3151114" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/name" id="bm_id3151115" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151118" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151118">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163712" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the area for which you want to define a reference or a formula expression.</ahelp> All area names already defined in the spreadsheet are listed in the text field above. If you click a name on the list, the corresponding reference in the document will be shown with a blue frame. If multiple cell ranges belong to the same area name, they are displayed with different colored frames.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/range" id="bm_id3145750" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/range" id="bm_id3145751" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Range or formula expression</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153728">Range or formula expression</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147435" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The reference of the selected area name is shown here as an absolute value.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a new area reference, place the cursor in this field and use your mouse to select the desired area in any sheet of your spreadsheet document. To insert a new named formula, type the formula expression.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/scope" id="bm_id3148455" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/scope" id="bm_id3148456" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31547290" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Scope</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id31547290">Scope</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="hd_id31547291" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><ahelp hid=".">Select the scope of the named range or named formula. Document (Global) means the name is valid for the whole document.</ahelp> Any other sheet name selected will restrict the scope of the named range or formula expression to that sheet. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/more" id="bm_id3148457" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/more" id="bm_id3148458" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Range options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154729">Range options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149958" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Allows you to specify the <emph>Area type</emph> (optional) for the reference.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155416" xml-lang="en-US">Defines additional options related to the type of reference area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/printarea" id="bm_id3146972" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/printrange" id="bm_id3146973" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150716" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Print range</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3150716">Print range</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150751" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the area as a print range.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/filter" id="bm_id3155446" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/filter" id="bm_id3155447" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153764" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Filter</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3153764">Filter</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155766" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the selected area to be used in an <link href="text/scalc/01/12040300.xhp">advanced filter</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/colheader" id="bm_id3147344" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/colheader" id="bm_id3147345" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159267" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Repeat column</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3159267">Repeat column</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the area as a repeating column.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/rowheader" id="bm_id3154021" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/rowheader" id="bm_id3154022" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153966" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Repeat row</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3153966">Repeat row</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150300" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the area as a repeating row.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definename/add" id="bm_id3150207" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/add" id="bm_id3150208" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155112" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155112">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159236" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Add</emph> button to add a new defined name.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/managenamesdialog/delete" id="bm_id3150209" localize="false"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070200.xhp index 24dafe521d..383068705d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070200.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertName" id="bm_id3154910" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertname/InsertNameDialog" id="bm_id3154910" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertname/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3154910" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153195" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Paste Names</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153195">Paste Names</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="nameneinfuegentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertName">Inserts a defined named cell range at the current cursor's position.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149412" xml-lang="en-US">You can only insert a cell area after having defined a name for the area.</paragraph> @@ -45,15 +45,15 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertname/ctrl" id="bm_id3155415" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153160" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153160">Table area</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertname/ctrl">Lists all defined cell areas. Double-click an entry to insert the named area into the active sheet at the current cursor position.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertname/pasteall" id="bm_id3153707" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153418" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Paste All</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153418">Paste All</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155066" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertname/pasteall">Inserts a list of all named areas and the corresponding cell references at the current cursor position.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/insertname/paste" id="bm_id3153708" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153419" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Paste</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153419">Paste</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155067" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/insertname/paste">Inserts the selected named area and the corresponding cell reference at the current cursor position.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070300.xhp index f985494347..76fa81909f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070300.xhp @@ -36,26 +36,26 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:CreateNames" id="bm_id8912439" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/CreateNamesDialog" id="bm_id3150398" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3150398" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Creating Names</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147264">Creating Names</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153969" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="namenuebernehmentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:CreateNames">Allows you to automatically name multiple cell ranges.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#einaueb"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">Select the area containing all the ranges that you want to name. Then choose <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Create</emph>. This opens the <emph>Create Names</emph> dialog, from which you can select the naming options that you want.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151116" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create names from</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151116">Create names from</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152597" xml-lang="en-US">Defines which part of the spreadsheet is to be used for creating the name.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/top" id="bm_id3156444" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153729" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top row</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153729">Top row</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149263" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/top">Creates the range names from the header row of the selected range.</ahelp> Each column receives a separated name and cell reference.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/left" id="bm_id3145749" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146984" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left Column</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146984">Left Column</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153190" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/left">Creates the range names from the entries in the first column of the selected sheet range.</ahelp> Each row receives a separated name and cell reference.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/bottom" id="bm_id3145645" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156284" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom row</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156284">Bottom row</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/bottom">Creates the range names from the entries in the last row of the selected sheet range.</ahelp> Each column receives a separated name and cell reference.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/right" id="bm_id3145253" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154731" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right Column</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154731">Right Column</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153158" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/createnamesdialog/right">Creates the range names from the entries in the last column of the selected sheet range.</ahelp> Each row receives a separated name and cell reference.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04070400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04070400.xhp index 3cc0ad7381..6ed548c49d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04070400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04070400.xhp @@ -45,21 +45,21 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147435" xml-lang="en-US">You can set label ranges that contain the same labels on different sheets. $[officename] first searches the label ranges of the current sheet and, following a failed search, the ranges of other sheets.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/range" id="bm_id3149958" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign" id="bm_id3148457" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145801" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Range</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145801">Range</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154731" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign">Displays the cell reference of each label range.</ahelp> In order to remove a label range from the list box, select it and then click <emph>Delete</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/colhead" id="bm_id3155064" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149121" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Contains column labels</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149121">Contains column labels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150330" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/colhead">Includes column labels in the current label range.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/rowhead" id="bm_id3145642" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Contains row labels</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149020">Contains row labels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154754" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/rowhead">Includes row labels in the current label range.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign2" id="bm_id3146919" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159264" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">For data range</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159264">For data range</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154703" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/edassign2">Sets the data range for which the selected label range is valid. To modify it, click in the sheet and select another range with the mouse.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/add" id="bm_id3150299" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145789" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145789">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147005" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/namerangesdialog/add">Adds the current label range to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp index c140250599..37b2489655 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/04090000.xhp @@ -41,15 +41,15 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000404.xhp#eiextdata"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/url" id="bm_id3148577" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146984" role="heading" level="2">URL of external data source.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146984">URL of external data source.</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145366" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/url">Enter the URL or the file name that contains the data that you want to insert, and then press Enter.</ahelp> Alternatively, click <emph>Browse</emph> button to select the file name from a file dialog that opens. Only then will the URL be requested from the network or file system.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id621519313666202" role="note"><link href="text/shared/00/00000208.xhp">A dialog for CSV data import</link> appears when linking to external CSV file.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/ranges" id="bm_id3153876" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145251" role="heading" level="2">Available tables/ranges</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145251">Available tables/ranges</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147397" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/ranges">Select the table or the data range that you want to insert.</ahelp> If the selected Calc or Excel document contains no named range, spreadsheet data cannot be inserted and <emph>OK</emph> button will remain inactive </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/reload" id="bm_id3153418" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/delay" id="bm_id3150718" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154492" role="heading" level="2">Update every</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154492">Update every</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154017" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/externaldata/delay">Enter the number of seconds to wait before the external data are reloaded into the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp#webquery"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp index b3a5e54a03..2e177e0b2c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05020600.xhp @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000405.xhp#fozelstz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150447" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Protection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150447">Protection</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll" id="bm_id3153192" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hide all</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3125864">Hide all</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153768" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideAll">Hides formulas and contents of the selected cells.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkProtected" id="bm_id3149260" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153190" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Protected</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153190">Protected</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151119" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkProtected">Prevents the selected cells from being modified.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3156283" xml-lang="en-US">This cell protection only takes effect if you also protect the sheet (<emph>Tools - Protect Sheet</emph>).</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula" id="bm_id3149958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149377" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hide formula</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149377">Hide formula</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154510" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHideFormula">Hides formulas in the selected cells.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155602" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155602">Print</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153836" xml-lang="en-US">Defines print options for the sheet.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHidePrinting" id="bm_id3153715" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155065" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hide when printing</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155065">Hide when printing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155443" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/cellprotectionpage/checkHidePrinting">Keeps the selected cells from being printed.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp index 1ae1c01566..38875c41b9 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05030200.xhp @@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalrowheightdialog/OptimalRowHeightDialog" id="bm_id1299843" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalrowheightdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id1299843" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalRowHeight" id="bm_id3145673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Optimal Row Heights</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148491">Optimal Row Heights</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="optitext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalRowHeight">Determines the optimal row height for the selected rows.</ahelp> </variable> The optimal row height depends on the font size of the largest character in the row. You can use various <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#measurement_units">units of measure</link>.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000405.xhp#fozeiophoe"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalrowheightdialog/value" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154908" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154908">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151044" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optimalrowheightdialog/value">Sets additional spacing between the largest character in a row and the cell boundaries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalrowheightdialog/default" id="bm_id3145271" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Default value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150439">Default value</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146984" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optimalrowheightdialog/default">Restores the default value for the optimal row height.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp index f0afbc8876..d77f94cb8e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05040200.xhp @@ -38,17 +38,17 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalcolwidthdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id2742569" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalColumnWidth" id="bm_id3156326" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetOptimalColumnWidthDirect" id="bm_id3153254" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Optimal Column Width</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155628">Optimal Column Width</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="optitext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetOptimalColumnWidthDi">Defines the optimal column width for selected columns.</ahelp> </variable> The optimal column width depends on the longest entry within a column. You can choose from the available <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#metrik">measurement units</link>.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000405.xhp#optimal_column_width"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalcolwidthdialog/value" id="bm_id3153192" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150767" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150767">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optimalcolwidthdialog/value">Defines additional spacing between the longest entry in a column and the vertical column borders.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optimalcolwidthdialog/default" id="bm_id3155855" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145785" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Default value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145785">Default value</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146120" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optimalcolwidthdialog/default">Defines the optimal column width in order to display the entire contents of the column.</ahelp> The additional spacing for the optimal column width is preset to 2 mm.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp index a0ebc88180..e1db786e16 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05050000.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/01/05050300.xhp#tabeintext"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150542" xml-lang="en-US">If a sheet has been hidden, the Show Sheet dialog opens, which allows you to select a sheet to be shown again.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SheetRightToLeft" id="bm_id9923771" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10656" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Right-To-Left</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10656">Right-To-Left</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SheetRightToLeft">Changes the orientation of the current sheet to Right-To-Left if <link href="text/shared/optionen/01150300.xhp">CTL</link> support is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05050100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05050100.xhp index 525d60862e..66f0f14503 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05050100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/inputstringdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3149166" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Name" id="bm_id3153252" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RenameTable" id="bm_id9504501" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Rename Sheet</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147336">Rename Sheet</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150792" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="umbenennentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:RenameTable">This command opens a dialog where you can assign a different name to the current sheet.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_RENAME_NAME" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/inputstringdialog/name_entry" id="bm_id3154908" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_APPEND_NAME" id="bm_id3151041" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153968" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153968">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155131" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SC_APPEND_NAME">Enter a new name for the sheet here.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153092" xml-lang="en-US">You can also open the<emph> Rename Sheet </emph>dialog through the context menu by positioning the mouse pointer over a sheet tab at the bottom of the window and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">clicking while pressing Control</caseinline><defaultinline>clicking the right mouse button</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3147396" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively, click the sheet tab while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key. Now you can change the name directly. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="UNIX"><embedvar href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#winmanager"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05050300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05050300.xhp index f0628b62b6..5f7ba889f7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05050300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05050300.xhp @@ -34,14 +34,14 @@ <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148946"><bookmark_value>sheets; displaying</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>displaying; sheets</bookmark_value></bookmark> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:Show" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150542" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3148946" xml-lang="en-US">Show Sheet</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148946">Show Sheet</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148799"><variable id="tabeintext"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:Show">Displays sheets that were previously hidden with the <emph>Hide Sheets</emph> command.</ahelp></variable> Select one sheet only to call the command. The current sheet is always selected. If a sheet other than the current sheet is selected, you can deselect it by pressing <switchinline select="sys"> <caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline> <defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline> </switchinline> while clicking the corresponding sheet tab at the bottom of the window.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000405.xhp#fotenb"/> </section> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showsheetdialog/ShowSheetDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149260" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showsheetdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149260" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151112" xml-lang="en-US">Hidden sheets</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151112">Hidden sheets</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/showsheetdialog/ShowSheetDialog" visibility="visible">Displays a list of all hidden sheets in your spreadsheet document.</ahelp> To show a certain sheet, click the corresponding entry on the list and confirm with OK.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp index 88abec7207..4693456f96 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp @@ -40,42 +40,42 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000405.xhp#fostel"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150542" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150542">Print</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US">Defines which elements of the spreadsheet are to be printed.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_HEADER" id="bm_id3150767" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151041" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column and row headers</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_HEADER" id="bm_id3150767" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151041">Column and row headers</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147228" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_HEADER">Specifies whether you want the column and row headers to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_GRID" id="bm_id3154320" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Grid</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_GRID" id="bm_id3154320" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150439">Grid</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_GRID">Prints out the borders of the individual cells as a grid.</ahelp> For the view on screen, make your choice under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp"><emph>View</emph></link> - <emph>Grid lines</emph>.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_NOTES" id="bm_id3159153" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145750" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Comments</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_NOTES" id="bm_id3159153" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145750">Comments</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150010" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_NOTES">Prints the comments defined in your spreadsheet.</ahelp> They will be printed on a separate page, along with the corresponding cell reference.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_OBJECTS" id="bm_id3144764" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154944" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Objects/images</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_OBJECTS" id="bm_id3144764" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154944">Objects/images</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_OBJECTS">Includes all inserted objects (if printable) and graphics with the printed document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_CHARTS" id="bm_id3156283" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149377" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Charts</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_CHARTS" id="bm_id3156283" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149377">Charts</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148455" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_CHARTS">Prints the charts that have been inserted into your spreadsheet.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_DRAWINGS" id="bm_id3153839" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153418" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Drawing Objects</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_DRAWINGS" id="bm_id3153839" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153418">Drawing Objects</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149122" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_DRAWINGS">Includes all drawing objects in the printed document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS" id="bm_id3155765" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150330" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formulas</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS" id="bm_id3155765" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150330">Formulas</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153715" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_FORMULAS">Prints the formulas contained in the cells, instead of the results.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_NULLVALS" id="bm_id3146314" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156385" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Zero Values</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_NULLVALS" id="bm_id3146314" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156385">Zero Values</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149258" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_NULLVALS">Specifies that cells with a zero value are printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154022" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Page Order</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154022">Page Order</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166423" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the order in which data in a sheet is numbered and printed when it does not fit on one printed page.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/radioBTN_TOPDOWN" id="bm_id3145258" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152580" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top to bottom, then right</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/radioBTN_TOPDOWN" id="bm_id3145258" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152580">Top to bottom, then right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150205" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/radioBTN_TOPDOWN">Prints vertically from the left column to the bottom of the sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/radioBTN_LEFTRIGHT" id="bm_id3150342" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150786" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left to right, then down</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/radioBTN_LEFTRIGHT" id="bm_id3150342" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150786">Left to right, then down</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/radioBTN_LEFTRIGHT">Prints horizontally from the top row of the sheet to the right column.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO" id="bm_id3150367" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150887" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">First page number</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO" id="bm_id3150367" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150887">First page number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155378" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/checkBTN_PAGENO">Select this option if you want this style to restart page numbering.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_PAGENO" id="bm_id3156288" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_PAGENO">Enter the number you want to restart at.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146978" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Scale</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146978">Scale</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149408" xml-lang="en-US">Defines a page scale for the printed spreadsheet.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/comboLB_SCALEMODE" id="bm_id8574175" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1096D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Scaling mode</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/comboLB_SCALEMODE" id="bm_id8574175" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1096D">Scaling mode</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10971" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/comboLB_SCALEMODE">Select a scaling mode from the list box. Appropriate controls will be shown below the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155089" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Reduce/enlarge printout</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3155089">Reduce/enlarge printout</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159171" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies a scaling factor to scale all printed pages.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEALL" id="bm_id3153067" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1099A" xml-lang="en-US" level="5">Scaling factor</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEALL" id="bm_id3153067" localize="false"/><h5 id="par_idN1099A">Scaling factor</h5> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152899" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEALL">Enter a scaling factor. Factors less than 100 reduce the pages, higher factors enlarge the pages.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN109B2" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Shrink print range(s) to width/height</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN109B2">Shrink print range(s) to width/height</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN109B5" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the maximum number of pages horizontally (width) and vertically (height) on which every sheet with the current Page Style is to be printed. </paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -88,13 +88,13 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN109C3" xml-lang="en-US">If you disable both boxes, this will result in a scaling factor of 100%.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGEWIDTH" id="bm_id7740714" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN109CE" xml-lang="en-US" level="5">Width in pages</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGEWIDTH" id="bm_id7740714" localize="false"/><h5 id="par_idN109CE">Width in pages</h5> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN109D1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGEWIDTH">Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed horizontally across.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGEHEIGHT" id="bm_id516983" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN109E8" xml-lang="en-US" level="5">Height in pages</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGEHEIGHT" id="bm_id516983" localize="false"/><h5 id="par_idN109E8">Height in pages</h5> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN109EB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGEHEIGHT">Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed vertically stacked.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148868" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Shrink print range(s) to number of pages</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3148868">Shrink print range(s) to number of pages</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145074" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the maximum number of pages on which every sheet with the current Page Style is to be printed. The scale will be reduced as necessary to fit the defined number of pages.<comment>UFI: fixes #112585#</comment></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGENUM" id="bm_id3157983" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10A26" xml-lang="en-US" level="5">Number of pages</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGENUM" id="bm_id3157983" localize="false"/><h5 id="par_idN10A26">Number of pages</h5> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144507" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/sheetprintpage/spinED_SCALEPAGENUM">Enter the maximum number of pages to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp index 73e4084c46..fdf284ff7d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05080300.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditPrintArea" id="bm_id2248794" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/PrintAreasDialog" id="bm_id3145673" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3145673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153088" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Print Ranges</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153088">Edit Print Ranges</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159488" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="printrangestext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditPrintArea">Opens a dialog where you can specify the print range.</ahelp> </variable> You can also set the rows or columns which are to be repeated in every page.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -42,20 +42,20 @@ </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/lbprintarea" id="bm_id3154910" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edprintarea" id="bm_id3150447" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print range</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156281">Print range</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147228" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edprintarea">Allows you to modify a defined print range.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145174" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a print range definition for the current spreadsheet. Select <emph>-entire sheet-</emph> to set the current sheet as a print range. Select <emph>-selection-</emph> to define the selected area of a spreadsheet as the print range. By selecting <emph>-user-defined-</emph>, you can define a print range that you have already defined using the <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Define</emph> command. If you have given a name to a range using the <emph>Sheet - Named Ranges and Expressions - Define</emph> command, this name will be displayed and can be selected from the list box.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145272" xml-lang="en-US">In the right-hand text box, you can enter a print range by reference or by name. If the cursor is in the <emph>Print range</emph> text box, you can also select the print range in the spreadsheet with your mouse.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/lbrepeatrow" id="bm_id3147435" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatrow" id="bm_id3153190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149260" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rows to repeat</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149260">Rows to repeat</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147426" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatrow">Choose one or more rows to print on every page. In the right text box enter the row reference, for example, "1" or "$1" or "$2:$3".</ahelp> The list box displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating row.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155418" xml-lang="en-US">You can also define repeating rows by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Rows to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/lbrepeatcol" id="bm_id3153876" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatcol" id="bm_id3147396" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149581" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Columns to repeat</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149581">Columns to repeat</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155602" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/printareasdialog/edrepeatcol">Choose one or more columns to print on every page. In the right text box enter the column reference, for example, "A" or "AB" or "$C:$E".</ahelp> The list box then displays <emph>-user defined-</emph>. You can also select <emph>-none-</emph> to remove a defined repeating column.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US">You can also define repeating columns by dragging the mouse in the spreadsheet, if the cursor is in the <emph>Columns to repeat</emph> text field in the dialog.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp index 2e01bb9bb7..074b7f2c2a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/05110000.xhp @@ -36,40 +36,40 @@ </section> <note id="par_id181630332690300">The AutoFormat command is available only if a cell range with at least 3 columns and 3 rows are selected. Otherwise this command will appear grayed out in the menu.</note> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/formatlb" id="bm_id3145645" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148455" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148455">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145799" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/formatlb">Choose a predefined AutoFormat to apply to a selected area in your sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/add" id="bm_id3155600" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149410">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154017" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/add">Allows you to add the current formatting of a range of at least 4 x 4 cells to the list of predefined AutoFormats.</ahelp> The <emph>Add AutoFormat</emph> dialog then appears.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_AUTOFMT_NAME" id="bm_id3153713" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153708" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a name and click <emph>OK</emph>. </ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/rename" id="bm_id3153309" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159223" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rename</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159223">Rename</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153064" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can change the name of the selected AutoFormat.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_REN_AFMT_NAME" id="bm_id3148608" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153912" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Rename AutoFormat</emph> dialog opens.<ahelp hid="."> Enter the new name of the AutoFormat here.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155961" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formatting</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155961">Formatting</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153965" xml-lang="en-US">In this section you can select or deselect the available formatting options. If you want to keep any of the settings currently in your spreadsheet, deselect the corresponding option.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb" id="bm_id3149210" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154021" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number format</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154021">Number format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159239" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb">When marked, specifies that you want to retain the number format of the selected format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/bordercb" id="bm_id3150206" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149530" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Borders</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149530">Borders</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145259" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/bordercb">When marked, specifies that you want to retain the border of the selected format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/fontcb" id="bm_id3150364" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Font</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154657">Font</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152990" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/fontcb">When marked, specifies that you want to retain the font of the selected format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/patterncb" id="bm_id3150515" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155379" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Pattern</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155379">Pattern</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150368" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/patterncb">When marked, specifies that you want to retain the pattern of the selected format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb" id="bm_id3146978" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146115" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Alignment</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146115">Alignment</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156445" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb">When marked, specifies that you want to retain the alignment of the selected format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/autofitcb" id="bm_id3152892" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155811" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoFit width and height</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155811">AutoFit width and height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148703" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/autoformattable/autofitcb">When marked, specifies that you want to retain the width and height of the selected cells of the selected format.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/autoformat.xhp#autoformat"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp index 3ce6c93454..0d3481f61f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06020000.xhp @@ -33,14 +33,14 @@ <bookmark_value>syllables in spreadsheets</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw made "hyphenation..." a two level entry</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Hyphenate" id="bm_id7241058" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3159399">Hyphenation</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="silben"><ahelp hid=".uno:Hyphenate">The <emph>Hyphenation </emph>command calls the dialog for setting the hyphenation in $[officename] Calc.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#silbentrennungc"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US">You can only turn on the automatic hyphenation in $[officename] Calc when the <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">row break</link> feature is active.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153192" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation for selected cells.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153192">Hyphenation for selected cells.</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US">Select the cells for which you want to change the hyphenation.</paragraph> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149260" xml-lang="en-US">Mark the <emph>Wrap text automatically</emph> and <emph>Hyphenation active</emph> check boxes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153094" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation for Drawing Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153094">Hyphenation for Drawing Objects</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148577" xml-lang="en-US">Select a drawing object.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06040000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06040000.xhp index 9d773a5ac3..ec07d7caad 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06040000.xhp @@ -30,22 +30,22 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GoalSeekDialog" id="bm_id4741970" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/GoalSeekDialog" id="bm_id3153088" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3153088" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155629" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Goal Seek</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155629">Goal Seek</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145119" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zielwertsuchetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:GoalSeekDialog">Opens a dialog where you can solve an equation with a variable.</ahelp> </variable> After a successful search, a dialog with the results opens, allowing you to apply the result and the target value directly to the cell.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#exzws"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Default</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149656">Default</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US">In this section, you can define the variables in your formula.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/formulaedit" id="bm_id3145171" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150869" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formula cell</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150869">Formula cell</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/formulaedit">In the formula cell, enter the reference of the cell which contains the formula. It contains the current cell reference.</ahelp> Click another cell in the sheet to apply its reference to the text box.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/target" id="bm_id3150441" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Target value</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154685">Target value</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146984" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/target">Specifies the value you want to achieve as a new result.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/varedit" id="bm_id3154013" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150012" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Variable cell</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150012">Variable cell</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147427" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/goalseekdlg/varedit">Specifies the reference for the cell that contains the value you want to adjust in order to reach the target.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp index ce6dd63446..8bb6fbeb0b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06050000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ScenarioManager" id="bm_id3154490" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/ScenarioDialog" id="bm_id3145068" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3145068" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156023" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Create Scenario</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156023">Create Scenario</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="szenariotext"><ahelp hid=".">Defines a scenario for the selected sheet area.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -44,26 +44,26 @@ </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/name" id="bm_id3154123" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_SCENWIN_TOP" id="bm_id3153195" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name of scenario</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156280">Name of scenario</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the name for the scenario. Use a clear and unique name so you can easily identify the scenario.</ahelp> You can also modify a scenario name in the Navigator through the <emph>Properties </emph>context menu command.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/comment" id="bm_id3152596" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_SC_SCENWIN_BOTTOM" id="bm_id3156444" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153954" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Comment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153954">Comment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155411" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies additional information about the scenario. This information will be displayed in the <link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> when you click the <emph>Scenarios</emph> icon and select the desired scenario.</ahelp> You can also modify this information in the Navigator through the <emph>Properties </emph>context menu command.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145273">Settings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153364" xml-lang="en-US">This section is used to define some of the settings used in the scenario display.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/showframe" id="bm_id3151119" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/bordercolor" id="bm_id3151118" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145367" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display border<comment>UFI: #i38688#</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151073" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Highlights the scenario in your table with a border. The color for the border is specified in the field to the right of this option.</ahelp> The border will have a title bar displaying the name of the last scenario. The button on the right of the scenario border offers you an overview of all the scenarios in this area, if several have been defined. You can choose any of the scenarios from this list without restrictions.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copyback" id="bm_id3147124" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149582" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy back</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149582">Copy back</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154942" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copyback">Copies the values of cells that you change into the active scenario. If you do not select this option, the scenario is not changed when you change cell values. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copysheet" id="bm_id3153418" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149402" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy entire sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149402">Copy entire sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146969" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/copysheet">Copies the entire sheet into an additional scenario sheet. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/preventchanges" id="bm_id3014007" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1075A" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Prevent changes</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1075A">Prevent changes</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1075E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scenariodialog/preventchanges">Prevents changes to the active scenario. The behavior of the <emph>Copy back</emph> setting depends on the cell protection, the sheet protection, and the <emph>Prevent changes</emph> settings.</ahelp></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/06060200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/06060200.xhp index 20a68ae451..d590e092b6 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/06060200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/06060200.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ToolProtectionDocument" id="bm_id3150791" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Protecting document</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150541">Protecting document</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145172" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dokumenttext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToolProtectionDocument">Protects the sheet structure of your document from modifications. It is impossible to insert, delete, rename, move or copy sheets.</ahelp></variable> Open the <emph>Protect spreadsheet structure</emph> dialog with <emph>Tools - Protect Spreadsheet Structure</emph>. Optionally enter a password and click OK.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000406.xhp#protect_spreadsheet"/> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145750" xml-lang="en-US">A protected document, once saved, can only be saved again with the <emph>File - Save As</emph> menu command. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC" id="bm_id3154863" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Password (optional)</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152596">Password (optional)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155412" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC">You can create a password to protect your document against unauthorized or accidental modifications.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_PASSWD_DOC_CONFIRM" id="bm_id3154864" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12010100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12010100.xhp index 57b2a0573c..f0beaef45a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12010100.xhp @@ -32,18 +32,18 @@ <body> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US">Options</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/ContainsColumnLabels" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150399" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">Contains column labels</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3154760">Options</h1> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/ContainsColumnLabels" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150399" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153379">Contains column labels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148798" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/ContainsColumnLabels" visibility="visible">Selected cell ranges contains labels.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/InsertOrDeleteCells" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156422" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153970" xml-lang="en-US">Insert or delete cells</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/InsertOrDeleteCells" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156422" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153970">Insert or delete cells</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154684"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/InsertOrDeleteCells" visibility="visible">Automatically inserts new rows and columns into the database range in your document when new records are added to the database.</ahelp> To manually update the database range, choose <emph>Data - Refresh Range</emph>.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/KeepFormatting" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151117" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153768" xml-lang="en-US">Keep formatting</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/KeepFormatting" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151117" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153768">Keep formatting</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147435" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/KeepFormatting" visibility="visible">Applies the existing cell format of headers and first data row to the whole database range.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/DontSaveImportedData" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145748" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155856" xml-lang="en-US">Don't save imported data</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/DontSaveImportedData" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145748" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155856">Don't save imported data</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/definedatabaserangedialog/DontSaveImportedData" visibility="visible">Only saves a reference to the database, and not the contents of the cells.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3147428" xml-lang="en-US">Source:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147428">Source:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148576" xml-lang="en-US">Displays information about the current database source and any existing operators.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146976" xml-lang="en-US">More <<</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146976">More <<</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149664" xml-lang="en-US">Hides the additional options.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12040300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12040300.xhp index 5e5573ead8..f75075f71b 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12040300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12040300.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DataFilterSpecialFilter" id="bm_id4998774" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/AdvancedFilterDialog" id="bm_id3154366" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3154366" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158394" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Advanced Filter</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3158394">Advanced Filter</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spezialfilter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataFilterSpecialFilter">Defines an advanced filter.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/lbfilterarea" id="bm_id3149664" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edfilterarea" id="bm_id3151113" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153771" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Read filter criteria from</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153771">Read filter criteria from</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147426" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/advancedfilterdialog/edfilterarea">Select the named range, or enter the cell range that contains the filter criteria that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <h2 id="hd_id331625165680452">Options</h2> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12070100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12070100.xhp index ef860a2145..8485f9abd3 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12070100.xhp @@ -32,17 +32,17 @@ <body> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US">Consolidate by</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US">Consolidate by</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3151210">Consolidate by</h1> + <h2 id="hd_id3125864">Consolidate by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154909" xml-lang="en-US">Use this section if the cell ranges that you want to consolidate contain labels. You only need to select these options if the consolidation ranges contain similar labels and the data arranged is arranged differently.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/byrow" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153968" xml-lang="en-US">Row labels</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/byrow" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153968">Row labels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150441" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/byrow" visibility="visible">Uses the row labels to arrange the consolidated data.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/bycol" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149260" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3146976" xml-lang="en-US">Column labels</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/bycol" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149260" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3146976">Column labels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155411" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/bycol" visibility="visible">Uses the column labels to arrange the consolidated data.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153191" xml-lang="en-US">Options</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/refs" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153954" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3159154" xml-lang="en-US">Link to source data</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153191">Options</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/refs" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153954" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3159154">Link to source data</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/consolidatedialog/refs" visibility="visible">Links the data in the consolidation range to the source data, and automatically updates the results of the consolidation when the source data is changed.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3163708" xml-lang="en-US">Options</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3163708">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151118" xml-lang="en-US">Hides the additional options.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp index acb73570c9..f4e7457469 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080300.xhp @@ -43,10 +43,10 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#data_outline_group"/> </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145069">When you group a cell range, and outline icon appears in the margins next to the group. To hide or show the group, click the icon. To ungroup the selection, choose <emph>Data – Group and Outline -</emph> <link href="text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp"><emph>Ungroup</emph></link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US">Include</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/groupdialog/rows" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150770" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150448" xml-lang="en-US">Rows</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3125863">Include</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/groupdialog/rows" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150770" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150448">Rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/groupdialog/rows">Groups the selected rows.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/groupdialog/cols" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153771" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US">Columns</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/groupdialog/cols" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153771" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145786">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146984" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/groupdialog/cols">Groups the selected columns.</ahelp></paragraph> <note id="par_id171608652491036">Grouping and ungrouping is not tracked. Group is greyed out when track changes is on.</note> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp index e8d8a7dca5..41ce6e720e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12080400.xhp @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#data_outline_ungroup"/> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US">Deactivate for</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US">Rows</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151210">Deactivate for</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id3156280">Rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US">Removes selected rows from a group.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3147230" xml-lang="en-US">Columns</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147230">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US">Removes selected columns from a group.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp index 483c719510..c7094cd1ea 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090101.xhp @@ -34,21 +34,21 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/SelectDataSourceDialog" id="bm_id3154685" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3154685" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143268" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Data Source</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3143268">Select Data Source</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148552" xml-lang="en-US">Select the database and the table or query containing the data that you want to use.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#dndq"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154140">Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">You can only select databases that are registered in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp> To register a data source, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/database" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151041" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151041">Database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156424" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/database">Select the database that contains the data source that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/datasource" id="bm_id3151112" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145364" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Data source</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145364">Data source</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149260" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/datasource">Select the data source that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/type" id="bm_id3153726" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147428" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147428">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150010" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/selectdatasource/type">Click the source type of for the selected data source.</ahelp> You can choose from four source types: "Table", "Query" and "SQL" or SQL (Native).</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147348" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot table dialog</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp index 39e8e032d2..7a3ae51b76 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DataPilotExec" id="bm_id3154514" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/PivotTableLayout" id="bm_id31545141" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id31545141" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149165" role="heading" level="1">Pivot Table</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149165">Pivot Table</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155922" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:DataPilotExec">Specify the layout of the table that is generated by the pivot table.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#insert_pivot_table"/> @@ -45,46 +45,46 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/listbox-row" id="bm_id7529526" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/listbox-data" id="bm_id2920621" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/listbox-page" id="bm_id7411420" localize="false"/><comment>UFI: changed help id from 59001 to dply_page</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154908" role="heading" level="2">Layout</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154908">Layout</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150768" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/listbox-fields">To define the layout of a pivot table, drag and drop data field buttons onto the <emph>Filters, Row Fields, Column Fields</emph> and <emph>Data Fields</emph> areas.</ahelp> You can also use drag and drop to rearrange the data fields on a pivot table.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147229" role="paragraph">$[officename] automatically adds a caption to buttons that are dragged into the <emph>Data Fields </emph>area. The caption contains the name of the data field as well as the formula that created the data.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145749" role="paragraph">To change the function that is used by a data field, double-click a button in the <emph>Data Fields</emph> area to open the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp">Data Field</link> dialog. You can also double-click buttons in the <emph>Row Fields</emph> or <emph>Column Fields</emph> areas.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/more" id="bm_id4284798" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154944" role="heading" level="2">More</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154944">More</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145647" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/more">Displays or hides additional options for defining the pivot table.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151073" role="heading" level="2">Result</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151073">Result</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155417" role="paragraph">Specify the settings for displaying the results of the pivot table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/source-edit" id="bm_id7418660" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/source-button" id="bm_id7418760" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0509200913025625" role="heading" level="3">Selection from</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0509200913025625">Selection from</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200913025615" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the area that contains the data for the current pivot table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/destination-edit" id="bm_id7419660" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/destination-list" id="bm_id2334665" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155603" role="heading" level="2">Results to</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155603">Results to</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153838" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/destination-edit">Select the area where you want to display the results of the pivot table.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#shrink_maximize"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155961" role="warning">If the selected area contains data, the pivot table overwrites the data. To prevent the loss of existing data, let the pivot table automatically select the area to display the results.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-ignore-empty-rows" id="bm_id7835016" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147364" role="heading" level="2">Ignore empty rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147364">Ignore empty rows</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154022" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-ignore-empty-rows">Ignores empty fields in the data source.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-identify-categories" id="bm_id5103305" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155114" role="heading" level="2">Identify categories</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155114">Identify categories</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145257" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-identify-categories">Automatically assigns rows without labels to the category of the row above.</ahelp><comment>i93137</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-total-columns" id="bm_id2163457" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149207" role="heading" level="2">Total columns</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149207">Total columns</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166426" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-total-columns">Calculates and displays the grand total of the column calculation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-total-rows" id="bm_id3748588" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150364" role="heading" level="2">Total rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150364">Total rows</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152583" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-total-rows">Calculates and displays the grand total of the row calculation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-add-filter" id="bm_id6004516" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10897" role="heading" level="2">Add filter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10897">Add filter</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1089B" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a Filter button to pivot tables that are based on spreadsheet data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DataPilotFilter" id="bm_id6278267" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108B2" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Filter dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivottablelayoutdialog/check-drill-to-details" id="bm_id7366252" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108C9" role="heading" level="2">Enable drill to details</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN108C9">Enable drill to details</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108CD" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select this check box and double-click an item label in the table to show or hide details for the item. Clear this check box and double-click a cell in the table to edit the contents of the cell.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108DC" role="heading" level="2">To examine details inside a pivot table</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN108DC">To examine details inside a pivot table</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108E0" role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showdetaildialog/ShowDetails" id="bm_id9630726" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showdetaildialog/dimsTreeview" id="bm_id9630726" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/showdetaildialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9630726" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10900" role="heading" level="2">Show Detail</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10900">Show Detail</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10904" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Choose the field that you want to view the details for.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149817" role="paragraph"><link href="text/scalc/04/01020000.xhp">Pivot table shortcut keys</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp index 7ef837ad86..9aca2a9a96 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090103.xhp @@ -33,15 +33,15 @@ <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/PivotFilterDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153143" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153143" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3153970" xml-lang="en-US">Filter</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3153970">Filter</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150448" xml-lang="en-US">Set the filtering options for the data.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151043" xml-lang="en-US">Filter Criteria</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151043">Filter Criteria</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150440" xml-lang="en-US">You can define a default filter for the data by filtering, for example, field names, using a combination of logical expressions arguments.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/connect1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153142" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/connect2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155412" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3159153" xml-lang="en-US">Operator</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/connect1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153142" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/connect2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155412" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3159153">Operator</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153093" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a logical operator for the filter.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/field1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147317" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/field2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148646" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/field3" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149667" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152462" xml-lang="en-US">Field name</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/field1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147317" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/field2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148646" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/field3" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149667" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152462">Field name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155306" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field that you want to use in the filter. If field names are not available, the column labels are listed.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/cond1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147348" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/cond2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155855" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/cond3" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156444" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148575" xml-lang="en-US">Condition</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/cond1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147348" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/cond2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155855" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/cond3" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156444" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148575">Condition</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147394" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an operator to compare the <emph>Field name</emph> and <emph>Value</emph> entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144764" xml-lang="en-US">The following operators are available:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149379"> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/val1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152990" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/val2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152994" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/val3" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150370" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150886" xml-lang="en-US">Value</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/val1" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152990" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/val2" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152994" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/val3" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150370" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150886">Value</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155506" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the value that you want to compare to the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/more" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152987" localize="false"/><paragraph id="hd_id3146980" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp">Options</link></paragraph> <embed href="text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp#zusaetzetext"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp index 95d7b763f3..1528444f16 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp @@ -35,15 +35,15 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3149119" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/scalc/01/12090104.xhp">Options</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147102" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zusaetzetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/more" visibility="visible">Displays or hides additional filtering options.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Options</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/case" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153562" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US">Case sensitive</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147008">Options</h2> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/case" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153562" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153662">Case sensitive</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/regexp" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153881" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3156327" xml-lang="en-US">Regular Expression</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/regexp" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153881" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156327">Regular Expression</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Allows you to use regular expressions in the filter definition.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147264">If the <emph>Regular Expression</emph> check box is selected, you can use EQUAL (=) and NOT EQUAL (<>) also in comparisons. You can also use the following functions: DCOUNTA, DGET, MATCH, COUNTIF, SUMIF, LOOKUP, VLOOKUP and HLOOKUP.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/unique" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150541" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">No duplications</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/unique" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150541" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153379">No duplications</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Excludes duplicate rows in the list of filtered data.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/dbarea" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150541" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US">Data range</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfilterdialog/dbarea" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150541" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3156282">Data range</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Displays the name of the filtered data range in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154011" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02100001.xhp">List of Regular Expressions</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp index 88273c8912..0478e95182 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp @@ -33,37 +33,37 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id8070926" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id7292397"><bookmark_value>calculating;pivot table</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150871" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Data field</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150871">Data field</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154124" xml-lang="en-US">The contents of this dialog is different for data fields in the <emph>Data</emph> area, and data fields in the <emph>Row</emph> or <emph>Column</emph> area of the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090102.xhp">Pivot Table</link> dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subtotals</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152596">Subtotals</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151113" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/PivotFieldDialog">Specify the subtotals that you want to calculate.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145366" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145366">None</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/none">Does not calculate subtotals.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154012" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154012">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155856" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/auto">Automatically calculates subtotals.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155411" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">User-defined</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155411">User-defined</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/user">Select this option, and then click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/functions" id="bm_id3145799" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/functions" id="bm_id1523789" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147124" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Function</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147124">Function</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154490" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the type of subtotal that you want to calculate. This option is only available if the <emph>User-defined</emph> option is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/showall" id="bm_id3154015" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/checkbutton1" id="bm_id1523790" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154944" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show items without data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154944">Show items without data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149403" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes empty columns and rows in the results table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149122" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149122">Name:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the name of the selected data field.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/expander" id="bm_id4281746" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106EC" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">More</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106EC">More</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Expands or reduces the dialog. The <emph>More</emph> button is visible for data fields only.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/pivotfielddialog/options" id="bm_id2855922" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106F3" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106F3">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp">Data Field Options</link> dialog. The <emph>Options</emph> button is visible for filters and column or row fields only.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10708" xml-lang="en-US">If the dialog is expanded by the <emph>More</emph> button, the following items are added to the dialog:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1070B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Displayed value</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1070B">Displayed value</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1070F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">For each data field, you can select the type of display.</ahelp> For some types you can select additional information for a base field and a base item.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/type" id="bm_id3325907" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10712" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10712">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10716" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/type">Select the type of calculating of the displayed value for the data field.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id=""> <tablerow> @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/basefield" id="bm_id7005523" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107BA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Base field</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN107BA">Base field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107BE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/basefield">Select the field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/baseitem" id="bm_id8070925" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107C1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Base item</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN107C1">Base item</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107C5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafielddialog/baseitem">Select the item of the base field from which the respective value is taken as base for the calculation.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp index 2cde7124c4..ea15c556ba 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090106.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <bookmark_value>data field options for pivot table</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "hiding..." entry</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Data Field Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">Data Field Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify additional options for column, row, and page data fields in the <link href="text/scalc/01/12090105.xhp">pivot table</link>.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/sortby" id="bm_id6588335" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort by</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/sortby" id="bm_id6588335" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10557">Sort by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/sortby">Select the data field that you want to sort columns or rows by.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending" id="bm_id6422009" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ascending</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending" id="bm_id6422009" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1055E">Ascending</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10562" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/ascending">Sorts the values from the lowest value to the highest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending" id="bm_id1683706" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10565" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Descending</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending" id="bm_id1683706" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10565">Descending</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/descending">Sorts the values descending from the highest value to the lowest value. If the selected field is the field for which the dialog was opened, the items are sorted by name. If a data field was selected, the items are sorted by the resultant value of the selected data field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/manual" id="bm_id9101840" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manual</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/manual" id="bm_id9101840" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1056C">Manual</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/manual">Sorts values alphabetically.</ahelp><comment>UFI: see spec doc. Currently set to alphabetically.</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Display options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10585">Display options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify the display options for all row fields except for the last, innermost row field.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/layout" id="bm_id113223" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Layout</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/layout" id="bm_id113223" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1058C">Layout</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/layout">Select the layout mode for the field in the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/emptyline" id="bm_id2646870" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10593" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Empty line after each item</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/emptyline" id="bm_id2646870" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10593">Empty line after each item</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10597" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/emptyline">Adds an empty row after the data for each item in the pivot table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show automatically</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059A">Show automatically</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the top or bottom nn items when you sort by a specified field.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/show" id="bm_id4634540" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Show</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/show" id="bm_id4634540" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN105A1">Show</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/show">Turns on the automatic show feature.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/items" id="bm_id6690878" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A8" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">items</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/items" id="bm_id6690878" localize="false"/><h4 id="par_idN105A8">items</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/items">Enter the maximum number of items that you want to show automatically.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/from" id="bm_id9420148" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">From</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/from" id="bm_id9420148" localize="false"/><h4 id="par_idN105AF">From</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/from">Shows the top or bottom items in the specified sort order.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/using" id="bm_id923184" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B6" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Using field</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/using" id="bm_id923184" localize="false"/><h4 id="par_idN105B6">Using field</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/using">Select the data field that you want to sort the data by.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/hideitems" id="bm_id2068849" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BD" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hide items</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/hideitems" id="bm_id2068849" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105BD">Hide items</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/hideitems">Select the items that you want to hide from the calculations.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/hierarchy" id="bm_id6507461" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hierarchy</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/hierarchy" id="bm_id6507461" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN105C4">Hierarchy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/datafieldoptionsdialog/hierarchy">Select the hierarchy that you want to use. The pivot table must be based on an external source data that contains data hierarchies.</ahelp></paragraph> <note id="par_id681598453957935">Calc does not provide multiple hierarchies for a single field and so this option is normally grayed. If you use a pivot table data source extension, that extension could define multiple hierarchies for some fields and then the option could become available. See the documentation supplied with that extension for more details.</note> </body> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp index 4a4cfc4d28..b4006ec09f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12090400.xhp @@ -27,28 +27,28 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054D" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Grouping</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1054D">Grouping</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US">Grouping pivot tables displays the <emph>Grouping</emph> dialog for either values or dates.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#grouping"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10568">Start</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the start of the grouping.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1056F">Automatically</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether to start grouping at the smallest value.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manually at</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10576">Manually at</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057A" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether to enter the start value for grouping yourself.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">End</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057D">End</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10581" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the end of the grouping.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10584">Automatically</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10588" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether to end grouping at the largest value.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manually at</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1058B">Manually at</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058F" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether to enter the end value for grouping yourself.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10592" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Group by</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10592">Group by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10596" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the value range by which every group's limits are calculated.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10599" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number of days</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10599">Number of days</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059D" xml-lang="en-US">In the case of grouping date values, specifies the number of days to group by.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Intervals</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A0">Intervals</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A4" xml-lang="en-US">In the case of grouping date values, specifies the intervals to group by.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B2" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp index 0acf0d1fa9..d54d62edbf 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120100.xhp @@ -140,18 +140,18 @@ <h2 id="par_idN1073F" xml-lang="en-US">Source</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10743" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min">Enter the cell range that contains the valid values or text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/minlist" id="bm_id5921506" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1075A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1075A">Entries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1075E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/minlist">Enter the entries that will be valid values or text strings.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/data" id="bm_id3147344" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163807" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3163807">Data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144502" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/data">Select the comparative operator that you want to use.</ahelp> The available operators depend on what you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box. If you select "between" or "not between", the <emph>Minimum</emph> and <emph>Maximum</emph> input boxes appear. Otherwise, only the <emph>Minimum</emph>, the <emph>Maximum</emph>, or the <emph>Value</emph> input boxes appear.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153782" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153782">Value</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153266" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min" id="bm_id3149528" localize="false"/> <h2 id="hd_id3149814" xml-lang="en-US">Minimum</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153199" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/min">Enter the minimum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/max" id="bm_id3150206" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149035" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Maximum</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149035">Maximum</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationcriteriapage/max">Enter the maximum value for the data validation option that you selected in the <emph>Allow </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp index acdca60051..d2bbf4a434 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120200.xhp @@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#datengueltigeingabe"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/tsbhelp" id="bm_id3149260" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show input help when cell is selected</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146986">Show input help when cell is selected</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/tsbhelp">Displays the message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> box when the cell or cell range is selected in the sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3154730" xml-lang="en-US">If you enter text in the <emph>Contents</emph> box of this dialog, and then select and clear this check box, the text will be lost.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147394" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147394">Contents</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/title" id="bm_id3149377" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149582" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149582">Title</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/title">Enter the title that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/inputhelp" id="bm_id3156275" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149121" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Input help</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149121">Input help</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150752" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/validationhelptabpage/inputhelp">Enter the message that you want to display when the cell or cell range is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp index c9952422f6..f887153b77 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/12120300.xhp @@ -39,21 +39,21 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/00/00000412.xhp#datengueltigfehler"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/tsbshow" id="bm_id3154908" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show error message when invalid values are entered.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156280">Show error message when invalid values are entered.</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the error message that you enter in the <emph>Contents</emph> area when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> If enabled, the message is displayed to prevent an invalid entry.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146984" xml-lang="en-US">In both cases, if you select "Stop", the invalid entry is deleted and the previous value is reentered in the cell. The same applies if you close the "Warning" and "Information" dialogs by clicking the <emph>Cancel </emph>button. If you close the dialogs with the <emph>OK</emph> button, the invalid entry is not deleted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152460" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152460">Contents</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/actionCB" id="bm_id3154014" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148646" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Action</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148646">Action</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151115" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/actionCB">Select the action that you want to occur when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp> The "Stop" action rejects the invalid entry and displays a dialog that you have to close by clicking <emph>OK</emph>. The "Warning" and "Information" actions display a dialog that can be closed by clicking <emph>OK</emph> or <emph>Cancel</emph>. The invalid entry is only rejected when you click <emph>Cancel</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/browseBtn" id="bm_id3154729" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156441">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153160" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/browseBtn">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130000.xhp">Macro</link> dialog where you can select the macro that is executed when invalid data is entered in a cell. The macro is executed after the error message is displayed.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/title" id="bm_id3149958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153876" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153876">Title</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149410" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/title">Enter the title of the macro or the error message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/errorMsg" id="bm_id3153836" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154510" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Error message</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154510">Error message</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149122" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/erroralerttabpage/errorMsg">Enter the message that you want to display when invalid data is entered in a cell.</ahelp></paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id881545240342781">Sample macro:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521625929022780">Below is a sample function that can be called when an error occurs. Note that the macro takes in two parameters that are passed on by %PRODUCTNAME when the function is called:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/01/format_graphic.xhp b/source/text/scalc/01/format_graphic.xhp index 01f17a2d7e..4dc9a68312 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/01/format_graphic.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/01/format_graphic.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/01/05210000.xhp#area"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="par_id1650440" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><link href="text/shared/01/05990000.xhp">Define Text Attributes</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id363475" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the layout and anchoring properties for text in the selected drawing or text object.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_id9746696" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_id9746696">Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2480544" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Switches <emph>Edit Points</emph> mode for an inserted freeform line on and off.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp index d01db05e2b..2b901dd376 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/auto_off.xhp @@ -51,21 +51,21 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Z.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3145273" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The following shows you how to deactivate and reactivate the automatic changes in $[officename] Calc:</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145748" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Automatic Text or Number Completion</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145748">Automatic Text or Number Completion</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154730" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When making an entry in a cell, $[officename] Calc automatically suggests matching input found in the same column. This function is known as <emph>AutoInput</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153878" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To turn the AutoInput on and off, set or remove the check mark in front of <link href="text/scalc/01/06130000.xhp"><emph>Tools - AutoInput</emph></link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146972" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Automatic Conversion to Date Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146972">Automatic Conversion to Date Format</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153707" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Calc automatically converts certain entries to dates. For example, the entry <emph>1.1</emph> may be interpreted as January 1 of the current year, according to the locale settings of your operating system, and then displayed according to the date format applied to the cell.<comment>for sure 1.1 will not be interpreted as a date in the USofA !!</comment></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3159267" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To ensure that an entry is interpreted as text, add an apostrophe at the beginning of the entry. The apostrophe is not displayed in the cell.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150043" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Quotation Marks Replaced by Custom Quotes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150043">Quotation Marks Replaced by Custom Quotes</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155333" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph>. Go to the <emph>Localized Options</emph> tab and unmark <emph>Replace</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149565" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cell Content Always Begins With Uppercase</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149565">Cell Content Always Begins With Uppercase</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147001" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab. Unmark <item type="menuitem">Capitalize first letter of every sentence</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150345" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Replace Word With Another Word</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150345">Replace Word With Another Word</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3166425" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Go to the <item type="menuitem">Replace</item> tab. Select the word pair and click <item type="menuitem">Delete</item>.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp index 885aad22e1..53fe411ea2 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/borders.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1342204" role="paragraph">The options in the <emph>Line arrangement</emph> area can be used to apply multiple border styles.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4454481" role="heading" level="2">Selection of cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4454481">Selection of cells</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7251503" role="paragraph">Depending on the selection of cells, the area looks different.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id4423352"> <tablerow> @@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4818872" role="listitem">The thick gray lines inside an icon show the lines that will not be changed.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8989226" role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id8989226">Examples</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id622577" role="paragraph">Select a block of about 8x8 cells, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8119754" role="paragraph"> <image id="img_id7261268" src="media/helpimg/border_ca_5.png" width="1.0937in" height="0.2189in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id7261268">default icon row of Borders tab page</alt> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9269386" role="paragraph">Now you can continue to see which lines the other icons will set or remove.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3593554" role="heading" level="2">User Defined Settings</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3593554">User Defined Settings</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4018066" role="paragraph">In the <emph>User defined</emph> area, you can click to set or remove individual lines. The preview shows lines in three different states. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8004699" role="paragraph">Repeatedly click an edge or a corner to switch through the three different states.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id5196996"> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7282937" role="heading" level="3">Examples</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id7282937">Examples</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4230780" role="paragraph">Select a single cell, then choose <emph>Format - Cells - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1712393" role="paragraph">Click the lower edge to set a very thin line as a lower border. All other lines will be removed from the cell.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5149693" role="paragraph"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp index f3ba21842a..f61c7c8956 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150769" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="calc_series"><link href="text/scalc/guide/calc_series.xhp">Automatically Filling in Data Based on Adjacent Cells</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106A8" role="paragraph">You can automatically fill cells with data with the AutoFill command or the Series command.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D3" role="heading" level="2">Using AutoFill</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN106D3">Using AutoFill</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106D7" role="paragraph">AutoFill automatically generates a data series based on a defined pattern.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> if you do not want to fill the cells with different values.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154490" role="note">If you select two or more adjacent cells that contain different numbers, and drag, the remaining cells are filled with the arithmetic pattern that is recognized in the numbers. The AutoFill function also recognizes customized lists that are defined under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - Sort Lists</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="tip">You can double-click the fill handle to automatically fill all empty columns of the current data block. For example, first enter Jan into A1 and drag the fill handle down to A12 to get the twelve months in the first column. Now enter some values into B1 and C1. Select those two cells, and double-click the fill handle. This fills automatically the data block B1:C12.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10713" role="heading" level="2">Using a Defined Series</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10713">Using a Defined Series</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150749" role="listitem">Select the cell range in the sheet that you want to fill.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp index 7f7d478326..899893d10f 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_conditional.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159156" role="paragraph">Using the menu command <emph>Format - Conditional - Condition</emph>, the dialog allows you to define conditions per cell, which must be met in order for the selected cells to have a particular format.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8039796" role="warning">To apply conditional formatting, AutoCalculate must be enabled. Choose <emph>Data - Calculate - AutoCalculate</emph> (you see a check mark next to the command when AutoCalculate is enabled).</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154944" role="paragraph">With conditional formatting, you can, for example, highlight the totals that exceed the average value of all totals. If the totals change, the formatting changes correspondingly, without having to apply other styles manually.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4480727" role="heading" level="2">To Define the Conditions</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4480727">To Define the Conditions</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154490" role="listitem">Select the cells to which you want to apply a conditional style.</paragraph> @@ -54,8 +54,8 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146969" role="listitem">Enter the condition(s) into the dialog box. The dialog is described in detail in <link href="text/scalc/01/05120000.xhp">$[officename] Help</link>, and an example is provided below:</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155766" role="heading" level="2">Example of Conditional Formatting: Highlighting Totals Above/Under the Average Value</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4341868" role="heading" level="3">Step1: Generate Number Values</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155766">Example of Conditional Formatting: Highlighting Totals Above/Under the Average Value</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id4341868">Step1: Generate Number Values</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150043" role="paragraph">You want to give certain values in your tables particular emphasis. For example, in a table of turnovers, you can show all the values above the average in green and all those below the average in red. This is possible with conditional formatting.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159236" role="listitem">In the same way as described above, drag down the corner of the rightmost cell in order to create more rows of random numbers.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149211" role="heading" level="3">Step 2: Define Cell Styles</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149211">Step 2: Define Cell Styles</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154659" role="paragraph">The next step is to apply a cell style to all values that represent above-average turnover, and one to those that are below the average. Ensure that the Styles window is visible before proceeding.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152889" role="listitem">To define a second style, click again in a blank cell and proceed as described above. Assign a different background color for the cell and assign a name (for this example, "Below").</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148704" role="heading" level="3">Step 3: Calculate Average</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3148704">Step 3: Calculate Average</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148837" role="paragraph">In our particular example, we are calculating the average of the random values. The result is placed in a cell:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153246" role="listitem">Close the Function Wizard with <item type="menuitem">OK</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149898" role="heading" level="3">Step 4: Apply Cell Styles</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149898">Step 4: Apply Cell Styles</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149126" role="paragraph">Now you can apply the conditional formatting to the sheet:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153013" role="listitem">Define the condition as follows: If cell value is less than J14, format with cell style "Below", and if cell value is greater than or equal to J14, format with cell style "Above".</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155761" role="heading" level="3">Step 5: Copy Cell Style</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3155761">Step 5: Copy Cell Style</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145320" role="paragraph">To apply the conditional formatting to other cells later:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp index 55eb650e06..f78b4d0298 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150791" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="consolidate"><link href="text/scalc/guide/consolidate.xhp">Consolidating Data</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153191" role="paragraph">During consolidation, the contents of the cells from several sheets will be combined in one place.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id892056" role="heading" level="2">To Combine Cell Contents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id892056">To Combine Cell Contents</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151073" role="listitem">Open the document that contains the cell ranges to be consolidated.</paragraph> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149315" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to consolidate the ranges.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2">Additional Settings</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107DE">Additional Settings</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147250" role="paragraph">Click <emph>More</emph> in the <emph>Consolidate</emph> dialog to display additional settings:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp index 1e793caf7a..05b95dd53c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153726" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="csv_formula"><link href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp">Importing and Exporting CSV Text Files with Formulas</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149402" role="paragraph">Comma separated values (CSV) files are text files that contain the cell contents of a single sheet. Commas, semicolons, or other characters can be used as the field delimiters between the cells. Text strings are put in quotation marks, numbers are written without quotation marks.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150715" role="heading" level="2">To Import a CSV File</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150715">To Import a CSV File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153709" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149255" role="tip">If the csv file contains formulas, but you want to import the results of those formulas, then choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc - View</emph> and clear the <emph>Formulas</emph> check box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154022" role="heading" level="2">To Export Formulas and Values as CSV Files</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154022">To Export Formulas and Values as CSV Files</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150342" role="listitem">Click the sheet to be written as a csv file.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp index be0468eee4..29b577ff4c 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153541" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="database_filter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp">Filtering Cell Ranges</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145069" role="paragraph">You can use several filters to filter cell ranges in spreadsheets. A standard filter uses the options that you specify to filter the data. An AutoFilter filters data according to a specific value or string. An advanced filter uses filter criteria from specified cells.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Standard Filter to a Cell Range</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10682">To Apply a Standard Filter to a Cell Range</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150398" role="listitem">Click in a cell range.</paragraph> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153143" role="paragraph">The records that match the filter options that you specified are shown.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153728" role="heading" level="2">To Apply an AutoFilter to a Cell Range</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_id3153728">To Apply an AutoFilter to a Cell Range</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144764" role="listitem">Click in a cell range or a database range.</paragraph> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074C" role="listitem">The records that match the filter criteria that you selected are shown.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106E8" role="heading" level="2">To Remove a Filter From a Cell Range</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN106E8">To Remove a Filter From a Cell Range</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1075C" role="paragraph">Click in a filtered cell range.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp index 79f3c98029..5576ee0bdb 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10738" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="dbase_files"><link href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp">Importing and Exporting dBASE Files</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10756" role="paragraph">You can open and save data in the dBASE file format (*.dbf file extension) in $[officename] Base or a spreadsheet. In %PRODUCTNAME Base, a dBASE database is a folder that contains files with the .dbf file extension. Each file corresponds to a table in the database. Formulas and formatting are lost when you open and save a dBASE file from %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10759" role="heading" level="2">To Import a dBASE File Into a Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10759">To Import a dBASE File Into a Spreadsheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10760" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074E" role="warning">If you want to save the spreadsheet as a dBASE file, do not alter or delete the first row in the imported file. This row contains information that is required by a dBASE database.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077A" role="heading" level="2">To Import a dBASE File Into a Database Table</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1077A">To Import a dBASE File Into a Database Table</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1076C" role="paragraph">A %PRODUCTNAME Base database table is actually a link to an existing database.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107BE" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Create</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F1" role="heading" level="2">To Save a Spreadsheet as a dBASE File</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107F1">To Save a Spreadsheet as a dBASE File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107F8" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp index bc55cf5c2b..be18831431 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/finding.xhp @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9363689" xml-lang="en-US">In spreadsheet documents you can find words, formulas, and styles. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all matching cells at once, then apply another format or replace the cell content by other content.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3610644" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3610644">The Find & Replace dialog</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2224494" xml-lang="en-US">Cells can contain text or numbers that were entered directly as in a text document. But cells can also contain text or numbers as the result of a calculation. For example, if a cell contains the formula =1+2 it displays the result 3. You must decide whether to search for the 1 respective 2, or to search the 3.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2423780" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To find formulas or values</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2423780">To find formulas or values</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2569658" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify in the Find & Replace dialog either to find the parts of a formula or the results of a calculation.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1331217" xml-lang="en-US">With "Formulas" you will find all parts of the formulas. </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id393993" xml-lang="en-US">With "Values" you will find the results of the calculations. </paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3163853">Cell contents can be formatted in different ways. For example, a number can be formatted as a currency, to be displayed with a currency symbol. These symbols are included in searches when the Formatted Display search option is activated.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7359233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Finding text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id7359233">Finding text</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6549272" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7811822" xml-lang="en-US">When you click <emph>Find All</emph>, Calc selects all cells that contain your entry. Now you can for example set all found cells to bold, or apply a Cell Style to all at once.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8531449" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The Navigator</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8531449">The Navigator</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9183935" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp index 823e80d1e0..9dd08cb611 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw transferred 2 entries from shared/01/05020300.xhp and added 2 new entries</comment><comment>mw deleted "defaults;"</comment> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154125" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="format_table"><link href="text/scalc/guide/format_table.xhp">Formatting Spreadsheets</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153912" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting Text in a Spreadsheet </paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153912">Formatting Text in a Spreadsheet </h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144772" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text you want to format.</paragraph> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155268" xml-lang="en-US">Choose the desired text attributes from the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. You can also choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. The <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog will appear in which you can choose various text attributes on the <emph>Font</emph> tab page.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149899" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting Numbers in a Spreadsheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149899">Formatting Numbers in a Spreadsheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159226" xml-lang="en-US">Select the cells containing the numbers you want to format.</paragraph> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150046" xml-lang="en-US">To format numbers in the default currency format or as percentages, use the icons on the <emph>Formatting </emph>Bar. For other formats, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph>. You can choose from the preset formats or define your own on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab page.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153483" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting Borders and Backgrounds for Cells and Pages</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153483">Formatting Borders and Backgrounds for Cells and Pages</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154733" xml-lang="en-US">You can assign a format to any group of cells by first selecting the cells (for multiple selection, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key when clicking), and then activating the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog in <item type="menuitem">Format - Cells</item>. In this dialog, you can select attributes such as shadows and backgrounds.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp index f17b3b4dec..cbbad6c346 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="goalseek"><link href="text/scalc/guide/goalseek.xhp">Applying Goal Seek</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US">With the help of Goal Seek you can calculate a value that, as part of a formula, leads to the result you specify for the formula. You thus define the formula with several fixed values and one variable value and the result of the formula.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153966" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Goal Seek Example</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153966">Goal Seek Example</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150871" xml-lang="en-US">To calculate annual interest (I), create a table with the values for the capital (C), number of years (n), and interest rate (i). The formula is:</paragraph> <paragraph role="code" id="par_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US">I = C * n* i</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US">Let us assume that the interest rate <item type="literal">i</item> of 7.5% and the number of years <item type="literal">n</item> (1) will remain constant. However, you want to know how much the investment capital <item type="literal">C</item> would have to be modified in order to attain a particular return <item type="literal">I</item>. For this example, calculate how much capital <item type="literal">C</item> would be required if you want an annual return of $15,000.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp index 2c7a800184..99a5eded94 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="html_doc"><link href="text/scalc/guide/html_doc.xhp">Saving and Opening Sheets in HTML</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Saving Sheets in HTML</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154124">Saving Sheets in HTML</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145785" xml-lang="en-US"> <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc saves all the sheets of a Calc document together as an HTML document. At the beginning of the HTML document, a heading and a list of hyperlinks are automatically added which lead to the individual sheets within the document.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US">Numbers are shown as written. In addition, in the <SDVAL> HTML tag, the exact internal number value is written so that after opening the HTML document with <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> you know you have the exact values.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a <emph>File name</emph> and click <emph>Save</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149379" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening Sheets in HTML</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149379">Opening Sheets in HTML</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149959" xml-lang="en-US"> <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> offers various filters for opening HTML files, which you can select under <emph>File - Open</emph> in the <emph>Files of type</emph> list box:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp index 72c6461195..7688e47376 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154760" xml-lang="en-US">Refer also to the lists of shortcut keys for <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> in general.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Cell Selection Mode</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153360">Cell Selection Mode</h2> <table id="tbl_id3153968"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ </table> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145272" xml-lang="en-US">In the cell selection mode, you can use the common navigation keys to select cells.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148646" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Controlling the Outline</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148646">Controlling the Outline</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146120" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the keyboard in <link href="text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp">Outline</link>:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154253" xml-lang="en-US">Use <item type="keycode">Up</item>, <item type="keycode">Down</item>, <item type="keycode">Left</item>, or <item type="keycode">Right</item> arrow to cycle through all buttons in the current level.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147343" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selecting a Drawing Object or a Graphic</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147343">Selecting a Drawing Object or a Graphic</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107AA" xml-lang="en-US">Choose View - Toolbars - Drawing to open the Drawing toolbar.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp index 3c7ffc299f..6def7f40d7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/main.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>MWdeleted one entry and added one</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150770" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/scalc/guide/main.xhp">Instructions for Using $[officename] Calc</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting Tables and Cells</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145748">Formatting Tables and Cells</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/line_fix.xhp#line_fix"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/cellstyle_minusvalue.xhp#cellstyle_minusvalue"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/currency_format.xhp#currency_format"/> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/textmode_change.xhp#textmode_change"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp#space_hyphen"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/redlining_enter.xhp#redlining_enter"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154022" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entering Values and Formulas</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154022">Entering Values and Formulas</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/cell_enter.xhp#cell_enter"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/formulas.xhp#formulas"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/formula_value.xhp#formula_value"/> @@ -99,11 +99,11 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/guide/cellreferences.xhp#cellreferences"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/matrixformula.xhp#matrixformula"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp#webquery"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155382" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Database Ranges in Tables</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155382">Database Ranges in Tables</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/database_define.xhp#database_define"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/database_filter.xhp#database_filter"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/database_sort.xhp#database_sort"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159229" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Advanced Calculations</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159229">Advanced Calculations</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/datapilot.xhp#datapilot"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/datapilot_createtable.xhp#datapilot_createtable"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/datapilot_edittable.xhp#datapilot_edittable"/> @@ -116,14 +116,14 @@ <embed href="text/scalc/guide/multioperation.xhp#multioperation"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp#validity"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp#scenario"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153070" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printing and Print Preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153070">Printing and Print Preview</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp#printranges"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_details.xhp#print_details"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_exact.xhp#print_exact"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_landscape.xhp#print_landscape"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/print_title_row.xhp#print_title_row"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150437" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Importing and Exporting Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150437">Importing and Exporting Documents</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_files.xhp#csv_files"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/csv_formula.xhp#csv_formula"/> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/dbase_files.xhp#dbase_files"/> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3166464">Miscellaneous</h2> <embed href="text/scalc/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp#pasting"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp index 73eea1c8af..80487bb28a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw changed "selection modes..."</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153361" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="mark_cells"><link href="text/scalc/guide/mark_cells.xhp">Selecting Multiple Cells</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145272" role="heading" level="2">Select a rectangular range</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145272">Select a rectangular range</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149261" role="paragraph">With the mouse button pressed, drag from one corner to the diagonally opposed corner of the range.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151119" role="heading" level="2">Mark a single cell</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151119">Mark a single cell</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146975" role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149959" role="listitem">Pressing the mouse button, drag a range across two cells, do not release the mouse button, and then drag back to the first cell. Release the mouse button. You can now move the individual cell by drag and drop.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154942" role="heading" level="2">Select various dispersed cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154942">Select various dispersed cells</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1001200901072060" role="paragraph">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1001200901072023" role="paragraph">Click the STD / EXT / ADD area in the status bar until it shows ADD. Now click all cells that you want to select.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146971" role="heading" level="2">Switch marking mode</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146971">Switch marking mode</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155064" role="paragraph">On the status bar, click the box with the legend STD / EXT / ADD to switch the marking mode:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145643"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp index 20065e8204..326194ce9a 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>MW moved "sheets;simultaneous.." to edit_multitables.xhp, transferred 2 entries from there and added "calculating;"</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154759" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="multitables"><link href="text/scalc/guide/multitables.xhp">Applying Multiple Sheets</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148576" role="heading" level="2">Inserting a Sheet</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148576">Inserting a Sheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154731" role="paragraph">Choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Sheet</item> to insert a new sheet or an existing sheet from another file.</paragraph> @@ -55,13 +55,13 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id050920091402035" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to select all sheets in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableDeselectAll" id="bm_id9065825" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200914020391" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to deselect all sheets in the document, except the current sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154491" role="heading" level="2">Selecting Multiple Sheets</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154491">Selecting Multiple Sheets</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145251" role="paragraph">The sheet tab of the current sheet is always visible in white in front of the other sheet tabs. The other sheet tabs are gray when they are not selected. By clicking other sheet tabs while pressing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> you can select multiple sheets.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106B7" role="paragraph">You can use Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Page Up or Page Down to select multiple sheets using the keyboard.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155600" role="heading" level="2">Undoing a Selection</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155600">Undoing a Selection</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146969" role="paragraph">To undo the selection of a sheet, click its sheet tab again while pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key. The sheet that is currently visible cannot be removed from the selection.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156382" role="heading" level="2">Calculating Across Multiple Sheets</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156382">Calculating Across Multiple Sheets</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155333" role="paragraph">You can refer to a range of sheets in a formula by specifying the first and last sheet of the range, for example, <item type="literal">=SUM(Sheet1.A1:Sheet3.A1) </item>sums up all A1 cells on Sheet1 through Sheet3.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp index 8666b70fa9..99174e16c8 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id271525144002806" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="pivotchartedit"><link href="text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_edit.xhp">Editing Pivot Charts</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id971525144066574" xml-lang="en-US">Edit a pivot chart in the same way as normal charts.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5631580" role="heading" level="2">To edit a pivot chart</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5631580">To edit a pivot chart</h2> <embed href="text/schart/main0000.xhp#chartedit"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_title.xhp#chart_title"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_axis.xhp#chart_axis"/> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp index 5a6269f821..19cbe99e45 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id401525165755583" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="pivotchartfilter"><link href="text/scalc/guide/pivotchart_filter.xhp">Filtering Pivot Charts</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id781525166702239" xml-lang="en-US">Filters are used to remove unwanted data from the pivot chart. You can use filters in the pivot chart or in the corresponding <link href="text/scalc/guide/datapilot_filtertable.xhp">pivot table</link>, since the resulting chart is exactly the same.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id201525166689277" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Pivot chart field buttons</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id201525166689277">Pivot chart field buttons</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id751525167435160" xml-lang="en-US">Pivot chart buttons are unique to pivot charts, normal charts don't have them. The buttons shows the layout of the pivot table, which are the pivot table fields. If present, filters are displayed in the top. Row fields are displayed on the bottom of the chart next to each other and the legend shows the buttons from column fields stacked.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp index 54211ba362..04274b3e3d 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/printranges.xhp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108F5" role="paragraph">You can define which range of cells on a spreadsheet to print.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108FB" role="paragraph">The cells on the sheet that are not part of the defined print range are not printed or exported. Sheets without a defined print range are not printed and not exported to a PDF file, unless the document uses the Excel file format.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077A" role="note">For files opened in Excel format, all sheets that do not contain a defined print range are printed. The same behavior occurs when you export the Excel formatted spreadsheet to a PDF file.<comment>UFI: New, see spec "Calc Print Settings Sheet Property "Print Entire Sheet""</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN108FE" role="heading" level="2">To Define a Print Range</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN108FE">To Define a Print Range</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10905" role="paragraph">Select the cells that you want to print.</paragraph> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10909" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Define</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10910" role="heading" level="2">To Add Cells to a Print Range</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10910">To Add Cells to a Print Range</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10917" role="paragraph">Select the cells that you want to add to the existing print range.</paragraph> @@ -69,16 +69,16 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1091B" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Add</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10922" role="heading" level="2">To Clear a Print Range</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10922">To Clear a Print Range</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10929" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Print Ranges - Clear</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10953" role="heading" level="2">Using the Page Break Preview to Edit Print Ranges</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10953">Using the Page Break Preview to Edit Print Ranges</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1093E" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Page Break Preview</emph>, print ranges as well as page break regions are outlined by a blue border and contain a centered page number in gray. Nonprinting areas have a gray background.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153143" role="paragraph">To define a new page break region, drag the border to a new location. When you define a new page break region, an automatic page break is replaced by a manual page break.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10930" role="heading" level="3">To View and Edit Print Ranges</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN10930">To View and Edit Print Ranges</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10937" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Page Break Preview</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp index 105c795686..b82b0a7869 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156422" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="rounding_numbers"><link href="text/scalc/guide/rounding_numbers.xhp">Using Rounded Off Numbers</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153726" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Calc, all decimal numbers are displayed rounded off to two decimal places.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To change this for selected cells</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152596">To change this for selected cells</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154321" xml-lang="en-US">Mark all the cells you want to modify.</paragraph> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153876" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Category</emph> field, select <emph>Number</emph>. Under <emph>Options</emph>, change the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155415" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To change this everywhere</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155415">To change this everywhere</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150715" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153707" xml-lang="en-US">Go to the <emph>Calculate</emph> page. Modify the number of <emph>Decimal places</emph> and exit the dialog with OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154755" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To calculate with the rounded off numbers instead of the internal exact values</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154755">To calculate with the rounded off numbers instead of the internal exact values</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Calc</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp index f9aefb6564..de38f9d38e 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/row_height.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154017" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the height of the rows with the mouse or through the dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154702" xml-lang="en-US">What is described here for rows and row height applies accordingly for columns and column width.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153963" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using the mouse to change the row height or column width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153963">Using the mouse to change the row height or column width</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154020" xml-lang="en-US">Click the area of the headers on the separator below the current row, keep the mouse button pressed and drag up or down in order to change the row height.</paragraph> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159237" xml-lang="en-US">Select the optimal row height by double-clicking the separator below the row.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154659" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using the dialog to change the row height or column width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154659">Using the dialog to change the row height or column width</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150367" xml-lang="en-US">Click the row so that you achieve the focus.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp index 2743cdb541..ef7fb5b813 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>UFI: removed "sample" from index term: no sample in OOo</comment><comment>MW changed "scenarios;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="scenario"><link href="text/scalc/guide/scenario.xhp">Using Scenarios</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150869" xml-lang="en-US">A $[officename] Calc scenario is a set of cell values that can be used within your calculations. You assign a name to every scenario on your sheet. Define several scenarios on the same sheet, each with some different values in the cells. Then you can easily switch the sets of cell values by their name and immediately observe the results. Scenarios are a tool to test out "what-if" questions.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149255" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Creating Your Own Scenarios</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149255">Creating Your Own Scenarios</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US">To create a scenario, select all the cells that provide the data for the scenario. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166426" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a name for the new scenario and leave the other fields unchanged with their default values. Close the dialog with OK. Your new scenario is automatically activated.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149664" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Using Scenarios</paragraph><comment>removed "commercial" switched contents</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153415" xml-lang="en-US">Scenarios can be selected in the Navigator:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149664">Using Scenarios</h3><comment>removed "commercial" switched contents</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153415" xml-lang="en-US">Scenarios can be selected in the Navigator:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150752" xml-lang="en-US">Open the Navigator with the <emph>Navigator</emph> icon diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp index bcca2b3227..b211e6b8c7 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8049867" role="paragraph">You can select a range of cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a previously merged cell and divide it back into individual cells.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0509200913480176" role="note">When you copy cells into a target range containing merged cells, the target range gets unmerged first, then the copied cells are pasted in. If the copied cells are merged cells, they retain their merge state.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id235602" role="heading" level="2">Merge Cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id235602">Merge Cells</h2> <embed href="/text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp#mergecells_warning"/> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id961632012538771" role="listitem">The cells will be merged and the content will be centered in the merged cell.</paragraph> </section> <embed href="text/scalc/01/05060000.xhp#mergenotes"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id451368" role="heading" level="2">Unmerge Cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id451368">Unmerge Cells</h2> <section id="howtoget"> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7116611" role="paragraph">Select the cell to be unmerged, or a selection that includes the cells to be unmerged then do one of the following:</paragraph> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id581632820903635" xml-lang="en-US">In the Formatting toolbar, click:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp index 6f6e6f1332..ff5b6733f1 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/validity.xhp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156283" xml-lang="en-US">For each cell, you can define entries to be valid. Invalid entries to a cell will be rejected.</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145252" xml-lang="en-US">The validity rule is activated when a new value is entered. If an invalid value has already been inserted into the cell, or if you insert a value in the cell either with drag-and-drop or by copying and pasting, the validity rule will not take effect.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id5174718" xml-lang="en-US">You can choose <emph>Tools - Detective</emph> at any time and choose the command <link href="text/scalc/01/06030800.xhp"><emph>Mark Invalid Data</emph></link> to display which cells contain invalid values.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155603" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using Cell Contents Validity</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155603">Using Cell Contents Validity</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155959" xml-lang="en-US">Select the cells for which you want to define a new validity rule.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp index e7840121b5..2b706ad593 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw changed "names;...", "addressing;..." and "references,..." entries.</comment><comment>mw added "renaming;"</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147434" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="value_with_name"><link href="text/scalc/guide/value_with_name.xhp">Naming Cells</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4391918" role="heading" level="2">Allowed names</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4391918">Allowed names</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2129581" role="paragraph">Names in Calc can contain letters, numeric characters, and the underline character. Names must start with a letter or an underline character.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120029" role="paragraph">Allowed special characters:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id328989" role="paragraph">Names must not be the same as cell references. For example, the name A1 is invalid because A1 is a cell reference to the top left cell.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id32898987" role="paragraph">Names must not start with the letters C or R followed by a number; also single characters C and R are not allowed as names. See the ADDRESS function for more information.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4769737" role="paragraph">Names for cell ranges must not include blanks. Blanks are allowed within names for sheets and documents.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1226233" role="heading" level="2">Naming cells and formulas</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1226233">Naming cells and formulas</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5489364" role="paragraph">A good way of making the references to cells and cell ranges in formulas legible is to give the ranges names. For example, you can name the range A1:B2 <emph>Start</emph>. You can then write a formula such as "=SUM(Start)". Even after you insert or delete rows or columns, $[officename] still correctly assigns the ranges identified by name. Range names must not contain any spaces.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id953398" role="paragraph">For example, it is much easier to read a formula for sales tax if you can write "= Amount * Tax_rate" instead of "= A5 * B12". In this case, you would name cell A5 "Amount" and cell B12 "Tax_rate."</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4889675" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Define Names</emph> dialog to define names for formulas or parts of formulas you need more often. In order to specify range names,</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp b/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp index b9bd334f53..59c1c95d97 100644 --- a/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp +++ b/source/text/scalc/guide/webquery.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155131" xml-lang="en-US">With the help of the <emph>Web Page Query ($[officename] Calc)</emph> import filter, you can insert tables from HTML documents in a Calc spreadsheet.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148575" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the same method to insert ranges defined by name from a Calc or Microsoft Excel spreadsheet.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149664" xml-lang="en-US">The following insert methods are available:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146976" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting by Dialog</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146976">Inserting by Dialog</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154319" xml-lang="en-US">Set the cell cursor at the cell where the new content will be inserted.</paragraph> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155443" xml-lang="en-US">The import filter can create names for cell ranges on the fly. As much formatting as possible is retained, while the filter intentionally does not load any images.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149021" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting by Navigator</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149021">Inserting by Navigator</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153965" xml-lang="en-US">Open two documents: the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in which the external data is to be inserted (target document) and the document from which the external data derives (source document).</paragraph> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <item type="literal">HTML_tables</item> - designates all HTML tables in the document</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149126" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing the external data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149126">Editing the external data</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3159228" xml-lang="en-US">Open <emph>Edit - Links</emph>. Here you can edit the link to the external data.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp index 4098c6d91b..bdeaf869ab 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/03010000.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#view_chart_data"/> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6129947" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To change chart data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6129947">To change chart data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8141117" xml-lang="en-US">When you create a chart that is based on default data, or when you copy a chart into your document, you can open the Data Table dialog to enter your own data. The chart responds to the data in a live preview.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9487594" xml-lang="en-US">Close the Chart Data dialog to apply all changes to the chart. Choose <emph>Edit - Undo</emph> to cancel the changes.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04010000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04010000.xhp index e431787012..5e518d7ddb 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04010000.xhp @@ -32,38 +32,38 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertMenuTitles" id="bm_id3146313" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/InsertTitleDialog" id="bm_id3146312" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Titles</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147345">Titles</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150298" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to enter or modify the titles in a chart.</ahelp> </variable> You can define the text for the main title, subtitle and the axis labels, and specify if they are displayed.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#efgttl"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/maintitle" id="bm_id3146314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150207" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150207">Title</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150371" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/maintitle">Enter the desired title for the chart.</ahelp> This will be displayed at the top of the chart.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/subtitle" id="bm_id3146315" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146980" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Subtitle</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146980">Subtitle</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149404" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/subtitle">Enter the desired subtitle for the chart.</ahelp> This will be displayed under the title set in the <emph>Title</emph> field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150208" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Axes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150208">Axes</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryXaxis" id="bm_id3146316" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156018" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">X axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156018">X axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152869" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryXaxis">Enter the desired title for the X axis of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryYaxis" id="bm_id3146317" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159226" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Y axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159226">Y axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryYaxis">Enter the desired title for the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryZaxis" id="bm_id3146318" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153009" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Z axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153009">Z axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154710" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/primaryZaxis">Enter the desired title for the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available for 3-D charts.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150209" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Secondary Axes</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156019" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">X axis</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150209">Secondary Axes</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3156019">X axis</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryXaxis" id="bm_id3146319" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152870" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryXaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the X axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart as the X axis title.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Y axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156020">Y axis</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryYaxis" id="bm_id3146320" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152872" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/inserttitledlg/secondaryYaxis">Enter the desired secondary title for the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp> This will appear on the opposite side of the chart as the Y axis title.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04020000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04020000.xhp index 3837b670e6..958f907ba1 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04020000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark_value>hiding;chart legends</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertMenuLegend" id="bm_id3149667" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Legend</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156441">Legend</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155413" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="legende"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuLegend">Opens the <emph>Legend </emph>dialog, which allows you to change the position of legends in the chart, and to specify whether the legend is displayed.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -56,33 +56,33 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/show" id="bm_id1106200811535390" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155114" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155114">Display</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150206" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/show">Specifies whether to display a legend for the chart.</ahelp> This option is only visible if you call the dialog by choosing <emph>Insert - Legend</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150201" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150201">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155376" xml-lang="en-US">Select the position for the legend:</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/left" id="bm_id1106200811535391" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/left" id="bm_id1106200811535392" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152988" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152988">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155087" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/left">Positions the legend at the left of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/top" id="bm_id1106200811535393" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/top" id="bm_id8514053" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153816" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153816">Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153912" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/top">Positions the legend at the top of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/right" id="bm_id1106200811535394" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/right" id="bm_id5492721" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144773" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3144773">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/right">Positions the legend at the right of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/bottom" id="bm_id1106200811535395" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/bottom" id="bm_id445570" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152871" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152871">Bottom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153249" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/bottom">Positions the legend at the bottom of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1106200812072645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text Orientation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1106200812072645">Text Orientation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1106200812072653" xml-lang="en-US">This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Language settings - Languages</item>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/LB_LEGEND_TEXTDIR" id="bm_id1106200812070599" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1106200812112444" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text Direction</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1106200812112444">Text Direction</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1106200812112530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_LegendPosition/CB_NO_OVERLAY" id="bm_id1106200812070600" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1106200812112445" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Overlay</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1106200812112445">Overlay</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1106200812112531" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether the legend should overlap the chart.</ahelp> Turning off this option is useful if you want to display the legend above an empty part of the chart area instead of beside it. This way the drawing area can fill the whole chart area, increasing its readability.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04040000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04040000.xhp index 159f699c28..c41190e29d 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04040000.xhp @@ -40,24 +40,24 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw made "secondary axes;" a one level entry, deleted "charts; showing secondary axes" and generated one "axes;" entry out of two "axes;showing..." entries</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertMenuAxes" id="bm_id3146121" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/InsertAxisDialog" id="bm_id3146122" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147428" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Axes</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147428">Axes</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150330" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="achsen"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertMenuAxes">Specifies the axes to be displayed in the chart.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#efgaug"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156385" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Major axis</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX" id="bm_id8561357" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146316" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">X axis</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156385">Major axis</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX" id="bm_id8561357" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3146316">X axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145230" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryX">Displays the X axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY" id="bm_id5721915" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147003" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Y axis</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY" id="bm_id5721915" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147003">Y axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154020" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryY">Displays the Y axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ" id="bm_id5266884" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Z axis</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ" id="bm_id5266884" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150345">Z axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155113" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/primaryZ">Displays the Z axis as a line with subdivisions.</ahelp> This axis can only be displayed in 3D charts.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150206" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Secondary axis</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150206">Secondary axis</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166428" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to assign a second axis to your chart. If a data series is already assigned to this axis, $[officename] automatically displays the axis and the label. You can turn off these settings later on. If no data has been assigned to this axis and you activate this area, the values of the primary Y axis are applied to the secondary axis.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX" id="bm_id7411420" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152988" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">X axis</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX" id="bm_id7411420" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152988">X axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156445" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryX">Displays a secondary X axis in the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY" id="bm_id5671559" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Y axis</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY" id="bm_id5671559" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152896">Y axis</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153818" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">Displays a secondary Y axis in the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertaxisdlg/secondaryY">The major axis and the secondary axis can have different scaling. For example, you can scale one axis to 2 in. and the other to 1.5 in. </ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp index 468fc20aaa..b9a44fe2e4 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04050000.xhp @@ -41,25 +41,25 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3401287" xml-lang="en-US">An error bar is an indicator line that spans over a range from x/y - NegativeErrorValue to x/y + PositiveErrorValue. In this term, x or y is the value of the data point. When "standard deviation" is selected, x or y is the mean value of the data series. NegativeErrorValue and PositiveErrorValue are the amounts calculated by the error bar function or given explicitly.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153965" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Insert - X/Y Error Bars</emph> menu command is only available for 2D charts.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150344" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Error category</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150344">Error category</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150202" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Error category</emph> area, you can choose different ways to display the error category.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_NONE" id="bm_id3862117" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_NONE" id="bm_id3862118" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152989" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152989">None</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149409" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Does not show any error bars.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_CONST" id="bm_id3964964" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_CONST" id="bm_id3964966" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145117" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Constant value</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145117">Constant value</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays constant values that you specify in the Parameters area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_PERCENT" id="bm_id3336588" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_PERCENT" id="bm_id3336589" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159204" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Percentage</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159204">Percentage</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150048" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a percentage. The display refers to the corresponding data point. Set the percentage in the Parameters area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_FUNCTION" id="bm_id7856685" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_FUNCTION" id="bm_id7856686" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/LB_FUNCTION" id="bm_id0428200810313556" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/LB_FUNCTION" id="bm_id0428200810313557" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8977629" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Functions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id8977629">Functions</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7109286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a function to calculate the error bars.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5154576" xml-lang="en-US">Standard Error: Displays the standard error.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157979" xml-lang="en-US">Variance: Displays the variance calculated from the number of data points and respective values.</paragraph> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_RANGE" id="bm_id3336590" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_RANGE" id="bm_id3336591" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id350962" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Cell Range</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id350962">Cell Range</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6679586" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click Cell Range and then specify a cell range from which to take the positive and negative error bar values.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/IB_RANGE_POSITIVE" id="bm_id3336592" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/IB_RANGE_POSITIVE" id="bm_id3336593" localize="false"/> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3872188" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click a button to shrink the dialog, then use the mouse to select the cell range in the spreadsheet. Click the button again to restore the dialog to full size.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/CHART2_SCH_ERROR_BARS_FROM_DATA" id="bm_id3336595" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2633747" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From Data Table</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2633747">From Data Table</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6633503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">For a chart with its own data, the error bar values can be entered in the chart data table. The Data Table dialog shows additional columns titled Positive X or Y-Error-Bars and Negative X or Y-Error-Bars.</ahelp></paragraph> <comment>Positive (+)</comment> @@ -102,21 +102,21 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/CB_SYN_POS_NEG" id="bm_id3964971" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/CB_SYN_POS_NEG" id="bm_id3964964" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id0428200810573977" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Same value for both</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0428200810573977">Same value for both</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0428200810573991" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to use the positive error values also as negative error values. You can only change the value of the "Positive (+)" box. That value gets copied to the "Negative (-)" box automatically.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156396" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Error Indicator</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156396">Error Indicator</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150539" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the error indicator.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_BOTH" id="bm_id0428200810544351" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_BOTH" id="bm_id0428200810544352" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id0428200810574027" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Positive and Negative</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0428200810574027">Positive and Negative</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0428200810574039" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows positive and negative error bars.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_POSITIVE" id="bm_id0428200810550028" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_POSITIVE" id="bm_id0428200810550029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id0428200810574031" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Positive</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0428200810574031">Positive</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id042820081057411" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows only positive error bars.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_ErrorBars/RB_NEGATIVE" id="bm_id0428200810551739" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/dlg_InsertErrorBars/RB_NEGATIVE" id="bm_id0428200810551740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id0428200810574138" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Negative</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0428200810574138">Negative</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0522200809110667" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows only negative error bars.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/schart/01/04050100.xhp#regression"/> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04050100.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04050100.xhp index 4569d9bc58..f29061ba5f 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04050100.xhp @@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ <note id="par_id296334">A trend line is shown in the legend automatically. Its name can be defined in options of the trend line.</note> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertTrendlineEquationAndR2" id="bm_id2754601" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id180820161534333508" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Trend Line Equation and Coefficient of Determination</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id180820161534333508">Trend Line Equation and Coefficient of Determination</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertTrendlineEquation" id="bm_id2754600" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id8962065" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When the chart is in edit mode, %PRODUCTNAME gives you the equation of the trend line and the coefficient of determination R<sup>2</sup>, even if they are not shown: click on the trend line to see the information in the status bar.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id846888" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">To show the trend line equation, select the trend line in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose <item type="menuitem">Insert Trend Line Equation</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id18082016163702791" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To show the coefficient of determination R<sup>2</sup>, select the equation in the chart, right-click to open the context menu, and choose <item type="menuitem">Insert R</item><sup><item type="menuitem">2</item></sup>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id180820161637028632" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">If intercept is forced, coefficient of determination R<sup>2</sup> is not calculated in the same way as with free intercept. R<sup>2</sup> values can not be compared with forced or free intercept.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id180820161534333509" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Trend Lines Curve Types</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id180820161534333509">Trend Lines Curve Types</h2> <paragraph id="par_id18082016153820777" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The following regression types are available:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id180820161617342768" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Moving average</emph> trend line: simple moving average is calculated with the <emph>n</emph> previous y-values, <emph>n</emph> being the period. No equation is available for this trend line.</paragraph> </listitem></list> -<paragraph id="hd_id9204077" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Constraints</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9204077">Constraints</h2> <paragraph id="par_id7393719" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> The calculation of the trend line considers only data pairs with the following values:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -155,10 +155,10 @@ </listitem></list> <paragraph id="par_id181279" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You should transform your data accordingly; it is best to work on a copy of the original data and transform the copied data.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id180820161528021520" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Calculate Parameters in Calc</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id180820161528021520">Calculate Parameters in Calc</h2> <paragraph id="par_id7735221" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also calculate the parameters using Calc functions as follows.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id5744193" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">The linear regression equation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id5744193">The linear regression equation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id9251991" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>linear regression</emph> follows the equation <item type="literal">y=m*x+b</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id7951902" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">m = SLOPE(Data_Y;Data_X) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id6637165" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;Data_X) </paragraph> @@ -166,13 +166,13 @@ <paragraph id="par_id9244361" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">r<sup>2</sup> = RSQ(Data_Y;Data_X) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2083498" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Besides m, b and r<sup>2</sup> the array function <emph>LINEST</emph> provides additional statistics for a regression analysis.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2538834" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">The logarithmic regression equation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2538834">The logarithmic regression equation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id394299" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>logarithmic regression</emph> follows the equation <item type="literal">y=a*ln(x)+b</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2134159" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">a = SLOPE(Data_Y;LN(Data_X)) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id5946531" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">b = INTERCEPT(Data_Y ;LN(Data_X)) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id5649281" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">r<sup>2</sup> = RSQ(Data_Y;LN(Data_X)) </paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id7874080" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">The exponential regression equation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id7874080">The exponential regression equation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id4679097" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> For exponential trend lines a transformation to a linear model takes place. The optimal curve fitting is related to the linear model and the results are interpreted accordingly.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id9112216" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The exponential regression follows the equation <item type="literal">y=b*exp(a*x)</item> or <item type="literal">y=b*m</item><sup><item type="literal">x</item></sup>, which is transformed to <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+a*x</item> or <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+ln(m)*x</item> respectively.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id4416638" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">a = SLOPE(LN(Data_Y);Data_X) </paragraph> @@ -183,13 +183,13 @@ <paragraph id="par_id5437177" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">r<sup>2</sup> = RSQ(LN(Data_Y);Data_X) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id6946317" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Besides m, b and r<sup>2</sup> the array function <emph>LOGEST</emph> provides additional statistics for a regression analysis.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id6349375" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">The power regression equation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id6349375">The power regression equation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id1857661" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"> For <emph>power regression</emph> curves a transformation to a linear model takes place. The power regression follows the equation <item type="literal">y=b*x</item><sup><item type="literal">a</item></sup>, which is transformed to <item type="literal">ln(y)=ln(b)+a*ln(x)</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id8517105" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">a = SLOPE(LN(Data_Y);LN(Data_X)) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id9827265" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">b = EXP(INTERCEPT(LN(Data_Y);LN(Data_X)) </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2357249" role="code" xml-lang="en-US">r<sup>2</sup> = RSQ(LN(Data_Y);LN(Data_X)) </paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id7907040" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">The polynomial regression equation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id7907040">The polynomial regression equation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id8918729" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For <emph>polynomial regression</emph> curves a transformation to a linear model takes place.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id33875" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Create a table with the columns x, x<sup>2</sup>, x<sup>3</sup>, … , x<sup>n</sup>, y up to the desired degree n. </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id8720053" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the formula <item type="literal">=LINEST(Data_Y,Data_X)</item> with the complete range x to x<sup>n</sup> (without headings) as Data_X. </paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp index e9639f6242..b0b395db38 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04060000.xhp @@ -42,57 +42,57 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#optionen"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150043" role="heading" level="2">Align data series to:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150043">Align data series to:</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145228" role="paragraph">In this area you can choose between two Y axis scaling modes. The axes can only be scaled and given properties separately.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1" id="bm_id8064516" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147346" role="heading" level="2">Primary Y axis</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147346">Primary Y axis</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147005" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_1">This option is active as default. All data series are aligned to the primary Y axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2" id="bm_id9959715" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143221" role="heading" level="2">Secondary Y axis</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143221">Secondary Y axis</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154656" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RBT_OPT_AXIS_2">Changes the scaling of the Y axis. This axis is only visible when at least one data series is assigned to it and the axis view is active.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3166423" role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3166423">Settings</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150365" role="paragraph">Define the settings for a bar chart in this area. Any changes apply to all data series of the chart, not to the selected data only.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP" id="bm_id6286812" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145584" role="heading" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145584">Spacing</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155376" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_GAP">Defines the spacing between the columns in percent.</ahelp> The maximal spacing is 600%.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_OVERLAP" id="bm_id119022" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145384" role="heading" level="2">Overlap</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145384">Overlap</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156447" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/MT_OVERLAP">Defines the necessary settings for overlapping data series.</ahelp> You can choose between -100 and +100%.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_CONNECTOR" id="bm_id5567491" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153305" role="heading" level="2">Connection Lines</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153305">Connection Lines</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148868" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_CONNECTOR">For "stacked" and "percent" column (vertical bar) charts, mark this check box to connect the column layers that belong together with lines.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_BARS_SIDE_BY_SIDE" id="bm_id8464003" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9842219" role="heading" level="2">Show bars side by side</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9842219">Show bars side by side</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9800103" role="paragraph">If two axes are shown in a bar chart, and some data series are attached to the first axis, while some other data series are attached to the second axis, then both sets of data series are shown independently, overlapping each other.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2144535" role="paragraph">As a result, bars attached to the first y-axis are partly or completely hidden by bars attached to the second y-axis. To avoid this, enable the option to display bars side by side. <ahelp hid=".">The bars from different data series are shown as if they were attached only to one axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_PolarOptions/CB_CLOCKWISE" id="bm_id7622913" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id24414" role="heading" level="2">Clockwise direction</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id24414">Clockwise direction</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2527237" role="paragraph">Available for pie and donut charts. <ahelp hid=".">The default direction in which the pieces of a pie chart are ordered is counterclockwise. Enable the <emph>Clockwise direction</emph> checkbox to draw the pieces in opposite direction.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_PolarOptions/CT_ANGLE_DIAL" id="bm_id2421643" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id401013" role="heading" level="2">Starting angle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id401013">Starting angle</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id761131" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Drag the small dot along the circle or click any position on the circle to set the starting angle of a pie or donut chart. The starting angle is the mathematical angle position where the first piece is drawn. The value of 90 degrees draws the first piece at the 12 o'clock position. A value of 0 degrees starts at the 3 o'clock position.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id553910" role="note">In 3D pie and donut charts that were created with older versions of the software, the starting angle is 0 degrees instead of 90 degrees. For old and new 2D charts the default starting angle is 90 degrees.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1414838" role="note">When you change the starting angle or the direction, only current versions of the software show the changed values. Older versions of the software display the same document using the default values: Always counterclockwise direction and a starting value of 90 degrees (2D pie charts) or 0 degrees (3D pie charts).</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_PolarOptions/NF_STARTING_ANGLE" id="bm_id5705740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3179723" role="heading" level="2">Degrees</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3179723">Degrees</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2164067" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the starting angle between 0 and 359 degrees. You can also click the arrows to change the displayed value.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0305200910524613" role="heading" level="2">Plot missing values</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0305200910524613">Plot missing values</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0305200910524650" role="paragraph">Sometimes values are missing in a data series that is shown in a chart. You can select from different options how to plot the missing values. The options are available for some chart types only.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RB_DONT_PAINT" id="bm_id0305200910520854" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0305200910524823" role="heading" level="2">Leave gap</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0305200910524823">Leave gap</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0305200910524811" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, no data will be shown. This is the default for chart types Column, Bar, Line, Net.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RB_ASSUME_ZERO" id="bm_id0305200910522325" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0305200910524811" role="heading" level="2">Assume zero</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0305200910524811">Assume zero</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id030520091052489" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the y-value will be shown as zero. This is the default for chart type Area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/RB_CONTINUE_LINE" id="bm_id0305200910523975" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0305200910524837" role="heading" level="2">Continue line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0305200910524837">Continue line</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0305200910524938" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">For a missing value, the interpolation from the neighbor values will be shown. This is the default for chart type XY.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_INCLUDE_HIDDEN_CELLS" id="bm_id0825200904350621" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0305200910524937" role="heading" level="2">Include values from hidden cells</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0305200910524937">Include values from hidden cells</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id030520091052494" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Check to also show values of currently hidden cells within the source cell range.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_SeriesToAxis/CB_LEGEND_ENTRY_HIDDEN" id="bm_id0825200904350622" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_DataPointOption/CB_LEGEND_ENTRY_HIDDEN" id="bm_id0825200904350623" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0305200910524938" role="heading" level="2">Hide legend entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0305200910524938">Hide legend entry</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id030520091052495" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Do not show legend entry for the selected data series or data point.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/04070000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/04070000.xhp index 25e6709273..dcc31fc9bd 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/04070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/04070000.xhp @@ -36,47 +36,47 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/InsertGridDialog" id="bm_id3145749" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147434" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Grids</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147434">Grids</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3146974" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".">You can divide the axes into sections by assigning gridlines to them. This allows you to get a better overview of the chart, especially if you are working with large charts.</ahelp> </variable> The Y axis major grid is activated by default.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#insert_grids"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156286" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Major grids</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156286">Major grids</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154511" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the axis to be set as the major grid.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX" id="bm_id1858885" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149400" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">X axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149400">X axis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150749" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryX">Adds gridlines to the X axis of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ToggleGridVertical" id="bm_id3149020" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id3154754" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sytextxgitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridVertical">The <emph>Vertical Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the X axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#horizontal_grid"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY" id="bm_id1858884" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145228" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Y axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145228">Y axis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3147004" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryY">Adds gridlines to the Y axis of the chart.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ToggleGridHorizontal" id="bm_id3155115" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="par_id3150344" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sytextygitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleGridHorizontal">The <emph>Horizontal Grids</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.</ahelp></variable> It switches between the three states: no grid, major grid and both major and minor grids displayed. The change will affect check boxes in <emph>Insert - Grids</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#vertical_grid"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ" id="bm_id1858883" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3166430" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Z axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166430">Z axis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3155378" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/primaryZ">Adds gridlines to the Z axis of the chart.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146978" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Minor grids</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146978">Minor grids</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3156449" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to assign a minor grid for each axis. Assigning minor grids to the axis reduces the distance between the major grids.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX" id="bm_id1858882" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153308" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">X axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153308">X axis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3148704" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryX">Adds gridlines that subdivide the X axis into smaller sections.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY" id="bm_id2156132" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153917" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Y axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153917">Y axis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3154536" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryY">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Y axis into smaller sections.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ" id="bm_id9931943" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148607" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Z axis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148607">Z axis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3153247" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/insertgriddlg/secondaryZ">Adds gridlines that subdivide the Z axis into smaller sections.</ahelp> This option is only available if you're working with 3D charts.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp index 8fa903cb8a..44663e2e7e 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05010000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark_value>properties;charts</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>mw changed "properties;"</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FormatSelection" id="bm_id3147436" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149666" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Format Selection</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149666">Format Selection</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156284" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="objekteigenschaften"><ahelp hid=".">Formats the selected object.</ahelp> </variable> Depending on the object selected, the command opens dialogs that you can also open by choosing the following commands from the <emph>Format</emph> menu:</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05020100.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05020100.xhp index ed7da3e860..43f5e5856c 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05020100.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SubTitle" id="bm_id3154686" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SecondaryXTitle" id="bm_id082520090430086" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SecondaryYTitle" id="bm_id0825200904302515" localize="false"/><comment>moved the subtitle bookmark here from 0502020</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150769" role="heading" level="1">Title</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150769">Title</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149666" role="paragraph"><variable id="titel"><ahelp hid=".uno:ZTitle">Modifies the properties of the selected title.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp index ee4963f86c..c8fe4eb3df 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05020201.xhp @@ -40,56 +40,56 @@ <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#frttyab"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/showlabelsCB" id="bm_id8467055" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show labels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145750">Show labels</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154319" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/showlabelsCB">Specifies whether to show or hide the axis labels.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ToggleAxisDescr" id="bm_id3150012" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147436" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sytextbeschr"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">The<emph> AxesTitle On/Off </emph>icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> bar switches the labeling of all axes on or off.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#toggle_axis_descriptions"/> <section id="text_orientation"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150717" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rotate text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150717">Rotate text</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154510" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ToggleAxisDescr">Defines the text direction of cell contents.</ahelp> Click one of the ABCD buttons to assign the required direction.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/dialCtrl" id="bm_id3145642" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/dialCtrl" id="bm_id3145643" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150327" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">ABCD wheel</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150327">ABCD wheel</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149018" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/dialCtrl">Clicking anywhere on the wheel defines the variable text orientation.</ahelp> The letters "ABCD" on the button correspond to the new setting.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB" id="bm_id3149255" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/stackedCB" id="bm_id3149256" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154254" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">ABCD button</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154254">ABCD button</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154702" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/stackedCB">Assigns vertical text orientation for cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150342" xml-lang="en-US">If you define a vertical x-axis label, the text may be cut off by the line of the x-axis.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/OrientDegree" id="bm_id3150371" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/OrientDegree" id="bm_id3150372" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166432" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Degrees</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166432">Degrees</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150199" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/OrientDegree">Allows you to manually enter the orientation angle.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152985" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text flow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152985">Text flow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155089" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the text flow of the data label.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/overlapCB" id="bm_id9935911" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148837" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Overlap</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148837">Overlap</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151240" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/overlapCB">Specifies that the text in cells may overlap other cells.</ahelp> This can be especially useful if there is a lack of space. This option is not available with different title directions.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/breakCB" id="bm_id4753868" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157982" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Break</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157982">Break</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/breakCB">Allows a text break.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159205" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The following options are not available for all chart types:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152872" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Order</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159205">The following options are not available for all chart types:</h3> +<h2 id="hd_id3152872">Order</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159230" xml-lang="en-US">The options on this tab are only available for a 2D chart, under <emph>Format - Axis - Y Axis</emph> or <emph>X Axis</emph>. In this area, you can define the alignment of the number labels on the X or Y axis.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/tile" id="bm_id4744407" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146963" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tile</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146963">Tile</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/tile">Arranges numbers on the axis side by side.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/odd" id="bm_id6054261" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151195" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Stagger odd</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151195">Stagger odd</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145114" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/odd">Staggers numbers on the axis, even numbers lower than odd numbers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/even" id="bm_id2744224" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147250" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Stagger even</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147250">Stagger even</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153958" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/even">Stagger numbers on the axes, odd numbers lower than even numbers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/auto" id="bm_id9631946" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147301" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147301">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147404" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/auto">Automatically arranges numbers on the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149353" xml-lang="en-US">Problems may arise in displaying labels if the size of your chart is too small. You can avoid this by either enlarging the view or decreasing the font size.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/titlerotationtabpage/textdirLB" id="bm_id110620080215497" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_axisLabel/textdirLB" id="bm_id1110200804243271" localize="false"/><comment>need to create a new Equation dialog box main page with links to sub pages later. This page then contains only the Text Direction control.</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1106200812235146" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text Direction</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1106200812235146">Text Direction</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1106200812235271" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the text direction for a paragraph that uses complex text layout (CTL). This feature is only available if complex text layout support is enabled.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp index 93f28565fd..ea478b8edd 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05040201.xhp @@ -43,22 +43,22 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148576" xml-lang="en-US">The axes are automatically scaled by $[officename] so that all values are optimally displayed.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149379" xml-lang="en-US">To achieve specific results, you can manually change the axis scaling. For example, you can display only the top areas of the columns by shifting the zero line upwards.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Scale</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154730">Scale</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149400" xml-lang="en-US">You can enter values for subdividing axes in this area. You can automatically set the properties <emph>Minimum, Maximum, Major interval, Minor interval count</emph> and <emph>Reference value</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MIN" id="bm_id2984710" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150751" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150751">Minimum</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153713" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MIN">Defines the minimum value for the beginning of the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MAX" id="bm_id2057252" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156385" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Maximum</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156385">Maximum</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159266" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_MAX">Defines the maximum value for the end of the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_STEP_MAIN" id="bm_id6926786" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155336" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Major interval</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155336">Major interval</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143218" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_STEP_MAIN">Defines the interval for the main division of the axes.</ahelp> The main interval cannot be larger than the value area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/MT_STEPHELP" id="bm_id8941618" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minor interval count</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154020">Minor interval count</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/MT_STEPHELP">Defines the interval for the subdivision of the axes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_ORIGIN" id="bm_id6544083" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150089" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reference value</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150089">Reference value</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152990" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/EDT_ORIGIN">Specifies at which position to display the values along the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_MIN" id="bm_id1964476" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_MAX" id="bm_id1011688" localize="false"/> @@ -66,20 +66,20 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_STEP_HELP" id="bm_id5169225" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN" id="bm_id6670125" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_TIME_RESOLUTION" id="bm_id10087605190759" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166432" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166432">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_AUTO_ORIGIN">You must first deselect the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in order to modify the values.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149129" xml-lang="en-US">Disable this feature if you are working with "fixed" values, as it does not permit automatic scaling.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_LOGARITHM" id="bm_id2118594" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159206" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Logarithmic scale</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159206">Logarithmic scale</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145360" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_LOGARITHM">Specifies that you want the axis to be subdivided logarithmically.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153956" xml-lang="en-US">Use this feature if you are working with values that differ sharply from each other. You can use logarithmic scaling to make the grid lines of the axis equidistant but have values that may increase or decrease.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/CBX_REVERSE" id="bm_id109575190759" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9941404" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reverse direction</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id9941404">Reverse direction</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5581835" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines where the lower and where the higher values are displayed at the axis. The unchecked state is the mathematical direction.</ahelp> That means for Cartesian coordinate systems that the x-axis shows the lower values on the left and the y-axis shows the lower values at the bottom. For polar coordinate systems the mathematical angle axis direction is counterclockwise and the radial axis is from inner to outer.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/LB_AXIS_TYPE" id="bm_id10022759" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id922204" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id922204">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id59225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">For some types of axes, you can select to format an axis as text or date, or to detect the type automatically.</ahelp> For the axis type "Date" you can set the following options.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1159225" xml-lang="en-US">Minimum and maximum value to be shown on the ends of the scale.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_Scale/LB_TIME_RESOLUTION" id="bm_id1344759" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp index 46f080c6ab..0936a532e5 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05040202.xhp @@ -41,42 +41,42 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#positioning"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1006200801024782" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Axis line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1006200801024782">Axis line</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/LB_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT" id="bm_id1006200812484446" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1006200801024970" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select where to cross the other axis: at start, at end, at a specified value, or at a category.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/EDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT" id="bm_id1006200805121926" localize="false"/><comment>value selected</comment> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1006200801024957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the value where the axis line should cross the other axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/EDT_CROSSES_OTHER_AXIS_AT_CATEGORY" id="bm_id1006200805134034" localize="false"/><comment>category selected</comment> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id100620080102503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the category where the axis line should cross the other axis.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1006200801024784" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position Axis</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On tick marks</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1006200801024784">Position Axis</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3151388">On tick marks</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/RB_ON" id="bm_id1006200812484448" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146881" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned on the first/last tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at the value axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/RB_BETWEEN" id="bm_id1006200805160863" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154678" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Between tick marks</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154678">Between tick marks</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146882" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the axis is positioned between the tickmarks. This makes the data points visual representation begin/end at a distance from the value axis.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id100620080102509" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Labels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id100620080102509">Labels</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/LB_PLACE_LABELS" id="bm_id1006200805141692" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1006200801523879" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Place labels</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1006200801523879">Place labels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1006200801523889" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select where to place the labels: near axis, near axis (other side), outside start, or outside end.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1006200801025030" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Interval marks</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149048" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Major:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1006200801025030">Interval marks</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3149048">Major:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150397" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether the marks are to be on the inner or outer side of the axis. It is possible to combine both: you will then see marks on both sides.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_TICKS_INNER" id="bm_id1006200805150554" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Inner</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151387">Inner</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156399" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_TICKS_INNER">Specifies that marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_TICKS_OUTER" id="bm_id100620080515253" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166469" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Outer</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166469">Outer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153120" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_TICKS_OUTER">Specifies that marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159128" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Minor:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159128">Minor:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146885" xml-lang="en-US">This area is used to define the marking dashes between the axis marks. It is possible to activate both fields. This will result in a marking line running from the outside to the inside.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_MINOR_INNER" id="bm_id100620080515528" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150654" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Inner</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150654">Inner</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_MINOR_INNER">Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the inner side of the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_MINOR_OUTER" id="bm_id1006200805160860" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154677" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Outer</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154677">Outer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150745" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/CB_MINOR_OUTER">Specifies that minor interval marks are placed on the outer side of the axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_AxisPositions/LB_PLACE_TICKS" id="bm_id1006200805165355" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1006200801025271" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Place marks</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1006200801025271">Place marks</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1006200801025278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select where to place the marks: at labels, at axis, or at axis and labels.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05050100.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05050100.xhp index 131f6ac046..12ed106578 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05050100.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DiagramGridYHelp" id="bm_id3147434" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DiagramGridZHelp" id="bm_id3153142" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DiagramGridAll" id="bm_id3148575" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Grid</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150398">Grid</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152577" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="gitter"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramGridAll">Opens the <emph>Grid</emph> dialog for defining grid properties.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05060000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05060000.xhp index 7919761e7d..3ca8677657 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05060000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> - <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150792"><bookmark_value>charts; formatting walls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;chart walls</bookmark_value></bookmark><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DiagramWall" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148798" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3150792" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Wall</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150792"><bookmark_value>charts; formatting walls</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting;chart walls</bookmark_value></bookmark><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DiagramWall" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148798" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3150792">Chart Wall</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="diagramm"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramWall">Opens the<emph> Chart Wall</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart wall. The chart wall is the "vertical" background behind the data area of the chart.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#frtdgw"/> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05070000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05070000.xhp index 5d4f943404..9fbdc0f209 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05070000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <bookmark_value>formatting; chart floors</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DiagramFloor" id="bm_id3150400" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154346" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Chart Floor</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154346">Chart Floor</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150767" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="diagrammboden"><ahelp hid=".uno:DiagramFloor">Opens the<emph> Chart Floor</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart floor. The chart floor is the lower area in 3D charts. This function is only available for 3D charts.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05080000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05080000.xhp index dc3d3fec93..01c1aeca5f 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05080000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> - <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149670"><bookmark_value>charts; formatting areas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; chart areas</bookmark_value></bookmark><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DiagramArea" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149457" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3149670" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Area</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149670"><bookmark_value>charts; formatting areas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>formatting; chart areas</bookmark_value></bookmark><bookmark branch="hid/.uno:DiagramArea" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149457" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3149670">Chart Area</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="diagrammflaeche"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid=".uno:DiagramArea">Opens the<emph> Chart Area</emph> dialog, where you can modify the properties of the chart area. The chart area is the background behind all elements of the chart.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#frtdgf"/> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp index 55549dcdc7..0b0c75179f 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/05120000.xhp @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#arrangement"/> </section> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3154757" xml-lang="en-US">This function is only available if you have data displayed in columns. It is not possible to switch to data display in rows.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147339" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Bring Forward</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147339">Bring Forward</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149259" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Forward">Brings the selected data series forward (to the right).</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146316" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Send Backward</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146316">Send Backward</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147001" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Backward">Sends the selected data series backward (to the left).</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp index 8833dff6f7..e11348730e 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6820886" role="heading" level="2">The available chart types</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id6820886">The available chart types</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309488" role="paragraph">Choose from the following chart types, depending on data type and intended presentation effect.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id2579119"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/smooth_line_properties.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/smooth_line_properties.xhp index 05d04f1264..da70df4788 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/smooth_line_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/smooth_line_properties.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3803827"><bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;smooth lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3050325" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Smooth Line Properties</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3050325">Smooth Line Properties</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9421979" xml-lang="en-US">In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to show curves instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those curves.<comment>most possibly these curves are not Bezier curves.</comment></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#stlp"/> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1228370" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To change line properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1228370">To change line properties</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1601611" xml-lang="en-US">Select Cubic Spline or B-Spline.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/stepped_line_properties.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/stepped_line_properties.xhp index 628cc61b9a..790d29ae23 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/stepped_line_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/stepped_line_properties.xhp @@ -25,12 +25,12 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id1467210"><bookmark_value>curves;properties in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>properties;stepped lines in line charts/XY charts</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5005971" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Stepped Line Properties</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id5005971">Stepped Line Properties</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9485625" xml-lang="en-US">In a chart that displays lines (Line type or XY type), you can choose to connect the points with steps instead of straight lines. Some options control the properties of those steps.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#stlp"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9438276" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Different step types</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9438276">Different step types</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9078573" xml-lang="en-US"><image id="img_id9078573" src="chart2/res/step_start_30.png" width="30px" height="30px"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id9078573">Start step icon</alt></image></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp index 2b303353ed..cffb8aa0f6 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8081911" role="paragraph">For a 3D chart you can choose <item type="menuitem">Format - 3D View</item> to set perspective, appearance and illumination.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2924283" role="heading" level="2">Perspective</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2924283">Perspective</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5781731" role="paragraph">Enter the values for rotation of the chart on the three axes and for a perspective view.</paragraph> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_3D_SceneGeometry/CBX_PERSPECTIVE" id="bm_id2394482" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_3D_SceneGeometry/MTR_FLD_PERSPECTIVE" id="bm_id3808404" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6070436" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Mark the Perspective box to view the chart as through a camera lens. Use the spin button to set the percentage. With a high percentage nearer objects look bigger than more distant objects.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7564012" role="heading" level="2">Appearance</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id7564012">Appearance</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1186254" role="paragraph">Select a scheme from the list box.</paragraph> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_3D_SceneAppearance/CB_ROUNDEDEDGE" id="bm_id4585100" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9607226" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Edges are rounded by 5%.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/tp_3D_SceneIllumination/tp_3D_SceneIllumination" id="bm_id476392" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1939451" role="heading" level="2">Illumination</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1939451">Illumination</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9038972" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Set the light sources for the 3D view.</ahelp></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp index 8e54065723..18a24077bd 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_area.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id961943" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id961943">Area</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631733" xml-lang="en-US">An area chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series are connected by a line. The area between each two lines is filled with a color. The area chart's focus is to emphasize the changes from one category to the next.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7811822" xml-lang="en-US">Normal - this subtype plots all values as absolute y values. It first plots the area of the last column in the data range, then the next to last, and so on, and finally the first column of data is drawn. Thus, if the values in the first column are higher than other values, the last drawn area will hide the other areas.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3640247" xml-lang="en-US">Stacked - this subtypes plots values cumulatively stacked on each other. It ensures that all values are visible, and no data set is hidden by others. However, the y values no longer represent absolute values, except for the last column which is drawn at the bottom of the stacked areas.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_bubble.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_bubble.xhp index b4723ca34e..476facb4fc 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_bubble.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_bubble.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0526200904491284" role="heading" level="2">Bubble</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0526200904491284">Bubble</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0526200904491222" role="paragraph">A bubble chart shows the relations of three variables. Two variables are used for the position on the X-axis and Y-axis, while the third variable is shown as the relative size of each bubble.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0526200906040162" role="paragraph">The data series dialog for a bubble chart has an entry to define the data range for the Bubble Sizes.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_column_bar.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_column_bar.xhp index c854e779a1..8b5cfca10c 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_column_bar.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_column_bar.xhp @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9826960" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9826960">Column</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2244026" xml-lang="en-US">This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with vertical bars. The height of each bar is proportional to its value. The x axis shows categories. The y axis shows the value for each category.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1281167" xml-lang="en-US">Normal - this subtype shows all data values belonging to a category next to each other. Main focus is on the individual absolute values, compared to every other value.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3249000" xml-lang="en-US">Stacked - this subtype shows the data values of each category on top of each other. Main focus is the overall category value and the individual contribution of each value within its category.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6968901" xml-lang="en-US">Percent - this subtype shows the relative percentage of each data value with regard to the total of its category. Main focus is the relative contribution of each value to the category's total.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2224494" xml-lang="en-US">You can enable a <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D view</link> of the data values. The "realistic" scheme tries to give the best 3D look. The "simple" scheme tries to mimic the chart view of other Office products.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7359233" xml-lang="en-US">For 3D charts, you can select the shape of each data value from Box, Cylinder, Cone, and Pyramid.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id955839" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Bar</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id955839">Bar</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6596881" xml-lang="en-US">This type shows a bar chart or bar graph with horizontal bars. The length of each bar is proportional to its value. The y axis shows categories. The x axis shows the value for each category.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8750572" xml-lang="en-US">The subtypes are the same as for the Column type.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp index d757b24ebd..8371add889 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_column_line.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2451551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column and Line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2451551">Column and Line</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3101901" xml-lang="en-US">A Column and Line chart is a combination of a <link href="text/schart/01/type_column_bar.xhp">Column chart</link> with a <link href="text/schart/01/type_line.xhp">Line chart</link>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7910397" xml-lang="en-US">Select one of the variants</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1842097" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert a second y-axis with <link href="text/schart/01/04040000.xhp">Insert - Axes</link> after you finish the wizard.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8297677" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To specify a data range</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8297677">To specify a data range</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8871120" xml-lang="en-US">The leftmost columns (or the top rows) of the selected data range provide the data that are shown as Columns objects. The other columns or rows of the data range provide the data for the Lines objects. You can change this assignment in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1944944" xml-lang="en-US">Check whether the data range has labels in the first row or in the first column or both.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6667683" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Organizing data series</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6667683">Organizing data series</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7616809" xml-lang="en-US">In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9770195" xml-lang="en-US">The column data series are positioned at the top of the list, the line data series at the bottom of the list.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7786492" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Up and Down arrow buttons to move the selected entry in the list up or down. This way you can convert a Column data series to a List data series and back. This does not change the order in the data source table, but changes only the arrangement in the chart.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id265816" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing data series</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id265816">Editing data series</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6768700" xml-lang="en-US">Click an entry in the list to view and edit the properties for that entry.</paragraph> @@ -96,14 +96,14 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5091708" xml-lang="en-US">The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id974456" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing categories or data labels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id974456">Editing categories or data labels</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2767113" xml-lang="en-US">Enter or select a cell range that will be used as text for categories or data labels. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id301828" xml-lang="en-US">The values in the Categories range will be shown as labels on the x axis.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8996246" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting chart elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8996246">Inserting chart elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5729544" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Chart Elements page of the Chart Wizard to insert any of the following elements:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_line.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_line.xhp index 39737c2409..9513de9283 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_line.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_line.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9826349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9826349">Line</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2334665" xml-lang="en-US">A line chart shows values as points on the y axis. The x axis shows categories. The y values of each data series can be connected by a line.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8956572" xml-lang="en-US">Points only - this subtype plots only points.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id500808" xml-lang="en-US">Points and lines - this subtype plots points and connects points of the same data series by a line.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_net.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_net.xhp index ff5411e75f..635c64a5b9 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_net.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_net.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1391338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Net</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1391338">Net</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7812433" xml-lang="en-US">A Net chart displays data values as points connected by some lines, in a grid net that resembles a spider net or a radar tube display.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3512375" xml-lang="en-US">For each row of chart data, a radial is shown on which the data is plotted. All data values are shown with the same scale, so all data values should have about the same magnitude.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_pie.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_pie.xhp index 16b652a457..6d607c25ae 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_pie.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_pie.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5799432" role="heading" level="2">Pie</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5799432">Pie</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6549272" role="paragraph">A pie chart shows values as circular sectors of the total circle. The length of the arc, or the area of each sector, is proportional to its value.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6529740" role="paragraph">Pie - this subtype shows sectors as colored areas of the total pie, for one data column only. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to separate that sector from the remaining pie or to join it back.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9121982" role="paragraph">Exploded pie - this subtype shows the sectors already separated from each other. In the created chart, you can click and drag any sector to move it along a radial from the pie's center.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_stock.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_stock.xhp index 7609554982..f3155f2d53 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_stock.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_stock.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5268410" role="heading" level="2">Stock</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5268410">Stock</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id61342" role="paragraph">A Stock chart illustrates the market trend given by opening price, bottom price, top price and closing price. The transaction volume can also be shown.<comment>UFI: should we show example charts for every type?</comment></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2131412" role="paragraph">For a Stock chart the order of the data series is important. The data should be arranged as shown in the example table below.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id1370586"> @@ -202,27 +202,27 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3004547" role="paragraph">The open, low, high, and closing values of a row build together one data unit in the chart. A stock price data series consists of several rows containing such data units. The column containing the transaction volume builds an optional second data series.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6401867" role="paragraph">Depending on the chosen variant, you do not need all columns.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id18616" role="heading" level="2">Stock Chart Variants</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id18616">Stock Chart Variants</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6138492" role="paragraph">Choose the <emph>Stock</emph> chart type on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp"><emph>Chart Wizard</emph></link>. Then select one of the four variants.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4569231" role="heading" level="2">Type 1</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4569231">Type 1</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id291451" role="paragraph">Based on <emph>low</emph> and <emph>high</emph> column the Type 1 shows the distance between bottom price (low) and top price (high) by a vertical line.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3341776" role="paragraph">Based on <emph>low, high,</emph> and <emph>close</emph> column Type 1 shows an additional horizontal mark <emph>for</emph> the closing price.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5947141" role="heading" level="2">Type 2</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5947141">Type 2</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1911679" role="paragraph">Based on <emph>open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column Type 2 generates the traditional "candle stick" chart. Type 2 draws the vertical line between the bottom and top price and adds a rectangle in front, which visualizes the range between the opening and closing price. If you click on the rectangle you see more information in the status bar. %PRODUCTNAME uses different fill colors for rising values (the opening price is lower than the closing price) and falling values.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9364909" role="heading" level="2">Type 3</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9364909">Type 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4473403" role="paragraph">Based on <emph>volume, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph> column chart Type 3 draws a chart like Type 1, with additional columns for the transaction volume.<comment>i80596</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4313791" role="heading" level="2">Type 4</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4313791">Type 4</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4331797" role="paragraph">Based on all five data columns <emph>volume, open, low, high</emph>, and <emph>close</emph>, Type 4 combines a chart of Type 2 with a column chart for the transaction volume.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4191717" role="paragraph">Because measurement for transaction volume might be "units", a second y axis is introduced in chart Type 3 and Type 4. The price axis is shown on the right side and the volume axis on the left side.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2318796" role="heading" level="2">Setting the Data Source</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id399182" role="heading" level="2">Charts based on its own data</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2318796">Setting the Data Source</h2> + <h2 id="hd_id399182">Charts based on its own data</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5298318" role="paragraph">To change the data series of a chart having its own data, choose <link href="text/schart/01/03010000.xhp"><emph>Chart Data Table</emph></link> from the <emph>View</emph> menu or from the context menu of the chart in edit mode.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7588732" role="paragraph">In an embedded chart data table, the data series are always organized in columns.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id95828" role="paragraph">For a new stock chart first use a column chart. Add the columns you need and enter your data in the order which is shown in the example, omitting any columns not required for the desired variant. Use <emph>Move Series Right</emph> to change the column order. Close the chart data table. Now use the <emph>Chart Type</emph> dialog to change to the stock chart variant.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6182744" role="paragraph">If you have already got a stock chart and you want to change the variant, then first change the chart type to a column chart, add or remove columns so that it fits to the variant, and then change the chart type back to a stock chart.<comment>Watch issue 72433 to see whether a change in the handling is done.</comment></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3496200" role="paragraph">Do not write the name of a data series in a row. Write the name into the field above the role name.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7599108" role="paragraph">The order of the rows determines how the categories are arranged in the chart. Use Move Row Down to change the order.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id888698" role="heading" level="2">Charts based on Calc or Writer tables</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id888698">Charts based on Calc or Writer tables</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3394573" role="paragraph">You can choose or alter a data range on the second page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp"><emph>Data Range</emph></link> dialog. For fine tuning use the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp"><emph>Data Series</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7594225" role="paragraph">To specify a data range do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -239,19 +239,19 @@ </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8746910" role="paragraph">Click one of the options for data series in rows or in columns. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9636524" role="paragraph">Your stock chart data are "in columns", if the information in a row belongs to the same "candle stick".<comment>I don't know whether copying a table based chart to draw or impress needs chart data arranged in columns, and I cannot test it, because the clipboard is broken.</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5675527" role="heading" level="2">Fine Tuning the Data Ranges of Table Based Stock Charts</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5675527">Fine Tuning the Data Ranges of Table Based Stock Charts</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3486434" role="paragraph">You can organize data series and edit the source for parts of single data series on the third page of the <emph>Chart Wizard</emph> or on the page <emph>Data Series</emph> in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3068636" role="heading" level="2">Organize Data Series</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3068636">Organize Data Series</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2480849" role="paragraph">In the <emph>data series</emph> area on the left side of the dialog, you can organize the data series of the actual chart. A stock chart has at least one data series containing the prices. It might have a second data series for transaction volume.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4181951" role="paragraph">If you have got more than one price data series, use the Up and Down arrow buttons to order them. The order determines the arrangement in the chart. Do the same for volume data series. You cannot switch price and volume data series.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2927335" role="paragraph">To remove a data series, select the data series in the list and click <emph>Remove</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2107303" role="paragraph">To add a data series, select one of the existing data series and click <emph>Add</emph>. You get an empty entry below the selected one, which has the same type. If you have no price data series or no volume data series, you must first select a range for these series in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog.<comment>Regina: The behavior is odd, but I don't know a better solution. Therefore I have not written an issue.</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4071779" role="heading" level="2">Setting Data Ranges</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4071779">Setting Data Ranges</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7844477" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Data Ranges</emph> dialog you can set or change the data range of each component of the selected data series.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6478469" role="paragraph">In the upper list you see the role name of the components and the current values. When you have selected a role, you can change the value in the text box below the list. The label shows the selected role.</paragraph><comment>deleted a para, see i80596</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9038972" role="paragraph">Enter the range into the text box or click on <emph>Select data range</emph> to minimize the dialog and select the range with the mouse.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7985168" role="paragraph">Select Open Values, Close Values, High Values, and Low Values in any order. Specify only the ranges for those roles which you need for the chosen variant of the stock chart. The ranges need not be next to each other in the table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id876186" role="heading" level="2">Legend</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id876186">Legend</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3939634" role="paragraph">The legend displays the labels from the first row or column or from the special range that you have set in the <emph>Data Series</emph> dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.</paragraph><comment>deleted 3 paras</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2377697" role="paragraph">The legend shows the value from the range, which you entered in the <emph>Range for Name</emph> field in the <emph>Data Range</emph> dialog. The default entry is the column header of the closing price column.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2188787" role="paragraph">Select one of the position options. When the chart is finished, you can specify other positions using the Format menu.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp index d720adb350..b22e225046 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/type_xy.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7757194" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">XY (Scatter)</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id7757194">XY (Scatter)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5977965" xml-lang="en-US">An XY chart in its basic form is based on one data series consisting of a name, a list of x‑values, and a list of y‑values. Each value pair (x|y) is shown as a point in a coordinate system. The name of the data series is associated with the y‑values and shown in the legend.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4381847" xml-lang="en-US">Choose an XY chart for the following example tasks:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -61,22 +61,22 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8925138" xml-lang="en-US">Your XY chart may have more than one data series.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5461897" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">XY Chart Variants</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id5461897">XY Chart Variants</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8919339" xml-lang="en-US">You can choose an XY chart variant on the first page of the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link>, or by choosing <item type="menuitem">Format - Chart Type </item>for a chart in edit mode.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4634235" xml-lang="en-US">The chart is created with default settings. After the chart is finished, you can edit its properties to change the appearance. Line styles and icons can be changed on the <emph>Line</emph> tab page of the data series properties dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5482039" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click any data point to open the <item type="menuitem">Data Series</item> dialog. In this dialog, you can change many properties of the data series.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0805200810492449" xml-lang="en-US">For 2D charts, you can choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Y Error Bars</item> to enable the display of error bars.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6221198" xml-lang="en-US">You can enable the display of mean value lines and trend lines using commands on the Insert menu.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1393475" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Points only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1393475">Points only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6571550" xml-lang="en-US">Each data point is shown by an icon. %PRODUCTNAME uses default icons with different forms and colors for each data series. The default colors are set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Charts - Default Colors</item>. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5376140" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines Only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id5376140">Lines Only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4408093" xml-lang="en-US">This variant draws straight lines from one data point to the next. The data points are not shown by icons. </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7261268" xml-lang="en-US">The drawing order is the same as the order in the data series. Mark <emph>Sort by X Values</emph> to draw the lines in the order of the x values. This sorting applies only to the chart, not to the data in the table.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6949369" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Points and Lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id6949369">Points and Lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9611499" xml-lang="en-US">This variant shows points and lines at the same time.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6765953" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">3D Lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id6765953">3D Lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7422711" xml-lang="en-US">The lines are shown like tapes. The data points are not shown by icons. In the finished chart choose <link href="text/schart/01/three_d_view.xhp">3D View</link> to set properties like illumination and angle of view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id239265" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Smooth Lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id239265">Smooth Lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7957396" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Smooth</emph> from the <emph>Line type</emph> dropdown to draw curves instead of straight line segments.<comment>i80587</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1202124" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Properties</emph> to set details for the curves.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5989562" xml-lang="en-US"> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6128421" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Resolution</emph> determines how many line segments are calculated to draw a piece of polynomial between two data points. You can see the intermediate points if you click any data point.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9280373" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>B-Spline</emph> uses a parametric, interpolating B-spline curve. Those curves are built piecewise from polynomials. The <emph>Degree of polynomials</emph> sets the degree of these polynomials.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5031251" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Stepped Lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id5031251">Stepped Lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1449076" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Stepped</emph> from the <emph>Line type</emph> dropdown to draw lines which step from point to point instead of straight line segments.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1202125" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Properties</emph> to set details for the curves.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9811476" xml-lang="en-US">There are 4 different step types:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_elements.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_elements.xhp index d9588db8c0..59a041258e 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_elements.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_elements.xhp @@ -64,21 +64,21 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/schart/ui/wizelementspage/secondaryXaxis" id="bm_id2484819" localize="false"/><comment>secondary y axis ("2nd y axis" in spec doc)</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id816675" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter a label for the secondary y-axis. This option is only available for charts that support a secondary y-axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4411145" role="heading" level="2">To enter chart elements</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id4411145">To enter chart elements</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3274941" role="paragraph">Enter titles or click the elements that you want to be shown on the current chart.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9804681" role="heading" level="3">Titles</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id9804681">Titles</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3614917" role="paragraph">If you enter text for a title, subtitle, or any axis, the necessary space will be reserved to display the text next to the chart. If you do not enter a text, no space will be reserved, leaving more space to display the chart.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id156865" role="paragraph">It is not possible to link the title text to a cell. You must enter the text directly.<comment>Regina: See wishlist and issues 8099, 64825</comment></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6034424" role="paragraph">When the chart is finished, you can change the position and other properties by the <emph>Format</emph> menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9033783" role="heading" level="3">Legend</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_id9033783">Legend</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1069368" role="paragraph">The legend displays the labels from the first row or column, or from the range that you have set in the Data Series dialog. If your chart does not contain labels, the legend displays text like "Row 1, Row 2, ...", or "Column A, Column B, ..." according to the row number or column letter of the chart data.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6998809" role="paragraph">You cannot enter the text directly, it is automatically generated from the Name cell range.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id71413" role="paragraph">Select one of the position options. When the chart is finished, you can specify other positions using the Format menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4776757" role="heading" level="3">Grids</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_id4776757">Grids</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6527298" role="paragraph">The visible grid lines can help to estimate the data values in the chart.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2924283" role="paragraph">The distance of the grid lines corresponds to the interval settings in the Scale tab of the axis properties.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5781731" role="paragraph">Grid lines are not available for pie charts.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6942045" role="heading" level="2">Additional elements</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id6942045">Additional elements</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4721823" role="paragraph">For additional elements use the Insert menu of the chart in edit mode. There you can define the following elements:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp index b7b55adf71..11f937fc4a 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <embed href="text/schart/00/00000004.xhp#wiz"/> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3919186" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To choose a chart type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3919186">To choose a chart type</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3453169" xml-lang="en-US">Choose a basic <link href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp">chart type</link>: click any of the entries labeled Column, Bar, Pie, and so on.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp index 70e0b86c21..0fa6c17319 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_range.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8466139" role="paragraph">This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1877193" role="heading" level="2">To specify a data range</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1877193">To specify a data range</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5924863" role="paragraph">Select the data range. Do one of the following:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp index 6f64b07879..af8f8dddec 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/01/wiz_data_series.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id686361" xml-lang="en-US">This dialog is only available for charts based on a Calc or Writer table.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#ShiftF1"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9241615" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Organizing data series</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9241615">Organizing data series</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7159337" xml-lang="en-US">In the Data Series list box you see a list of all data series in the current chart.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4443800" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Up and Down arrow buttons to move the selected entry in the list up or down. This does not change the order in the data source table, but changes only the arrangement in the chart.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9777520" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing data series</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9777520">Editing data series</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1474654" xml-lang="en-US">Click an entry in the list to view and edit the properties for that entry.</paragraph> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5971556" xml-lang="en-US">The range for a data role, like Y-Values, must not include a label cell.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7622608" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing categories or data labels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id7622608">Editing categories or data labels</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9222693" xml-lang="en-US">Enter or select a cell range that will be used as text for categories or data labels. <comment>UFI: red text means what?</comment></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp index 4b475a94f2..4fe1e5c730 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/04/01020000.xhp @@ -38,43 +38,43 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155412" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the following shortcut keys in charts.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159154" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the general <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">shortcut keys</link> for $[officename].</paragraph> <section id="keychart"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shortcuts in Charts</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149262">Shortcuts in Charts</h2> <section id="impressheader"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151073" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shortcut Keys</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151073">Shortcut Keys</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154490" xml-lang="en-US">Results</paragraph> </section> <section id="Tab"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tab</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154729">Tab</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154511" xml-lang="en-US">Select next object.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155064" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shift+Tab</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155064">Shift+Tab</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149020" xml-lang="en-US">Select previous object.</paragraph> <section id="Pos1"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155443" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Home</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155443">Home</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156382" xml-lang="en-US">Select first object.</paragraph> </section> <section id="End"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153963" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">End</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153963">End</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154702" xml-lang="en-US">Select last object.</paragraph> </section> <section id="Esc"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143218" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Esc</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3143218">Esc</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147005" xml-lang="en-US">Cancel selection</paragraph> </section> <section id="Cur"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159239" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">up/down/left/right arrow</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159239">up/down/left/right arrow</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149210" xml-lang="en-US">Move the object in the direction of the arrow.</paragraph> </section> <section id="CurPie"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150364" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">up/down/left/right arrow in pie charts</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150364">up/down/left/right arrow in pie charts</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150369" xml-lang="en-US">Moves the selected pie segment in the direction of the arrow.</paragraph> </section> <section id="F2"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145584" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">F2 in titles</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145584">F2 in titles</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154372" xml-lang="en-US">Enter text input mode.</paragraph> </section> <section id="F3"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146980" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">F3</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146980">F3</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152988" xml-lang="en-US">Open group so that you can edit the individual components (in legend and data series).</paragraph> </section> <section id="StrgF3"> @@ -82,11 +82,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153915" xml-lang="en-US">Exit group (in legend and data series).</paragraph> </section> <section id="+-"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155269" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">+/-</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155269">+/-</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156016" xml-lang="en-US">Reduce or enlarge the chart</paragraph> </section> <section id="+-Pie"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150210" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">+/- in pie charts</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150210">+/- in pie charts</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159204" xml-lang="en-US">Moves the selected pie segment off or into the pie chart.</paragraph> </section> </section> diff --git a/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp b/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp index 0a25e90ddd..5e06cf0803 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/main0000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/06/youtubevideos.xhp#whatisit"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154685" role="paragraph"><variable id="chart">$[officename] lets you present data graphically in a chart, so that you can visually compare data series and view trends in the data. You can insert charts into spreadsheets, text documents, drawings, and presentations. </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153143" role="heading" level="2">Chart Data</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153143">Chart Data</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5181432" role="paragraph">Charts can be based on the following data:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -52,10 +52,10 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DrawChart" id="bm_id6209730" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StarChartDialog" id="bm_id3146060" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id76601" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Creates a chart in the current document. To use a continuous range of cells as the data source for your chart, click inside the cell range, and then choose this command. Alternatively, select some cells and choose this command to create a chart of the selected cells.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5345011" role="heading" level="2">To insert a chart</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5345011">To insert a chart</h2> <embed href="text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp#chart_insert"/> <embed href="text/schart/01/choose_chart_type.xhp#choose_chart_type"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5631580" role="heading" level="2">To edit a chart</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id5631580">To edit a chart</h2> <section id="chartedit"> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp b/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp index 81c6864e0f..e7c29c4816 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/main0202.xhp @@ -33,21 +33,21 @@ </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200911433878" role="paragraph">You can edit the formatting of a chart using the controls and icons on the Formatting Bar.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChartElementSelector" id="bm_id0810200902112648" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300436" role="heading" level="2">Select Chart Element</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0810200902300436">Select Chart Element</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300479" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the element from the chart that you want to format. The element gets selected in the chart preview. Click Format Selection to open the properties dialog for the selected element.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300555" role="heading" level="2">Format Selection</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0810200902300555">Format Selection</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300539" role="paragraph">Opens the properties dialog for the selected element.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300545" role="heading" level="2">Chart Type</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0810200902300545">Chart Type</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300594" role="paragraph">Opens the Chart Type dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300537" role="heading" level="2">Chart Data Table</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0810200902300537">Chart Data Table</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300699" role="paragraph">Opens the Data Table dialog where you can edit the chart data.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300672" role="heading" level="2">Horizontal Grids</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0810200902300672">Horizontal Grids</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300630" role="paragraph">The Horizontal Grids icon on the Formatting bar toggles the visibility of the grid display for the Y axis.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300738" role="heading" level="2">Legend On/Off</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0810200902300738">Legend On/Off</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id081020090230076" role="paragraph">To show or hide a legend, click Legend On/Off on the Formatting bar.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0810200902300785" role="heading" level="2">Scale Text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0810200902300785">Scale Text</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300784" role="paragraph">Rescales the text in the chart when you change the size of the chart.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id081020090230087" role="heading" level="2">Automatic Layout</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id081020090230087">Automatic Layout</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0810200902300834" role="paragraph">Moves all chart elements to their default positions inside the current chart. This function does not alter the chart type or any other attributes other than the position of elements.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp b/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp index 7069d8945f..fbb9a72e55 100644 --- a/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/schart/main0503.xhp @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US">Charts allow you to present data so that it is easy to visualize.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146974" xml-lang="en-US">You can create a chart from source data in a Calc spreadsheet or a Writer table. When the chart is embedded in the same document as the data, it stays linked to the data, so that the chart automatically updates when you change the source data.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153143" xml-lang="en-US">Chart Types</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3153143">Chart Types</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151112" xml-lang="en-US">Choose from a variety of 3D charts and 2D charts, such as bar charts, line charts, stock charts. You can change chart types with a few clicks of the mouse.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149665" xml-lang="en-US">Individual Formatting</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149665">Individual Formatting</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US">You can customize individual chart elements, such as axes, data labels, and legends, by right-clicking them in the chart, or with toolbar icons and menu commands.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp index da085ead1d..e08d1b624b 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154730" role="paragraph">You can also use the <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">general shortcut keys for $[officename]</link>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149121" role="heading" level="2">Function Keys for Drawings</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149121">Function Keys for Drawings</h2> <table id="tbl_id9051789.00000001"> <tablerow> <tablecell> @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150393"><bookmark_value>zooming;shortcut keys</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>drawings; zoom function in</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150393" role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys for Drawings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150393">Shortcut Keys for Drawings</h2> <table id="tbl_id1650440"> <tablerow> <tablecell> @@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147533" role="heading" level="2">Shortcut Keys Specific to Drawings</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147533">Shortcut Keys Specific to Drawings</h2> <table id="tbl_id4134342"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp index 7d2845cf59..ee3bfb5f12 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <bookmark_value>distributing draw objects</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>aligning;draw objects</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Arranging Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3125863">Arranging Objects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153727" xml-lang="en-US">Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. To re-arrange the stacking order of a selected object, proceed as follows.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <emph>Behind Object</emph> places the object behind another object that you select</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Arranging an Object Behind Another Object</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155766">Arranging an Object Behind Another Object</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10811" xml-lang="en-US">Click the object whose position you want to change.</paragraph> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149126" xml-lang="en-US">Click the object behind which you want to place the selected object.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145789" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reversing The Stacking Order of Two Objects</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145789">Reversing The Stacking Order of Two Objects</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154022" xml-lang="en-US">Shift-click both objects to select them.</paragraph> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155114" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Shape - Arrange</item> to open the context menu and choose <emph>Reverse</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166425" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Aligning Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3166425">Aligning Objects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152994" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Alignment</emph> function enables you to align objects relative to each other or relative to the page.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN108A7" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <item type="menuitem">Shape - Align Objects</item> and select one of the alignment options.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108AE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Distributing Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN108AE">Distributing Objects</h2> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151390" xml-lang="en-US">If you select three or more objects in Draw, you can also use the <link href="text/shared/01/05360000.xhp"><emph>Distribute selection</emph></link> command to distribute the vertical and horizontal spacing evenly between the objects.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp index 2b97f46a95..9521b55cd3 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149263" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="color_define"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp">Defining Custom Colors</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154511" role="paragraph">Define custom colors and add them to the <emph>Custom</emph> color palette.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155600" role="heading" level="2">To define a custom color</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155600">To define a custom color</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150327" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>, click the <emph>Area</emph> tab and press the <emph>Color</emph> button. A table of the predefined palette colors is displayed.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp index a7660dab91..ba21f71680 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/combine_etc.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149020" role="paragraph">Combined drawing objects act as grouped objects, except that you cannot enter the group to edit the individual objects. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154659" role="note">You can only combine 2D objects.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150344" role="heading" level="2">To combine 2D objects:</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150344">To combine 2D objects:</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3166428" role="listitem">Select two or more 2D objects.</paragraph> @@ -67,11 +67,11 @@ </tablerow> </table> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153249" role="paragraph">In the illustration, the uncombined objects are on the left and the combined objects on the right.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159229" role="heading" level="2">Constructing Shapes</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3159229">Constructing Shapes</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150049" role="paragraph">You can construct shapes by applying the <link href="text/simpress/01/13180000.xhp"><emph>Shapes</emph></link> <emph>- Merge, Subtract and Intersect</emph> commands to two or more drawing objects.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147403" role="note">Shape commands only work on 2D objects.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150539" role="paragraph">Constructed shapes take on the properties of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156402" role="heading" level="3">To construct a shape:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3156402">To construct a shape:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157874" role="listitem">Select two or more 2D objects.</paragraph> @@ -91,9 +91,9 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153034" role="listitem"> <emph>Intersect</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145144" role="heading" level="3">Shape Commands</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3145144">Shape Commands</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153931" role="paragraph">In the following illustrations, the original objects are on the left and the modified shapes on the right.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149950" role="heading" level="3">Shapes - Merge</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149950">Shapes - Merge</h3> <table id="tbl_id3153083"> <tablerow> @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150001" role="paragraph">Adds the area of the selected objects to the area of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153002" role="heading" level="3">Shapes - Subtract</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3153002">Shapes - Subtract</h3> <table id="tbl_id3153571"> <tablerow> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150022" role="paragraph">Subtracts the area of the selected objects from the area of the lowermost object in the stacking order.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147370" role="heading" level="3">Shapes - Intersect</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147370">Shapes - Intersect</h3> <table id="tbl_id3153738"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp index 60a5fc1a26..20f62f2552 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154754" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-fading creates shapes and distributes them by uniform increments between two drawing objects.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155112" xml-lang="en-US">The cross-fading command is only available in $[officename] Draw. You can, however, copy and paste cross-faded objects into $[officename] Impress.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149209" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To cross-fade two objects:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149209">To cross-fade two objects:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150370" xml-lang="en-US">Hold down Shift and click each object.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp index fdc422ec9d..c42b729133 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146974" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="draw_sector"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp">Drawing Sectors and Segments</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147396" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Ellipse</emph> toolbar contains tools for drawing ellipses and circles. You can also draw segments and sectors of circles and ellipses.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151075" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To draw a sector of a circle or an ellipse:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151075">To draw a sector of a circle or an ellipse:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Ellipses</emph> toolbar and click one of the <emph>Circle Pie</emph> or <emph>Ellipse Pie</emph> icons diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp index ab557a9f3e..ec87b4527d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US">Up to four colors can be replaced at once.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147344" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the <emph>Transparency</emph> option to replace the transparent areas of an image with a color.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148488" xml-lang="en-US">Similarly, you can use the <emph>Color Replacer</emph> to make a color on your image transparent.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150205" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To replace colors with the Color Replacer tool</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150205">To replace colors with the Color Replacer tool</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that the image you are using is a bitmap (for example, BMP, GIF, JPG, or PNG) or a metafile (for example, WMF).</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp index c276b70b67..0a777ee690 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="gradient"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp">Creating Gradient Fills</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154012" role="paragraph">A gradient fill is an incremental blend of two different colors, or shades of the same color, that you can apply to a drawing object.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147436" role="heading" level="3">To apply a gradient:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147436">To apply a gradient:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146974" role="listitem">Select a drawing object.</paragraph> @@ -54,9 +54,9 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153415" role="listitem">Select a gradient style from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154702" role="heading" level="2">Creating Custom Gradients</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154702">Creating Custom Gradients</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145791" role="paragraph">You can define your own gradients and modify existing gradients, as well as save and load a list of gradient files.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145384" role="heading" level="3">To create a custom gradient:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3145384">To create a custom gradient:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151242" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Format - Area</emph> and click the <emph>Gradients</emph> tab.</paragraph> @@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156396" role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK.</emph> </paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149947" role="heading" level="2">Using Gradients and Transparency</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149947">Using Gradients and Transparency</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157905" role="paragraph">You can adjust the properties of a gradient as well as the transparency of a drawing object with your mouse.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150653" role="heading" level="3">To adjust the gradient of a drawing object:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3150653">To adjust the gradient of a drawing object:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154844" role="paragraph">Select a drawing object with the gradient that you want to modify.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp index 6c9611134a..12876ea6ed 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145252" xml-lang="en-US">Groups can also be grouped in other groups. Actions applied to a group do not affect the relative position of the individual objects to each other in the group.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150716" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To group objects:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150716">To group objects:</h3> <table id="tbl_id3155600"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ </table> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148485" xml-lang="en-US">For example, you can group all of the objects in a company logo to move and resize the logo as a single object.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147002" xml-lang="en-US">After you have grouped objects, selecting any part of the group selects the entire group.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150205" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selecting Objects in a Group</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150205">Selecting Objects in a Group</h2> <table id="tbl_id3150361"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp index 6218e1dd65..17a83acedc 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145799" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="join_objects"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp">Connecting Lines</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154512" xml-lang="en-US">When you connect lines, lines are drawn between neighboring endpoints.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150752" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To connect lines:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150752">To connect lines:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153714" xml-lang="en-US">Select two or more lines.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp index a9db4784d9..a5ed47fb25 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156442" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="join_objects3d"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp">Assembling 3D Objects</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145251" xml-lang="en-US">3D objects that each form a 3D scene can be combined into a single 3D scene.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150042" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To combine 3D objects:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150042">To combine 3D objects:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154702" xml-lang="en-US">Insert a 3D object from the <emph>3D Objects</emph> toolbar (for example, a cube).</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp index a652d26bd2..bacfa8ba4d 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148663" xml-lang="en-US">You can create and edit drawing objects using the keyboard.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> <section id="all"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To Create and Edit a Drawing Object</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3125863">To Create and Edit a Drawing Object</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153188" xml-lang="en-US">Press <item type="keycode">F6</item> to navigate to the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar.</paragraph> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155062" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the arrow keys to position the object where you want. To choose a command from the context menu for the object, press <item type="keycode">Shift+F10</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150306" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To Select an Object</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150306">To Select an Object</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152990" xml-lang="en-US">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="keycode">+F6</item> to enter the document.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp index 5e3c76d958..72bda81106 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146119" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp">Instructions for Using $[officename] Draw</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143218" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing and Grouping Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143218">Editing and Grouping Objects</h2> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/align_arrange.xhp#align_arrange"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/cross_fading.xhp#cross_fading"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/draw_sector.xhp#draw_sector"/> @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects.xhp#join_objects"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/join_objects3d.xhp#join_objects3d"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/rotate_object.xhp#rotate_object"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149018" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Colors and Textures</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149018">Editing Colors and Textures</h2> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/color_define.xhp#color_define"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/eyedropper.xhp#eyedropper"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/gradient.xhp#gradient"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150043" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150043">Editing Text</h2> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/text_enter.xhp#text_enter"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp#fontwork"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147003" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working with Layers</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147003">Working with Layers</h2> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/masterpage.xhp#masterpage"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/background.xhp#background"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/layers.xhp#layers"/> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/layer_move.xhp#layer_move"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp#layer_tipps"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/move_object.xhp#move_object"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145585">Miscellaneous</h2> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/graphic_insert.xhp#graphic_insert"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0000.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0000.xhp index 911d45ba99..904cc808ae 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0000.xhp @@ -32,12 +32,12 @@ <body> - <bookmark branch="hid/SD_HID_SDGRAPHICVIEWSHELL" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155333" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/HID_GLOBAL_FALLBACK" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154705" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3155960" xml-lang="en-US">Welcome to the $[officename] Draw Help</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/SD_HID_SDGRAPHICVIEWSHELL" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155333" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/HID_GLOBAL_FALLBACK" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154705" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3155960">Welcome to the $[officename] Draw Help</h1> <embed href="text/shared/06/youtubevideos.xhp#whatisit"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154022" xml-lang="en-US">How to Work With $[officename] Draw</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154022">How to Work With $[officename] Draw</h3> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/main.xhp#main"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/main0503.xhp#main0503"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150363" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Draw Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3150363">$[officename] Draw Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</h3> <embed href="text/sdraw/main0100.xhp#main0100"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/main0200.xhp#main0200"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/04/01020000.xhp#draw_keys"/> diff --git a/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp b/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp index 08789fae4f..9461f04b96 100644 --- a/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/sdraw/main0503.xhp @@ -36,19 +36,19 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3148797" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="main0503"><link href="text/sdraw/main0503.xhp">$[officename] Draw Features</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Draw lets you create simple and complex drawings and export them in a number of common image formats. You can also insert tables, charts, formulas and other items created in $[officename] programs into your drawings.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147435" xml-lang="en-US">Vector Graphics</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147435">Vector Graphics</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153142" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Draw creates vector graphics using lines and curves defined by mathematical vectors. Vectors describe lines, ellipses, and polygons according to their geometry.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154320" xml-lang="en-US">Creating 3D Objects</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154320">Creating 3D Objects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145251" xml-lang="en-US">You can create simple 3D objects such as cubes, spheres, and cylinders in $[officename] Draw and even modify the light source of the objects.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154491" xml-lang="en-US">Grids and Snap Lines</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154491">Grids and Snap Lines</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149379" xml-lang="en-US">Grids and snap lines provide a visual cue to help you align objects in your drawing. You can also choose to snap an object to a grid line, snap line or to the edge of another object.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155601" xml-lang="en-US">Connecting Objects to Show Relationships</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155601">Connecting Objects to Show Relationships</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149124" xml-lang="en-US">You can connect objects in $[officename] Draw with special lines called "connectors" to show the relationship between objects. Connectors attach to gluepoints on drawing objects and remain attached when the connected objects are moved. Connectors are useful for creating organization charts and technical diagrams.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155764" xml-lang="en-US">Displaying Dimensions</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155764">Displaying Dimensions</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155333" xml-lang="en-US">Technical diagrams often show the dimensions of objects in the drawing. In $[officename] Draw, you can use dimension lines to calculate and display linear dimensions.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154705" xml-lang="en-US">Gallery</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154705">Gallery</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154022" xml-lang="en-US">The Gallery contains images, animations, sounds and other items that you can insert and use in your drawings as well as other $[officename] programs.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149207" xml-lang="en-US">Graphic File Formats</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149207">Graphic File Formats</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155112" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Draw can export to many common graphic file formats, such as BMP, GIF, JPG, and PNG.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000003.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000003.xhp index 5dc2f71a22..077fe70bcb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000003.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000003.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <bookmark_value>converting;metrics</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>metrics;converting</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Conversion of measurement units</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147543">Conversion of measurement units</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1069F" xml-lang="en-US">In some dialogs, you can enter measurement values into input boxes. If you just enter a numerical value, the default measurement unit is used.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106A2" xml-lang="en-US">You define the default measurement unit for Writer text documents in the dialog that you get by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</emph>. For Calc, Draw, and Impress, you open a document of that type and then open the appropriate <emph>General</emph> page as for Writer.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AD" xml-lang="en-US">In input boxes for length units you can also add the unit abbreviation according to the following list:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000011.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000011.xhp index cfc7e4c7c5..83406ac1ac 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000011.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000011.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156045" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Menu Commands</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156045">Menu Commands</h1> <section id="menu_commands_text"> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150838" xml-lang="en-US">The window containing the document you want to work on must be selected in order to use the menu commands. Similarly, you must select an object in the document to use the menu commands associated with the object.</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3156027" xml-lang="en-US">The menus are context sensitive. This means that those menu items are available that are relevant to the work currently being carried out. If the cursor is located in a text, then all of those menu items are available that are needed to edit the text. If you have selected graphics in a document, then you will see all of the menu items that can be used to edit graphics.</paragraph><comment>removed a para</comment> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp index 150633a0f0..ddd94453d9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000020.xhp @@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ <h3 id="hd_id3145750">Importing and Exporting Numbering</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145591" xml-lang="en-US">If, in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - HTML Compatibility</emph>, the export option "$[officename] Writer" is selected, the indents of numberings are exported as "margin-left" CSS1 property in the STYLE attribute of the <OL> and <UL> tags. The property indicates the difference relative to the indent of the next higher level.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153573" xml-lang="en-US">A left paragraph indent in numbering is indicated as "margin-left" CSS1 property. First-line indents are ignored in numbering and not exported.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148556" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Importing and Exporting Spreadsheet Files</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148556">Importing and Exporting Spreadsheet Files</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153365" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] imports and exports references to deleted sections such as, for example, a referenced column. The whole formula can be viewed during the export process and the deleted reference contains an indication (#REF!) to the reference. A #REF! will be correspondingly created for the reference during the import.</paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3150228">Importing and Exporting Graphics Files</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152578" xml-lang="en-US">As with HTML documents, you can choose to use a filter with or without the element ($[officename] Impress) in the name to open a $[officename] graphics file. If without, the file will be opened as a $[officename] Draw document. Otherwise, the file saved by an old program version is now opened in $[officename] Impress.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp index 34286e5cce..90293c15aa 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000021.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148919" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_DID_SAVE_PACKED_XML">By default, $[officename] loads and saves files in the OpenDocument file format.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10725" role="note">The OpenDocument file format (ODF) is a standardized file format used by many software applications. You can find more information at the Wikipedia site: <link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument">wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenDocument</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156324" role="heading" level="2">OpenDocument file format names</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156324">OpenDocument file format names</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154926" role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME uses the following file formats:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3109850"> <tablerow> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1088F" role="note">The HTML format is not an OpenDocument format.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4818872" role="paragraph">ODF Chart is the name of the file format for stand alone charts. This format with the extension *.odc is currently not in use.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107E3" role="heading" level="2">Evolution of the OpenDocument format</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107E3">Evolution of the OpenDocument format</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0514200811525257" role="paragraph">The OpenDocument format evolves over time.</paragraph> <table id=""> <tablerow> @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ </table> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0514200811525591" xml-lang="en-US">In current versions, you can select to save your documents using ODF 1.2 or ODF 1.0/1.1 (for backward compatibility). Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - Load/Save - General</menuitem> and select the ODF format version.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3146907" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to define another file format as the default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - </menuitem><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><menuitem>Load/Save - General</menuitem></link> to find alternative file formats for each $[officename] document type.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">XML file structure</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150398">XML file structure</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149649" xml-lang="en-US">Documents in OpenDocument file format are stored as compressed zip archives that contain XML files. To view these XML files, you can open the OpenDocument file with an unzip program. The following files and directories are contained within the OpenDocument files:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153368" xml-lang="en-US">Additional files and folders can be contained in the packed file format.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154299" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Definition of the XML formats</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154299">Definition of the XML formats</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10AAD" xml-lang="en-US">The schema for the OpenDocument formats can be found on the <link href="https://www.oasis-open.org/standards#opendocumentv1.2"><emph>www.oasis-open.org</emph></link> web site.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/doc_open.xhp#doc_open"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp index 59835425ca..68bedd34ef 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000200.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3150127" xml-lang="en-US">Graphics Export Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150127">Graphics Export Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3160463" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Defines graphics export options.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#exportgraphic"/> @@ -41,18 +41,18 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/widthmf" id="bm_id31523978" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id388" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the measurement units.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/widthlb" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149140" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151330" xml-lang="en-US">Width</paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/widthlb" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149140" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151330">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies the width.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/heightmf" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154751" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3156027" xml-lang="en-US">Height</paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/heightmf" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154751" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156027">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies the height.</ahelp></paragraph> <comment>Resolution controls</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/resolutionmf" id="bm_id3153698" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/graphicexport/resolutionlb" id="bm_id3153778" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150944" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Resolution</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150944">Resolution</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150129" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the image resolution. Select the measurement units from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143534" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">More options</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3143534">More options</h3> <comment>JPEG controls</comment> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id10" xml-lang="en-US">For JPEG files you can set the color depth and the quality.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp index 2f8bc929dd..30fd683934 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000206.xhp @@ -29,9 +29,9 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155354" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Dif Import/Export/ Lotus import/ dBASE import</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155354">Dif Import/Export/ Lotus import/ dBASE import</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150620" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the options for import/export. These dialogs will be automatically shown if the corresponding file type is selected.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetlist" id="bm_id3149987" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149000" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Character set</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetlist" id="bm_id3149987" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149000">Character set</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152790" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetlist">Select the character set from the options used for import/export.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152942" xml-lang="en-US">For further information regarding filters, refer to the topic: <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">Information about Import and Export Filters</link>.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000207.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000207.xhp index 3afaac6772..106c6755f7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000207.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000207.xhp @@ -31,24 +31,24 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/ImOptDialog" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153116" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Export text files</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153116">Export text files</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150379" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Export text files</emph> dialog allows you to define the export options for text files. The dialog will be displayed if you save spreadsheet data as file type "Text CSV", and if the <emph>Edit filter settings</emph> check box is marked in the <emph>Save As</emph> dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Field options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155577">Field options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152427" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the field separator, text separator and character set that is used for the text export.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetdropdown" id="bm_id3154841" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152876" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character set</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetdropdown" id="bm_id3154841" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152876">Character set</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154689" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/charsetdropdown">Specifies the character set for text export.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/field" id="bm_id3154840" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145138" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Field delimiter</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/field" id="bm_id3154840" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145138">Field delimiter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150838" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/field">Choose or enter the field delimiter, which separates data fields.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/text" id="bm_id3146938" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154682" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text delimiter</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/text" id="bm_id3146938" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154682">Text delimiter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/text">Choose or enter the text delimiter, which encloses every data field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/quoteall" id="bm_id314783281" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id783149793" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Quote all text cells</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/quoteall" id="bm_id314783281" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id783149793">Quote all text cells</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152778363" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Exports all text cells with leading and trailing quote characters as set in the Text delimiter box. If not checked, only those text cells get quoted that contain the Field delimiter character.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/asshown" id="bm_id7735831" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7145298" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save cell content as shown</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/asshown" id="bm_id7735831" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id7145298">Save cell content as shown</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5719779" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enabled by default, data will be saved as displayed, including applied number formats. If this checkbox is not marked, raw data content will be saved, as in older versions of the software.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3541062" xml-lang="en-US">Depending on the number format, saving cell content as shown may write values that during an import cannot be interpreted as numerical values anymore.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/fixedwidth" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149793" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fixed column width</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/fixedwidth" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149793">Fixed column width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152363" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/imoptdialog/fixedwidth">Exports all data fields with a fixed width.</ahelp></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000407.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000407.xhp index 2f1365fafd..042d4d4b4b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000407.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000407.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </meta> <body> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3154349" xml-lang="en-US">Window Menu</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3154349">Window Menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083278" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="window">Choose <emph>Window - New Window</emph>.</variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154545" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="liste">Choose <emph>Window - List of open documents</emph>.</variable></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/00000408.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/00000408.xhp index 705c3ccbb4..81d77ea2da 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/00000408.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/00000408.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154689" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Help Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154689">Help Menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150960" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="content">Choose <emph>Help - %PRODUCTNAME Help</emph>.</variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147240" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="infoanwendung">Choose <emph>Help - About %PRODUCTNAME</emph>.</variable></paragraph> <section id="online"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp index f46e9eb10c..9d4497cf34 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/01000000.xhp @@ -30,16 +30,16 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3085157" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3085157">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149948" xml-lang="en-US">Every <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#docking">docked</link> window has an icon to control the display properties of the window.</paragraph> <section id="floaticons"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150502" xml-lang="en-US">To show or hide a docked window, click the icon.</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150465" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoShow and AutoHide Docked Windows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150465">AutoShow and AutoHide Docked Windows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155504" xml-lang="en-US">You can click the edge of a hidden docked window to open the window.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153257" xml-lang="en-US">The docked window closes automatically when you move the mouse pointer outside of the window.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US">Multiple docked windows act as a single window in AutoShow/AutoHide mode.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145416" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Drag and Drop</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145416">Drag and Drop</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US">If you drag an object over the edge of a hidden docked window, the window opens in AutoShow mode.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/01010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/01010000.xhp index 1f155e3e2e..00d828a601 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/01010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/01010000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150672" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Gallery context menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150672">Gallery context menu</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU" id="bm_id3147519" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_MN_ADDMENU">Defines how a selected graphic object is inserted into a document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_GALLERY_MN_ADD" id="bm_id3156184" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/01020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/01020000.xhp index 892ab1c073..e840103aab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/01020000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158397" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Context Menu of Web Pages in Read-Only Mode</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3158397">Context Menu of Web Pages in Read-Only Mode</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC" id="bm_id3150502" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145348" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_MN_READONLY_SAVEGRAPHIC">Opens a dialog where you can save the selected graphics.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MN_READONLY_COPYLINK" id="bm_id3147000" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp index 1ed91bc382..a2630ecd3a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/00/01050000.xhp @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159242" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The<emph> General </emph>tab page lists the general properties of the current theme.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/gallerygeneralpage/name" id="bm_id3152896" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150264" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150264">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154094" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/gallerygeneralpage/name">Displays the name of the theme.</ahelp> If no name has been assigned, you can type a new name in the text box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147089">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the object type. </paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Location</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147576">Location</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146797" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the complete object path.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp index 86c13b3584..7152fe19a2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010200.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp#format"/> <embed href="text/shared/01/01010203.xhp#options"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/ok" id="bm_id3166460" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145383" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145383">New Document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154810" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeldialog/ok">Creates a new document for editing.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp index 25f9c92ffd..3ca4862031 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010201.xhp @@ -37,41 +37,41 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#etikettenein"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158397" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inscription</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3158397">Inscription</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154350" xml-lang="en-US">Enter or insert the text that you want to appear on the label(s).</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/textview" id="bm_id3155271" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147294" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Label text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147294">Label text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150838" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/textview">Enter the text that you want to appear on the label. You can also insert a database field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/address" id="bm_id3154682" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150603" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Address</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150603">Address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/address">Creates a label with your return address. Text that is currently in the <emph>Label text</emph> box is overwritten.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US">To change your return address, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME</emph></link>, and then click on the <emph>User Data</emph> tab.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/database" id="bm_id3153748" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147557" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147557">Database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148620" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/database">Select the database that you want to use as the data source for your label.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/table" id="bm_id3157863" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149388" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Table</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149388">Table</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/table">Select the database table containing the field(s) that you want to use in your label.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/field" id="bm_id3151265" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/insert" id="bm_id3153577" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155391" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Database field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155391">Database field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database field that you want, and then click the arrow to the left of this box to insert the field into the <emph>Label text</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">The name of the database field is bounded by brackets in the <emph>Label text</emph> box. If you want, you can separate database fields with spaces. Press <emph>Enter</emph> to insert a database field on a new line.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147653">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US">You can select a predefined size format for your label or a size format that you specify on the <emph>Format</emph> tab.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous" id="bm_id3147618" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154143" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Continuous</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154143">Continuous</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151339" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous">Prints labels on continuous paper.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/continuous" id="bm_id3155419" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150131" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150131">Sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/sheet">Prints labels on individual sheets.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/brand" id="bm_id3150669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156327" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brand</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156327">Brand</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150466" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/brand">Select the brand of paper that you want to use.</ahelp> Each brand has its own size formats.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/type" id="bm_id3145416" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153821">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149235" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/type">Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on the brand on what you selected in the <emph>Brand</emph> list. If you want to use a custom label format, select <emph>[User]</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp"><emph>Format</emph></link> tab to define the format.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153828" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Info</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153828">Info</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">The paper type, the dimensions of the label and the labels grid are displayed at the bottom of the <emph>Format</emph> area.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp index a809f5aa75..6e42d4dbe4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010202.xhp @@ -38,46 +38,46 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#labels_format"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/hori" id="bm_id3149180" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159194" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal pitch</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159194">Horizontal pitch</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/hori">Displays the distance between the left edges of adjacent labels or business cards. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/vert" id="bm_id3145669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical pitch</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155555">Vertical pitch</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/vert">Displays the distance between the top edge of a label or a business card and the top edge of the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/width" id="bm_id3156411" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147399">Width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/width">Displays the width for the label or the business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150507" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Height</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150774">Height</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/height">Displays the height for the label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/left" id="bm_id3143267" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Left margin</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149182">Left margin</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/left">Displays the distance from the left edge of the page to the left edge of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/top" id="bm_id3163802" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Top margin</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156346">Top margin</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/top">Displays distance from the top edge of the page to the top of the first label or business card. If you are defining a custom format, enter a value here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/cols" id="bm_id3155830" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Columns</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147573">Columns</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/cols">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the width of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/rows" id="bm_id3153146" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154143" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154143">Rows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145119" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/rows">Enter the number of labels or business cards that you want to span the height of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/pagewidth" id="bm_id3188146" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144943" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Page width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144943">Page width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148919" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/pagewidth">Displays the width of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a width here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/pageheight" id="bm_id3188149" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144949" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Page height</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144949">Page height</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148918" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/pageheight">Displays the height of the selected paper format. To define a custom format, enter a height here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/save" id="bm_id3153716" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147336">Save</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156152" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labelformatpage/save">Saves the current label or business card format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/SaveLabelDialog" id="bm_id3158431" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save Label Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146773">Save Label Format</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/brand" id="bm_id3158430" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brand</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154897">Brand</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/brand">Enter or select the desired brand.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/type" id="bm_id3144438" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155180">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159158" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/savelabeldialog/type">Enter or select a label type.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp index 377100ecf6..4725c487d0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010203.xhp @@ -38,29 +38,29 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#labels_options"/> </section> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/entirepage" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3159233" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US">Entire Page</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150713">Entire Page</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155355" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/entirepage" visibility="visible">Creates a full page of labels or business cards.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/singlelabel" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147089" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146958" xml-lang="en-US">Single Label</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146958">Single Label</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/singlelabel" visibility="visible">Prints a single label or business card on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/cols" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155338" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3148621" xml-lang="en-US">Column</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148621">Column</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/cols" visibility="visible">Enter the column in which you want to place your single label or business card.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/rows" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150443" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US">Row</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149398">Row</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/rows" visibility="visible">Enter the row in which you want to place your single label or business card.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/synchronize" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3159166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149237" xml-lang="en-US">Synchronize contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149237">Synchronize contents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155342" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/synchronize">Allows you to edit a single label or business card and updates the contents of the remaining labels or business cards on the page when you click the <emph>Synchronize Labels</emph> button.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/floatingsync/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/floatingsync/sync" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145119" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">Synchronize Labels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149164">Synchronize Labels</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Synchronize labels</emph> button only appears in your document if you have selected the <emph>Synchronize contents</emph> on the <emph>Options</emph> tab when you created the labels or business cards.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/floatingsync/sync" visibility="visible">Copies the contents of the top left label or business card to the remaining labels or business cards on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150504" xml-lang="en-US">Printer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150504">Printer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148990" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the currently selected printer.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/setup" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155180" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US">Setup</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153127">Setup</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144438" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/labeloptionspage/setup">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01140000.xhp"><emph>Printer Setup</emph></link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp index 5128cc134e..b4a1669235 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010301.xhp @@ -36,22 +36,22 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#visikartform"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149991" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149991">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147543" xml-lang="en-US">Select a size format for your business card.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_CONT" id="bm_id3150758" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3160463" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Continuous</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3160463">Continuous</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150279" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints business cards on continuous paper.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_SHEET" id="bm_id3151097" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154840" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154840">Sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148731" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints business cards on individual sheets.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_BRAND" id="bm_id3147143" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154894" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brand</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154894">Brand</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155351" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the brand of paper that you want to use.</ahelp> Each brand has its own size formats.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_BUSINESS_FMT_PAGE_TYPE" id="bm_id3158405" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153935" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153935">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the size format that you want to use. The available formats depend on what you selected in the <emph>Brand</emph> list. If you want to use a custom size format, select <emph>[User]</emph>, and then click the <link href="text/shared/01/01010202.xhp"><emph>Format</emph></link> tab to define the format.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardmediumpage/formatinfo" id="bm_id3158406" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Info</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147226">Info</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The paper type and the dimensions of the business card are displayed at the bottom of the <emph>Format</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp index bf68385b54..510f5b6136 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010302.xhp @@ -37,11 +37,11 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#viskartinhalt"/> </section> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/treeview" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153070" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146873" xml-lang="en-US">Content</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146873">Content</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147527" xml-lang="en-US">Select a design layout for your business card.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158442" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/treeview">Select a business card category in <emph>AutoText - Section</emph> box, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/autotext" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150603" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148668" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText - Section</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148668">AutoText - Section</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154894" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/cardformatpage/autotext">Select a business card category, and then click a layout in the <emph>Content</emph> list.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp index 9eb78772a8..ad024f9d8e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010303.xhp @@ -33,32 +33,32 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#viskartpriv"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Private data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159201">Private data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the contact information that you want to include on your business card. You can also modify or update these entries by choosing <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - User Data</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#name"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2" id="bm_id3145314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156427" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">First name 2</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156427">First name 2</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/firstname2">Enter the first name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2" id="bm_id3155941" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Last name 2</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145345">Last name 2</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154288" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/lastname2">Enter the last name of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname2" id="bm_id3153663" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Initials 2</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150774">Initials 2</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/shortname2">Enter the initials of the person, whom you want to use as a second contact.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#location"/> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#title"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/job" id="bm_id3155504" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155449" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Profession</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155449">Profession</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/job">Enter the title of your profession.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/phone" id="bm_id3148491" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Phone</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147336">Phone</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145315" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/phone">Enter your home telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/mobile" id="bm_id3152349" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Mobile</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149763">Mobile</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/mobile">Enter your mobile telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#fax"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url" id="bm_id3155261" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Homepage</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154306">Homepage</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153666" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/privateuserpage/url">Enter the address of your internet homepage.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#email"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp index cf15ad654e..8a6bd7002e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01010304.xhp @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#viskartgesch"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Business data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149549">Business data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156027" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the contact information that you want to include on your business card.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to include your name on a business card, enter your name on the <emph>Private</emph> tab. Then choose a layout on the <emph>Business Cards</emph> tab that includes a name placeholder.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#company"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company2" id="bm_id3147653" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Company 2nd line</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150355">Company 2nd line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/company2">Enter additional company details.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/slogan" id="bm_id3149955" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Slogan</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150771">Slogan</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156327" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/slogan">Enter the slogan of your company.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#location"/> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#position"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/phone" id="bm_id3156152" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154380" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Phone</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154380">Phone</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/phone">Enter your business telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/mobile" id="bm_id3148990" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158430" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Mobile</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3158430">Mobile</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156329" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/mobile">Enter your mobile telephone number.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#fax"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url" id="bm_id3153665" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Homepage</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154306">Homepage</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/businessdatapage/url">Enter the address of your company's internet homepage.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010100.xhp#email"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp index 5b94e5a8fe..070e18c5e8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01020101.xhp @@ -28,16 +28,16 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3150620" xml-lang="en-US">Select Path</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150620">Select Path</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149962" xml-lang="en-US">Sets file paths.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#paths2"/> </section> <bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150445" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3152821" xml-lang="en-US">Select</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152821">Select</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150902" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_PATH_BTN" visibility="visible">Selects the indicated path.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/SFX2_HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153910" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3148585" xml-lang="en-US">Path:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148585">Path:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_FILEDLG_PATH_FILENAME" visibility="visible">Enter or select the path from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp">Open dialog</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp index 9f8a611a52..6b5c321221 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01020103.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152876" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Filter Selection</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3152876">Filter Selection</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154926" xml-lang="en-US">Allows you to select an import filter.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#filterauswahl"/> @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <!-- removed HID SFX2:LISTBOX:DLG_FILTER_SELECT:LB_DLG_LISTBOX --> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/filterselect/filters" id="bm_id1646778" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/filterselect/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151100" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter list</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151100">Filter list</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SFX2:LISTBOX:DLG_FILTER_SELECT:LB_DLG_LISTBOX">Select the import filter for the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152918" xml-lang="en-US">If $[officename] does not recognize the file type of the document that your want to open, try any of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp index 4099ac4e1a..b82d050ee0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100300.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#info4"/> </section> <bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/custominfopage/properties" id="bm_id0811200812001788" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151234" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151234">Properties</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152551" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/custominfopage/properties">Enter your custom contents. You can change the name, type, and contents of each row. You can add or remove rows. The items will be exported as metadata to other file formats.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/sfx/ui/custominfopage/add" id="bm_id0811200812054521" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id0811200812071796" xml-lang="en-US">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0811200812071796">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0811200812071785" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to add a new row to the Properties list.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp index 8f9e8c88eb..b5e5f85fa5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01100600.xhp @@ -47,17 +47,17 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/readonly" id="bm_id8295846" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Open file read-only</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106AA">Open file read-only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to allow this document to be opened in read-only mode only.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN106B1" xml-lang="en-US">This file sharing option protects the document against accidental changes. It is still possible to edit a copy of the document and save that copy with the same name as the original.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/recordchanges" id="bm_id868861" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106B4" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Record changes</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106B4">Record changes</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106B8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to enable recording changes. This is the same as <emph>Edit - Track Changes - Record</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_idN106C9" xml-lang="en-US">To protect the recording state with a password, click <emph>Protect</emph> and enter a password. Other users of this document can apply their changes, but they cannot disable change recording without knowing the password.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/unprotect" id="bm_id2517167" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/securityinfopage/protect" id="bm_id2517166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106D0" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Protect / Unprotect</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106D0">Protect / Unprotect</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/securityinfopage/protect">Protects the change recording state with a password. If change recording is protected for the current document, the button is named <emph>Unprotect</emph>. Click <emph>Unprotect</emph> and type the correct password to disable the protection.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp index 74d8c0aab3..847054ff67 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01140000.xhp @@ -44,26 +44,26 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#printer_settings"/> </section> <paragraph id="par_id3148620" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">You might experience a slight delay when you change the default printer for a document that contains embedded $[officename] OLE objects.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145345" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Printer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145345">Printer</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145211" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the information that applies to the selected printer.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148538" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the list is empty, you need to install a default printer for your operating system. Refer to the online help for your operating system for instructions on how to install and setup a default printer.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/name" id="bm_id3147574" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154381" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154381">Name</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3156155" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/name">Lists the installed printers on your operating system. To change the default printer, select a printer name from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156153" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Status</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156153">Status</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150465" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Describes the current status of the selected printer.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154898" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154898">Type</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3156326" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the type of printer that you selected.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149416" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Location</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149416">Location</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3149955" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the port for the selected printer.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145316" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Comments</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145316">Comments</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3155923" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays additional information for the printer.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/properties" id="bm_id3159413" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149669" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149669">Properties</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3149045" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/properties">Changes the printer settings of your operating system for the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3157322" role="warning" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that the <emph>Landscape</emph> or <emph>Portrait</emph> layout option set in the <emph>Printer Properties</emph> dialog matches the page format that you set by choosing <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS"><emph>Slide - Properties</emph></caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Page - Properties</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Format - Page</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svt/ui/printersetupdialog/options" id="bm_id3159414" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id201612110303091265" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Options</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id201612110303091265">Options</h3> <paragraph id="par_id201612110239454950" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svt/ui/printersetupdialog/options">Opens the <emph>Printer Options</emph> dialog where you can override the global printer options set on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME </emph> <switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="WRITER"><emph>Writer</emph></caseinline> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp index 631c07aa09..42959b390a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01160000.xhp @@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6845301" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft file format is used.</ahelp></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="CALC"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8111514" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email as OpenDocument Spreadsheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8111514">Email as OpenDocument Spreadsheet</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5917844" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5112460" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email as Microsoft Excel</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id5112460">Email as Microsoft Excel</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5759453" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft Excel file format is used.</paragraph> </case> <case select="IMPRESS"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6694540" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email as OpenDocument Presentation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6694540">Email as OpenDocument Presentation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7829218" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2099063" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email as Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2099063">Email as Microsoft PowerPoint Presentation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8319650" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft PowerPoint file format is used.</paragraph> </case> <case select="WRITER"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9657277" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email as OpenDocument Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9657277">Email as OpenDocument Text</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9085055" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The OpenDocument file format is used.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7941831" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email as Microsoft Word</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id7941831">Email as Microsoft Word</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5421918" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a new window in your default email program with the current document as an attachment. The Microsoft Word file format is used.</paragraph> </case> </switch> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp index a462390142..ecca5b97a4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/01190000.xhp @@ -39,33 +39,33 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#versionen"/> </section> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US">If you save a copy of a file that contains version information (by choosing <emph>File - Save As</emph>), the version information is <emph>not</emph> saved with the file.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New versions</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149750">New versions</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for saving a new version of the document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147243" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save New Version</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147243">Save New Version</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149149" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/save">Saves the current state of the document as a new version. If you want, you can also enter comments in the <emph>Insert Version Comment</emph> dialog before you save the new version.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog" id="bm_id3154898" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Insert Version Comment</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3153348">Insert Version Comment</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150466" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versioncommentdialog/VersionCommentDialog">Enter a comment here when you are saving a new version. If you clicked <emph>Show</emph> to open this dialog, you cannot edit the comment.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/always" id="bm_id3145316" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Always save version when closing</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149514">Always save version when closing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/always">If you have made changes to your document, $[officename] automatically saves a new version when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6663823" xml-lang="en-US">If you save the document manually, do not change the document after saving, and then close, no new version will be created.</paragraph><comment>issue 12653</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/versions" id="bm_id3148642" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159167" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Existing versions</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159167">Existing versions</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156327" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/versions">Lists the existing versions of the current document, the date and the time they were created, the author and the associated comments.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/open" id="bm_id3158431" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Open</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149578">Open</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/open">Opens the selected version in a <emph>read-only</emph> window.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/show" id="bm_id3148943" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147530">Show</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153061" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/show">Displays the entire comment for the selected version.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/delete" id="bm_id3149655" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154923" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154923">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/delete">Deletes the selected version.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/compare" id="bm_id3154389" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148739" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Compare</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148739">Compare</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152811" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/versionsofdialog/compare">Compare the changes that were made in each version.</ahelp> If you want, you can <link href="text/shared/01/02230400.xhp"><emph>Manage Changes</emph></link>.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp index 95ee670fcb..2431d0c6c8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02060000.xhp @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <switch select="appl"> <case select="CALC"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">In a spreadsheet, when you paste a range of cells from the clipboard, the result depends on the current selection: If only one cell is selected, the cell range will be pasted started from that cell. If you mark a cell range wider than the cell range in the clipboard, the cell range will be pasted repeatedly to fill the selected cell range.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id221521057740108" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Pasting contents in %PRODUCTNAME Calc</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id221521057740108">Pasting contents in %PRODUCTNAME Calc</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id271521057645962" xml-lang="en-US">When copying a cell or a range in %PRODUCTNAME Calc the selection is marked with blinking dashes around the range (the "marching ants") to indicate what was being selected during the clipboard operation.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id481521058175847" xml-lang="en-US"><image src="media/helpimg/sw_paste_range.png" id="img_id541521058175847" width="153" height="60"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id221521058175847">Marching ants mark for Calc clipboard</alt></image></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id861521058166011" xml-lang="en-US">There are two ways to paste the clipboard contents in a spreadsheet document:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp index e1beca7670..a73234a2f0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02180100.xhp @@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#linkae"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Modify Link</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149549">Modify Link</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153114" xml-lang="en-US">Lets you set the properties for the selected link.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/app" id="bm_id891539689276361" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148548" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Application</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148548">Application</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/app">Lists the application that last saved the source file. %PRODUCTNAME applications have the server name <emph>soffice</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/file" id="bm_id801539689201969" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155338">File</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/file">Path to the source file. <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#saving">Relative paths</link> must be expressed by full URI, for example, with <emph>file://</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/category" id="bm_id981539689231964" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153577" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153577">Category</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146958" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/linkeditdialog/category">Lists the section or object that the link refers to in the source file. If you want, you can enter a new section or object here.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp index 86942653ab..944d545b4f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02210101.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#frame_properties"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/edname" id="bm_id8971221.00000001" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155364">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149511" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/edname">Enter a name for the floating frame. The name <emph>cannot</emph> contain spaces, special characters, or begin with an underscore (<emph>_</emph>).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/edurl" id="bm_id3061311" localize="false"/> <h2 id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US">Contents</h2> @@ -47,40 +47,40 @@ </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/buttonbrowse" id="bm_id1442609" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147088">Browse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155355" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/buttonbrowse">Locate the file that you want to display in the selected floating frame, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Scroll Bar</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146957">Scroll Bar</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">Add or remove a scrollbar from the selected floating frame.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaron" id="bm_id6702475" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3163802">On</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaron">Displays the scrollbar for the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaroff" id="bm_id7322916" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Off</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155628">Off</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150669" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbaroff">Hides the scrollbar for the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbarauto" id="bm_id6200140" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150503">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152909" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/scrollbarauto">Mark this option if the currently active floating frame can have a scrollbar when needed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156156" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Border</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156156">Border</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150943" xml-lang="en-US">Displays or hides the border of the floating frame.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/borderon" id="bm_id6881923" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146774" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146774">On</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159147" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/borderon">Displays the border of the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/borderoff" id="bm_id8719138" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153146" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Off</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153146">Off</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156329" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/borderoff">Hides the border of the floating frame.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Padding</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148563">Padding</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US">Define the amount of space that is left between the border of the floating frame and the contents of the floating frame provided that both documents inside and outside the floating frame are HTML documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/width" id="bm_id1487472" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152473" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152473">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/width">Enter the amount of horizontal space that you want to leave between the right and the left edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/defaultwidth" id="bm_id1459089" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150865" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150865">Default</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/defaultwidth">Applies the default horizontal spacing.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/height" id="bm_id869777" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147303">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149670" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/height">Enter the amount of vertical space that you want to leave between the top and bottom edges of the floating frame and the contents of the frame. Both documents inside and outside the floating frame must be HTML documents.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/defaultheight" id="bm_id1459091" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150866" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150866">Default</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150401" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertfloatingframe/defaultheight">Applies the default vertical spacing.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp index 802fe17f6e..4ae22225e2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02220100.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150976">Hyperlink</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152349">Lists the properties of the URL that is attached to the hotspot.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/urlentry" id="bm_id3149955" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156327">URL:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156327">URL:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155831"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/urlentry">Enter the URL for the file that you want to open when you click the selected hotspot.</ahelp> If you want to jump to a named anchor within the current document, e.g. to a shape with name "anchor_name", the address should be of the form "#anchor_name". To target an anchor in another document, the address should be of the form "file:///path/to/another_document_name#anchor_name".</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/cuiimapdlg/textentry" id="bm_id3154307" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153827">Text Alternative</h2> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp index 0d0438508b..dc62477df9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/02250000.xhp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_ABSOLUTE" id="bm_id3154686" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3157960" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Type the number of the record that you want to display, and then press <emph>Enter</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW" id="bm_id3150742" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150868" role="heading" level="2">Inserting a New Record</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150868">Inserting a New Record</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149168" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_GRID_TRAVEL_NEW" visibility="hidden">Inserts a new record into the current table.</ahelp> To create a record, click the asterisk (<emph>*</emph>) button at the bottom of the table view. An empty row is added at the end of the table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_AUTHORITYTYPE_POS" id="bm_id3159151" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select the type of record that you want to create. $[officename] inserts a number in the <emph>Type</emph> column of the record that corresponds to the type that you select here.</ahelp></paragraph> @@ -84,13 +84,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_SERIES_POS" id="bm_id3156005" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_BIB_URL_POS" id="bm_id3147441" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155994" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter additional information for the selected record. If you want, you can also enter the information in the corresponding field in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3163716" role="heading" level="2">Finding and Filtering Records</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3163716">Finding and Filtering Records</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147478" role="paragraph">You can search for records by matching a keyword to a field entry.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/query" id="bm_id3152578" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159181" role="heading" level="3">Entering Search key</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159181">Entering Search key</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159125" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/query">Type the information that you want to search for, and then press <emph>Enter</emph>. To change the filter options for the search, long-click the <emph>AutoFilter</emph> icon, and then select a different data field. You can use wildcards such as <emph>%</emph> or <emph>*</emph> for any number of characters, and <emph>_</emph> or <emph>?</emph> for one character in your search. To display all of the records in the table, clear this box, and then press <emph>Enter</emph>. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/autoFilter" id="bm_id3149263" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155511" role="heading" level="3">AutoFilter</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155511">AutoFilter</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146975" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/autoFilter">Long-click to select the data field that you want to search using the term that you entered in the <emph>Search Key</emph> box. You can only search one data field.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="paragraph">The list of table records is automatically updated to match the new filter settings.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/standardFilter" id="bm_id8315073" localize="false"/> @@ -99,17 +99,17 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/removeFilter" id="bm_id8467360" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155311" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">To display all of the records in a table, click the <emph>Reset Filter</emph> icon.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_DELETEROWS" id="bm_id3153954" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147580" role="heading" level="2">Deleting a Record</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147580">Deleting a Record</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154471" role="paragraph">To delete a record in the current table, right-click the row header of the record, and then select <emph>Delete</emph>. <ahelp hid="SID_FM_DELETEROWS" visibility="hidden">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152941" role="heading" level="2">Changing the data source</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152941">Changing the data source</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/sdbsource" id="bm_id3147318" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147214" role="heading" level="3">Data Source</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147214">Data Source</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151118" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/sdbsource">Select the data source for the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/Mapping" id="bm_id3154944" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/toolbar/TBC_BT_COL_ASSIGN" id="bm_id4552446" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/mappingdialog/MappingDialog" id="bm_id45524461" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sbibliography/ui/mappingdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id45524461" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145645" role="heading" level="3">Column Arrangement</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145645">Column Arrangement</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151282" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:Bib/Mapping">Lets you map the column headings to data fields from a different data source. To define a different data source for your bibliography, click the <emph>Data Source</emph> button on the record's <emph>Object</emph> bar.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144767" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/sbibliography/ui/mappingdialog/MappingDialog">Select the data field that you want to map to the current <emph>Column name</emph>. To change the available data fields, select a different data source for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Bib/DeleteRecord" id="bm_id3157846" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp index fc463da9f5..b839e829ef 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/03990000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3153683" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/guide/edit_symbolbar.xhp">Customize</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2789086" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can add, edit, and remove icons.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.cmd:RestoreVisibility" id="bm_id9156773" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id371715" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Reset</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id371715">Reset</h2> <paragraph id="par_id1886654" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Reset</item> to reset the toolbars to their default context sensitive behavior. Now some toolbars will be shown automatically, dependent on the context.</ahelp><comment>UFI: #i63811</comment></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/floating_toolbar.xhp#floating_toolbar"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp index d59eb09fb4..17bcd2939a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/04160300.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertMath" id="bm_id6753888" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertObjectStarMath" id="bm_id3154812" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152937" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Formula</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3152937">Formula</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149495" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="starmath"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a formula into the current document.</ahelp> <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="MATH"></caseinline><defaultinline>For more information open the <emph>$[officename] Math Help</emph>.</defaultinline></switchinline></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000404.xhp#math"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp index 95941e2262..51202a184a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020301.xhp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151262" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Decimal Places and Significant Digits</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151262">Decimal Places and Significant Digits</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153624" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use zero (<emph>0</emph>), the number sign (<emph>#</emph>) or the question mark (<emph>?</emph>) as placeholders in your number format code to represent numbers. The <emph>#</emph> only displays significant digits, while the <emph>0</emph> displays zeroes if there are fewer digits in the number than in the number format. The <emph>?</emph> works as the <emph>#</emph> but adds a space character to keep decimal alignment if there is a hidden non-significant zero.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153323" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use question marks (<emph>?</emph>), zeroes (<emph>0</emph>) or number signs (<emph>#</emph>) to represent the number of digits to include in the numerator and the denominator of a fraction. Fractions that do not fit the pattern that you define are displayed as floating point numbers.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148440" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If a number contains more digits to the right of the decimal delimiter than there are placeholders in the format, the number is rounded accordingly. If a number contains more digits to the left of the decimal delimiter than there are placeholders in the format, the entire number is displayed. Use the following list as a guide for using placeholders when you create a number format code:</paragraph> @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="par_idN1087E" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Examples</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1087E">Examples</h3> <table id="tbl_id3153577"> <tablerow> @@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149276" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Thousands Separator</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149276">Thousands Separator</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3154380" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Depending on your language setting, you can use a comma, a period or a blank as a thousands separator. You can also use the separator to reduce the size of the number that is displayed by a multiple of 1000 for each separator. The examples below use comma as thousands separator:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150244"> @@ -198,22 +198,22 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154836" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Including Text in Number Format Codes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154836">Including Text in Number Format Codes</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150398" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Text and Numbers</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150398">Text and Numbers</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3154224" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell containing numbers, place a double quotation mark (") in front of and behind the text, or a backslash (\) before a single character. For example, enter <emph>#.# "meters"</emph> to display "3.5 meters" or <emph>#.# \m</emph> to display "3.5 m". If you use space as thousands separator, you need to insert spaces between quotes in the previous examples: <emph>#.#" meters"</emph> or <emph>#.#\ \m</emph> to get the correct result.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148979" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Text and Text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148979">Text and Text</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3153338" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To include text in a number format that is applied to a cell that might contain text, enclose the text by double quotation marks (" "), and then add an at sign (@). For example, enter <emph>"Total for "@</emph> to display "Total for December".</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154330" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Spaces</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154330">Spaces</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3156294" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To use a character to define the width of a space in a number format, type an underscore (<emph>_</emph>) followed by the character. The width of the space varies according to the width of the character that you choose. For example, <emph>_M</emph> creates a wider space than <emph>_i</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156295" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To fill free space with a given character, use an asterisk (<emph>*</emph>) followed by this character. For instance:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156296" role="code" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">*\0</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156297" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">will display integer value (0) preceded by as many as needed backslash characters (<emph>\</emph>) to fill column width. For accounting representation, you may left align currency symbol with a format similar to:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3156298" role="code" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">$_-* 0.--;$-* 0.--;$_-* -</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155994" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Color</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155994">Color</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3156423" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To set the color of a section of a number format code, insert one of the following color names in square brackets [ ]:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3157321"> @@ -252,42 +252,42 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147435" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Conditions</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147435">Conditions</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148575" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Conditional Brackets</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148575">Conditional Brackets</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3155312" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can define a number format so that it only applies when the condition that you specify is met. Conditions are enclosed by square brackets [ ].</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3159179" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can use any combination of numbers and the <, <=, >, >=, = and <> operators.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3159196" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you want to apply different colors to different temperature data, enter:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150872" role="example" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">[BLUE][<0]#.0 "°C";[RED][>30]#.0 "°C";[BLACK]#.0 "°C"</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3157870" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">All temperatures below zero are blue, temperatures between 0 and 30 °C are black, and temperatures higher than 30 °C are red.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154833" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Positive and Negative Numbers</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154833">Positive and Negative Numbers</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3147295" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To define a number format that adds a different text to a number depending on if the number is positive, negative, or equal to zero, use the following format:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153727" role="example" xml-lang="en-US">"plus" 0;"minus" 0;"null" 0</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149260" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Percentages, Scientific Notation and Fraction Representation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149260">Percentages, Scientific Notation and Fraction Representation</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147218" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Percentages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147218">Percentages</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To display numbers as percentages, add the percent sign (<emph>%</emph>) to the number format.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156005" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Scientific Notation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156005">Scientific Notation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3146923" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Scientific notation lets you write very large numbers or very small fractions in a compact form. For example, in scientific notation, 650000 is written as 6.5 x 10<sup>5</sup>, and 0.000065 as 6.5 x 10<sup>-5</sup>. <comment>Translators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc.</comment>In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>, these numbers are written as 6.5E+5 and 6.5E-5, respectively. To create a number format that displays numbers using scientific notation, enter a # or 0, and then one of the following codes E-, E+, e- or e+. If sign is omitted after E or e, it won't appear for positive value of exponent. To get engineering notation, enter 3 digits (0 or #) in the integer part: <emph>###.##E+00</emph> for instance.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156006" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Fraction Representation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156006">Fraction Representation</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3146924" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To represent a value as a fraction, format consists of two or three parts: integer optional part, numerator and denominator. Integer and numerator are separated by a blank or any quoted text. Numerator and denominator are separated by a slash character. Each part can consist of a combination of #, ? and 0 as placeholders.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146925" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Denominator is calculated to get the nearest value of the fraction with respect to the number of placeholders. For example, PI value is represented as 3 16/113 with format:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146926" role="example" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US"># ?/???</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146927" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Denominator value can also be forced to the value replacing placeholders. For example, to get PI value as a multiple of 1/16th (i.e. 50/16), use format:</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3146929" role="example" localize="false" xml-lang="en-US">?/16</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3159080" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Number Format Codes of Currency Formats</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159080">Number Format Codes of Currency Formats</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147318" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The default currency format for the cells in your spreadsheet is determined by the regional setting of your operating system. If you want, you can apply a custom currency symbol to a cell. For example, enter #,##0.00 € to display 4.50 € (Euros).<comment>Translators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc.</comment></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150032" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also specify the locale setting for the currency by entering the locale code for the country after the symbol. For example, <emph>[$€-407]</emph> represents Euros in Germany. To view the locale code for a country, select the country in the <emph>Language</emph> list on the <emph>Numbers</emph> tab of the <emph>Format Cells</emph> dialog.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp#currencytext"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3157309" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Date and Time Formats</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157309">Date and Time Formats</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153740" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Date Formats</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153740">Date Formats</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3152791" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To display days, months and years, use the following number format codes. </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id610980" role="warning" xml-lang="en-US">Not all format codes give meaningful results for all languages.</paragraph> @@ -716,7 +716,7 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149929" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Entering Dates</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149929">Entering Dates</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3148397" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To enter a date in a cell, use the Gregorian calendar format. For example, in an English locale, enter 1/2/2002 for Jan 2, 2002.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153274" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">All date formats are dependent on the locale that is set in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language settings - Languages</emph>. For example, if your locale is set to 'Japanese', then the Gengou calendar is used. The default date format in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> uses the Gregorian Calendar.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153795" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To specify a calendar format that is independent of the locale, add a modifier in front of the date format. For example, to display a date using the Jewish calendar format in a non-Hebrew locale, enter: [~jewish]DD/MM/YYYY.</paragraph> @@ -894,7 +894,7 @@ </case> </switch> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155870" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Time Formats</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155870">Time Formats</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150108" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To display hours, minutes and seconds use the following number format codes:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154830"> @@ -984,9 +984,9 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3148650" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Minute time formats M and MM must be used in combination with hour or second time formats to avoid confusion with month date format.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3148649" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If a time is entered in the form 02:03.45 or 01:02:03.45 or 25:01:02, the following formats are assigned if no other time format has been specified: MM:SS.00 or [HH]:MM:SS.00 or [HH]:MM:SS<comment>Translators: use the decimal delimiter of your language (period or comma) for all number format codes in Calc.</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3158404" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Displaying Numbers Using Native Characters</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3158404">Displaying Numbers Using Native Characters</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id231020161309289931" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">NatNum modifiers</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id231020161309289931">NatNum modifiers</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149998" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To display numbers using native number characters, use a [NatNum1], [NatNum2], ..., [NatNum11] modifier at the beginning of a number format codes.</paragraph><comment>this will be extended with the libnumbertext work</comment> <paragraph id="par_id3158313" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To spell out numbers in various number, currency and date formats, use a [NatNum12] modifier with the chosen arguments at the beginning of a number format code. See <link href="text/shared/01/05020301.xhp#NatNum12">NatNum12</link> section below.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154600" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The [NatNum1] modifier always uses a one to one character mapping to convert numbers to a string that matches the native number format code of the corresponding locale. The other modifiers produce different results if they are used with different locales. A locale can be the language and the territory for which the format code is defined, or a modifier such as [$-yyy] that follows the native number modifier. In this case, yyy is the hexadecimal MS-LCID that is also used in currency format codes. For example, to display a number using Japanese short Kanji characters in an English US locale, use the following number format code:</paragraph> @@ -1828,7 +1828,7 @@ <section id="ExtendedLCID"> -<paragraph id="hd_id231020161309281519" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Extended LCID</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id231020161309281519">Extended LCID</h3> <paragraph id="par_id23102016124541451" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If compatible, native numbering and calendar are exported to Microsoft Excel using extended LCID. Extended LCID can also be used in string format instead of NatNum modifier.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id23102016130928602" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Extended LCID consists of 8 hexadecimal digits: <emph>[$-NNCCLLLL]</emph>, with 2 first digits NN for native numerals, CC for calendar and LLLL for LCID code. For instance, <emph>[$-0D0741E]</emph> will be converted to <emph>[NatNum1][$-41E][~buddhist]</emph>: Thai numerals (0D) with Buddhist calendar (07) in Thai locale (041E).</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id231020161309295474" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Native Numerals</emph></paragraph> @@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ <section id="NatNum12"> -<paragraph id="hd_id231201610928993199" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">NatNum12 modifier</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id231201610928993199">NatNum12 modifier</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3158314" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To spell out numbers in various number, currency and date formats, use a [NatNum12] modifier with the chosen arguments at the beginning of a number format code.</paragraph> @@ -2571,7 +2571,7 @@ <section id="ErrorCodes"> -<paragraph id="hd_id231201610928993200" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Error Codes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id231201610928993200">Error Codes</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3158315" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If the value is outside the limits for the selected format the following error code is shown:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp index 129a7d117d..d116f87942 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020400.xhp @@ -48,29 +48,29 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#hyperl"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147243" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyperlink</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147243">Hyperlink</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the properties for the hyperlink.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urled" id="bm_id3148685" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">URL</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166410">URL</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153332" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="texturl"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urled">Enter a <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link> for the file that you want to open when you click the hyperlink.</ahelp> If you do not specify a target frame, the file opens in the current document or frame. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urlpb" id="bm_id3150771" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153716" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153716">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/urlpb">Locate the file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/texted" id="bm_id3159166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156152" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reference</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156152">Reference</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155450" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/texted">Enter the text that you want to display for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/eventpb" id="bm_id3148491" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158430" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Events</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3158430">Events</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153257" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/eventpb">Specify an event that triggers when you click the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/nameed" id="bm_id3146847" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153348" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153348">Name</h3> <section id="textname"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156023" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/nameed">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp> $[officename] inserts a NAME tag in the hyperlink:</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US"><A HREF="http://www.example.com/" NAME="Nametext" TARGET="_blank">Note</A></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/targetfrmlb" id="bm_id3146795" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Frame</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155923">Frame</h3> <section id="textframe2"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147559" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="textframe"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/targetfrmlb">Enter the name of the frame that you want the linked file to open in, or select a predefined frame from the list.</ahelp> If you leave this box blank, the linked file opens in the current browser window. </variable></paragraph> @@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ </tablerow> </table> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Character Styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149656">Character Styles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148664" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the formatting options for the hyperlink.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb" id="bm_id3148740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151056" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Visited links</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151056">Visited links</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/visitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for visited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb" id="bm_id3148676" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Unvisited links</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154365">Unvisited links</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154216" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/charurlpage/unvisitedlb">Select a formatting style to use for unvisited links from the list. To add or modify a style in this list, close this dialog, and click the <emph>Styles</emph> icon on the <emph>Formatting</emph> toolbar.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143231" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/02/09070000.xhp">Hyperlink dialog</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp index 1fd1518943..d619314ff8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020500.xhp @@ -53,56 +53,56 @@ <case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/super_subscript.xhp#super_subscript"/> </case> </switch> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147089">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Set the subscript or superscript options for a character.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SuperScript" id="bm_id5816078" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/superscript" id="bm_id3153032" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Superscript</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153311">Superscript</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154750" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hochtext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/superscript">Reduces the font size of the selected text and raises the text above the baseline.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/normal" id="bm_id3154897" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Normal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147275">Normal</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/normal">Removes superscript or subscript formatting.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SubScript" id="bm_id879503" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/subscript" id="bm_id3159157" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150465" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Subscript</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150465">Subscript</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155420" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tieftext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/subscript">Reduces the font size of the selected text and lowers the text below the baseline.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/raiselowersb" id="bm_id3156152" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148992" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Raise/lower by</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148992">Raise/lower by</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/raiselowersb">Enter the amount by which you want to raise or to lower the selected text in relation to the baseline. One hundred percent is equal to the height of the font.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/fontsizesb" id="bm_id3156155" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150670" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative font size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150670">Relative font size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/fontsizesb">Enter the amount by which you want to reduce the font size of the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/automatic" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153349">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153061" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/automatic">Automatically sets the amount by which the selected text is raised or lowered in relation to the baseline.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154905" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rotation/scaling</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154905">Rotation/scaling</h2> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154923" xml-lang="en-US">Set the rotation and the scaling options for the selected text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/0deg" id="bm_id3154347" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154280" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">0 degrees</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154280">0 degrees</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149045" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/0deg">Does not rotate the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/90deg" id="bm_id3151056" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156434" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">90 degrees</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156434">90 degrees</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148739" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/90deg">Rotates the selected text to the left by 90 degrees.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/270deg" id="bm_id3150792" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">270 degrees</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150398">270 degrees</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153778" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/270deg">Rotates the selected text to the right by 90 degrees.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/fittoline" id="bm_id3157320" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147228" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fit to line</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147228">Fit to line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150288" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/fittoline">Stretches or compresses the selected text so that it fits between the line that is above the text and the line that is below the text.</ahelp></paragraph> </case> </switch> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/scalewidthsb" id="bm_id3150447" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155994" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Scale width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155994">Scale width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/positionpage/scalewidthsb">Enter the percentage of the font width by which to horizontally stretch or compress the selected text.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149807">Spacing</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156212" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the spacing between individual characters.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/kerningsb" id="bm_id3150103" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Spacing" id="bm_id3150104" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125865" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Spacing</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3125865">Spacing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146974" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the spacing between the characters of the selected text.</ahelp> Enter the amount by which you want to expand or condense the text in the spin button.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US">To increase the spacing, set a positive value; to reduce it, set a negative value.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/positionpage/pairkerning" id="bm_id3153095" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp index f938058abd..07567497d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020600.xhp @@ -43,18 +43,18 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#asilayout"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152552" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Double-lined</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152552">Double-lined</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US">Set the double-line options for the selected text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/twolines" id="bm_id3154318" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Write in double lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147089">Write in double lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150693" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/twolinespage/twolines">Allows you to write in double lines in the area that you selected in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157959" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Enclosing characters</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157959">Enclosing characters</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the characters to enclose the double-lined area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/startbracket" id="bm_id3147620" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148539" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Initial character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148539">Initial character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150504" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/twolinespage/startbracket">Select the character to define the start of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select <emph>Other Characters</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/twolinespage/endbracket" id="bm_id3159158" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159115" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Final character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159115">Final character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149191" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/twolinespage/endbracket">Select the character to define the end of the double-lined area. If you want to choose a custom character, select <emph>Other Characters</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp index 258abe805a..7bf58feaa7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05020700.xhp @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#asitypo"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line change</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147571">Line change</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for line breaks in Asian language documents.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkForbidList" id="bm_id3155355" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145072" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply list of forbidden characters to the beginning and end of line</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkForbidList" id="bm_id3155355" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145072">Apply list of forbidden characters to the beginning and end of line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153683" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkForbidList">Prevents the characters in the list from starting or ending a line. The characters are relocated to either the previous or the next line.</ahelp> To edit the list of restricted characters, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01150100.xhp"><emph>Asian Layout</emph></link>.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct" id="bm_id3156410" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149751" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow hanging punctuation</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct" id="bm_id3156410" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149751">Allow hanging punctuation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkHangPunct">Prevents commas and periods from breaking the line. Instead, these characters are added to the end of the line, even in the page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkApplySpacing" id="bm_id3149811" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply spacing between Asian and non-Asian text</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/asiantypography/checkApplySpacing" id="bm_id3149811" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_id3147275">Apply spacing between Asian and non-Asian text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148539" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/asiantypography/checkApplySpacing">Inserts a space between ideographic and alphabetic text.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp">Enabling Asian language support</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp index 4a03b7281c..f91675b118 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030300.xhp @@ -42,35 +42,35 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#tabs"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS" id="bm_id3155390" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154897">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153331" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/ED_TABPOS">Select a tab stop type, enter a new measurement, and then click <emph>New</emph>. If you want, you can also specify the measurement units to use for the tab (cm for centimeter, or " for inches). Existing tabs to the left of the first tab that you set are removed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155180">Type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of tab stop that you want to modify.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT" id="bm_id3153321" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonST_LEFTTAB_ASIAN" id="bm_id3153322" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157910" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157910">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146847" xml-lang="en-US">The name of this tab stop is <emph>Left/Top</emph> if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153698" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_LEFT">Aligns the left edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT" id="bm_id3159269" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonST_RIGHTTAB_ASIAN" id="bm_id3159270" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149763">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US">This name of this tab stop is <emph>Right/Bottom</emph> if Asian language support is enabled.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_RIGHT">Aligns the right edge of the text to the tab stop and extends the text to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER" id="bm_id3152474" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153628" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Center</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153628">Center</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154347" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_CENTER">Aligns the center of the text to the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL" id="bm_id3149295" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148552" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Decimal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148552">Decimal</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144422" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_TABTYPE_DECIMAL">Aligns the decimal separator of a number to the center of the tab stop and text to the left of the tab.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154388" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">The character that is used as a decimal separator depends on the regional setting of your operating system. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR" id="bm_id3150791" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153380" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153380">Character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153778" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_TABTYPE_DECCHAR">Enter a character that you want the decimal tab to use as a decimal separator.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159151" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fill Character</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159151">Fill Character</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154153" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the characters to use as leader to the left of the tab stop.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3144760">None</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143231" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_NO">Inserts no fill characters, or removes existing fill characters to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_POINTS" id="bm_id3150742" localize="false"/> <h3 id="hd_id3152933" localize="false">.......</h3> @@ -83,13 +83,13 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_UNDERSCORE">Draws a line to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER" id="bm_id3153057" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/entryED_FILLCHAR_OTHER" id="bm_id3151116" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153770" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153770">Character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150441" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/radiobuttonBTN_FILLCHAR_OTHER">Allows you to specify a character to fill the empty space to the left of the tab stop.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_NEW" id="bm_id3156105" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152596">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163717" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_NEW">Adds the tab stop that you defined to the current paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DELALL" id="bm_id3153573" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153945" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete all</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153945">Delete all</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145660" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paratabspage/buttonBTN_DELALL">Removes all of the tab stops that you defined under <emph>Position</emph>. Sets <emph>Left</emph> tab stops at regular intervals as the default tab stops.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete2"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp index 5537b5469a..13e45e30d7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030700.xhp @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#alignment"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143268" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143268">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Set the alignment options for the current paragraph.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_LEFTALIGN" id="bm_id3155941" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153681">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="linkstext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_LEFTALIGN">Aligns the paragraph to the left page margin.</ahelp> </variable> If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Left/Top.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_left"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_RIGHTALIGN" id="bm_id3150465" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154142" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154142">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156326" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="rechtstext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_RIGHTALIGN">Aligns the paragraph to the right page margin.</ahelp> </variable> If Asian language support is enabled, this option is named Right/Bottom.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_right"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148642" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Centered</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148642">Centered</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153257" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_CENTERALIGN">Centers the contents of the paragraph on the page.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sycenter"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN" id="bm_id3159270" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Justify</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149415">Justify</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152474" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="blocksatztext"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/radioBTN_JUSTIFYALIGN">Aligns the paragraph to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia"/><comment>UFI: asian enabled</comment></case> </switch> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_SNAP" id="bm_id3154123" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150495" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Snap to text grid (if active)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150495">Snap to text grid (if active)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154331" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/paragalignpage/checkCB_SNAP">Aligns the paragraph to a text grid. To activate the text grid, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp"><emph>Format - Page Style - Text Grid</emph></link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/paragalignpage/comboLB_VERTALIGN" id="bm_id3384807" localize="false"/> <h2 id="hd_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US">Text-to-text</h2> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp index c760c7ecdc..2165a441b4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05030800.xhp @@ -47,45 +47,45 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00040500.xhp#crop"/> </section> <section id="pixelcut"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Crop</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148585">Crop</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152372" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to trim or scale the selected graphic, or to add white space around the graphic.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/keepscale" id="bm_id3154751" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep scale</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145669">Keep scale</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/keepscale">Maintains the original scale of the graphic when you crop, so that only the size of the graphic changes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/keepsize" id="bm_id3147577" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep image size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156426">Keep image size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/keepsize">Maintains the original size of the graphic when you crop, so that only the scale of the graphic changes. To reduce the scale of the graphic, select this option and enter negative values in the cropping boxes. To increase the scale of the graphic, enter positive values in the cropping boxes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/left" id="bm_id3155392" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153683" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153683">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145313" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/left">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the left edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the left of the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/right" id="bm_id3154750" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163803" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3163803">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/right">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the right edge of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space to the right of the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the horizontal scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the horizontal scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/top" id="bm_id3153320" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156153" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156153">Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154514" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/top">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the top of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space above the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/bottom" id="bm_id3156156" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149956">Bottom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/bottom">If the <emph>Keep Scale</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to trim the bottom of the graphic, or a negative amount to add white space below the graphic. If the <emph>Keep image size</emph> option is selected, enter a positive amount to increase the vertical scale of the graphic, or a negative amount to decrease the vertical scale of the graphic.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158432" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Scale</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3158432">Scale</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153257" xml-lang="en-US">Changes the scale of the selected graphic.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/widthzoom" id="bm_id3151384" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155504" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155504">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/widthzoom">Enter the width for the selected graphic as a percentage.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/heightzoom" id="bm_id3144422" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145609">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154348" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/heightzoom">Enter the height of the selected graphic as a percentage.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154924" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Image size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154924">Image size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148755" xml-lang="en-US">Changes the size of the selected graphic.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/width" id="bm_id3150359" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3161656" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3161656">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150543" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/width">Enter a width for the selected graphic.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/height" id="bm_id3157320" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150398">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/height">Enter a height for the selected graphic.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/croppage/origsize" id="bm_id3153178" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148676" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Original Size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148676">Original Size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154068" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/croppage/origsize">Returns the selected graphic to its original size.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp index da4e1ad8d9..80e0905968 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05060000.xhp @@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left1ED" id="bm_id3149031" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left2ED" id="bm_id3153209" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left3ED" id="bm_id3156082" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left4ED" id="bm_id3148981" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150793" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Base text</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left4ED" id="bm_id3148981" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150793">Base text</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154155" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Left4ED">Displays the base text that you selected in the current file. If you want, you can modify the base text by entering new text here.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right1ED" id="bm_id3154821" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right2ED" id="bm_id3153180" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right3ED" id="bm_id3149767" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right4ED" id="bm_id3152922" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145154" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ruby text</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right4ED" id="bm_id3152922" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3145154">Ruby text</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145420" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/Right4ED">Enter the text that you want to use as a pronunciation guide for the base text.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/adjustlb" id="bm_id3146874" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148920" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Alignment</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/adjustlb" id="bm_id3146874" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148920">Alignment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/adjustlb">Select the horizontal alignment for the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/positionlb" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148451" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/positionlb" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148451">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153104" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/positionlb">Select where you want to place the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/stylelb" id="bm_id3143231" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Character Style for ruby text</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/stylelb" id="bm_id3143231" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148672">Character Style for ruby text</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148676" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/stylelb">Select a character style for the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/styles" id="bm_id3154123" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Styles</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/styles" id="bm_id3154123" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150449">Styles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149202" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/asianphoneticguidedialog/styles">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles deck of the Sidebar</link> </caseinline><defaultinline>Styles deck of the Sidebar</defaultinline></switchinline> where you can select a character style for the ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp index 4e99907ac1..3f0b28cefa 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05230500.xhp @@ -50,22 +50,22 @@ <image id="img_id3154508" src="cmd/sc_calloutshapes.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id3154508" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> where you can select the shape.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/valueset" id="bm_id31499991" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151330" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Callout Styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151330">Callout Styles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/valueset">Click the <emph>Callout</emph> style that you want to apply to the selected callout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/spacing" id="bm_id3152425" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149798" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149798">Spacing</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/spacing">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the end of the callout line, and the callout box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/position" id="bm_id3147043" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/by" id="bm_id3153394" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/extension" id="bm_id3153527" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151226" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Extension</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151226">Extension</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148620" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/position">Select where you want to extend the callout line from, in relation to the callout box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/length" id="bm_id3146958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Length</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153311">Length</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145313" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/length">Enter the length of the callout line segment that extends from the callout box to the inflection point of the line.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159269" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Length </emph>box is only available if you select the <emph>Angled connector line</emph> callout style, and leave the <emph>Optimal </emph>checkbox cleared.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/calloutpage/optimal" id="bm_id3153332" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Optimal</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149820">Optimal</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147210" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/calloutpage/optimal">Click here to display a single-angled line in an optimal way.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp index 9cc2ef50b7..32c21a1536 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05250000.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#arrange"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Layer for text and graphics</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153894">Layer for text and graphics</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US">Each object that you place in your document is successively stacked on the preceding object. Use the arrange commands to change the stacking order of objects in your document. You cannot change the stacking order of text.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/05250100.xhp#bring_to_front"/> <embed href="text/shared/01/05250200.xhp#bring_forward"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp index 2406c345d0..8a0555efe1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05290000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#format_group"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150943" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working with groups</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150943">Working with groups</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152909" xml-lang="en-US">To edit the individual objects of a group, select the group, right-click, and then choose <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><emph>Enter Group</emph> </caseinline><defaultinline> <emph>Group - Enter Group</emph></defaultinline></switchinline></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp index 8c87806bf8..379cf58b7f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05320000.xhp @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#laufext"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152821" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text animation effects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152821">Text animation effects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US">Select the effect that you want to apply, and then set the properties of the effect.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT" id="bm_id3149205" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158405" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Effects</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT" id="bm_id3149205" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3158405">Effects</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149999" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/LB_EFFECT">Select the animation effect that you want to apply to the text in the selected drawing object. To remove an animation effect, select <emph>No Effect</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT" id="bm_id3152801" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153114" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To the Left</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT" id="bm_id3152801" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153114">To the Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152867" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_LEFT">Scrolls text from right to left.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147291"> <tablerow> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT" id="bm_id3145072" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147010" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To the Right</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT" id="bm_id3145072" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147010">To the Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_RIGHT">Scrolls text from left to right.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3163802"> <tablerow> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP" id="bm_id3146138" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To the Top</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP" id="bm_id3146138" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155323">To the Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145416" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_UP">Scrolls text from bottom to top.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147573"> <tablerow> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN" id="bm_id3150944" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153717" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To the Bottom</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN" id="bm_id3150944" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153717">To the Bottom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/BTN_DOWN">Scrolls text from top to bottom.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155583"> <tablerow> @@ -98,28 +98,28 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152361" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE" id="bm_id3151056" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156434" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Start Inside</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152361">Properties</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE" id="bm_id3151056" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156434">Start Inside</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150866" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_START_INSIDE">Text is visible and inside the drawing object when the effect is applied.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_STOP_INSIDE" id="bm_id3151108" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text visible when exiting<comment>i60202</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154938" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_STOP_INSIDE">Text remains visible after the effect is applied.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155738" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Animation effects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155738">Animation effects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149291" xml-lang="en-US">Set the looping options for the animation effect.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS" id="bm_id3144434" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145744" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Continuous</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS" id="bm_id3144434" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145744">Continuous</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145318" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_ENDLESS">Plays the animation effect continuously. To specify the number of times to play the effect, clear this checkbox, and enter a number in the <emph>Continuous</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT" id="bm_id3154821" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153192" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Continuous box</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT" id="bm_id3154821" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153192">Continuous box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154068" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/NUM_FLD_COUNT">Enter the number of times that you want the animation effect to repeat.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154908" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Increment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154908">Increment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151177" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the increment value for scrolling the text.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL" id="bm_id3152803" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Pixels</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL" id="bm_id3152803" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150870">Pixels</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150447" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_PIXEL">Measures increment value in pixels.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT" id="bm_id3152936" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Increment box</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT" id="bm_id3152936" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149766">Increment box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150495" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_AMOUNT">Enter the number of increments by which to scroll the text.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158409" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delay</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3158409">Delay</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148560" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the amount time to wait before repeating the effect.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO" id="bm_id3147352" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153370" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO" id="bm_id3147352" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153370">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/TSB_AUTO">$[officename] automatically determines the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect. To manually assign the delay period, clear this checkbox, and then enter a value in the<emph> Automatic</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY" id="bm_id3153952" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155131" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic box</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY" id="bm_id3153952" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155131">Automatic box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152791" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textanimtabpage/MTR_FLD_DELAY">Enter the amount of time to wait before repeating the effect.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp index 04d7c80812..c48bf617cd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05320001.xhp @@ -30,9 +30,9 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150014" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05320001.xhp">Text Columns</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textcolumnstabpage/TextColumnsPage">Adds columns to the text in the selected drawing object.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152821" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Number of columns</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152821">Number of columns</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies how many columns to use to lay out the drawing object's text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152822" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152822">Spacing</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144437" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the amount of space between the columns.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp index 77b825e445..5b33d59c6a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05320002.xhp @@ -30,35 +30,35 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150014" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/shared/01/05320002.xhp">Theme</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/themetabpage/ThemePage">Adds colors to the selected master page.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152821" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">General</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152822" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152821">General</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3152822">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies a name for this master page theme.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152823" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color Set</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152824" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152823">Color Set</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3152824">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144437" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies a name for this set of colors.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152825" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Background - Dark 1</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152825">Background - Dark 1</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144438" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the first dark color to be used as dark background, typically black.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152826" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text - Light 1</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152826">Text - Light 1</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144439" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the first light color to be used as light text, typically white.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Background - Dark 2</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152827">Background - Dark 2</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144440" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the second dark color to be used as dark background. This is typically dark, but not exactly black.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152828" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text - Light 2</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152828">Text - Light 2</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144441" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the second light color to be used as light text. This is typically light, but not exactly white.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152829" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Accent 1</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152829">Accent 1</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144442" xml-lang="en-US">First custom color. This is typically dark enough that light text is readable when the custom color is used as a background color.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152830" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Accent 2</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152830">Accent 2</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144443" xml-lang="en-US">Second custom color.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152831" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Accent 3</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152831">Accent 3</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144444" xml-lang="en-US">Third custom color.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152832" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Accent 4</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152832">Accent 4</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144445" xml-lang="en-US">Fourth custom color.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152833" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Accent 5</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152833">Accent 5</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144446" xml-lang="en-US">Fifth custom color.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152834" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Accent 6</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152834">Accent 6</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144447" xml-lang="en-US">Sixth custom color.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152835" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyperlink</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152835">Hyperlink</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144448" xml-lang="en-US">Color used for non-followed hyperlinks.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152836" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Followed Hyperlink</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152836">Followed Hyperlink</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144449" xml-lang="en-US">Color used for followed hyperlinks.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp index 9e3cb966d0..82eae3a0d4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340100.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id8702934" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RowHeight" id="bm_id3150146" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_ROWHEIGHT" id="bm_id3149987" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154400" role="heading" level="1">Row Height</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154400">Row Height</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154044" role="paragraph"><variable id="zeilenhoehetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/RowHeightDialog">Changes the height of the current row, or the selected rows.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150756" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC">You can also change the height of a row by dragging the divider below the row header. To fit the row height to the cell contents, double-click the divider. @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/value" id="bm_id3146946" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/rowheight/value" id="bm_id3083278" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149962" role="heading" level="2">Height</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149962">Height</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144750" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/value">Enter the row height that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/default" id="bm_id3154840" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/rowheightdialog/automatic" id="bm_id3150445" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154926" role="heading" level="2">Default value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154926">Default value</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154894" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/rowheightdialog/default">Adjusts the row height to the size based on the default template. Existing contents may be shown vertically cropped. The height no longer increases automatically when you enter larger contents.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp index 6f6d900004..22bc212dd0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340200.xhp @@ -34,13 +34,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/ColWidthDialog" id="bm_id7108329" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id7108329" localize="false"/> -<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ColumnWidth" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155619" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNWIDTH" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150756" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3158397" xml-lang="en-US">Column width</paragraph> +<bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ColumnWidth" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155619" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_COLUMNWIDTH" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150756" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3158397">Column width</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153272" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="spaltetext"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/ColWidthDialog" visibility="visible">Changes the width of the current column, or the selected columns.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#column_width"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152821" xml-lang="en-US">You can also change the width of a column by dragging the divider beside the column header.<switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="CALC"> To fit the column width to the cell contents, double-click the divider.</caseinline> </switchinline></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/value" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154984" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/colwidthdialog/value" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153346" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US">Width</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/value" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154984" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/colwidthdialog/value" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153346" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149346">Width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/value" visibility="visible">Enter the column width that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/default" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155392" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/automatic" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3157959" localize="false"/><paragraph id="hd_id3148621" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><switchinline select="appl"> <caseinline select="CALC">Default value</caseinline> <defaultinline>Automatic</defaultinline> </switchinline></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colwidthdialog/default" visibility="visible">Automatically adjusts the column width based on the current font.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp index 52d3d9b228..3ecec63e9a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340300.xhp @@ -40,44 +40,44 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#alignment"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxHorzAlign" id="bm_id3152821" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153124">Horizontal</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxHorzAlign">Select the horizontal alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146109">Default</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166445" xml-lang="en-US">Aligns numbers to the right, and text to the left.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3147010" xml-lang="en-US">If the <emph>Default</emph> option is selected, numbers will be aligned to the right and text will be left-justified.</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment><comment>UFI: reason: Help IDs .uno:AlignLeft, AlignRight, AlignBlock, AlignHorizontalCenter are the same for Objects in Draw/Impress and for text alignment in Calc. Unfortunately both sets of files are located in shared folder... Must create a special file in scalc or add those as hidden texts to a file in scalc.</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153577" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153577">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150506" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="linkstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignLeft">Aligns the contents of the cell to the left.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_left"/><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156347">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="rechtstext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignRight">Aligns the contents of the cell to the right.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syalign_right"/><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Center</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153541">Center</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154380" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="zentrierttext"><ahelp hid=".">Horizontally centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#sycenter"/><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159166" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Justified</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159166">Justified</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="blocktext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignBlock">Aligns the contents of the cell to the left and to the right cell borders.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040502.xhp#syblocksatz"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1079C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Filled</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1079C">Filled</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107A0" xml-lang="en-US">Repeats the cell contents (number and text) until the visible area of the cell is filled. This feature does not work on text that contains line breaks.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1079D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Distributed</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1079D">Distributed</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107A1" xml-lang="en-US">Aligns contents evenly across the whole cell. Unlike <emph>Justified</emph>, it justifies the very last line of text, too.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/spinIndentFrom" id="bm_id3156156" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158432" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Indent</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3158432">Indent</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153716" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/spinIndentFrom">Indents from the left edge of the cell by the amount that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign" id="bm_id3153332" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149903" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149903">Vertical</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148924" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Select the vertical alignment option that you want to apply to the cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146848" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146848">Default</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150822" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/comboboxVertAlign">Aligns the cell contents to the bottom of the cell.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147531">Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145085" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="obentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignTop">Aligns the contents of the cell to the upper edge of the cell.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> @@ -87,21 +87,21 @@ <default><embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syalign_top"/> </default> </switch><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156343" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156343">Bottom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152813" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="untentext"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the contents of the cell to the lower edge of the cell.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syalign_bottom"/><comment>UFI: removed two help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151106" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Middle</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151106">Middle</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="mittetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Vertically centers the contents of the cell.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#objektleiste"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#syalign_center_vertically"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151107" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Justified</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151107">Justified</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US">Aligns the contents of the cell to the top and to the bottom cell borders.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151108" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Distributed</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151108">Distributed</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151212" xml-lang="en-US">Same as <emph>Justified</emph>, unless the text orientation is vertical. Then it behaves similarly, than horizontal <emph>Distributed</emph> setting, i.e. the very last line is justified, too.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154154" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text orientation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154154">Text orientation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151380" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:AlignVCenter">Sets the text orientation of the cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph> <switch select="appl"> <case select="CALC"><embed href="text/scalc/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> @@ -110,10 +110,10 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/dialcontrol" id="bm_id3151044" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147085" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/dialcontrol">Click in the dial to set the text orientation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/spinDegrees" id="bm_id3155742" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Degrees</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150449">Degrees</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/spinDegrees">Enter the rotation angle from 0 to 360 for the text in the selected cell(s).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/references" id="bm_id3125865" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150497" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reference edge</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150497">Reference edge</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154069" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/references">Specify the cell edge from which to write the rotated text.</ahelp></paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -130,24 +130,24 @@ </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkVertStack" id="bm_id080420080320333" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN109F4" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Vertically stacked</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN109F4">Vertically stacked</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN109F8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns text vertically.</ahelp><comment>UFI: see spec "Shrink to fit"</comment></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000007.xhp#asia_note"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkAsianMode" id="bm_id3147441" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Asian layout mode</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152576">Asian layout mode</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150010" xml-lang="en-US">This checkbox is only available if Asian language support is enabled and the text direction is set to vertical. <ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkAsianMode">Aligns Asian characters one below the other in the selected cell(s). If the cell contains more than one line of text, the lines are converted to text columns that are arranged from right to left. Western characters in the converted text are rotated 90 degrees to the right. Asian characters are not rotated.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150032" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150032">Properties</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146120" xml-lang="en-US">Determine the text flow in a cell.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkWrapTextAuto" id="bm_id3148577" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145590" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Wrap text automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145590">Wrap text automatically</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkWrapTextAuto">Wraps text onto another line at the cell border. The number of lines depends on the width of the cell.</ahelp> To enter a manual line break, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter in the cell.<comment>conditional switches inside AVIS do not work</comment></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkHyphActive" id="bm_id3155415" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147380" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyphenation active</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147380">Hyphenation active</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148458" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/cellalignment/checkHyphActive">Enables word hyphenation for text wrapping to the next line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/cellalignment/checkShrinkFitCellSize" id="bm_id080420080321345" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10AD3" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shrink to fit cell size</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10AD3">Shrink to fit cell size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10AD7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Reduces the apparent size of the font so that the contents of the cell fit into the current cell width. You cannot apply this command to a cell that contains line breaks.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp index e30751e936..4d142102a0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/05340402.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ - <bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143272" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3153514" xml-lang="en-US">Table format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143272" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3153514">Table format</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154350" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="tabformtext"><ahelp hid="HID_BROWSER_TABLEFORMAT" visibility="visible">Formats the selected row(s).</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040503.xhp#tabform"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp index 352c99108e..d920202154 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06010101.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3145138" xml-lang="en-US">Writing aids</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3145138">Writing aids</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148882" xml-lang="en-US">Select the user-defined dictionaries and set the rules for the spellchecking.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#zoptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp index 2092271b6f..3b3b0ba0db 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06010500.xhp @@ -35,13 +35,13 @@ <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"><comment>Writer menu commands, i80434</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetLanguageSelectionMenu" id="bm_id3691824" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5787224" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">For Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id5787224">For Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1507309" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the selected text. <br/>Choose None to exclude the selected text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetLanguageParagraphMenu" id="bm_id5369426" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7693411" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">For Paragraph</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id7693411">For Paragraph</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3928952" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for the current paragraph. <br/>Choose None to exclude the current paragraph from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetLanguageAllTextMenu" id="bm_id1342204" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5206762" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">For all Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id5206762">For all Text</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5735953" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a submenu. Choose a language for all text. <br/>Choose None to exclude all text from spellchecking and hyphenation.<br/>Choose More to open a dialog with more options.</ahelp></paragraph> </case> </switch> @@ -52,20 +52,20 @@ <case select="WRITER"><embed href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp#hyphenation"/> </case> <case select="CALC"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105AF">Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/05340300.xhp">Format - Cells - Alignment</link> tab page.</paragraph> </case> <case select="DRAW"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D0" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D0">Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D4" xml-lang="en-US">Turns hyphenation on and off.</paragraph> </case> <case select="IMPRESS"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105E7">Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EB" xml-lang="en-US">Turns hyphenation on and off.</paragraph> </case> </switch> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MoreDictionaries" id="bm_id0805200811520622" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id0805200811534540" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">More Dictionaries Online</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0805200811534540">More Dictionaries Online</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0805200811534630" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the default browser on the dictionaries extension page.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp index be6f78a9e8..12abf54101 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06010600.xhp @@ -44,21 +44,21 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#chinese"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Conversion Direction</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10572">Conversion Direction</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US">Select the conversion direction.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chineseconversiondialog/tosimplified" id="bm_id2549517" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10579">Traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts traditional Chinese text characters to simplified Chinese text characters. Click <emph>OK</emph> to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chineseconversiondialog/totraditional" id="bm_id2549518" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10580" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10580">Simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts simplified Chinese text characters to traditional Chinese text characters. Click <emph>OK</emph> to convert the selected text. If no text is selected, the whole document is converted.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Common Terms</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058E">Common Terms</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10592" xml-lang="en-US">Common terms are words that have the same meaning in traditional and simplified Chinese but are written with different characters.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chineseconversiondialog/commonterms" id="bm_id2549519" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10595" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Translate common terms</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10595">Translate common terms</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10599" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts words with two or more characters that are in the list of common terms. After the list is scanned, the remaining text is converted character by character.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chineseconversiondialog/editterms" id="bm_id2549520" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit terms</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059C">Edit terms</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06010601.xhp">Edit Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit the list of conversion terms.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp index 5c55cce978..cdd5dab11b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06010601.xhp @@ -35,38 +35,38 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/ChineseDictionaryDialog" id="bm_id3154898" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Dictionary</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053D">Edit Dictionary</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10541" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Edit the <link href="text/shared/01/06010600.xhp">Chinese conversion</link> terms.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#chineseedit"/> </section> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US">You can use this dialog to edit, to add, or to delete entries from the conversion dictionary. The file path name for the conversion dictionary is user/wordbook/commonterms.ctd. You cannot delete the default entries in this file.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/tradtosimple" id="bm_id3154899" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Traditional Chinese to Simplified Chinese</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10569">Traditional Chinese to Simplified Chinese</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts traditional Chinese to simplified Chinese.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/simpletotrad" id="bm_id3154900" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Simplified Chinese to Traditional Chinese</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10570">Simplified Chinese to Traditional Chinese</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts simplified Chinese to traditional Chinese.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/reverse" id="bm_id3154901" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reverse Mapping</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10577">Reverse Mapping</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically adds the reverse mapping direction to the list for each modification that you enter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/term" id="bm_id3154902" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Term</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057E">Term</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text that you want to replace with the Mapping term.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/mapping" id="bm_id3154903" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mapping</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10585">Mapping</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text that you want to replace the Term with.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/property" id="bm_id3154904" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Property</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058C">Property</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the class of the selected term.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/add" id="bm_id3154905" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10593" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10593">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10597" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the term to the conversion dictionary. If the term is already in the dictionary, the new term receives precedence.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/modify" id="bm_id3154906" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Modify</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059A">Modify</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the modified entry to the database file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/chinesedictionary/delete" id="bm_id3154907" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105A1">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected user-defined entry from the dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp index 4136f84b4b..1579f832c1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark_value>AutoComplete, see also AutoCorrect/AutoInput</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoCorrectDlg" id="bm_id1521736" localize="false"/> - <paragraph id="hd_id3153391" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3153391">AutoCorrect</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3150838" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autoko"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoCorrectDlg">Sets the options for automatically replacing text as you type.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokorr"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp index 22a7e61273..8fc0fbe5ea 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040400.xhp @@ -47,36 +47,36 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31537173" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select to apply the replacements while you type [T], or when you modify existing text [M].</ahelp></paragraph> <comment>new feature, cws cbosdo01. https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Non_Breaking_Spaces_Before_Punctuation_In_French_(espaces_ins%C3%A9cables)</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159300" role="heading" level="2">Add non-breaking space before specific punctuation marks in French text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159300">Add non-breaking space before specific punctuation marks in French text</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153173" role="paragraph">Inserts a non breaking space before ";", "!", "?", ":" and "%" when the character language is set to French (France, Belgium, Luxembourg, Monaco, or Switzerland) and before ":" only when the character language is set to French (Canada).</paragraph> <comment>moved two paras from 06040100.xhp, cws cbosdo01</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159400" role="heading" level="2">Format ordinal number suffixes (1st ... 1<sup>st</sup>)</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154173" role="paragraph">Formats the text characters of ordinals, such as 1st, 2nd, or 3rd, as superscripts. For example, in English text, 1st will be converted to 1<sup>st</sup>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idNoteNotAllLang" role="note">Note that this only applies to languages that have the convention of formatting ordinal numbers as superscript.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159500" role="heading" level="2">Transliterate to Old Hungarian if the text direction is from right to left</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159500">Transliterate to Old Hungarian if the text direction is from right to left</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155173" role="paragraph">Words and numbers are transliterated to Old Hungarian script, if the text direction is from right to left using complex text layout.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ctl.xhp#ctl"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159600" role="heading" level="2">Replace << and >> with angle quotes<comment>Hungarian translators: use the order >> and <<, according to the orthography of quotations.</comment></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155273" role="paragraph">Automatically replaces double less-than and greater-than signs with double angle quotes « and » in several languages, and with single angle quotes ‹ and › in Swiss French.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154682" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Single Quotes / Double Quotes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154682">Single Quotes / Double Quotes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152363" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the replacement characters to use for single or double quotation marks.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/singlereplace" id="bm_id5906552" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/doublereplace" id="bm_id4584795" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156553" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156553">Replace</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155616" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically replaces the default system symbol for the given type of quotation marks with the special character that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/startsingle" id="bm_id6259651" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/startdouble" id="bm_id7007354" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Start quote</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153750">Start quote</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character</link> that will automatically replace the current opening quotation mark in your document when you choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/endsingle" id="bm_id6449476" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/enddouble" id="bm_id6838282" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">End quote</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159233">End quote</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character</link> that will automatically replace the current closing quotation mark in your document when you choose <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - Apply</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/defaultsingle" id="bm_id4603106" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/applylocalizedpage/defaultdouble" id="bm_id3145542" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Default</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147089">Default</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Resets the quotation marks to the default symbols.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp index e374c8effd..c2c6d86edb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040500.xhp @@ -31,10 +31,10 @@ <bookmark_value>spellcheck; context menus</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>spelling; context menus</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152823" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect context menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3152823">AutoCorrect context menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146936" xml-lang="en-US">To access this menu, right-click a misspelled word in your document. To view the misspelled words in your document, choose <emph>Tools - Automatic Spell Checking</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_REPLACE" id="bm_id3151097" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153899" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><Replacement Suggestions></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153899"><Replacement Suggestions></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147000" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_REPLACE">Click the word to replace the highlighted word. Use the AutoCorrect submenu for permanent replacement.</ahelp><comment>UFI: see i60431</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/editeng/ui/spellmenu/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/editeng/ui/spellmenu/check" id="bm_id3155934" localize="false"/> @@ -46,23 +46,23 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/editeng/ui/spellmenu/add" id="bm_id3154423" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/spellmenu/add" id="bm_id3153551" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/spellmenu/addmenu" id="bm_id3153552" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149283" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149283">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158405" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/spellmenu/add">Adds the highlighted word to a user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/editeng/ui/spellmenu/ignore" id="bm_id3147571" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/spellmenu/ignoreall" id="bm_id3150144" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ignore all</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152924">Ignore all</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151226" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/spellmenu/ignoreall">Ignores all instances of the highlighted word in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/editeng/ui/spellmenu/autocorrect" id="bm_id3145345" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/editeng/ui/spellmenu/autocorrectdlg" id="bm_id3145346" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/spellmenu/correctmenu" id="bm_id3145313" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR" id="bm_id3145313" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoCorrect</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157958">AutoCorrect</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_AUTOCORR">To always replace the highlighted word, click a word in the list. The word pair is stored in the replacement table under Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Replace.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE" id="bm_id3149398" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146797" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Word is <name of language></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146797">Word is <name of language></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_WORD_LANGUAGE">Changes the language settings for the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE" id="bm_id3150503" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166411" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Paragraph is <name of language></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3166411">Paragraph is <name of language></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148925" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LINGU_PARA_LANGUAGE">Changes the language setting for the paragraph that contains the highlighted word, if the word is found in another dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp index 1829641a2d..35ff5cdd26 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040600.xhp @@ -41,36 +41,36 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/WordCompletionPage" id="bm_id4897916" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id4897916" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/enablewordcomplete" id="bm_id4897915" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154514" role="heading" level="2">Enable word completion</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154514">Enable word completion</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156153" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/enablewordcomplete">Stores frequently used words, and automatically completes a word after you type three letters that match the first three letters of a stored word.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/appendspace" id="bm_id6168401" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150978" role="heading" level="2">Append space</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150978">Append space</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153700" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/appendspace">If you do not add punctuation after the word, $[officename] adds a space.</ahelp> The space is added as soon as you begin typing the next word.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/showastip" id="bm_id668355" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150771" role="heading" level="2">Show as tip</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150771">Show as tip</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149819" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/showastip">Displays the completed word as a Help Tip.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/collectwords" id="bm_id2998138" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154046" role="heading" level="2">Collect words</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154046">Collect words</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155449" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/collectwords">Adds the frequently used words to a list. To remove a word from the Word Completion list, select the word, and then click<emph> Delete Entry</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/whenclosing" id="bm_id29981338" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156193" role="heading" level="2">When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156193">When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/whenclosing">When enabled, the list gets cleared when closing the current document. When disabled, makes the current Word Completion list available to other documents after you close the current document. The list remains available until you exit %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/acceptwith" id="bm_id3945738" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149580" role="heading" level="2">Accept with</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149580">Accept with</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153061" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/acceptwith">Select the key that you want to use to accept the automatic word completion.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F8" role="tip">Press Esc to decline the word completion.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/minwordlen" id="bm_id7839594" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151245" role="heading" level="2">Min. word length</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151245">Min. word length</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145609" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/minwordlen">Enter the minimum word length for a word to become eligible for the word completion feature.</ahelp><comment>UFI: changed due to BH phone call.</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/maxentries" id="bm_id3337199" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154758" role="heading" level="2">Max. entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154758">Max. entries</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159414" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/maxentries">Enter the maximum number of words that you want to store in the Word Completion list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/entries" id="bm_id6878566" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147265" role="heading" level="2">Word Completion list</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147265">Word Completion list</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152773" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/entries">Lists the collected words. The list is valid until you close the current document. To make the list available to other documents in the current session, disable "When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list".</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156423" role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/delete" id="bm_id6572161" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144434" role="heading" level="2">Delete Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144434">Delete Entry</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153351" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/wordcompletionpage/delete">Removes the selected word or words from the Word Completion list.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#AutocorrectButtons"/> <switch select="appl"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp index 67d6bc1263..6e46568d9d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06040700.xhp @@ -33,18 +33,18 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/SmartTagOptionsPage" id="bm_id8832055" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id8832055" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9057588"><bookmark_value>smart tag configuration</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW moved 2 index entries to the Writer guide smarttags.xhp and added a new one</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3563951" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Smart Tags</paragraph> +</bookmark><comment>MW moved 2 index entries to the Writer guide smarttags.xhp and added a new one</comment><h1 id="hd_id3563951">Smart Tags</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id1827448" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you have installed at least one Smart Tag extension, you see the Smart Tags page.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokosmarttags"/> </section> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/main" id="bm_id8832056" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id686666" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Label text with smart tags</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/main" id="bm_id8832056" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id686666">Label text with smart tags</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3259376" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enables Smart Tags to be evaluated and shown in your text document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id4024170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Currently installed smart tags</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id4024170">Currently installed smart tags</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id2847071" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all installed Smart Tags. To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/properties" id="bm_id9547410" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8424329" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smarttagoptionspage/properties" id="bm_id9547410" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id8424329">Properties</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3912167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">To configure a Smart Tag, select the name of the Smart Tag, then click Properties. Not all Smart Tags can be configured.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp index 3709e4bcf7..e533ab34a6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130010.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#recordmacro"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StopRecording" id="bm_id1545801" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Stop Recording</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154788">Stop Recording</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146067" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:StopRecording">Stops recording a macro.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp#macro_recording"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp index 5c15872464..7504283f3d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130100.xhp @@ -34,21 +34,21 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog" id="bm_id3083278" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153514" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Change Password</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153514">Change Password</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154545" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/PasswordDialog">Protects the selected library with a password.</ahelp> You can enter a new password, or change the current password.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#passwort"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145759" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Old password</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145759">Old password</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry" id="bm_id3152895" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150603" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150603">Password</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/oldpassEntry">Enter the current password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145160" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New password</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145160">New password</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry" id="bm_id3144436" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149525" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Password</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149525">Password</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/newpassEntry">Enter a new password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry" id="bm_id3156302" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166445" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Confirm</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166445">Confirm</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153114" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/passwd/confirmpassEntry">Reenter the new password for the selected library.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp index 9a967463da..a84e69de31 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06130500.xhp @@ -32,18 +32,18 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158442" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Append libraries</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3158442">Append libraries</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155271" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Basic library that you want to add to the current list, and then click Open.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ImportLibDialog" id="bm_id3152937" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3152937" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">File name:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152952">File name:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152876" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ImportLibDialog">Enter a name or the path to the library that you want to append. You can also select a library from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147294" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147294">Options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref" id="bm_id3147090" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143272" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert as reference (read-only)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3143272">Insert as reference (read-only)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/ref">Adds the selected library as a read-only file. The library is reloaded each time you start <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/replace" id="bm_id3152895" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace existing libraries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154788">Replace existing libraries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154894" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/BasicIDE/ui/importlibdialog/replace">Replaces a library that has the same name with the current library.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp index 26e07b5abb..071f9887c3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConfigureDialog" id="bm_id5584892" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LoadToolBox" id="bm_id2672962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146946" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Customize</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3146946">Customize</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155069" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="anpassen"><ahelp hid=".uno:LoadToolBox">Customizes $[officename] menus, context menus, shortcut keys, toolbars, and macro assignments to events.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp index f57d6b0018..c6521ac129 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140300.xhp @@ -29,22 +29,22 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id621514299131013" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Customize - Context Menus</menuitem> tab.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id611514302475667" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Search</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id611514302475667">Search</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id771514302498290" xml-lang="en-US">Enter a string in the text box to narrow the search of commands.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id441514302482125" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Category</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id441514302482125">Category</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id811514302506979" xml-lang="en-US">Select the menu command category in the drop-down list to restrict the search of commands or scroll the list below. Macros and styles commands are in the bottom of the list.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp#available_commands"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id221514304363862" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Description</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id221514304363862">Description</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id841514304376338" xml-lang="en-US">The text box contains a short description of the selected command.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id541514303919911" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Scope</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id541514303919911">Scope</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="hd_id231514303933476" xml-lang="en-US">Select the location where the context menu is to be attached. If attached to a %PRODUCTNAME module, the context menu is available for all files opened in that module. If attached to the file, the context menu will be available only when that file is opened and active.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id581514303962835" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Target</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id581514303962835">Target</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id921514303969718" xml-lang="en-US">Select the Context Menu where the customization is to be applied.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp#assigned_commands"/> <embed href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp#right_arrow"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id161514303992615" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Left Arrow button</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id161514303992615">Left Arrow button</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id361514304000470" xml-lang="en-US">Click on the left arrow button to remove the selected command from the current context menu.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id761514304005994" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Up and Down arrow buttons</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id761514304005994">Up and Down arrow buttons</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761514304011466" xml-lang="en-US">Click on the Up or Down arrows on the right to move the selected command upward or downward in the list of displayed context menus commands.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id301514305066046" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag and drop the selected command to move it to the position you want.</paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id381604852428742">Customize</h2> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp index 5337733de0..fa8f9c64a5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140402.xhp @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/IconSelector" id="bm_id1383710" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id1383710" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Change Icon</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10547" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Icons</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10543">Change Icon</h1> +<h2 id="par_idN10547">Icons</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1054B" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the available icons in %PRODUCTNAME. To replace the icon that you selected in the <link href="text/shared/01/06140400.xhp">Customize</link> dialog, click an icon, then click the <emph>OK</emph> button.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/importButton" id="bm_id1383709" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Import</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055C">Import</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds new icons to the list of icons. You see a file open dialog that imports the selected icon or icons into the internal icon directory of %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10575" xml-lang="en-US">You can only import icons that are in the PNG file format and that are 16 × 16 or 24 × 24 pixels in size.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/iconselectordialog/deleteButton" id="bm_id1383799" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp index 40aafa3906..e5a94ba07e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06140500.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_id317748820" xml-lang="en-US">The dialog box has reduced functionality when called from the Edit-Sheet menu of a spreadsheet.</paragraph> </case> </switch> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/savein" id="bm_id1163975" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1060A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save In</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/savein" id="bm_id1163975" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN1060A">Save In</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/savein">Select first where to save the event binding, in the current document or in %PRODUCTNAME.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US">A macro that is saved with a document can only be run when that document is opened.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/events" id="bm_id1800286" localize="false"/> @@ -55,14 +55,14 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The big list box lists the events and the assigned macros. After you selected the location in the <emph>Save In</emph> list box, select an event in the big list box. Then click <emph>Assign Macro</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/macroassignpage/assign" id="bm_id755672891" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/macro" id="bm_id752891" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159258" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign Macro</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159258">Assign Macro</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156152" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06130020.xhp">Macro Selector</link> to assign a macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id751568966764822" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign Component...</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id751568966764822">Assign Component...</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id111568966885228" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <literal>Assign Component</literal> dialog to set a <link href="text/sbasic/python/python_handler.xhp">custom UNO command</link> for the selected event.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id291568910019716" xml-lang="en-US">Component assignment is proposed for controls in the Dialog Editor.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventsconfigpage/delete" id="bm_id9109164.00000001" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/macroassignpage/delete" id="bm_id9109164341" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove Macro</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154046">Remove Macro</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the macro or component assignment for the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159147" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">List of events</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp index 082677f7e9..395f40f72e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150000.xhp @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ </table> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN106E7" xml-lang="en-US">The XHTML export filter produces valid "XHTML 1.0 Strict" output for Writer, Calc, Draw, and Impress documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/filterlist" id="bm_id3166460" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter list</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145382">Filter list</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/filterlist">Select one or more filters, then click one of the buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153032" xml-lang="en-US">The lists shows the name and the type of the installed filters.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -99,28 +99,28 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new" id="bm_id3148924" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xsltfilterdialog/XSLTFilterDialog" id="bm_id3149965" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xsltfilterdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3149965" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159400" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159400">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149516" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/new">Opens a dialog with the name of a new filter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit" id="bm_id3154810" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143270">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/edit">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test" id="bm_id3149415" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154380" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Test XSLTs</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154380">Test XSLTs</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/test">Opens a dialog with the name of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete" id="bm_id3150669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157909">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/delete">Deletes the selected file after you confirm the dialog that follows.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save" id="bm_id3149245" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save as Package</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151384">Save as Package</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149575" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/save">Displays a <emph>Save as </emph>dialog to save the selected file as an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open" id="bm_id3152361" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154758" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Open Package</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154758">Open Package</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/open">Displays an <emph>Open </emph>dialog to open a filter from an XSLT filter package (*.jar).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help" id="bm_id3154388" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153960" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Help</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153960">Help</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150865" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/help">Displays the help page for this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152772">Close</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159086" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltersettings/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter.xhp#xsltfilter"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp index 4c04705128..0d970b9d26 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150110.xhp @@ -39,19 +39,19 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilteredit"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername" id="bm_id3154788" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151097">Filter name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150838" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Enter the name that you want to display in the list box of the <emph>XML Filter Settings</emph> dialog.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/application" id="bm_id3144436" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149119" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Application</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149119">Application</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149793" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/filtername">Select the application that you want to use with the filter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename" id="bm_id3152594" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149999" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name of file type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149999">Name of file type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/interfacename">Enter the name that you want to display in the <emph>File type</emph> box in file dialogs.</ahelp> You must enter a unique name. For import filters, the name appears in the <emph>File type</emph> box of <emph>Open</emph> dialogs. For export filters, the name appears in the <emph>File format</emph> box of <emph>Export</emph> dialogs.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/extension" id="bm_id3147557" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">File extension</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147834">File extension</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/extension">Enter the file extension to use when you open a file without specifying a filter. $[officename] uses the file extension to determine which filter to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/description" id="bm_id3152551" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Comments</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157863">Comments</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagegeneral/description">Enter a comment (optional).</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp index 0d022ae2a7..be9788a7e6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150120.xhp @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilteredit"/> </section> - <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id31487311" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3148668" xml-lang="en-US">DocType</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id31487311" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148668">DocType</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155934" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/doc" visibility="visible">Enter the DOCTYPE of the XML file.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US">The public identifier is used to detect the filter when you open a file without specifying a filter.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browseexport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153749" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browseimport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3157863" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/browsetemp" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150774" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155338">Browse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150506" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156426" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US">XSLT for export</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156426" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3153527">XSLT for export</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltexport" visibility="visible">If this is an export filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for exporting.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149149" xml-lang="en-US">XSLT for import</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149149">XSLT for import</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/xsltimport" visibility="visible">If this is an import filter, enter the file name of the XSLT stylesheet that you want to use for importing.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155831" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">Template for import</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155831" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147242">Template for import</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153320" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="filter/ui/xmlfiltertabpagetransformation/tempimport" visibility="visible">Enter the name of the template that you want to use for importing. In the template, styles are defined to display XML tags.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3156330">The path to the directory that contains the template must be included in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Paths</emph>. When you open an XML file whose filter uses the template, the template opens first. In the template, you can map $[officename] styles to display XML tags in the XML document.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp index 91f6cca7a5..ce3ce0c157 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150200.xhp @@ -39,36 +39,36 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilter"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146765" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Export</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146765">Export</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/exportxsltfile" id="bm_id4476454" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153070" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">XSLT for export</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153070">XSLT for export</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147617" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/currentfilename" id="bm_id447645" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147090" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Transform document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147090">Transform document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153029" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the file name of the document that you want to use to test the XSLT filter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/exportbrowse" id="bm_id3152363" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145160" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Browse</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3145160">Browse</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the file that you want to apply the XML export filter to. The XML code of the transformed file is opened in your default XML editor after transformation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/currentdocument" id="bm_id3147226" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159194" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Current Document</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3159194">Current Document</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147250" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The front-most open file that matches the XML filter criteria will be used to test the filter. The current XML export filter transforms the file and the resulting XML code is displayed in the <link href="text/shared/01/06150210.xhp">XML Filter output</link> window.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Import</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154823">Import</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/importxsltfile" id="bm_id8536027" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">XSLT for import</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159233">XSLT for import</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the file name of the XSLT filter that you entered on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/importxslttemplate" id="bm_id2557145" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Template for import</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149177">Template for import</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the file name of the template that you entered on the <emph>Transformation</emph> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Transform file</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3163802">Transform file</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/displaysource" id="bm_id3149812" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Display source</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3147242">Display source</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150444" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the XML source of the selected document in your default XML editor after importing.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/importbrowse" id="bm_id3154577" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147078" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Browse</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3147078">Browse</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149885" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a file selection dialog. The selected file is opened using the current XML import filter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/recentfile" id="bm_id3150465" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/filter/ui/testxmlfilter/recentfilename" id="bm_id264595" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153666" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Recent File</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3153666">Recent File</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Re-opens the document that was last opened with this dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp index cb77f0edb0..42f0920ef3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06150210.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#xmlfilter"/> </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3148731">The test results of an import or export XSLT stylesheet are displayed in the <emph>XML Filter output </emph>window. If you want, you can also validate the filter output.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150040" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147143" xml-lang="en-US">Validate</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/FILTER_HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150040" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147143">Validate</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="HID_XML_SOURCE_FILE_VALIDATE">Validates the contents of the <emph>XML Filter output</emph> window.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149999" xml-lang="en-US">The window splits into two areas and the results of the validation are displayed in the lower area.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp index 8b1fefea61..eb8343435e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06200000.xhp @@ -44,28 +44,28 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#hangul"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/originalword" id="bm_id3153089" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150603" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Original</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150603">Original</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148520" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the current selection.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/wordinput" id="bm_id3166445" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154230" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Word</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154230">Word</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149205" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the first replacement suggestion from the dictionary.</ahelp> You can edit the suggested word or enter another word. Click the <emph>Find</emph> button to replace your original word with the corresponding replacement word.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/find" id="bm_id3156136" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154673">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Finds your Hangul input in the dictionary and replaces it with the corresponding Hanja.</ahelp> Click <emph>Ignore</emph> to cancel the find function.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_GRID" id="bm_id8213751" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/CUI_HID_HANGULDLG_SUGGESTIONS_LIST" id="bm_id6193731" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Suggestions</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147291">Suggestions</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all available replacements in the dictionary.</ahelp> If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is enabled, you see a grid of characters. If the <emph>Replace by character</emph> box is not checked, you see a list of words.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157958">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155941" xml-lang="en-US">Click the format to display the replacements.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/simpleconversion" id="bm_id3154317" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153749" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hangul/Hanja</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153749">Hangul/Hanja</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150775" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The original characters are replaced by the suggested characters.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangulbracket" id="bm_id3153031" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hanja (Hangul)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152780">Hanja (Hangul)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The Hangul part will be displayed in brackets after the Hanja part.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanjabracket" id="bm_id3145227" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hangul (Hanja)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150443">Hangul (Hanja)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The Hanja part will be displayed in brackets after the Hangul part.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangul_above" id="bm_id3158432" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150119" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hanja as ruby text above<comment>To translators: this describes the visible graphical control - it is not part of the sources</comment></paragraph> @@ -79,31 +79,31 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanja_below" id="bm_id3153348" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155831" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hangul as ruby text below<comment>To translators: this describes the visible graphical control - it is not part of the sources</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The Hangul part will be displayed as ruby text below the Hanja part.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148826" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Conversion</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148826">Conversion</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US">Normally in a mixed text selection made of Hangul and Hanja characters, all Hangul characters will be converted to Hanja and all Hanja characters will be converted to Hangul. If you want to convert a mixed text selection only in one direction, use the following conversion options.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hangulonly" id="bm_id3154381" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153585" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hangul only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153585">Hangul only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154142" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Check to convert only Hangul. Do not convert Hanja.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/hanjaonly" id="bm_id3147530" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150823" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hanja only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150823">Hanja only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156023" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Check to convert only Hanja. Do not convert Hangul.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/ignore" id="bm_id3149670" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ignore</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152360">Ignore</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">No changes will be made to the current selection. The next word or character will be selected for conversion.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/ignoreall" id="bm_id3147282" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148550" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always Ignore</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148550">Always Ignore</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154937" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">No changes will be made to the current selection, and every time the same selection is detected it will be skipped automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of ignored text is valid for the current $[officename] session.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/replace" id="bm_id3153779" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151056" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Replace</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151056">Replace</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148403" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/replaceall" id="bm_id3159084" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always Replace</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153360">Always Replace</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Replaces the selection with the suggested characters or word according to the format options. Every time the same selection is detected it will be replaced automatically.</ahelp> The next word or character will be selected for conversion. The list of replacement text is valid for the current $[officename] session.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/replacebychar" id="bm_id3145420" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149290" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace by character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149290">Replace by character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145154" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Check to move character-by-character through the selected text. If not checked, full words are replaced.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaconversiondialog/options" id="bm_id2443311" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10969" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10969">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1096D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06201000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Options</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp index 61d1d77890..c176898d20 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06201000.xhp @@ -33,33 +33,33 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog" id="bm_id681537198084236" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id681537198084236" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id62329346" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Hangul/Hanja Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">Hangul/Hanja Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">Define options for the <link href="text/shared/01/06200000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja conversion</link>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/dicts" id="bm_id3277077" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">User-defined dictionaries</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055F">User-defined dictionaries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/HangulHanjaAddDialog">Lists all user-defined dictionaries. Select the check box next to the dictionary that you want to use. Clear the check box next to the dictionary that you do not want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new" id="bm_id4629657" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057A">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/new">Opens the New dictionary dialog box, where you can create a new dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/entry" id="bm_id8444471.00000001" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10595" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10595">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10599" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaadddialog/entry">Enter a name for the dictionary.</ahelp> To display the new dictionary in the <emph>User-defined dictionaries</emph> list box, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit" id="bm_id6776635" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105B5">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06202000.xhp">Edit Custom Dictionary</link> dialog where you can edit any user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/delete" id="bm_id6255684" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DE">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/delete">Deletes the selected user-defined dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105F1">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F5" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies additional options for all dictionaries.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/ignorepost" id="bm_id6259346" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10600" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ignore post-positional word</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10600">Ignore post-positional word</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/ignorepost">Ignores positional characters at the end of Korean words when you search a dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/showrecentfirst" id="bm_id231940" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10636" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Show entries recently used first</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10636">Show entries recently used first</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/showrecentfirst">Shows the replacement suggestion that you selected the last time as the first entry on the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/autoreplaceunique" id="bm_id3751029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10651" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace all unique entries automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10651">Replace all unique entries automatically</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaoptdialog/autoreplaceunique">Automatically replaces words that only have one suggested word replacement.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp index 23e0c22a88..5449c1703f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/06202000.xhp @@ -31,20 +31,20 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/HangulHanjaEditDictDialog" id="bm_id9376505" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9376505" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Custom Dictionary</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">Edit Custom Dictionary</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">Add and delete entries that are used for the <link href="text/shared/01/06200000.xhp">Hangul/Hanja Conversion</link>.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/book" id="bm_id9376506" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Book</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/book" id="bm_id9376506" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN1055F">Book</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/book">Select the user-defined dictionary that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/original" id="bm_id6413159" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Original</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/original" id="bm_id6413159" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN1057A">Original</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/original">Select the entry in the current dictionary that you want to edit. If you want, you can also type a new entry in this box.</ahelp> To move from the Original box to the first text box in the Suggestions area, press Enter.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit1" id="bm_id6543778" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit2" id="bm_id2266914" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit3" id="bm_id5476241" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit4" id="bm_id2326120" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C9" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Suggestions (max. 8)</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit4" id="bm_id2326120" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105C9">Suggestions (max. 8)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/edit1">Type a suggested replacement for the entry that is selected in the Original text box. The replacement word can contain a maximum of eight characters.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/new" id="bm_id7013153" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/new" id="bm_id7013153" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E4">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/new">Adds the current replacement definition to the dictionary.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/delete" id="bm_id5783562" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/delete" id="bm_id5783562" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105FF">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10603" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/hangulhanjaeditdictdialog/delete">Deletes the selected entry.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp index 4484083536..e1fede63ec 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/extensionupdate.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/desktop/ui/updatedialog/UpdateDialog" id="bm_id5684377" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/desktop/ui/updateinstalldialog/UpdateInstallDialog" id="bm_id7576525" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/desktop/ui/updateinstalldialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id7576525" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id9688100" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Extension Update</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id9688100">Extension Update</h1> <paragraph id="par_id5084688" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Check for Updates</emph> button in the <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">Extensions dialog</link> to check for online updates for all installed extensions. To check for online updates for only the selected extension, right-click to open the context menu, then choose <emph>Update</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#packagemanager_eu"/> </section><comment>insert hidden text for Exclude from this update/from all updates/include again, see i115834 - not needed because no Help ID assigned</comment> @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id6854457" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">After the last extension has been downloaded, the installation begins. First all installed extensions for which an update could be downloaded successfully, are removed. Then the updated extensions are installed. If an error occurs, a message that the installation failed is displayed, but the operation proceeds.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3372295" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If all updates have been processed the Download and Installation dialog shows that it has finished. You can abort the download and installation process by clicking the <emph>Abort Update</emph> button.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/desktop/ui/updatedialog/UPDATE_ALL" id="bm_id3114108" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id5699942" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show all Updates</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id5699942">Show all Updates</h2> <paragraph id="par_id641193" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">By default, only the downloadable extensions are shown in the dialog. Mark <emph>Show all Updates</emph> to see also other extensions and error messages.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph id="par_id7634510" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">Extensions dialog</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp index 6ca4fe5a9f..70e2bbc44b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/font_features.xhp @@ -33,9 +33,9 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id321541773889428" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME supports OpenType font format. The two main benefits of the OpenType format are its cross-platform compatibility, and its ability to support widely expanded character sets and layout features, which provide richer linguistic support and advanced typographic control.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31541774826256" role="note">The features displayed in the Font Features dialog depends on the selected font.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id81541778714507" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Font features box</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id81541778714507">Font features box</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id991541778707882" xml-lang="en-US">The font features box contains the configurable features available for the font.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id511541778721077" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Font feature visualization window</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id511541778721077">Font feature visualization window</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31541778666390" xml-lang="en-US">The feature visualization window displays a default text where the selected features can be inspected.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id801541774734588" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/OpenType">Wikipedia on OpenType</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp index 95d69d8e3a..bb4d9325a2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/gallery_files.xhp @@ -32,31 +32,31 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/GalleryFilesPage" id="bm_id3151331" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3151331" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Files</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150756">Files</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="stargallerymanager">Adds new files to the selected theme. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#galleryregisterdateien"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/filetype" id="bm_id3151330" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153089" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153089">File Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154497" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/filetype">Select the type of file that you want to add.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/files" id="bm_id3150902" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153935" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Files found</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153935">Files found</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/files">Lists the available files. Select the file(s) that you want to add, and then click <emph>Add</emph>. To add all of the files in the list, click <emph>Add All</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/findfiles" id="bm_id3155552" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Find files</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154751">Find files</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147557" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/findfiles">Locate the directory containing the files that you want to add, and then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/add" id="bm_id3147576" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154317" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154317">Add</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/add">Adds the selected file(s) to the current theme.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/addall" id="bm_id3149095" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149751" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add all</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149751">Add all</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/addall">Adds all of the files in the list to the current theme.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/galleryfilespage/preview" id="bm_id3147654" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147088">Preview</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151111" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/galleryfilespage/preview">Displays or hides a preview of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>UFI: removed help id</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147275">Preview box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_GALLERY_PREVIEW">Displays a preview of the selected file.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp index 89e5b4c751..a5ec5f3ec5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/image_compression.xhp @@ -37,27 +37,27 @@ </section> <embed href="text/shared/06/svx_screenshots.xhp#compressgraphicdialog"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/radio-jpeg" id="bm_id381534538689147" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id161534716391733" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Compression</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id151534716402139" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">JPEG Quality</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id161534716391733">Compression</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id151534716402139">JPEG Quality</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id81534716413899" xml-lang="en-US">Use the slider to adjust the level of quality of the JPEG compression, from 0 to 100. A value of 100 means no quality loss and a value of 0 may result in a very poor image. The default value of 90 produces very good results and significant image data size reduction.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id741534716425589" role="note">The compression values are not standardized between different JPEG image compression software.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/radio-lossless" id="bm_id471534538696538" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id931534716460433" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">PNG Compression</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id931534716460433">PNG Compression</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id91534716472311" xml-lang="en-US">Since PNG compression is lossless, the main reason to use a compression factor less than 9 is when there is absolute need to reduce the size of the document when saving in a slow computer. The uncompress operation does not depend on the compression level.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/checkbox-reduce-resolution" id="bm_id1001534538702535" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id801534716490571" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Resolution</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id621534716496579" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Reduce image resolution</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id801534716490571">Resolution</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id621534716496579">Reduce image resolution</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id761534716504198" xml-lang="en-US">Check to change the dimensions of the compressed image.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id111534716511809" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Width, Height</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id111534716511809">Width, Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id101534716525261" xml-lang="en-US">Use the spin buttons to set the new width and height of the compressed image.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id821534716532670" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Resolution</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id821534716532670">Resolution</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id631534716539103" xml-lang="en-US">Select the pixel density (dot per inch - DPI) of the image from the dropdown list.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/interpolation-method-combo" id="bm_id591534538706946" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id11534716546287" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Interpolation</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id11534716546287">Interpolation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id481534716831364" xml-lang="en-US">Select the algorithm to calculate the interpolated pixels.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/compressgraphicdialog/calculate" id="bm_id101534538877208" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id471534716844611" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Image Information</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id501534716852913" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Calculate New Size</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id471534716844611">Image Information</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id501534716852913">Calculate New Size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id141534716860224" xml-lang="en-US">Click to calculate the size of the image data, based on the settings of the dialog box.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id121534718376301" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Image_file_formats">Wikipedia on image file formats.</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp index fcd17d4c75..0883b8a0a4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/password_dlg.xhp @@ -43,15 +43,15 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SC_HID_PASSWD_TABLE" id="bm_id3154044" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/password/newpassEntry" id="bm_id3154099" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/masterpassworddlg/password" id="bm_id0928200904183274" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146857" role="heading" level="2">Password</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146857">Password</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150502" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Type a password. A password is case sensitive.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/confirm1ed" id="bm_id3149496" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/password/confirm2ed" id="bm_id3149497" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/password/confirmpassEntry" id="bm_id0928200904190676" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153029" role="heading" level="2">Confirm</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153029">Confirm</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151100" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Re-enter the password.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155351" role="heading" level="2">Undoing password protection</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155351">Undoing password protection</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146109" role="paragraph">To remove a password, open the document, then save without password.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/password/expander" id="bm_id09233676" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id31323250502" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Click to show or hide the file sharing password options.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp index 17c9b26f2f..a74fa571b2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/password_main.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <section id="password_main"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/SetMasterPasswordDialog" id="bm_id098200904183274" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154183" role="heading" level="1">Set Master Password</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3154183">Set Master Password</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154841" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Assign a master password to protect the access to a saved password.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="password_text"> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146857" role="paragraph">You can save some passwords for the duration of a session, or permanently to a file protected by a master password.<comment> For example, passwords for accessing WebDAV or FTP servers are stored permanently if you enter a master password when prompted. Otherwise, they are only stored for the current session.</comment><comment>removed text see i71792</comment></paragraph> @@ -53,9 +53,9 @@ </listitem> </list> </section> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147588" role="heading" level="2">Master password</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147588">Master password</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148731" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password1">Type a master password to prevent unauthorized users from accessing stored passwords.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144436" role="heading" level="2">Confirm master password</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144436">Confirm master password</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145129" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/setmasterpassworddlg/password2">Re-enter the master password.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp index 35d2b6713b..b337c1c8f4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/profile_safe_mode.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <paragraph id="par_id281120163154363" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Start %PRODUCTNAME from <emph>%PRODUCTNAME (Safe Mode)</emph> start menu entry (Windows only)</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id281120163149549" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">What can I do in safe mode?</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id281120163149549">What can I do in safe mode?</h2> <paragraph id="par_id281120160939281728" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Once in safe mode, you will be shown a dialog offering three user profile restoration options</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/btn_continue" id="bm_id281120160940131142" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id281120163149551" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Continue in Safe Mode</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120163149551">Continue in Safe Mode</h3> <paragraph id="par_id281120160944279896" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This option will let you work with %PRODUCTNAME as you are used to, but using a temporary user profile. It also means that all configuration changes made to the temporary user profile will be lost after restart.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/btn_quit" id="bm_id281120160940131145" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id281120163149552" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Restart in Normal Mode</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120163149552">Restart in Normal Mode</h3> <paragraph id="par_id281120160944279161" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choosing <emph>Restart in Normal Mode</emph> will discard all changes, terminate safe mode and start %PRODUCTNAME again in normal mode. Use this option if you got here by accident.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/btn_restart" id="bm_id281120160940131144" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id281120163149543" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply Changes and Restart</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120163149543">Apply Changes and Restart</h3> <paragraph id="par_id281120160949348926" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The dialog offers multiple changes to the user profile that can be made to help restoring %PRODUCTNAME to working state. They get more radical from top down so you should try them successively one after another. Choosing this option applies selected changes</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_restore" id="bm_id281120160940131143" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id281120163149545" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Restore from backup</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120163149545">Restore from backup</h3> <paragraph id="par_id281120160949348884" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME keeps backups of previous configurations and activated extensions. Use this option to return to the previous state if your problems are likely to be caused by recent changes to configuration or extensions.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_configure" id="bm_id281120160940131150" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id281120163149546" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Configure</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120163149546">Configure</h3> <paragraph id="par_id281120160949347119" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can disable all extensions installed by the user. You can also disable hardware acceleration. Activate this option if you experience startup crashes or visual glitches, they are often related to hardware acceleration.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_deinstall" id="bm_id281120160940131151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id281120160944276682" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Extensions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120160944276682">Extensions</h3> <paragraph id="par_id281120160944275137" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Sometimes %PRODUCTNAME cannot be started due to extensions blocking or crashing. This option allows you to disable all extensions installed by the user as well as shared and bundled extensions. Uninstalling shared and bundled extensions should be used with caution. It will only work if you have the necessary system access rights.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/radio_reset" id="bm_id281120160940131154" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id281120160944276687" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Reset to factory settings</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id281120160944276687">Reset to factory settings</h3> <paragraph id="par_id28112016094427792" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If all else fails, you can reset your user profile to the factory default. The first option <emph>Reset settings and user customizations</emph> resets all configuration and UI changes, but keeps things like your personal dictionary, templates etc. The second option will reset your entire profile to the state when you first installed %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/safemodedialog/expander1" id="bm_id281120160940131154" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp index 5ce927cd39..e388a14b1f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/securitywarning.xhp @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a document that contains an unsigned macro, or a signed macro from an unknown source, the <emph>Security Warning</emph> dialog opens.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enable or disable the macros. Choose <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Security</emph> in the Options dialog box to set the options.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">View Signature</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056E">View Signature</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/viewSignsButton">Opens a dialog where you can view the signature.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always trust macros from this source</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10587">Always trust macros from this source</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/alwaysTrustCheckbutton">Adds the current macro source to the list of <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">trusted sources</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Enable Macros</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059C">Enable Macros</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/ok">Allows macros in the document to run.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Disable Macros</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105A3">Disable Macros</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="uui/ui/macrowarnmedium/cancel">Does not allow macros in the document to run.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp index f5a3d3e265..fac1557a83 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdata.xhp @@ -43,48 +43,48 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the data structure of the current XForms document.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelslist" id="bm_id759300" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="heading" level="2">Model name</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056F">Model name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10573" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the XForms model that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsbutton" id="bm_id6110721" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10576" role="heading" level="2">Models</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10576">Models</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057A" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds, renames, and removes XForms models.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsadd" id="bm_id6934415" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addmodeldialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_a@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10604" role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10604">Add</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10608" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Add Model dialog where you can add an XForm model.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addmodeldialog/name" id="bm_id0130200901582112" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0130200901590878" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Enter the name.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addmodeldialog/modify" id="bm_id0910200811130823" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0910200811173295" role="heading" level="3">Model data updates change document's modification status</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0910200811173295">Model data updates change document's modification status</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0910200811173255" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">When enabled, the document status will be set to "modified" when you change any form control that is bound to any data in the model. When not enabled, such a change does not set the document status to "modified".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsremove" id="bm_id5671559" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10612" role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10612">Remove</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10616" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected XForm model. You cannot delete the last model.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/modelsedit" id="bm_id8617816" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10743" role="heading" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10743">Rename</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10749" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected Xform model.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesdetails" id="bm_id5646229" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10619" role="heading" level="3">Show Details</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10619">Show Details</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1061D" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show or hide details.</ahelp><comment>UFI: not explained in spec</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057D" role="heading" level="2">Instance</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057D">Instance</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10682" role="paragraph">Lists the items that belong to the current instance.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1058B" role="heading" level="2">Submissions</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058B">Submissions</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1058F" role="paragraph">Lists the submissions.<comment>UFI. it's not in the spec</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10592" role="heading" level="2">Bindings</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10592">Bindings</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10596" role="paragraph">Lists the bindings for the XForm.<comment>UFI. it's not in the spec</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instances" id="bm_id3339335" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10599" role="heading" level="2">Instances</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10599">Instances</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1059D" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This button has submenus to add, edit or remove instances.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesadd" id="bm_id9214148" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10649" role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10649">Add</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1064D" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can add a new instance.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesedit" id="bm_id4229255" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10650" role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10650">Edit</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10654" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog where you can modify the current instance.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/datanavigator/instancesremove" id="bm_id1858882" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10657" role="heading" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10657">Remove</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065B" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the current instance. You cannot delete the last instance.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1065E" role="heading" level="3">Show data types</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN1065E">Show data types</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10662" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Switches the display to show more or less details.</ahelp><comment>UFI: not explained in spec</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT" id="bm_id2156132" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_ADD_ELEMENT" id="bm_id1840879" localize="false"/> @@ -92,15 +92,15 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_ADD_ATTRIBUTE" id="bm_id1840878" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_ADD" id="bm_id1840876" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_ADD" id="bm_id1840877" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10584" role="heading" level="3">Add</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10584">Add</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10588" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to add a new item (element, attribute, submission, or binding) as a sub-item of the current item.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_EDIT" id="bm_id1051362" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_EDIT" id="bm_id1051361" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10624" role="heading" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10624">Edit</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10628" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to edit the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_XFORMS_TOOLBOX_ITEM_REMOVE" id="bm_id3862117" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/xformspage/TBI_ITEM_REMOVE" id="bm_id1051363" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062B" role="heading" level="3">Delete</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1062B">Delete</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1062F" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected item (element, attribute, submission, or binding).</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp index 18d4882040..6d13dd9481 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataadd.xhp @@ -38,28 +38,28 @@ <bookmark_value>Data Navigator;adding/editing items</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>MW added a new entry and deleted "editing;" and "adding;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10547" role="heading" level="1">Add / Edit</paragraph> + <h1 id="par_idN10547">Add / Edit</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1054B" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new item or edits the selected item in the XForms Data Navigator.</ahelp> Items can be elements, attributes, submissions, or bindings.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10560" role="paragraph">%PRODUCTNAME inserts a new item directly after the currently selected item in the Data Navigator. A new attribute is added to the currently selected element.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/name" id="bm_id5775627" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10563" role="heading" level="3">Name</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN10563">Name</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10567" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the item.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056A" role="note">The attribute names must be unique within the same group.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/value" id="bm_id9302041" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10574" role="heading" level="3">Default value</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN10574">Default value</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10578" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a default value for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057B" role="heading" level="2">Settings</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1057B">Settings</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057F" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the properties of the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/datatype" id="bm_id5551011" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10582" role="heading" level="3">Data type</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN10582">Data type</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10586" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data type for the selected item.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/required" id="bm_id2487258" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10589" role="heading" level="3">Required</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN10589">Required</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1058D" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/requiredcond" id="bm_id1404156" localize="false"/> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/relevant" id="bm_id8867458" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105AA" role="heading" level="3">Relevant</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN105AA">Relevant</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105AE" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as relevant.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/relevantcond" id="bm_id3488570" localize="false"/> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/constraint" id="bm_id2007812" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105CB" role="heading" level="3">Constraint</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN105CB">Constraint</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105CF" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as a constraint.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/constraintcond" id="bm_id2240058" localize="false"/> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/readonly" id="bm_id6203192" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105E4" role="heading" level="3">Read-only</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN105E4">Read-only</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN105E8" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as read-only.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/readonlycond" id="bm_id165105" localize="false"/> @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/calculate" id="bm_id6361583" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10605" role="heading" level="3">Calculate</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_idN10605">Calculate</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10609" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares that the item is calculated.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/adddataitemdialog/calculatecond" id="bm_id2518997" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp index 706be0bc00..6d21334f8b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataaddcon.xhp @@ -37,18 +37,18 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/AddConditionDialog" id="bm_id5080723" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053E" role="heading" level="1">Add Condition</paragraph> + <h1 id="par_idN1053E">Add Condition</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Add a condition in this subdialog of the Add Item / Edit Item dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/condition" id="bm_id5080721" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10561" role="heading" level="2">Condition</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10561">Condition</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10565" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter a condition.</ahelp><comment>examples?</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/result" id="bm_id5080722" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10568" role="heading" level="2">Result</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10568">Result</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the result.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/addconditiondialog/edit" id="bm_id5074007" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="heading" level="2">Edit Namespaces</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1056F">Edit Namespaces</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10573" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the Form Namespaces dialog where you can add, edit, or delete namespaces.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp index 58ce03d0e0..45e9796e81 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatachange.xhp @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id433973"><bookmark_value>editing;data binding of XForms</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>data binding change in XForms</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "changing;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10547" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Change Data Binding</paragraph> +</bookmark><comment>MW deleted "changing;"</comment><h1 id="par_idN10547">Change Data Binding</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1054B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Edit the data binding in the XForms Data Navigator.</ahelp><comment>UFI: called from the control's context menu</comment><comment>UFI: cannot find it in m145</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Model</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056E">Model</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the name of the XForms model.</ahelp><comment>UFI: ?? not in spec</comment></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Item list</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10587">Item list</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the data binding for the selected form control. To change the data binding, select another item in the list click <emph>OK</emph>. To access the <emph>Add</emph> and <emph>Properties</emph> commands for an item, right-click the item.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp index 06cf4d69b3..4d1dd555c5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdataname.xhp @@ -38,25 +38,25 @@ <bookmark_value>XForms;adding/editing/deleting/organizing namespaces</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <comment>MW deleted "editing;" and "adding;" and added "XForms;"</comment> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053E" role="heading" level="1">Form Namespaces</paragraph> + <h1 id="par_idN1053E">Form Namespaces</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10542" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Use this dialog to organize namespaces. You can access this dialog through the Add Condition dialog of the Data Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/namespaces" id="bm_id8072450" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10561" role="heading" level="2">Namespaces</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10561">Namespaces</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10565" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the currently defined namespaces for the form.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/add" id="bm_id5343485" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10568" role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10568">Add</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056C" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new namespace to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1056F" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Add Namespace</emph> dialog to enter the Prefix and URL.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/edit" id="bm_id3851435" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10576" role="heading" level="2">Edit</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10576">Edit</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057A" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Edits the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1057D" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Edit Namespace</emph> dialog to edit the Prefix and URL.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/namespacedialog/delete" id="bm_id2580034" localize="false"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10584" role="heading" level="2">Delete</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10584">Delete</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10588" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected namespace.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp index 9718a620fc..4320926be6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/01/xformsdatatab.xhp @@ -34,71 +34,71 @@ </section> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3994567" role="paragraph">The possible settings of the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a control depend on the respective control. You will only see the options that are available for the current control and context. The following fields are available:</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XML_DATA_MODEL" id="bm_id2136295" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9461653" role="heading" level="2">XML data model</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9461653">XML data model</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9239173" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a model from the list of all models in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BINDING_NAME" id="bm_id908841" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2656941" role="heading" level="2">Binding</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2656941">Binding</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1481063" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select or enter the name of a binding. Selecting the name of an existing binding associates the binding with the form control. Entering a new name creates a new binding and associates it with the form control.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_BIND_EXPRESSION" id="bm_id9841608" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7921079" role="heading" level="2">Binding expression</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id7921079">Binding expression</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id636921" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the DOM node <comment>what's a DOM node? spec doesn't tell</comment>to bind the control model to<comment>what's a control model? spec doesn't tell. may be a typo in spec: control's model?</comment>. Click the <emph>...</emph> button for a dialog to enter the XPath expression.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_REQUIRED" id="bm_id4186223" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2799157" role="heading" level="2">Required</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2799157">Required</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3004547" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies if the item must be included on the XForm.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_RELEVANT" id="bm_id1491134" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6401867" role="heading" level="2">Relevant</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6401867">Relevant</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id18616" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as relevant.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_READONLY" id="bm_id2873622" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6138492" role="heading" level="2">Read-only</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6138492">Read-only</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4569231" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as read-only.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CONSTRAINT" id="bm_id2374034" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id291451" role="heading" level="2">Constraint</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id291451">Constraint</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3341776" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares the item as a constraint.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_CALCULATION" id="bm_id1687063" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5947141" role="heading" level="2">Calculation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id5947141">Calculation</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1911679" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Declares that the item is calculated.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_DATA_TYPE" id="bm_id8982207" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9364909" role="heading" level="2">Data type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id9364909">Data type</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4473403" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a data type which the control should be validated against.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_REMOVE_DATA_TYPE" id="bm_id3486434" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2480849" role="heading" level="3">x</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2480849">x</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4181951" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select a user-defined data type and click the button to delete the user-defined data type.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_UID_PROP_ADD_DATA_TYPE" id="bm_id3068636" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2927335" role="heading" level="3">+</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2927335">+</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2107303" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click the button to open a dialog where you can enter the name of a new user-defined data type. The new data type inherits all facets from the currently selected data type.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4071779" role="note">The following lists all facets that are valid for data types. Some facets are only available for some data types.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_WHITESPACES" id="bm_id7074190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4313791" role="heading" level="3">Whitespaces</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id4313791">Whitespaces</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4331797" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies how whitespaces are to be handled when a string of the current data type is being processed. Possible values are "Preserve", "Replace", and "Collapse". The semantics follow the definition at <link href="https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace"><emph>https://www.w3.org/TR/xmlschema-2/#rf-whiteSpace</emph></link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_PATTERN" id="bm_id5452436" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4191717" role="heading" level="3">Pattern</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id4191717">Pattern</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2318796" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies a regular expression pattern. Strings validated against the data type must conform to this pattern to be valid. The XSD data type syntax for regular expressions is different from the regular expression syntax used elsewhere in %PRODUCTNAME, for example in the <emph>Find & Replace</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_TOTAL_DIGITS" id="bm_id9527878" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id399182" role="heading" level="3">Digits (total)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id399182">Digits (total)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5298318" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum total number of digits that values of the decimal data type can have.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_FRACTION_DIGITS" id="bm_id6342356" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7588732" role="heading" level="3">Digits (fraction)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id7588732">Digits (fraction)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id95828" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum total number of fractional digits that values of the decimal data type can have.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_INCLUSIVE" id="bm_id166936" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3496200" role="heading" level="3">Max. (inclusive)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3496200">Max. (inclusive)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7599108" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an inclusive upper bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_EXCLUSIVE" id="bm_id6826990" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id888698" role="heading" level="3">Max. (exclusive)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id888698">Max. (exclusive)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3394573" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an exclusive upper bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_INCLUSIVE" id="bm_id6897183" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7594225" role="heading" level="3">Min. (inclusive)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id7594225">Min. (inclusive)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8147221" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an inclusive lower bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_EXCLUSIVE" id="bm_id7003387" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5081637" role="heading" level="3">Min. (exclusive)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id5081637">Min. (exclusive)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9759514" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies an exclusive lower bound for values.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_LENGTH" id="bm_id4897915" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1614429" role="heading" level="3">Length</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1614429">Length</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1589098" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the number of characters for a string.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MIN_LENGTH" id="bm_id3908809" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1278420" role="heading" level="3">Length (at least)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1278420">Length (at least)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8746910" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the minimum number of characters for a string.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_XSD_MAX_LENGTH" id="bm_id3908810" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9636524" role="heading" level="3">Length (at most)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id9636524">Length (at most)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5675527" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum number of characters for a string.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170001.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170001.xhp index 5dd71eb312..f332c22ada 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170001.xhp @@ -28,58 +28,58 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3149294" xml-lang="en-US">Context Menu of a Control Field</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149294">Context Menu of a Control Field</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147304" xml-lang="en-US">The context menu of a control field has the following commands.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeControlType" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152811" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3152771" xml-lang="en-US">Replace with</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152771">Replace with</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ChangeControlType" visibility="visible">Calls a submenu where you can select a control type to replace the control selected in the document.</ahelp> As many properties as possible are adopted.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToEdit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148678" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154366" xml-lang="en-US">Text box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154366">Text box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154217" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToEdit" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a text box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToButton" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156215" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154819" xml-lang="en-US">Button</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154819">Button</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3161646" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToButton" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a button.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFixed" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3159151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3144432" xml-lang="en-US">Label field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3144432">Label field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151381" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToFixed" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a label.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToList" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147086" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3125865" xml-lang="en-US">List Box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3125865">List Box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144761" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToList" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCheckBox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3158409" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149810" xml-lang="en-US">Check Box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149810">Check Box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToCheckBox" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a check box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToRadio" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153770" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155429" xml-lang="en-US">Radio Button</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155429">Radio Button</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153369" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToRadio" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into an option button.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCombo" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3146923" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155857" xml-lang="en-US">Combo Box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155857">Combo Box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150012" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToCombo" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a combo box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToImageBtn" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154013" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3145264" xml-lang="en-US">Image Button</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145264">Image Button</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToImageBtn" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into an image button.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFileControl" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154472" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3146976" xml-lang="en-US">File Selection</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146976">File Selection</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153140" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToFileControl" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a file selection.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToDate" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151353" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3147443" xml-lang="en-US">Date Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147443">Date Field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152578" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToDate" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a date field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToTime" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148647" xml-lang="en-US">Time Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148647">Time Field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152940" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToTime" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a time field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToNumeric" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154129" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149667" xml-lang="en-US">Numerical Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149667">Numerical Field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154321" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToNumeric" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a numerical field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToCurrency" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154503" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153160" xml-lang="en-US">Currency Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153160">Currency Field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153223" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToCurrency" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a currency field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToPattern" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154792" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3157977" xml-lang="en-US">Pattern Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157977">Pattern Field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145646" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToPattern" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a pattern field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToImageControl" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147126" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148389" xml-lang="en-US">Image Control</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148389">Image Control</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146927" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToImageControl" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into an image control.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ConvertToFormatted" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151060" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149413" xml-lang="en-US">Formatted Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149413">Formatted Field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConvertToFormatted" visibility="visible">The selected control is transformed into a formatted field.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170002.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170002.xhp index e43002ac08..1d72660de4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170002.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark_value>fields; formatted fields</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>controls; formatted fields</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Special properties of a formatted field</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150774">Special properties of a formatted field</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Formatting</emph>: You can set the <emph>Formatting</emph> property by clicking the <emph>...</emph> button in the <emph>Formatting</emph> line of the <emph>Properties: Formatted Field</emph> dialog. The <emph>Number Format</emph> dialog appears.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US">If the formatted field is connected to the text field of a database, the entries in this field will be treated as text. If the formatted field is connected to a field of the database that can be displayed as a number, the input is treated as numbers. The date and time are also handled internally as numbers.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170003.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170003.xhp index 6ad9fe89df..6428927a26 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170003.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170003.xhp @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150445"><bookmark_value>date fields; properties</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3150445" xml-lang="en-US">Special Tips for Date Fields</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3150445"><bookmark_value>date fields; properties</bookmark_value></bookmark><h1 id="hd_id3150445">Special Tips for Date Fields</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154230">When you enter a year using two digits, the corresponding four digit value is determined by a setting in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - General</emph>. For example, if <emph>1935</emph> is set as the lower limiting value and you enter <emph>34</emph> as a date value, then the result is <emph>2034</emph> instead of <emph>1934</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149205" xml-lang="en-US">The pre-set limit value will be saved for each document.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01010600.xhp#year_digits"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp index 2bc8583fb5..bc76b2b237 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170004.xhp @@ -29,30 +29,30 @@ <bookmark_value>controls; properties of table controls</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>table controls;keyboard-only edit mode</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3109850" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Special Tips for Table Controls</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3109850">Special Tips for Table Controls</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US">You can define a table control to display the records as you like. In other words you can define data fields for displaying or editing data like in a database form.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152372" xml-lang="en-US">The following fields are possible in a table control: text, date, time and currency field, numeric field, pattern field, check box and combo box. In the case of combined date/time fields, two columns are created automatically.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159194" xml-lang="en-US">The number of selected lines, if any are selected, is in parentheses after the total number of records.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155616" xml-lang="en-US">To insert columns into the table control, click in the column heads and bring up the context menu. The following commands are available:</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_INSERTCOL" id="bm_id3147571" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert Column</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_INSERTCOL" id="bm_id3147571" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150789">Insert Column</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_INSERTCOL">Calls a submenu to select a data field to adopt it in the table control.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155552" xml-lang="en-US">Configure the table control using drag and drop: Open the data source browser and drag the desired fields out of the data source browser and on to the column heads of the table control. A pre-configured column is created.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_CHANGECOL" id="bm_id3145211" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Replace with</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_CHANGECOL" id="bm_id3145211" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149827">Replace with</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_CHANGECOL">Opens a submenu to select a data field to replace the data field selected in the table control.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_DELETECOL" id="bm_id3149095" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete Column</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_DELETECOL" id="bm_id3149095" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3143267">Delete Column</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_DELETECOL">Deletes the currently selected column.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147275">Column</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the properties dialog of the selected column.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_HIDECOL" id="bm_id3163802" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148539" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hide Columns</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_HIDECOL" id="bm_id3163802" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148539">Hide Columns</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_HIDECOL">Hides the selected column.</ahelp> Its properties are not changed.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS" id="bm_id3155135" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show columns</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS" id="bm_id3155135" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150771">Show columns</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS">Calls a submenu where you can select the columns to show again.</ahelp> To show only one column, click the column name. You see only the first <emph>16</emph> hidden columns. If there are more hidden columns, choose the <emph>More</emph> command to call the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE" id="bm_id3150669" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156193" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">More</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE" id="bm_id3150669" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156193">More</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159269" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWCOLS_MORE">Calls the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/showcoldialog/ShowColDialog" id="bm_id3159148" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/showcoldialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3159148" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/showcoldialog/ShowColDialog">In the <emph>Show Columns</emph> dialog you can select the columns to be shown. Hold down the <emph>Shift</emph> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> key to select multiple entries.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS" id="bm_id3145119" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">All</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SVX_HID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS" id="bm_id3145119" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153561">All</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150504" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SID_FM_SHOWALLCOLS">Click <emph>All</emph> if you want to show all columns.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Keyboard-only control of <emph>Table Controls</emph></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149416" xml-lang="en-US">If you use the keyboard only to travel through controls in your document, you will find one difference to the other types of controls: the <emph>Tab</emph> key does not move the cursor to the next control, but moves to the next column inside the table control. Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>+<emph>Tab</emph> to move to the next control, or press <emph>Shift</emph>+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>Command</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Ctrl</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>+<emph>Tab</emph> to move to the previous control.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp index e2141e8717..bf91bc0710 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170201.xhp @@ -41,22 +41,22 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#form_properties_general"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US">A form is a text document or spreadsheet with different form controls. If you create a form for a Web page, the user can enter data into it to send over the Internet. The data from the form controls of a form is transmitted to a server by specifying a URL and can be processed on the server.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149283" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149283">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies a name for the form. This name is used to identify the form in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170600.xhp">Form Navigator</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">URL</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152425">URL</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the URL to which the data of the completed form is to be transmitted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Frame</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154751">Frame</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the target frame in which the loaded URL is to appear.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp#targetframe_options"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD" id="bm_id3145313" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type of submission</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152551">Type of submission</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SUBMIT_METHOD">Specifies the method to transfer the completed form information.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145065" xml-lang="en-US">Using the "Get" method, the data of every control is transmitted as an environment variable. They are appended to the URL in the form "?Control1=Content1&Control2=Content2&..."; the character string is analyzed by a program on the recipient's server.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US">Using the "Post" method, a document is created from the content of the form that is sent to the specified URL.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING" id="bm_id3154047" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Submission encoding</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147275">Submission encoding</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159147" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_PROP_SUBMIT_ENCODING">Specifies the type for encoding the data transfer.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155419" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Data transfer of control information</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155419">Data transfer of control information</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153717" xml-lang="en-US">When sending a form, all controls available in $[officename] are taken into consideration. The name of the control and the corresponding value, if available, are transmitted.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US">Which values are transmitted in each case depends on the respective control. For text fields, the visible entries are transmitted; for list boxes, the selected entries are transmitted; for check boxes and option fields, the associated reference values are transmitted if these fields were activated.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US">How this information is transmitted depends on the selected transfer method (Get or Post) and the coding (URL or Multipart). If the Get method and URL encoding are selected, for example, value pairs in the form <Name>=<Value> are sent.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170700.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170700.xhp index 5c988d37c9..5cbe9f0a2c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170700.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3163829"><bookmark_value>forms; HTML filters</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163829" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">HTML Filters and Forms</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3163829">HTML Filters and Forms</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147285" xml-lang="en-US">You can use all control elements and form events in HTML documents. There have been numerous events to date (for example, focus events), which have not been changed. They will continue to be imported and exported as ONFOCUS, ONBLUR, and so on for JavaScript and as SDONFOCUS, SDONBLUR, and so on for $[officename] Basic.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150616" xml-lang="en-US">Generic names that consist of the Listener interface and the method name of the event are used for all other events: An event registered as XListener::method is exported as</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571" xml-lang="en-US">SDEvent-XListener-method = "/* event-code */"</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp index 2296c975c5..d0418c47e9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170801.xhp @@ -39,9 +39,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupitab1"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Data source</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153894">Data source</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153114" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/tableselectionpage/datasource">Specifies the data source that contains the desired table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149346">Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/tableselectionpage/table">Specifies the desired table.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp index 5fdf6b25bd..c55bc4c518 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170802.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#take_all"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#remove"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#remove_all"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selected Fields</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149346">Selected Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155941" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/contentfieldpage/selectfield">Displays the data fields that are accepted into the form field.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp index 9d58b41e8d..a7d1a003d4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170901.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153114" xml-lang="en-US">For list boxes, a table that can be linked with the current form table is indicated. The link table must have at least one field in common with the table of the current form. This makes it possible to establish an unambiguous reference.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US">For combo boxes, there must be a relationship between the form table and the table containing the data to be displayed in the combo box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147226">Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/contenttablepage/table">In the<emph> Table </emph>field, select the table containing the data field whose content should be displayed in the control field.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US">The table given here appears in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control properties</link> as an element of an SQL statement in the <emph>List Contents</emph> field.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp index daf7c52d20..11a44e843b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170902.xhp @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli2"/> </section> -<!-- removed HID DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD --><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Available Fields</paragraph> +<!-- removed HID DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD --><h2 id="hd_id3153894">Available Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3093440" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="DBP_LISTBOX_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_LB_SELECTFIELD">Displays all table fields chosen on the previous Wizard page.</ahelp></paragraph> -<!-- removed HID DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD --><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Display Field</paragraph> +<!-- removed HID DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD --><h2 id="hd_id3145669">Display Field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145136" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="DBP_EDIT_RID_PAGE_LCW_CONTENTSELECTION_FIELD_ET_DISPLAYEDFIELD">Specifies the field whose data are to be shown in the combo or list boxes.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">The field name given here appears in the <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control properties</link> as an element of an SQL statement in the <emph>List Contents</emph> field.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp index 24edaed4fb..d1b7271598 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170903.xhp @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli3a"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Value table field</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149180">Value table field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldlinkpage/valuefield">Specifies the current form data field which should be related to a field in the linked table.</ahelp> In addition, click the desired data field in the list field below.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US">In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear as an entry in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List table field</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149827">List table field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldlinkpage/listtable">Specifies the linked table data field, which is related to the specified value table field.</ahelp> In addition, click the data field in the lower list field.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US">In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control - Properties</link>, the specified field will appear in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page of a SQL statement under <emph>List Contents</emph>.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp index f8b5cfc9fb..2d3f569a4b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/01170904.xhp @@ -38,14 +38,14 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00040501.xhp#aupikomli3b"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Do you want to save the value in a database field?</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149760">Do you want to save the value in a database field?</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150178" xml-lang="en-US">Two options are available for this question:</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Yes, I want to save it in the following database field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153394">Yes, I want to save it in the following database field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/yesRadiobutton">Specifies whether the user's entered or selected combination field value should be saved in a database field.</ahelp> Several database table fields are offered which can be accessed in the current form.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145212" xml-lang="en-US">In <link href="text/shared/02/01170102.xhp">Control - Properties</link> the selected field appears as an entry in the <emph>Data</emph> tab page under <emph>Data field</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149177">List field</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/storeInFieldCombobox">Specifies the data field where the combination field value should be saved.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No, I only want to save the value in the form</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148538">No, I only want to save the value in the form</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/noRadiobutton">Specifies that the value of this combination field will not be written in the database and will only be saved in the form.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/05110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/05110000.xhp index 28ba50594c..422bdf783d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/05110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/05110000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ <body> <section id="alignment"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ObjectAlign" id="bm_id3144740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154228" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Alignment</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154228">Alignment</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ObjectAlign">Modifies the alignment of selected objects.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="syalignment"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp index 54ac715d52..c4fd298f9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/07070100.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Databases in Networks</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149388">Editing Databases in Networks</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US">To make changes in a database used by more than one person, you <emph>must have</emph> the appropriate access rights. When you edit an external database, there is <emph>no</emph> intermediate storage by $[officename] of the changes made. They are sent <emph>directly</emph> to the database.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp index 73a57d39e0..a1f93a9ac7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SbaBrwInsert" id="bm_id6269470" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147000" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Database Columns</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147000">Insert Database Columns</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:SbaBrwInsert"><variable id="datenintext">Inserts all fields of the marked record into the current document at the cursor position. </variable></ahelp> The icon is only visible if the current document is a text document or a spreadsheet.</paragraph> <section id="syinsert_db_columns"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp index fb4dd2966f..aa23f5228f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070100.xhp @@ -31,47 +31,47 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable" id="bm_id3109850" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151299" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Table</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3151299">Table</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3156183"><bookmark_value>database contents; inserting as tables</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156183" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astable" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as a table.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <emph>Table</emph> option to insert the selected data into the document as a table. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text table is formatted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152594" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152594">Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152918" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Table</emph> area, use the arrow keys to select the columns of the database table that you want to apply to the text table.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols" id="bm_id3155805" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156042" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Database columns</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols" id="bm_id3155805" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156042">Database columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabledbcols">Specifies the database columns to be inserted into the text table.</ahelp> All database table columns that have not been accepted in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are listed here. The entries are sorted alphabetically. </paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols" id="bm_id3157959" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147577" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Table column(s)</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols" id="bm_id3157959" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147577">Table column(s)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tablecols">Lists all database columns to be inserted into the document.</ahelp> A column will be assigned to each corresponding entry in the table. The entry order in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box determines the data order in the text table.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright" id="bm_id3159234" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146958" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">>></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright" id="bm_id3159234" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3146958">>></h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allright">Moves all listed database fields into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</ahelp> All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright" id="bm_id3148539" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright" id="bm_id3148539" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3163802">></h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153662" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneright">Moves the selected database field into the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. </ahelp> You can also double click an entry to move it to the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box. All fields listed in the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box are inserted into the document.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft" id="bm_id3148992" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149732" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft" id="bm_id3148992" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149732"><</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/oneleft">Removes the selected database field from the<emph> Table column(s)</emph> list box</ahelp> The removed field is not inserted into the document.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft" id="bm_id3154286" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><<</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft" id="bm_id3154286" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150771"><<</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/allleft">Removes all database fields from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="format"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159399">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154380" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the format for inserting the database fields into the document.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase" id="bm_id3146948" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156329" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From database</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase" id="bm_id3146948" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156329">From database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/fromdatabase">Accepts the database formats.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/userdefined" id="bm_id3159177" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159148" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Select</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159148">Select</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/numformat">Specifies a format from the list, if the format information of certain data fields is not accepted.</ahelp> The formats supplied here are only available for certain database fields, such as numeric or Boolean fields. If you select a database field in text format, you will not be able to select any format from the selection list, since the text format will be automatically maintained.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144511" xml-lang="en-US">If the format you want is not listed, select "Other Formats..." and define the desired format in the <link href="text/shared/01/05020300.xhp"><emph>Number Format</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154282" xml-lang="en-US">The number format assigned using the selection list always refers to the database field selected in the <emph>Database columns</emph> list box.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US">To insert the data into the document in the form of a table, the correct <emph>Table</emph> option must be active. You can then select a database field from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box to define the formatting of the database field. The changes to the number formats will be applied to the last selection. It does not matter whether the database field was selected from the <emph>Database columns</emph> list box or from the <emph>Table column(s)</emph> list box.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading" id="bm_id3149167" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156280" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert table heading</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading" id="bm_id3149167" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156280">Insert table heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150497" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableheading">Specifies whether to insert a heading line for the columns in the text table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname" id="bm_id3145606" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153178" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply column name</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname" id="bm_id3145606" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153178">Apply column name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152922" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/columnname">Uses the field names of the database table as headings for each of the text table columns.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly" id="bm_id3148920" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158407" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Create row only</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly" id="bm_id3148920" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3158407">Create row only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/rowonly">Inserts an empty heading line into the text table.</ahelp> Using the<emph> Create row only </emph>option, you can define headings in the document, which do not correspond to the database field names.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat" id="bm_id3155133" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153369" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Properties</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat" id="bm_id3155133" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153369">Properties</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154299" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tableformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090000.xhp"><emph>Table Format</emph></link> </caseinline><defaultinline> <emph>Table Format</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, which enables you to define the table properties such as borders, background, and column width.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat" id="bm_id3155411" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153728" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoFormat</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat" id="bm_id3155411" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153728">AutoFormat</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154988" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/autoformat">Opens the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/swriter/01/05150101.xhp"><emph>AutoFormat</emph></link> </caseinline><defaultinline> <emph>AutoFormat</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog, in which you can select format styles that are immediately applied when inserting the table.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp index 2261a93abf..f130c22c0d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070200.xhp @@ -32,21 +32,21 @@ <switch select="appl"><case select="WRITER"> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153116" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3149991" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153116" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3149991">Fields</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149987"><bookmark_value>database contents; inserting as fields</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149987" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/asfields" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as fields.</ahelp> In the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, select the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090000.xhp">Fields</link> to insert the selected data into the document as fields. These <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp">database fields</link> work as wildcards for the individual database columns and can be used for form letters. Click the <link href="text/shared/02/12080000.xhp"><emph>Data to Fields</emph></link> icon to match the contents of the fields to the currently selected record.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="note" id="par_id3153114">If several records are selected when you choose the <emph>Data to Text</emph> function, the mail merge fields will be inserted according to the number of records. Also, a field command such as "Next record" will be inserted automatically between individual field command blocks.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145090">The <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog lets you define which database fields to insert into the document and how to format the paragraphs.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US">Fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156136">Fields</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3147571">In the <emph>Fields</emph> area, use the arrow button to select the database table columns into which you want to insert field contents.</paragraph> <section id="anchor_for_text_option"> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156411" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Database columns</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156411" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153345">Database columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US">Lists all columns of the database table, which can be accepted in the selection list box to insert them into the document. <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/tabletxtcols" visibility="visible">Select the database columns that you want to insert it in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/toedit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152551" xml-lang="en-US">></paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/toedit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152551">></h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/toedit">Moves the fields that you selected in the <emph>Database columns</emph> list box into the selection field.</ahelp> You can also double-click the entry to select it.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152997" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3166411" xml-lang="en-US">Select</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3152997" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3166411">Select</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/textview" visibility="visible">Lists the database columns that you selected to be inserted into the document. You can also enter text here. This text will be also inserted into the document.</ahelp> The entries' order in the selection field corresponds to the data order in the document.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/02/12070100.xhp#format"/> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154852" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153257" xml-lang="en-US">Paragraph Style</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154852" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153257">Paragraph Style</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158430" role="paragraph">By default, the inserted paragraphs are formatted with the current Paragraph Styles. This format corresponds to the "none" entry in the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> list box. <ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/parastyle" visibility="visible">This is where you can select other Paragraph Styles to apply to the paragraph you want to insert into the document.</ahelp> The list box displays the available Paragraph Styles defined in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> and managed in the <link href="text/swriter/01/05130000.xhp">Style Catalog</link>.</paragraph> </section> </case></switch> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12070300.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12070300.xhp index 3338e0b90f..4558cfd6db 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12070300.xhp @@ -32,10 +32,10 @@ <body> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3146938" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3154873" xml-lang="en-US">Text</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3146938" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3154873">Text</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3143284"><bookmark_value>database contents; inserting as text</bookmark_value></bookmark><paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3143284"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertdbcolumnsdialog/astext" visibility="hidden">Inserts data selected from the data source browser into the document as text.</ahelp> If you select the <emph>Text</emph> option in the <emph>Insert Database Columns</emph> dialog, the content of the data selected in the data source browser is inserted into the document as text. In the dialog, you can decide which database fields or columns are transferred, and how the text is formatted.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154289">If several records are selected when you choose the <emph>Data to Text</emph> function, the mail merge fields will be inserted according to the number of records.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155392" xml-lang="en-US">Text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155392">Text</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3143267">In the <emph>Text</emph> area, use the arrow button to select the database table columns into which you want to insert field contents.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/02/12070200.xhp#anchor_for_text_option"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp index c5df126339..78f8ca4cd1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/12090100.xhp @@ -44,13 +44,13 @@ </paragraph> </case> </switch> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155555" role="heading" level="2">Filter criteria</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155555">Filter criteria</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147834" role="paragraph">You can define a filter by indicating the type of line, the name of the field, a logical condition and a value or a combination of arguments.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/connect1" id="bm_id3153683" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/connect2" id="bm_id3147577" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/op2" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/op3" id="bm_id3150774" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149751" role="heading" level="2">Operator</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149751">Operator</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">For the following arguments, you can choose between the logical operators AND / OR.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/field1" id="bm_id3153682" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/field2" id="bm_id3155942" localize="false"/> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field1" id="bm_id3153345" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field2" id="bm_id3155535" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/field3" id="bm_id3148538" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149182" role="heading" level="2">Field name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149182">Field name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149398" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the field names from the current table to set them in the argument.</ahelp> You will see the column identifiers if no text is available for the field names.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/cond1" id="bm_id3149811" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/cond2" id="bm_id3153760" localize="false"/> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond1" id="bm_id3159270" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond2" id="bm_id3148990" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/cond3" id="bm_id3153252" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147653" role="heading" level="2">Condition</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147653">Condition</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150254" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/02/12090101.xhp">comparative operators</link> through which the entries in the <emph>Field name</emph> and <emph>Value</emph> fields can be linked.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/val1" id="bm_id3155136" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/standardfilterdialog/val2" id="bm_id3148492" localize="false"/> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value1" id="bm_id3146949" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value2" id="bm_id3153700" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/queryfilterdialog/value3" id="bm_id3159400" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149166" role="heading" level="2">Value</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149166">Value</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149795" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies a value to filter the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150976" role="paragraph">The<emph> Value </emph>list box contains all possible values for the specified <emph>Field name</emph> . Choose the value to be used in the filter. You can also choose the <emph>- empty -</emph> or <emph>-not empty -</emph> entries..</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156118" role="paragraph">If you use the filter function in database tables or forms, then type the value in the <emph>Value </emph>text box to be used for filtering.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/14020100.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/14020100.xhp index cfd8116d06..3554730381 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/14020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/14020100.xhp @@ -29,25 +29,25 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AddTable" id="bm_id8385907" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tablelist" id="bm_id3159224" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154788" role="heading" level="1">Add Tables</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154788">Add Tables</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152821" role="paragraph"><variable id="tabellehinzufuegentext"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Specifies the tables to be inserted into the design window.</ahelp> In the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialog, select the tables you need for your current task. </variable> When creating a query or a new table presentation, select the corresponding table to which the query or table presentation should refer. When working with relational databases, select the tables between which you want to build relationships.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149760" role="paragraph">The inserted tables appear in a separate window in the query design or relational windows, along with a list of the fields contained in the table. You can determine the size and order of this window.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000450.xhp#insert_table"/> </section> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="2">Table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154927">Table</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tables" id="bm_id0305200912070094" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id030520091208059" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows only tables.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/queries" id="bm_id0305200912074475" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0305200912080616" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows only queries.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150713" role="heading" level="3">Table name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150713">Table name</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156042" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/tablelist">Lists the available tables.</ahelp> To insert a table, select one from the list and click <emph>Add</emph>. You can also double-click the table name, and a window will be displayed containing the table fields at the top of the query design or the relational window.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/add" id="bm_id3155941" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151226" role="heading" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151226">Add</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153683" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/add">Inserts the currently selected table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/close" id="bm_id3153311" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153527" role="heading" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153527">Close</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156410" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="dbaccess/ui/tablesjoindialog/close">Closes the <emph>Add Tables</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp index cf03ce19dd..cad431c0c4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24010000.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ </table> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterInvert" id="bm_id6161795" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Invert</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155535">Invert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterInvert">Inverts the color values of a color image, or the brightness values of a grayscale image. Apply the filter again to revert the effect.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3143267"> <tablerow> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSmooth" id="bm_id6076636" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smoothdialog/SmoothDialog" id="bm_id3149578" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/smoothdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3149578" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Smooth</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153541">Smooth</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Softens or blurs the image by applying a low pass filter.</ahelp><comment>low pass filter with a kernel of: 1-2-1, 2-5-2, 1-2-1</comment></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149164"> <tablerow> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSharpen" id="bm_id4973428" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156329" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sharpen</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156329">Sharpen</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153760" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterSharpen">Sharpens the image by applying a high pass filter.</ahelp><comment>high pass filter with a kernel of: -1/-1/-1, -1/16/-1, -1/-1/-1</comment></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153716"> <tablerow> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterRemoveNoise" id="bm_id4672819" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148946" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove Noise</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148946">Remove Noise</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150866" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:GraphicFilterRemoveNoise">Removes noise by applying a median filter.</ahelp><comment>See i70055</comment></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153524"> <tablerow> @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSolarize" id="bm_id6035997" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/SolarizeDialog" id="bm_id3154910" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3154910" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Solarization</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144760">Solarization</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159150" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog for defining solarization. Solarization refers to an effect that looks like what can happen when there is too much light during photo development. The colors become partly inverted.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3143231"> <tablerow> @@ -114,18 +114,18 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145785" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Parameters</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145785">Parameters</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147352" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the degree and type of solarization.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/value" id="bm_id3151353" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153370" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Threshold Value</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153370">Threshold Value</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083443" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/value">Specifies the degree of brightness, in percent, above which the pixels are to be solarized.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/solarizedialog/invert" id="bm_id3147318" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Invert</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152596">Invert</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146921" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/solarizedialog/invert">Specifies to also invert all pixels.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/agingdialog/AgingDialog" id="bm_id2629364" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/agingdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id2629364" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSepia" id="bm_id3150105" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150875" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Aging</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150875">Aging</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163712" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">All pixels are set to their gray values, and then the green and blue color channels are reduced by the amount you specify. The red color channel is not changed.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3163717"> <tablerow> @@ -138,12 +138,12 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/agingdialog/value" id="bm_id3151116" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156443" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Aging Degree</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156443">Aging Degree</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155411" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/agingdialog/value">Defines the intensity of aging, in percent. At 0% you see the gray values of all pixels. At 100% only the red color channel remains.</ahelp><comment>ufi: cannot see any difference between 0% and 100% aging here...</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterPoster" id="bm_id6359144" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/posterdialog/PosterDialog" id="bm_id3151052" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/posterdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3151052" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146119" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Posterize</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146119">Posterize</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147396" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to determine the number of poster colors.</ahelp> This effect is based on the reduction of the number of colors. It makes photos look like paintings.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149487"> <tablerow> @@ -156,10 +156,10 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/posterdialog/value" id="bm_id3148878" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156736" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Poster Colors</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156736">Poster Colors</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/posterdialog/value">Specifies the number of colors to which the image is to be reduced.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterPopart" id="bm_id5192722" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144767" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pop Art</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144767">Pop Art</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153512" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts an image to a pop-art format.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154510"> <tablerow> @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterSobel" id="bm_id7462566" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153003" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Charcoal Sketch</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153003">Charcoal Sketch</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152971" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the image as a charcoal sketch. The contours of the image are drawn in black, and the original colors are suppressed.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3146914"> <tablerow> @@ -187,7 +187,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterRelief" id="bm_id7726141" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/embossdialog/EmbossDialog" id="bm_id3153356" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/embossdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3153356" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154360" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Relief</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154360">Relief</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153714" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a dialog for creating reliefs.</ahelp> You can choose the position of the imaginary light source that determines the type of shadow created, and how the graphic image looks in relief.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153735"> <tablerow> @@ -199,12 +199,12 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166447" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Light Source</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166447">Light Source</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145295" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the light source position. A dot represents the light source.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GraphicFilterMosaic" id="bm_id4595573" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/MosaicDialog" id="bm_id3154967" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3154967" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146919" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mosaic</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146919">Mosaic</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163807" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Joins small groups of pixels into rectangular areas of the same color.</ahelp> The larger the individual rectangles are, the fewer details the graphic image has.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147344"> <tablerow> @@ -216,16 +216,16 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153922" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Element resolution</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153922">Element resolution</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150646" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the number of pixels to be joined into rectangles.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/width" id="bm_id3145790" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159336" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159336">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150939" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/mosaicdialog/width">Defines the width of the individual tiles.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/height" id="bm_id3147131" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150827">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/mosaicdialog/height">Defines the height of the individual tiles.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/mosaicdialog/edges" id="bm_id3154573" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157972" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Enhance edges</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157972">Enhance edges</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151216" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/mosaicdialog/edges">Enhances, or sharpens, the edges of the object.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp index 04df6e0c09..4e41f0dda8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/24020000.xhp @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ </tablerow> </table> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Default</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155262">Default</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155434" xml-lang="en-US">The view of the graphic object is not changed.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grayscale</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147574">Grayscale</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153760" xml-lang="en-US">The graphic object is shown in grayscale. A color graphic object can become monochrome in grayscale. You can also use the color sliders to apply a uniform color to the monochrome graphic object.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151246" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Black and White</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151246">Black and White</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153062" xml-lang="en-US">The graphic object is shown in black and white. All brightness values below 50% will appear black, all over 50% will appear white.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146795" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Watermark</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146795">Watermark</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149670" xml-lang="en-US">The graphic object is raised in brightness and reduced in contrast so that it can be used in the background as a watermark.</paragraph><comment>UFI: #i45972#</comment> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp index 443f9e7d45..0e647bd198 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/limit.xhp @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3149991"><bookmark_value>SQL; LIMIT clause</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149991" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Limit</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149991">Limit</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DBLimit" id="bm_id3147588" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154894" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Expands the created select statement of the <link href="text/sdatabase/02010100.xhp">SQL Query</link> by the LIMIT X clause</ahelp>. This can be used to limit your SQL Query results to those that fall within the first X number of it.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhp b/source/text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhp index fd87ca7eec..29c7f542de 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/02/querypropdlg.xhp @@ -21,13 +21,13 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/QueryPropertiesDialog" id="bm_id3143280" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DBQueryPropertiesDialog" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154780" role="heading" level="1">Query Properties Dialog</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154780">Query Properties Dialog</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152820" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">In the <emph>Query Properties</emph> dialog you can set two properties of the SQL Query, i.e. whether to return distinct values, and whether to limit the result set.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153761" xml-lang="en-US">In the Query Design View, choose <emph>Edit - Query Properties</emph>. </paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154927" role="heading" level="2">Distinct Values</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154927">Distinct Values</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/distinct" id="bm_id0305200912070090" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id030520091208050" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Use distinct values in query.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/nondistinct" id="bm_id0305200912074470" localize="false"/> @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156040" role="paragraph">Expands the created select statement of the SQL Query in the current column by the parameter DISTINCT. The consequence is that identical values occurring multiple times are listed only once.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/limitbox" id="bm_id3155940" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/dbaccess/ui/querypropertiesdialog/___object_1___" id="bm_id3155941" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151226" role="heading" level="2">Limit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151226">Limit</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153683" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a Limit to set the maximum number of records to return.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp index b5774b18e2..5cae73bf4b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/04/01020000.xhp @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> </section> <section id="keydb"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159155" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shortcut keys for databases</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In the query design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159155">Shortcut keys for databases</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3149378">In the query design</h3> <table id="tbl_id3884090"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149403" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Control Properties Window</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149403">Control Properties Window</h3> <table id="tbl_id6836451"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148996" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shortcuts for creating Basic dialogs</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148996">Shortcuts for creating Basic dialogs</h2> <table id="tbl_id5835444"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp index eb8f28b17a..39ec887fa5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000001.xhp @@ -35,19 +35,19 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3146873" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="00000001"><link href="text/shared/05/00000001.xhp">Getting Support</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150667" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can find support on <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/feedback/">the %PRODUCTNAME website</link>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3154230" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For a summary of the current support services refer to the <emph>Readme</emph> file in the %PRODUCTNAME folder.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id26327" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Local language support pages</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id26327">Local language support pages</h2> <paragraph id="par_id1318380" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The %PRODUCTNAME localization projects offer support pages in various languages. Find an overview of the native language projects at the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/community/nlc/">%PRODUCTNAME website</link>. You can find English-language help and support on the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/feedback">%PRODUCTNAME website</link> as well.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2611386" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Mailing lists</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2611386">Mailing lists</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3166335" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ask about %PRODUCTNAME, find help by volunteers, and discuss topics on the public mailing lists. You can find many general and specialized mailing lists on the %PRODUCTNAME website at <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-help/mailing-lists/">www.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0915200811081722" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Forum</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0915200811081722">Forum</h2> <paragraph id="par_id0915200811081778" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can access web forums to ask and answer questions about %PRODUCTNAME. Choose <item type="menuitem">Help – Get Help Online</item> to access the forum in your language.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0804200803314150" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Security</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0804200803314150">Security</h2> <paragraph id="par_id0804200803314235" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In case you are concerned about any security issue with using this software, you can contact the developers on the <link href="https://lists.freedesktop.org/mailman/listinfo/libreoffice">public mailing list</link>. If you want to discuss any issue with other users, send an email to the public mailing list <literal>users@global.libreoffice.org</literal>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3168534" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Downloads</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3168534">Downloads</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3028143" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can download the latest version of %PRODUCTNAME at <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/download/">www.libreoffice.org/download/</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2602967" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Documentation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2602967">Documentation</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3497211" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can download documentation as PDF files, how-tos, and guides from the %PRODUCTNAME documentation website at <link href="https://documentation.libreoffice.org"><emph>documentation.libreoffice.org</emph></link>. You can also access the documentation website choosing the menu <item type="menuitem">Help – User Guides</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0120200910361765" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Participate and give back</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0120200910361765">Participate and give back</h2> <paragraph id="par_id0120200910361848" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to take an active role in the worldwide %PRODUCTNAME community, you are very welcome to give feedback, discuss features, propose enhancements, write your own article in an FAQ, how-to, manual, create a video tutorial, etc.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id0120200910361874" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Visit the <link href="https://www.libreoffice.org/get-involved/"><emph>Get involved</emph></link> page on the website and follow the links for contributors.</paragraph> </section> diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp index 6c4de3e098..f8c3fc70ec 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000002.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark branch="hid/HID_INTERFACE_SFXHELP_VIEWSH" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156421" localize="false"/> <paragraph id="hd_id3153116" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/05/00000002.xhp">Icons in the Documentation</link></paragraph> <section id="symbole"> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154962" xml-lang="en-US">Icons in the Documentation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154962">Icons in the Documentation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146961" xml-lang="en-US">There are three icons used to call your attention to additional helpful information.</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3156152" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Important!</emph> icon points out important information regarding data and system security.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153897" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Note</emph> icon points out extra information: for example, alternative ways to reach a certain goal.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp b/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp index c6fc546dcd..7138099df6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/05/00000110.xhp @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154366" role="paragraph">These commands can also be found in the context menu of the Help document.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10922" role="heading" level="2">Help Page</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10922">Help Page</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10926" role="paragraph">You can copy from the <emph>Help Viewer</emph> to the clipboard on your operating system with standard copy commands. For example:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109D8" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/backwards" visibility="hidden">Searches backwards from the current position of the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/searchdialog/search" id="bm_id5264137" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109F5" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/searchdialog/search" visibility="hidden">Finds the next occurrence of the search term.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149202" role="heading" level="2">Navigation Pane</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149202">Navigation Pane</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpcontrol/tabcontrol" id="bm_id3147229" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148673" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/helpcontrol/tabcontrol">The navigation pane of the Help window contains the tab pages <emph>Contents</emph>, <emph>Index</emph>, <emph>Find</emph> and <emph>Bookmarks</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/helpcontrol/active" id="bm_id3145421" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp index 1755633441..0d49e5c21d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/07/09000000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146946" xml-lang="en-US">To create a new web page for the Internet, open a new <emph>HTML Document</emph> by choosing <item type="menuitem">File - New</item>.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143284" xml-lang="en-US">A tool for creating new web pages is the Web Layout mode, which you enable with <item type="menuitem">View - Web</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147285" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Web Page</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147285">Creating a New Web Page</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150808" xml-lang="en-US">Switch to the web layout mode by choosing <item type="menuitem">View - Web</item> or by opening a new HTML document.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp index ea78e753c7..3699de61b1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/01000000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_START" id="bm_id3148671" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_WORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3152459" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148410" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146946" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">TWo INitial CApitals have been corrected</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148410">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3146946">TWo INitial CApitals have been corrected</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158397" xml-lang="en-US">Typing errors such as "WOrd" have been corrected and replaced by the <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> function to "Word".</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp index a685938094..19cff1ed7d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/02000000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENT" id="bm_id3153882" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENTENEMDASH" id="bm_id3149976" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155354" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Start each sentence with a capital letter</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155354">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3150502">Start each sentence with a capital letter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158397" xml-lang="en-US">Your text was corrected with <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> so that the current word began with a capital letter. AutoCorrect changes words at the beginning of a paragraph, and words after the character at the end of a sentence (period, exclamation point, question mark).</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp index 119f30ba3a..6a70bd964e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/03000000.xhp @@ -32,8 +32,8 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENTWORD" id="bm_id3148410" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SENTWORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3145759" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152459" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146946" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Two capital letters at the beginning of a word and a sentence have been corrected to one capital letter</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3152459">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3146946">Two capital letters at the beginning of a word and a sentence have been corrected to one capital letter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158397" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text so that a word beginning with two capital letters at the beginning of a sentence now starts with one capital letter.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp index 99c8beffa2..5c27d23f05 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/04000000.xhp @@ -33,8 +33,8 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORWORD" id="bm_id3153882" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORWORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3153679" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORSENTWORDENEMDASH" id="bm_id3145759" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154283" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154812" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">A replacement has been carried out</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154283">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3154812">A replacement has been carried out</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159241" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has replaced a word.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp index 44ef0f4287..03ad7d6c78 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/05000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_ACORSENTWORD" id="bm_id3159242" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155354" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156418" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoCorrect has performed a replacement. The beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155354">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3156418">AutoCorrect has performed a replacement. The beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153341" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has performed a replacement, and the beginning of the sentence now starts with a capital letter.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp index f3af0bb153..197d333dd6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/06000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGQUOTES" id="bm_id3156116" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148932" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158421" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Double quotation marks (") have been replaced</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148932">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3158421">Double quotation marks (") have been replaced</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146060" xml-lang="en-US">Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">Autocorrect</link> so that double quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp">typographical quotation marks</link>.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokotyafz"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp index 946dfd7d51..960439d301 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/07000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGSGLQUOTES" id="bm_id3147477" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149987" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Single quotes have been replaced</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153629">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3149987">Single quotes have been replaced</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154688" xml-lang="en-US">Your text was corrected by <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">Autocorrect</link> so that single quotation marks were replaced by <link href="text/shared/01/06040400.xhp">typographical quotation marks</link>.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokotyafz"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp index f3ce3a6cc7..637b0f8e3f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/08000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_SETINETATTR" id="bm_id3155354" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147240" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152823" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">An URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147240">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3152823">An URL has been detected and a hyperlink attribute has been set</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150278" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text. A string has been detected as an URL and is now shown as a hyperlink.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp index 73a9cc1909..c374a77728 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/09000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_IGNOREDOUBLESPACE" id="bm_id3153882" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149976" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147543" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Double spaces have been ignored</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149976">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3147543">Double spaces have been ignored</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149297" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that the multiple spaces you have entered have now been reduced to one single space.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp index df51bc1941..dd03ceb466 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/10000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGWEIGHTUNDERL" id="bm_id3150618" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147446" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155577" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bold and underline attributes have been recognized and applied</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147446">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3155577">Bold and underline attributes have been recognized and applied</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156014" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text, and the bold and/or underline text attributes have been automatically applied.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp index 7b33374764..56bf34a927 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/12000000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGTOENEMDASH" id="bm_id3146936" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153116" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGTOENEMDASH" id="bm_id3146936" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3153116">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minus signs have been replaced<comment>i73558</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148932" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has modified your text, and minus signs have been replaced with dashes.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp index d6bebea610..360d97c519 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autokorr/13000000.xhp @@ -31,8 +31,8 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EDITENG_HID_AUTOCORR_HELP_CHGORDINALNUMBER" id="bm_id3147519" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149513" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">AutoCorrect has been activated</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147090" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1st ... has been replaced with 1st ...</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149513">AutoCorrect has been activated</h1> +<h3 id="hd_id3147090">1st ... has been replaced with 1st ...</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153220" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link> has corrected your text so that ordinal number suffixes have been superscripted.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#autokooptionen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp index f6fa08d1f2..674c22c103 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw made "letters;..." a one level entry</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotLetter" id="bm_id3157898" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.letter.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id6131473" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151100" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Letter Wizard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3151100">Letter Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3093440" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="brief"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotLetter">Starts the wizard for a letter template.</ahelp> </variable> You can use this template for both business and personal correspondence.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -52,18 +52,18 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK" id="bm_id264595" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_PREVIOUS" id="bm_id3156024" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDPREV" id="bm_id3156347" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Back</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159176">Back</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153543" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_BACK">Allows you to view the selections that you made on the previous steps.</ahelp> The current settings will be saved. </paragraph> </section> <section id="next"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id6038392" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_ABSPILOT_NEXT" id="bm_id3154346" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDNEXT" id="bm_id3145382" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150254" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150254">Next</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155923" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_NEXT">Saves the current settings and continues to the next page.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE" id="bm_id2346873" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148944" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Finish</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148944">Finish</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LTRWIZARD_CREATE">According to your selections, the wizard creates a new document template and saves it on your hard disk.</ahelp> $[officename] creates a new document based on the existing templates with the "Untitled X" name (X stands for the consecutive numbering) and displays it on the work area.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3144433" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the chosen template. These settings are used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZARD" id="bm_id9510177" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp index ee0ac86989..b346b519d3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010100.xhp @@ -38,24 +38,24 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief1"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149183" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Please choose the type of letter and page design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149183">Please choose the type of letter and page design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145346" xml-lang="en-US">Specify whether you want to create a business or personal letter template.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTBUSINESSLETTER" id="bm_id4119998" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155941" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Business letter</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155941">Business letter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that you want to create a business letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVOFFICIALLETTER" id="bm_id8321481" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10616" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formal personal letter</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10616">Formal personal letter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that you want to create a formal personal letter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTPRIVATELETTER" id="bm_id7438276" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Personal letter</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147275">Personal letter</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that you want to create a personal letter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE" id="bm_id9794915" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVOFFICIALSTYLE" id="bm_id1822870" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTPRIVATESTYLE" id="bm_id5860774" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Page design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155628">Page design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the design for your letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKBUSINESSPAPER" id="bm_id1687673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106A7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106A7">Use letterhead paper with pre-printed elements</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether paper is used that already contains an imprinted logo, address, or footer line. The Wizard shows the Letterhead layout page next.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150254" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Letterhead layout</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp index e913f55c27..207cc225fb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010200.xhp @@ -38,37 +38,37 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief2"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156211" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Specify items already on your letterhead paper</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156211">Specify items already on your letterhead paper</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYLOGO" id="bm_id8606219" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Logo</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149549">Logo</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154186" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that a logo is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a logo.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOHEIGHT" id="bm_id1391338" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSHEIGHT" id="bm_id4860072" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151245">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the height of the object.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOWIDTH" id="bm_id996429" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSWIDTH" id="bm_id289315" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149415">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines the width of the object.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOX" id="bm_id1895199" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSX" id="bm_id6038087" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152922" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Spacing to left margin</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152922">Spacing to left margin</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149766" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the object distance from the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMLOGOY" id="bm_id4316232" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMADDRESSY" id="bm_id8536027" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Spacing to top margin</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150449">Spacing to top margin</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156423" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the object distance from the top page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERCOMPANYADDRESS" id="bm_id1311075" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106CB" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Own address</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106CB">Own address</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106CF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that an address is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKCOMPANYRECEIVER" id="bm_id2557145" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106D2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Return address in envelope window</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106D2">Return address in envelope window</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that your own address is already imprinted in small size above the area of the recipient's address. %PRODUCTNAME does not print an address in small size.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKPAPERFOOTER" id="bm_id1608020" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106D9" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Footer</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106D9">Footer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that a footer area is already printed on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print a footer.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_NUMFOOTERHEIGHT" id="bm_id1415753" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106E0" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106E0">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the height of the footer area that is already imprinted on your letterhead paper. %PRODUCTNAME does not print in that area.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153367" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Printed items</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp index 216a7ac7e2..653e17561b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010300.xhp @@ -39,30 +39,30 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief3"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSELOGO" id="bm_id8988006" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Logo</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105FA">Logo</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a logo on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEADDRESSRECEIVER" id="bm_id1879634" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10615" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Return address in envelope window</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10615">Return address in envelope window</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10619" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a small size return address on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESIGNS" id="bm_id8617511" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10630" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Letter signs</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10630">Letter signs</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10634" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a line with references to a business letter on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESUBJECT" id="bm_id9201940" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1064B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Subject line</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1064B">Subject line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a subject line on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSESALUTATION" id="bm_id6299935" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTSALUTATION" id="bm_id401013" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1066E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1066E">Salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10672" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a salutation on the letter template. Select the salutation from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEBENDMARKS" id="bm_id492263" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10689" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fold marks</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10689">Fold marks</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1068D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes fold marks on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEGREETING" id="bm_id5986510" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_LSTGREETING" id="bm_id9111606" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106AC" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Complimentary close</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106AC">Complimentary close</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106B0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a complimentary close on the letter template. Select the text from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKUSEFOOTER" id="bm_id1231116" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106C7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Footer</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106C7">Footer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106CB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a footer on the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149666" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Recipient and sender</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp index 54cb90c6ef..69e3b317d7 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010400.xhp @@ -38,32 +38,32 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief4"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sender's address</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DA">Sender's address</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies your address information.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id1062044" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E9" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use user data for return address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E9">Use user data for return address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the address data from %PRODUCTNAME - User Data in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTSENDERDEFINE" id="bm_id1482589" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10603" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New sender address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10603">New sender address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10606" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the address data from the following text boxes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERNAME" id="bm_id640888" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061D" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1061D">Name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10620" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the name of the sender.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTREET" id="bm_id5005645" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10637" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Street</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10637">Street</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the street address of the sender.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERPOSTCODE" id="bm_id67445" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERSTATE_TEXT" id="bm_id7767571" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTSENDERCITY" id="bm_id5828119" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10661" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Postcode/State/City</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10661">Postcode/State/City</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10664" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the address data of the sender.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Recipient's address</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10673">Recipient's address</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10677" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the recipient's address information.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id5449690" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10682" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use placeholders for recipient's address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10682">Use placeholders for recipient's address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10685" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that placeholder fields are inserted into the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE" id="bm_id7027497" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1069C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use address database for mail merge</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1069C">Use address database for mail merge</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1069F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Address database fields are inserted into the letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Footer</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp index 190950b226..d0d567ea6b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010500.xhp @@ -39,13 +39,13 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief5"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTFOOTER" id="bm_id5486922" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Footer</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DF">Footer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the text for the footer lines.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES" id="bm_id1500289" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Include only on second and following pages</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105FA">Include only on second and following pages</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10600" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to suppress the footer on the first page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS" id="bm_id9485152.00000001" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153093" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Include page numbers</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153093">Include page numbers</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155414" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes page numbers in your letter template.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154988" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp">Go to Letter Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp index b70751fe94..08b7ad042e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01010600.xhp @@ -39,17 +39,17 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotbrief6"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTTEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id1406292" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154047" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Template name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154047">Template name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159157" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the title of the document template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_TXTPATH" id="bm_id2255012" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_CMDPATH" id="bm_id9542832" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151043" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Path</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151043">Path</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the path and file name for the template, or click the <emph>...</emph> button to select the path and file name.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTCREATELETTER" id="bm_id2218390" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10639" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Create a letter from this template</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10639">Create a letter from this template</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves and closes the template, and then opens a new untitled document based on the template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LTRWIZ_OPTMAKECHANGES" id="bm_id3113803" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10653" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Make manual changes to this letter template</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10653">Make manual changes to this letter template</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10656" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the template and keeps it open for editing.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10665" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp">Letter Wizard overview</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp index f5ca71ce86..85613ea87f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotFax" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.fax.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id559709" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150445" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Fax Wizard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150445">Fax Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153394" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fax"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotFax">Opens the wizard for faxes.</ahelp> The wizard can help you create document templates for fax documents. You can then print the fax documents to a printer or to a fax machine, if fax driver software is available. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp#page4"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp#page5"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_BACK" id="bm_id2001709" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156156" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Back</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156156">Back</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155628" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the<emph> Back </emph>button to view the settings chosen on the previous page. The current settings will not be modified or deleted if you click this button.<emph> Back </emph>will be active from the second page onwards.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_NEXT" id="bm_id9227271" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147335">Next</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. The<emph> Next </emph>button will become inactive once you have reached the last page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD_CREATE" id="bm_id2856532" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152350" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Finish</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152350">Finish</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146948" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX".</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZARD" id="bm_id4632404" localize="false"/><comment>Dialog ID must be below any <avis> tag</comment> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp index 4571bf6ad0..449eaaa10c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020100.xhp @@ -39,16 +39,16 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax1"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTBUSINESSFAX" id="bm_id7710806" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Business Fax</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D7">Business Fax</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a fax template for a business-style fax.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_LSTBUSINESSSTYLE" id="bm_id3071077" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105DE">Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the predefined style.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_OPTPRIVATEFAX" id="bm_id7935728" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Private Fax</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105E5">Private Fax</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a fax template for a private fax.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTPRIVATESTYLE" id="bm_id9333780" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105EC">Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the predefined style.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156002" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Items to include</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp index 9f44cae2cf..48a0bb73b2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020200.xhp @@ -41,28 +41,28 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax2"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSELOGO" id="bm_id6044801" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Logo</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D7">Logo</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a company logo.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEDATE" id="bm_id1317789" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Date</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DE">Date</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a date field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type of message</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105E5">Type of message</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSECOMMUNICATIONTYPE" id="bm_id8609881" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTCOMMUNICATIONTYPE" id="bm_id9611804" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a communication type line. Select the line from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESUBJECT" id="bm_id1488998" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subject line</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105EC">Subject line</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a subject line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSESALUTATION" id="bm_id248725" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTSALUTATION" id="bm_id9913937" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F3" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105F3">Salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a salutation. Select the salutation from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEGREETING" id="bm_id2940153" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_LSTGREETING" id="bm_id8901944" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Complimentary close</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105FA">Complimentary close</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a greeting. Select the greeting from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKUSEFOOTER" id="bm_id5031891" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10601" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Footer</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10601">Footer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10605" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes a footer.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Sender and Recipient</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp index e63c49d776..c10b26b5ab 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020300.xhp @@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax3"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id2698141" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use user data for return address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105DE">Use user data for return address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTSENDERDEFINE" id="bm_id8446302" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New return address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E5">New return address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to enter the address data in the following text boxes. The data is inserted as normal text in the fax document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERNAME" id="bm_id5530869" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTREET" id="bm_id5629749" localize="false"/> @@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERSTATE" id="bm_id3894466" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERCITY" id="bm_id5997192" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTSENDERFAX" id="bm_id9666737" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">(Address data fields)</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105EC">(Address data fields)</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the sender address data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERPLACEHOLDER" id="bm_id1582384" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use placeholders as receiver address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105F9">Use placeholders as receiver address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts placeholders for the address on the fax template. Later in the fax document, click the placeholder to enter the actual data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTRECEIVERDATABASE" id="bm_id6142765" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10600" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use address database for mail merge</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10600">Use address database for mail merge</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts database fields for a later mail merge with the fax document.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154938" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Footer</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp index 771f26ada1..d757c15ed3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020400.xhp @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax4"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTFOOTER" id="bm_id3894466" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Footer</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D7">Footer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the text to be printed in the footer area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERNEXTPAGES" id="bm_id5997192" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Include only on second and following pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105DE">Include only on second and following pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Suppresses the footer on the first page of a multipage fax document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_CHKFOOTERPAGENUMBERS" id="bm_id9666737" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E4" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Include page number</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E4">Include page number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints a page number in the footer area.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152812" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp index 1856d7b890..d115f024f0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01020500.xhp @@ -41,16 +41,16 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotfax5"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_TXTTEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id9666737" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Template name</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D7">Template name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the name of the fax template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_FAXWIZ_CMDPATH" id="bm_id9666738" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">...</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DE">...</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to enter or select the complete path, including the file name of the fax template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTCREATEFAX" id="bm_id9666739" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Create a fax from this template</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E5">Create a fax from this template</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the fax template, then opens a new fax document based on that template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_OPTMAKECHANGES" id="bm_id9666740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Make manual changes to this fax template</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105EC">Make manual changes to this fax template</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the fax template, then opens the template for further editing.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151119" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01020000.xhp">Go to Fax Wizard</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp index 9d7c1a50fe..1e60a3b7f6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <bookmark_value>templates;agendas</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AutoPilotAgenda" id="bm_id3143284" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id8864711" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149031" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Agenda Wizard</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/service:com.sun.star.wizards.agenda.CallWizard?start" id="bm_id8864711" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3149031">Agenda Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147102" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="agenda"><ahelp hid=".uno:AutoPilotAgenda">Starts the wizard to help you create an agenda template.</ahelp> </variable> You can use an agenda to specify discussion topics for conferences and meetings.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -48,11 +48,11 @@ <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp#page4"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp#page5"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp#page6"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Back</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147088">Back</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">Returns to the selections made on the previous page. The current settings remain in effect. This button only becomes active after the first page.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155391" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155391">Next</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US">The wizard saves the current settings and goes to the next page. Once you reach the last page, this button will become inactive.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Finish</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145382">Finish</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US">According to your selections, the wizard creates a document template and saves it on your hard disk. A new document based on the template appears in the work area, with the filename "UntitledX" (X stands for an automatic number).</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel"/> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149235" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] saves the current settings in the wizard according to the selected document template. These will be used as the default settings the next time you activate the wizard.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp index 25518077a5..f246b7413b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040100.xhp @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda1"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN" id="bm_id845667" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Page design</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_LIST_PAGEDESIGN" id="bm_id845667" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105D7">Page design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the page design from the list box.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES" id="bm_id989410" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Include form for recording minutes</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_1_CHK_MINUTES" id="bm_id989410" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105DE">Include form for recording minutes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints out a page on which you can write down the minutes during the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153087" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - General information</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp index 2f96f562b1..8f79606f36 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040200.xhp @@ -37,16 +37,16 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda2"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE" id="bm_id619525" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Date</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE" id="bm_id619525" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3153748">Date</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_DATE">Specifies the date of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME" id="bm_id622272" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Time</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME" id="bm_id622272" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154749">Time</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TIME">Specifies the time of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE" id="bm_id88503" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10625" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Title</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_TITLE" id="bm_id88503" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10625">Title</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10629" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the title of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION" id="bm_id4133121" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Location</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION" id="bm_id4133121" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150355">Location</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_2_TXT_LOCATION">Specifies the location of the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148946" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Headings to include</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp index deffc3a4fe..6aac402121 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040300.xhp @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda3"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE" id="bm_id6609393" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type of meeting</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_MEETING_TYPE" id="bm_id6609393" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105DA">Type of meeting</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print the type of meeting line.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ" id="bm_id805078" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Please read</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_READ" id="bm_id805078" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E1">Please read</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a Please read line.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING" id="bm_id9006927" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Please bring</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_BRING" id="bm_id9006927" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E8">Please bring</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a Please bring line.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES" id="bm_id9465620" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Notes</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_3_CHK_NOTES" id="bm_id9465620" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105EF">Notes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a Notes line.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Names</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp index 8778e226be..7cbe24ea7e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040400.xhp @@ -36,19 +36,19 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda4"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY" id="bm_id3808099" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Meeting called by</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_CALLED_BY" id="bm_id3808099" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105DA">Meeting called by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the person who called the meeting.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR" id="bm_id9137241" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chairperson</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_FACILITATOR" id="bm_id9137241" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E1">Chairperson</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the chairperson.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER" id="bm_id5817743" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Minute keeper</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_NOTETAKER" id="bm_id5817743" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E8">Minute keeper</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the minute keeper.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER" id="bm_id8270516" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Moderator</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_TIMEKEEPER" id="bm_id8270516" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105EF">Moderator</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the moderator.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES" id="bm_id6294747" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F6" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Attendees</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_ATTENDEES" id="bm_id6294747" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105F6">Attendees</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105FA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the attendees.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS" id="bm_id2154606" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FD" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Observers</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_OBSERVERS" id="bm_id2154606" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105FD">Observers</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10601" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the observers.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS" id="bm_id3342997" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Facility personnel</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_4_CHK_RESOURCEPERSONS" id="bm_id3342997" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10604">Facility personnel</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10608" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to print a line where you can enter the facility personnel.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Agenda Items</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp index 2947104431..b34ad2d542 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040500.xhp @@ -38,15 +38,15 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_TOPIC_1" id="bm_id3167821" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_RESPONSIBLE_1" id="bm_id1974852" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1" id="bm_id3915829" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Topics</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_TXT_MINUTES_1" id="bm_id3915829" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105D7">Topics</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the agenda topics. Use the Move up and Move down buttons to sort the topics.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT" id="bm_id3049714" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DD" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_INSERT" id="bm_id3049714" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105DD">Insert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new empty topic row above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE" id="bm_id1557359" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E3" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_REMOVE" id="bm_id1557359" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E3">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the current topic row.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP" id="bm_id7616809" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E9" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Move up</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_UP" id="bm_id7616809" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E9">Move up</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the current topic row up.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN" id="bm_id479750" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Move down</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_5_BTN_DOWN" id="bm_id479750" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105EF">Move down</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the current topic row down.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard - Name and location</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp index 41aa29ae6a..8d4c50f263 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01040600.xhp @@ -36,14 +36,14 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotagenda6"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id3152256" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Template title</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATENAME" id="bm_id3152256" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105DA">Template title</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the name of the agenda template.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_TXT_TEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id4554582" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id8800622" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Path</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_BTN_TEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id8800622" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E1">Path</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the complete path, including the file name of the agenda template.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA" id="bm_id102237" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E8" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create an agenda from this template</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_CREATEAGENDA" id="bm_id102237" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105E8">Create an agenda from this template</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens a new agenda document based on that template.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES" id="bm_id2786034" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Make manual changes to this template</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_AGWIZ_6_OPT_MAKECHANGES" id="bm_id2786034" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105EF">Make manual changes to this template</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates and saves the agenda template, then opens the template for further editing.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F6" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01040000.xhp">Go to Agenda Wizard</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp index 38c5ab213b..d60c9f9e7c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id9834894"><bookmark_value>forms;wizards</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>wizards;forms</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3109850" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Form Wizard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3109850">Form Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150247" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="formular"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGFORM_DIALOG">Activates the Wizard for creating forms.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp index 2c9bb80627..46eb2f982e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_LBTABLES" id="bm_id4652241" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tables or queries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153750">Tables or queries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query that you want to create the form for.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="available_fields"> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFILTERFIELDS" id="bm_id2533341" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_LSTFIELDS" id="bm_id4751121" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id4880825" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Available fields</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153527">Available fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.</ahelp> Click to select a field or hold down the Shift or the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while you click to select more than one field.</paragraph> </section> <section id="take"> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id4933927" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id9028595" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id2095095" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150443">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp><comment>i73704</comment></paragraph> </section> <section id="take_all"> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id6911221" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3862117" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3775444" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154142" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">>></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154142">>></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145121" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="remove"> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id9915768" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id2427442" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id7336649" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155419" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155419"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="remove_all"> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGTABLE_CMDREMOVE_PK_SELECTED" id="bm_id86673" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id9287697" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id4853053" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><<</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159399"><<</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156329" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="updown"> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEUP" id="bm_id1707815" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id3135166" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEUP" id="bm_id3982360" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1074A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">^</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1074A">^</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1074E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field up one entry in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id5430463" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID2_BTN_DOC_DOWN" id="bm_id2385937" localize="false"/> @@ -109,12 +109,12 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDFILTERMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id6916714" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_QUERYWIZARD_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id5736259" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_CMDMOVEDOWN" id="bm_id2286751" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10751" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">v</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10751">v</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10755" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field down one entry in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_MASTER_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id2010864" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fields in the form</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147618">Fields in the form</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the fields that are in the new form.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp">Form Wizard - Set up a subform</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp index a455a1da0f..1a248f52ec 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090200.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKCREATESUBFORM" id="bm_id9360942" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add subform</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Add subform</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to add a subform.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTONEXISTINGRELATION" id="bm_id1355632" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sub form based on existing relation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055A">Sub form based on existing relation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on an existing relation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_lstRELATIONS" id="bm_id1124912" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Which relation do you want to add?</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1055E">Which relation do you want to add?</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the relation on which the subform is based.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTSELECTMANUALLY" id="bm_id542008" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sub form based on manual selection of fields</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105D1">Sub form based on manual selection of fields</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to add a subform based on a manual selection of fields. </ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp">Form Wizard - Add subform fields</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp index 113df86218..7fc29353d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090210.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_LBTABLES" id="bm_id2198553" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tables or queries</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10559">Tables or queries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the table or query for which the subform is to be created.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#available_fields"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#take"/> @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#remove_all"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_SUB_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id7471541" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fields in my subform</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10590">Fields in my subform</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that will be included in the new subform.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10597" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp">Form Wizard - Get joined fields</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp index 29e44bc369..cac081abd1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090220.xhp @@ -38,28 +38,28 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK1" id="bm_id1117587" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">First joined subform field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">First joined subform field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK1" id="bm_id860011" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B9" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">First joined main form field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105B9">First joined main form field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK2" id="bm_id341196" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105CE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Second joined subform field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105CE">Second joined subform field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK2" id="bm_id3749809" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Second joined main form field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D5">Second joined main form field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK3" id="bm_id292977" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DC" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Third joined subform field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DC">Third joined subform field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK3" id="bm_id2072817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E3" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Third joined main form field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105E3">Third joined main form field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTSLAVELINK4" id="bm_id6697592" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fourth joined subform field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105EA">Fourth joined subform field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the subform field that is joined to the main form field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LINKER_LSTMASTERLINK4" id="bm_id6420789" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fourth joined main form field</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105F1">Fourth joined main form field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the main form field that is joined to the subform field, which you select in the list box next to this list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F8" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp">Form Wizard - Arrange controls</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp index 1b69214ac2..c853e1e503 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090300.xhp @@ -37,38 +37,38 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150791" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Label placement</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150791">Label placement</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNLEFT" id="bm_id3154365" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Align left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153379">Align left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The labels are left-aligned.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDALIGNRIGHT" id="bm_id3125865" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149169" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Align right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149169">Align right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The labels are right-aligned.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153682" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Arrangement of the main form</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153682">Arrangement of the main form</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED" id="bm_id3154823" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columnar - Labels Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155892">Columnar - Labels Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149388" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED" id="bm_id3166460" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columnar - Labels on Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145345">Columnar - Labels on Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE" id="bm_id3146948" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">As Data Sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147209">As Data Sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED" id="bm_id3149762" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In Blocks - Labels Above</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154897">In Blocks - Labels Above</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106C9" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Arrangement of the subform</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106C9">Arrangement of the subform</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDLEFTLABELED2" id="bm_id3149763" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106D5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columnar - Labels Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106D5">Columnar - Labels Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106D9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels to the left of the fields.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPLABELED2" id="bm_id3149764" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DC" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columnar - Labels on Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DC">Columnar - Labels on Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields column-wise with the labels above the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTABLESTYLE2" id="bm_id3149765" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106E3" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">As Data Sheet</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106E3">As Data Sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the database fields in a tabular form.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDTOPJUSTIFIED2" id="bm_id3149766" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106EA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In Blocks - Labels Above</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106EA">In Blocks - Labels Above</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106EE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arranges the labels above the corresponding data.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F3" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp">Form Wizard - Set data entry</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp index 8dd2996573..25497201d8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090400.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTNEWDATAONLY" id="bm_id2941984" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The form is to be used for entering new data only. Existing data will not be displayed</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10558">The form is to be used for entering new data only. Existing data will not be displayed</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a form that is only used for entering new data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTDISPLAYALLDATA" id="bm_id7657094" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The form is to display all data</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105BB">The form is to display all data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a form that can be used to display existing data and to enter new data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOMODIFICATION" id="bm_id2462233" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not allow modification of existing data</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055C">Do not allow modification of existing data</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to disallow editing data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNODELETION" id="bm_id6961272" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DD" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not allow deletion of existing data</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105DD">Do not allow deletion of existing data</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to disallow deleting data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CHKNOADDITION" id="bm_id3928952" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not allow addition of new data</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E6">Do not allow addition of new data</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to disallow adding new data.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E4" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp">Form Wizard - Apply styles</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp index 4357d709eb..3378734827 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090500.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_LSTSTYLES" id="bm_id1676992" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Apply styles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the page style for the form.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Field border</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Field border</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the field border style.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDNOBORDER" id="bm_id9551683" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No border</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10564">No border</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the fields have no border.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMD3DBORDER" id="bm_id655842" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">3D look</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1056B">3D look</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders have a 3D look.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_CMDSIMPLEBORDER" id="bm_id2400585" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Flat</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10572">Flat</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the field borders look flat.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp">Form Wizard - Set name</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp index 6c90ca1a53..6133e31273 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01090600.xhp @@ -38,13 +38,13 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotformular"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_TXTPATH" id="bm_id5958128" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Name of the form</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Name of the form</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the name of the form.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTWORKWITHFORM" id="bm_id6427198" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Work with the form</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Work with the form</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the form, and opens it as a form document to enter and display data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGFORM_OPTMODIFYFORM" id="bm_id9930417" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Modify the form</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10563">Modify the form</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the form, and opens it in edit mode to change the layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp index 2fe9ca5e62..2b297d6a92 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100000.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DBNewReportAutoPilot" id="bm_id3153894" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150499" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Report Wizard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150499">Report Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="report"><ahelp hid=".">Activates the wizard for creating reports.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp index 15eba78f88..ff03cc022f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100100.xhp @@ -36,28 +36,28 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES" id="bm_id3154751" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tables or queries</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_LBTABLES" id="bm_id3154751" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3156136">Tables or queries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the table or query for which the report is to be created.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="available_fields"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id3153683" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Available fields</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSAVAILABLE" id="bm_id3153683" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147008">Available fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the names of the data base fields in the selected table or query.</ahelp> Click to select a field or press the Shift or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking to select multiple fields.</paragraph> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fields in report</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_FIELDSSELECTED" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3153031">Fields in report</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays all fields that are included in the new report.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="take"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3156152" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147209" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3156152" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147209">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="take_all"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3154898" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159269" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">>></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDMOVEALL" id="bm_id3154898" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3159269">>></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149784" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="remove"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3153824" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153146" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVESELECTED" id="bm_id3153824" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3153146"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field(s) to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <section id="remove_all"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id3156002" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><<</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_1_CMDREMOVEALL" id="bm_id3156002" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149233"><<</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move all fields to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Labeling Fields</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp index 8f0aa59e04..2f8ef82a0e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100150.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_4" id="bm_id3159233" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_5" id="bm_id3149827" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_6_TXTTITLE_6" id="bm_id3154288" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Field list</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155805">Field list</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the names of the fields to be included in the report. At the right you can enter a label for each field that will be printed in the report.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Grouping</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp index 413a87cafe..510ce36f21 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100200.xhp @@ -36,13 +36,13 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING" id="bm_id3152924" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149760" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Fields</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_GROUPING" id="bm_id3152924" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149760">Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the fields from your selection on the previous page of the Wizard. To group the report by a field, select the field name, then click the <emph>></emph> button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST" id="bm_id3149182" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155552" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Groupings</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_PREGROUPINGDEST" id="bm_id3149182" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155552">Groupings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the fields by which the report will be grouped. To remove one level of grouping, select the field name, then click the <emph><</emph> button. You may select up to four levels of grouping.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP" id="bm_id3153748" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154289" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDGROUP" id="bm_id3153748" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154289">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP" id="bm_id3166460" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_2_CMDUNGROUP" id="bm_id3166460" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154823"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to move the selected field to the box that the arrow is pointing to.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Sort Options</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp index dea83f665e..f67cdd14e5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100300.xhp @@ -38,24 +38,24 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT1" id="bm_id3154927" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149205" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort by</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149205">Sort by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the first field by which to sort the report.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT2" id="bm_id3151226" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT3" id="bm_id3145669" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_SORT4" id="bm_id3143267" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Then by</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154751">Then by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an additional field by which to sort the report.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND1" id="bm_id3156410" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND2" id="bm_id3153345" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND3" id="bm_id3145071" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTASCEND4" id="bm_id3150774" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ascending</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146957">Ascending</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sorts the field contents in ascending order.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND1" id="bm_id3152996" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND2" id="bm_id3153032" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND3" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_3_OPTDESCEND4" id="bm_id3152780" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147653" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Descending</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147653">Descending</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156113" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sorts the field contents in descending order.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156329" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Choose Layout</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp index 10b0ff3391..807d3503bf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100400.xhp @@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_DATALAYOUT" id="bm_id3157958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Layout of data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145345">Layout of data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines a set of styles for the report. The styles assign fonts, indents, table background, and more.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PAGELAYOUT" id="bm_id3147088" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Layout of headers and footers</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145071">Layout of headers and footers</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152551" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Defines a page layout for the report. The page layouts are loaded from template files, which assign a header, footer, and page background.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Orientation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152996">Orientation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">Choose the page orientation for the report.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_LANDSCAPE" id="bm_id3151110" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Landscape</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156347">Landscape</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a landscape page orientation for the report.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_PORTRAIT" id="bm_id3147335" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Portrait</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149233">Portrait</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154285" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a portrait page orientation for the report.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">More about Report Wizard - Create Report</link></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp index fd09defc31..ccb3de014f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotreport"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_4_TITLE" id="bm_id3153049" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Title of report</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145669">Title of report</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the title that is printed at the title line of each page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTSTATDOCUMENT" id="bm_id3149235" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157910" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Static report</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157910">Static report</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149580" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the report as a static report. When you open a static report, it will always display the data from the time the report was created.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTDYNTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3145136" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Dynamic report</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154751">Dynamic report</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the report as a template. When you open a dynamic report, it will display with the current data contents.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTEDITTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3166460" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Modify report layout</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148538">Modify report layout</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you click <emph>Finish</emph>, the report will be saved and opened for edit.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGREPORT_5_OPTUSETEMPLATE" id="bm_id3146948" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Create report now</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153127">Create report now</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156194" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you click <emph>Finish</emph>, the report will be saved.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp index 32cbb514b1..c741a4fd2e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/page1" id="bm_id4476453" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154788" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">HTML Export</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154788">HTML Export</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Determines the settings for publishing $[officename] Draw or $[officename] Impress documents in HTML format.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern"/> @@ -42,12 +42,12 @@ <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp#page4"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp#page5"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp#page6"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146797" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">< Back</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146797">< Back</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150444" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/lastPageButton">Returns to the selections made on the previous page.</ahelp> The current settings remain saved. You can select this button once you are in the second editing step.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next ></paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147242">Next ></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/nextPageButton">Saves the current settings and moves to the next page.</ahelp> This button becomes inactive on the last page of the dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/finishButton" id="bm_id4476455" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154046">Create</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates new documents according to your selections and saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154897" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] saves the current Wizard settings and uses them as default the next time that you open the Wizard.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp index 62ef80be3d..80aa813016 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110100.xhp @@ -41,20 +41,20 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern1"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151226" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151226">Assign design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">In this area, you can choose to create a new design and select or delete an existing design.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US">If you delete a design, you will only delete the design information in the Wizard. An export file will not be deleted by this action.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/newDesignRadiobutton" id="bm_id3154318" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153681">New design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/newDesignRadiobutton">Creates a new design in the next pages of the Wizard.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/oldDesignRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147577" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Existing Design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149388">Existing Design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/oldDesignRadiobutton">Loads an existing design from the design list to use as a starting point for the steps to follow on the next pages of the Wizard.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/designsTreeview" id="bm_id3156346" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Design list</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152996">Design list</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153031" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/designsTreeview">Displays all existing designs.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/delDesingButton" id="bm_id3150986" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154514" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete Selected Design</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154514">Delete Selected Design</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148473" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/delDesingButton">Deletes the selected design from the design list.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp index 813e00d354..de092100ca 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp @@ -45,44 +45,44 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern2"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Publication type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152924">Publication type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the basic settings for the intended export.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/standardRadiobutton" id="bm_id3157958" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Standard HTML format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/standardRadiobutton" id="bm_id3157958" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147399">Standard HTML format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/standardRadiobutton">Creates standard HTML pages from export pages.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/framesRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147009" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Standard HTML with frames</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/framesRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147009" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3145071">Standard HTML with frames</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/framesRadiobutton">Creates standard HTML pages with frames. The exported page will be placed in the main frame, and the frame to the left will display a table of contents in the form of hyperlinks.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/contentCheckbutton" id="bm_id3147242" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Create title page</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/contentCheckbutton" id="bm_id3147242" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149398">Create title page</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/contentCheckbutton">Creates a title page for your document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/notesCheckbutton" id="bm_id3149236" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163804" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Show notes </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/notesCheckbutton">Specifies that your notes are also displayed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/kioskRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147336" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/kioskRadiobutton" id="bm_id3147336" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3156117">Automatic</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/kioskRadiobutton">Creates a default HTML presentation as a kiosk export, in which the slides are automatically advanced after a specified amount of time.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgDefaultRadiobutton" id="bm_id3156327" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">As stated in document</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgDefaultRadiobutton" id="bm_id3156327" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155421">As stated in document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgDefaultRadiobutton">The slide transition depends on the timing that you set for each slide in the presentation. If you set a manual page transition, the HTML presentation introduces a new page by pressing any key from your keyboard.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgAutoRadiobutton" id="bm_id3150772" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156307" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgAutoRadiobutton" id="bm_id3150772" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156307">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/chgAutoRadiobutton">The page transition takes place automatically after the specified period of time elapses and does not depend on the presentation's contents</ahelp>.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/durationSpinbutton" id="bm_id3152472" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Slide view time</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/durationSpinbutton" id="bm_id3152472" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150503">Slide view time</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151245" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/durationSpinbutton">Defines the amount of time for each slide display.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/endlessCheckbutton" id="bm_id3149294" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Endless</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/endlessCheckbutton" id="bm_id3149294" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154347">Endless</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/endlessCheckbutton">Automatically restarts the HTML presentation after the last slide has been displayed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/webCastRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152811" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151054" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">WebCast</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/webCastRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152811" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3151054">WebCast</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150543" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/webCastRadiobutton">In a WebCast export, automatic scripts will be generated with Perl or ASP support.</ahelp> This enables the speaker (for example, a speaker in a telephone conference using a slide show on the Internet) to change the slides in the audience's web browsers. You will find more information on <link href="text/shared/autopi/01110200.xhp">WebCast</link> later in this section.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Active Server Pages (ASP)</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton" id="bm_id3154684" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154365">Active Server Pages (ASP)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148922" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/ASPRadiobutton">When you select the<emph> ASP </emph>option, the WebCast export creates ASP pages. Note that the HTML presentation can only be offered by a web server supporting ASP.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/perlRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152920" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149765" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Perl</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/perlRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152920" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149765">Perl</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145174" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/perlRadiobutton">Used by WebCast export to create HTML pages and Perl scripts.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/indexEntry" id="bm_id3151382" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150868" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">URL for listeners</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/indexEntry" id="bm_id3151382" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3150868">URL for listeners</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149203" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/indexEntry">Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) to be entered by the viewer in order to see the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/URLEntry" id="bm_id3154218" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147228" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">URL for presentation</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/URLEntry" id="bm_id3154218" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3147228">URL for presentation</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156214" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/URLEntry">Specifies the URL (absolute or relative), where the created HTML presentation on the web server has been saved.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/CGIEntry" id="bm_id3155429" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153367" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">URL for Perl scripts</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/CGIEntry" id="bm_id3155429" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3153367">URL for Perl scripts</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159255" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/CGIEntry">Specifies the URL (absolute or relative) for the generated Perl scripts.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150486" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">More Information on WebCast Export</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150486">More Information on WebCast Export</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152578" xml-lang="en-US">There are two possible options for exporting $[officename] Impress presentations using WebCast technology: Active Server Pages (ASP) and Perl.</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3153364" xml-lang="en-US">In either case, the WebCast needs an HTTP server offering either Perl or ASP as scripting. Therefore, the exporting option depends on the HTTP server used.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151112" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">WebCast in ASP</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159197" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Exporting</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151112">WebCast in ASP</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3159197">Exporting</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146119" xml-lang="en-US">To export to ASP, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. You then see the <emph>Export</emph> dialog in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. Once you have selected a directory and entered a file name, click <emph>Export</emph>. For export as ASP, we recommend selecting a "secret" file name for the HTML file (see below for more details). You then see the <emph>HTML Export</emph> dialog. Several files will be written to the directory you have just selected.</paragraph> @@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154790" xml-lang="en-US">In the options area for WebCast, select the <emph>Active Server Pages (ASP)</emph> option. You can now continue defining other settings or start the export by clicking the <emph>Create</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153281" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Using ASP WebCast</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153281">Using ASP WebCast</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149910" xml-lang="en-US">You can use WebCast as soon as the exported files can be accessed from an HTTP server.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154503" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Example</emph>:</paragraph> @@ -111,8 +111,8 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159110" xml-lang="en-US">The audience can now view the slide selected by the presenter through the URL http://myserver.com/presentation/webcast.asp. They cannot move to other slides found at this URL, unless the file names are known. Please ensure that the HTTP server does not show the directory listing.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153732" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">WebCast over Perl</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Exporting</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153732">WebCast over Perl</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3152999">Exporting</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3146972" xml-lang="en-US">To export, in a $[officename] Impress document choose <emph>File - Export</emph>. This opens the <emph>Export</emph> dialog, in which you select <emph>HTML Document</emph> as the file type. After selecting a folder and entering a file name, click <emph>Save</emph>. This opens the <emph>HTML Export Wizard</emph>. This will write some files to the folder you have just selected.</paragraph> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154509" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>URL for listeners</emph> text box, enter the file name of the HTML document that will be used by the audience. In <emph>URL for presentation</emph>, enter the URL of the directory that will be used for the presentation and, in <emph>URL for Perl scripts</emph>, enter the URL for the CGI script directory. You can now define further settings on the following pages of the Wizard or start the export process by clicking the <emph>Create</emph> button.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148996" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Using Perl WebCast</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148996">Using Perl WebCast</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159268" xml-lang="en-US">The files that have been created during the export must now be set up in the Perl enabled HTTP server. This cannot be done automatically because of the variety of different HTTP servers having Perl support. The steps to follow will be described next. Please refer to your server manual or ask your network administrator how to apply these steps on your server.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp index a773d2947c..5aa3d62c64 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110300.xhp @@ -36,25 +36,25 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern3"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save images as</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155341">Save images as</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157909" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the image format. You can also define the compression value for the export.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/pngRadiobutton" id="bm_id9604480" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2298959" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">PNG - Portable Network Graphics format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/pngRadiobutton" id="bm_id9604480" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id2298959">PNG - Portable Network Graphics format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4653767" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The files are exported as PNG files. PNG files are compressed without loss of data, and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton" id="bm_id3153562" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147618" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">GIF - Graphics Interchange Format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton" id="bm_id3153562" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147618">GIF - Graphics Interchange Format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154860" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/gifRadiobutton">The files are exported as GIF files. GIF files are compressed without loss of data, and have a maximum of 256 colors.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton" id="bm_id3153147" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">JPG - Compressed file format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton" id="bm_id3153147" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154306">JPG - Compressed file format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/jpgRadiobutton">The files are exported as JPEG files. JPEG files are compressed, with adjustable compression and can contain more than 256 colors.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/qualityCombobox" id="bm_id3156023" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Quality</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/qualityCombobox" id="bm_id3156023" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149763">Quality</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/qualityCombobox">Specifies the compression factor of the JPEG graphic. A 100% value offers the best quality for a large data range. The 25% factor indicates small files with inferior image quality.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148552" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Monitor resolution</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148552">Monitor resolution</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148947" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the resolution for the target screen. Depending on the selected resolution, the image will be displayed in a reduced size. You can specify a reduction of up to 80% from the original size.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution1Radiobutton" id="bm_id3154389" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152361" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Low resolution (640x480 pixels)</paragraph><comment>see i73719</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153380" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution1Radiobutton">Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution2Radiobutton" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Medium resolution (800x600 pixels)</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution1Radiobutton" id="bm_id3154389" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152361">Low resolution (640x480 pixels)</h3><comment>see i73719</comment><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153380" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution1Radiobutton">Select the low resolution to keep the file size small, even for presentations with many slides.</ahelp></paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution2Radiobutton" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153361">Medium resolution (800x600 pixels)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution2Radiobutton">Select the medium resolution for a medium-sized presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution3Radiobutton" id="bm_id3149167" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153968" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">High resolution (1024x768 pixels)</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution3Radiobutton" id="bm_id3149167" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153968">High resolution (1024x768 pixels)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149810" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/resolution3Radiobutton">Select a high resolution for a high quality slide display.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154946" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Export</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/sldSoundCheckbutton" id="bm_id3148672" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151381" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Export sounds when slide advances</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154946">Export</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/sldSoundCheckbutton" id="bm_id3148672" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151381">Export sounds when slide advances</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/sldSoundCheckbutton">Specifies that the sound files that are defined as an effect for slide transitions are exported.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp index 9b6fe38693..59d20b386d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110400.xhp @@ -39,18 +39,18 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern4"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155392" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Information for the title page</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155392">Information for the title page</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/authorEntry" id="bm_id3155338" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155941" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Author</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155941">Author</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154288" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/authorEntry">Specifies the name of the publication's author.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/emailEntry" id="bm_id3145346" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Email address</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147089">Email address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/emailEntry">Specifies the email address.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/wwwEntry" id="bm_id3163803" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Your homepage</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147242">Your homepage</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150355" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/wwwEntry">Specifies your homepage. A hyperlink will be inserted in the publication.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/miscTextview" id="bm_id3149236" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150504" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Additional information</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150504">Additional information</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/miscTextview">Specifies additional text to appear on the title page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/downloadCheckbutton" id="bm_id3157910" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153824" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Link to a copy of the original presentation diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp index 94d5158e58..26fa381e1a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110500.xhp @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern5"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145090" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select button style</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145090">Select button style</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether you want to insert navigation buttons in your presentation. You can also select the style of the buttons.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textOnlyCheckbutton" id="bm_id3143268" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149095">Text only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textOnlyCheckbutton">Inserts only text hyperlinks instead of buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156411" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection field</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156411">Selection field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the available button styles. Click on a button style to select it.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp index 9f901c1f18..3925d9da99 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01110600.xhp @@ -39,31 +39,31 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#htmlspeichern6"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select color scheme</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152924">Select color scheme</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153049" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the color scheme and the colors for text and background.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/docColorsRadiobutton" id="bm_id3145090" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Apply color scheme from document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147291">Apply color scheme from document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/docColorsRadiobutton">Determines the colors from the styles used in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/defaultRadiobutton" id="bm_id3146958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149095" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use browser colors</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149095">Use browser colors</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/defaultRadiobutton">Uses the default colors of the viewer's Web Browser.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/userRadiobutton" id="bm_id3152997" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149388" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use custom color scheme</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149388">Use custom color scheme</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149399" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/userRadiobutton">Allows you to define your own colors for some presentation objects.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textButton" id="bm_id3145382" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166410">Text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/textButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the text color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/linkButton" id="bm_id3155389" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156192" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyperlink</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156192">Hyperlink</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/linkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the hyperlink color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/aLinkButton" id="bm_id3153825" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149234" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Active Link</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149234">Active Link</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156152" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/aLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the active link color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/vLinkButton" id="bm_id3153822" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148474" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Visited Link</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148474">Visited Link</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150670" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/vLinkButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the visited link color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/backButton" id="bm_id3152360" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Background</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156024">Background</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/publishingdialog/backButton">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010501.xhp"><emph>Color</emph></link> dialog, where you can select the background color of the presentation.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp index 8933b21eb8..d6b4fbc453 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149031" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Group Element Wizard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149031">Group Element Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151097" xml-lang="en-US">The Group Element Wizard starts automatically when you insert a <link href="text/shared/02/01170000.xhp">Group Box</link> into a document.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen"/> @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GROUPWIZARD_FINISH" id="bm_id3155941" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_GRIDWIZARD_FINISH" id="bm_id3155391" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/EXTENSIONS_HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH" id="bm_id3153748" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145071" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145071">Create</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_LISTWIZARD_FINISH">Creates the object.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp index 5ef03ab67e..7b661af150 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120100.xhp @@ -41,9 +41,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen1"/> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153894" xml-lang="en-US">Which names do you want to give the option fields?</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153894">Which names do you want to give the option fields?</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154673"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/radiolabels" visibility="visible">Specifies the respective label for each option field. You will see the label of the option field in the form.</ahelp> This entry corresponds to the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">Label</link> property of the option field.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US">Accept</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3155805">Accept</h3> <table id="tbl_id3145211"> @@ -59,9 +59,9 @@ </table> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the label for each option field of the group that you want to create and copy the label to the list by clicking the arrow button. Repeat this procedure until all the option fields are defined.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US">Option fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150443">Option fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/groupradioselectionpage/radiobuttons" visibility="visible">Displays all option fields which have to be included in the group box.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3146949" xml-lang="en-US">Remove</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3146949">Remove</h3> <table id="tbl_id3149578"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp index 26266c1cbd..0a946f9f85 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120200.xhp @@ -40,13 +40,13 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen2"/> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3157896" xml-lang="en-US">Should one option field be selected as a default?</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3157896">Should one option field be selected as a default?</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies whether you want to set default settings for the option box.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3147226" xml-lang="en-US">Yes, the following:</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147226">Yes, the following:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/defaultselectionyes" visibility="visible">Specifies that you want an option field to be selected as a default after opening the form.</ahelp> Choose the option field from the box.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">List box</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3153345">List box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/defselectionfield" visibility="visible">Select the option field that you want to have as the default when opening the form.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">No, one particular field is not going to be selected</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147242">No, one particular field is not going to be selected</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/defaultfieldselectionpage/defaultselectionno" visibility="visible">Specifies that you do not want any option field to be the default choice.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp index 39bd03e305..7ba3f6fbe6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120300.xhp @@ -40,9 +40,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen3"/> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3152594" xml-lang="en-US">Which value do you want to assign to each option?</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152594">Which value do you want to assign to each option?</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/optionvalue" visibility="visible">Select a number or a text as a reference value for the selected option field.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US">Option fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155555">Option fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155941" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionvaluespage/radiobuttons" visibility="visible">Select the option field for which you want to assign the reference value.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp index 8e705d9e28..9fbec6e0bb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120400.xhp @@ -39,12 +39,12 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen4"/> </section> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3149828" xml-lang="en-US">This page is only displayed if the document is already linked to a database.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Do you want to save the value in a database field?</paragraph><comment>UFI: removed three help ids</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Yes, I want to save it in the following database field:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152551">Do you want to save the value in a database field?</h2><comment>UFI: removed three help ids</comment> +<h3 id="hd_id3154823">Yes, I want to save it in the following database field:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/yesRadiobutton">Specifies that you want to save the reference values in a database.</ahelp> The values are written in the data field selected in the list box. The list box displays all the field names from the database table that the form is linked to.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145382" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145382">List box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/storeInFieldCombobox" visibility="hidden">Select the data field in which the reference values have to be saved.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153881" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No, I only want to save the value in the form.</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153881">No, I only want to save the value in the form.</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153146" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optiondbfieldpage/noRadiobutton">Specifies that you want to save the reference values in the form only, and not in the database.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp index 5fa980d354..6b6c01c1af 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01120500.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#gruppen5"/> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3144415" xml-lang="en-US">Which caption is to be given to your option group?</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3144415">Which caption is to be given to your option group?</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3163829"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/optionsfinalpage/nameit" visibility="visible">Specifies the label for the option box. You will see the label of the group box displayed in the form.</ahelp> The text you enter here will correspond to the <link href="text/shared/02/01170101.xhp">Label</link> property of the group box.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp index c395ee580d..b709ba2991 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CMDHELP" id="bm_id3154751" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_DIALOG" id="bm_id3150478" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/macro:///ImportWizard.Main.Main" id="bm_id4087038" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149798" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Document Converter</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149798">Document Converter</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149346" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ms"><ahelp hid=".">Copies and converts documents into the OpenDocument XML format used by $[officename].</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">The Document Converter Wizard contains the following pages:</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp#page1"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp#page2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154318" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Document Converter Summary</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154318">Document Converter Summary</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145313" xml-lang="en-US">Displays a summary which shows what will be converted when you click <emph>Convert</emph>.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#cancel"/> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01010000.xhp#back"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp index f0060de2cf..fd1f54c3ee 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130100.xhp @@ -36,15 +36,15 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotmsimport1"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_OPTMSDOCUMENTS" id="bm_id3147209" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft Office</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_OPTMSDOCUMENTS" id="bm_id3147209" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3166410">Microsoft Office</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US">Converts Microsoft Office documents into the OpenDocument format.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD" id="bm_id3148685" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Word documents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD" id="bm_id3148685" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150984">Word documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150255" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKWORD">Converts documents in Microsoft Word format *.doc into OpenDocument *.odt documents.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL" id="bm_id3156305" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155421" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Excel documents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL" id="bm_id3156305" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155421">Excel documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155630" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKEXCEL">Converts documents in Microsoft Excel format *.xls into OpenDocument *.ods documents.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT" id="bm_id3156329" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">PowerPoint documents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT" id="bm_id3156329" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153127">PowerPoint documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CHKPOWERPOINT">Converts documents in Microsoft PowerPoint format *.ppt into OpenDocument *.odp documents.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE" id="bm_id3149415" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153088" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Create Log file</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE" id="bm_id3149415" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153088">Create Log file</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149797" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_0_CHKLOGFILE">Creates a log file in your work directory showing which documents have been converted.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149578" xml-lang="en-US">Continue to the next page of the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp">Document Converter</link>.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp index 451e4fc4d8..9f2bf564a9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp @@ -36,28 +36,28 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#autopilotmsimport2"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156027" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Templates</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156027">Templates</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153681" xml-lang="en-US">Determines whether templates are to be converted, and how they are converted.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3145211" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text templates</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE" id="bm_id3145211" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3146957">Text templates</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Note that the "Text templates" label can change, depending on the selections from the previous page. For example, if Microsoft Word documents have been selected, the label reads "Word templates".</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATE">Specifies that templates are to be converted.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="double"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBTEMPLATERECURSE" id="bm_id3154749" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE" id="bm_id3149399" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153683" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Including subdirectories</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE" id="bm_id3149399" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153683">Including subdirectories</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENTRECURSE">Indicates that the subdirectories of the selected directory are also searched for matching files.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBTEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id3150771" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159269" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Import from</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3159269">Import from</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_LBDOCUMENTPATH">Specifies the directory containing the source files. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDTEMPLATEPATH" id="bm_id3154285" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH" id="bm_id3155421" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149732" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save to</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH" id="bm_id3155421" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149732">Save to</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155449" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_EDDOCUMENTPATH">Specifies the directory to which the destination files are written.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDTEMPLATEPATHSELECT" id="bm_id3159400" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT" id="bm_id3149786" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153126" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">...</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT" id="bm_id3149786" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153126">...</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155388" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CMDDOCUMENTPATHSELECT">Opens a dialog to select the desired path.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149416">Documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159176" xml-lang="en-US">Determines whether and how documents are converted.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT" id="bm_id3153146" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149236" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text documents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT" id="bm_id3153146" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149236">Text documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148564" xml-lang="en-US">Note that the "Text documents" label can change, depending on the selections from the previous page. For example, if Microsoft Word documents have been selected, the label reads "Word documents".</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_DLGIMPORT_2_CBDOCUMENT">Indicates that the documents are to be converted.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01130200.xhp#double"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp index 29d3bbed3c..528e48dd9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EuroConverter" id="bm_id7067290" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_DIALOG" id="bm_id3150477" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/macro:///Euro.AutoPilotRun.StartAutoPilot" id="bm_id6101870" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154840" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Euro Converter Wizard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154840">Euro Converter Wizard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149140" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="eurokonv"><ahelp hid=".">Converts the currency amounts found in $[officename] Calc documents and in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents into euros.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145669" xml-lang="en-US">Only closed files are converted. It is possible, however, to use the Euro Converter in an open $[officename] Calc document. In this case, a separate dialog opens. This dialog is described <link href="text/shared/autopi/01150000.xhp">at the end of this section</link>.</paragraph> @@ -44,37 +44,37 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#euro"/> </section> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US">Only the currencies of the countries participating in the European Monetary Union are converted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156152" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Extent</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE" id="bm_id3150984" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Single $[officename] Calc document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156152">Extent</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBFILE" id="bm_id3150984" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156155">Single $[officename] Calc document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155420" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts a single $[officename] Calc file.</ahelp> To convert fields and tables in $[officename] Writer, first mark the <emph>Also convert fields and tables in text documents </emph>check box.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR" id="bm_id3148642" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Complete Directory</paragraph> -<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150670" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.</ahelp></paragraph><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149516" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Currencies</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OBDIR" id="bm_id3148642" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153541">Complete Directory</h3> +<paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150670" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts all $[officename] Calc and $[officename] Writer documents and templates in the selected directory.</ahelp></paragraph><h2 id="hd_id3149516">Currencies</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156002" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE" id="bm_id3154142" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Source directory / Source Document</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBSOURCE" id="bm_id3154142" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150275">Source directory / Source Document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Indicates the directory or the name of the single document to be converted.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN" id="bm_id3155923" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151385" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">...</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBSOURCEOPEN" id="bm_id3155923" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151385">...</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog to select the desired directory or document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE" id="bm_id3149656" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147560" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Including Subfolders</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKRECURSIVE" id="bm_id3149656" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147560">Including Subfolders</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether all subfolders of the selected directory are included.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS" id="bm_id3153525" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150542" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Also convert fields and tables in text documents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKTEXTDOCUMENTS" id="bm_id3153525" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150542">Also convert fields and tables in text documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150398" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts currency amounts found in fields and tables of $[officename] Writer documents.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3148453" xml-lang="en-US">Values in the text document that are not in fields or tables are not converted.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT" id="bm_id3156424" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151382" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Temporarily unprotect sheet without query</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHKPROTECT" id="bm_id3156424" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151382">Temporarily unprotect sheet without query</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153192" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that sheet protection will be disabled during conversion and thereafter re-enabled. If sheet protection is covered by a password, you will see a dialog for entering the password.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET" id="bm_id3149562" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147288" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Target Directory</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_TBTARGET" id="bm_id3149562" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147288">Target Directory</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the folder and path in which the converted files are to be saved.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBTARGETOPEN" id="bm_id3154147" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154151" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>...</emph> </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147427" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a dialog in which you can select a directory to hold the converted files.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL" id="bm_id3159199" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155854" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Cancel</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBCANCEL" id="bm_id3159199" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155854">Cancel</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153190" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Closes the Euro Converter.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP" id="bm_id3149262" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154986" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Help</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBHELP" id="bm_id3149262" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154986">Help</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Activates the help for the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON" id="bm_id3154321" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148616" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Convert</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBGOON" id="bm_id3154321" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148616">Convert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Starts the conversion.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146975" xml-lang="en-US">During conversion, a page showing the progress status is displayed.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK" id="bm_id3146148" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155308" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Back</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CBBACK" id="bm_id3146148" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155308">Back</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153953" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Returns to the first page of the Euro Converter.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="current"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154640" xml-lang="en-US">If the current document is a $[officename] Calc document or template, you can call up the Euro Converter using the corresponding icon in the Tools bar. This icon is hidden by default. To display the Euro Converter icon, click the arrow at the end of the Tools bar, select the <emph>Visible Buttons</emph> command and activate the <emph>Euro Converter</emph> icon.</paragraph> @@ -94,21 +94,21 @@ </table> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144766" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Euro Converter</emph> dialog contains the following functions:</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1" id="bm_id3150423" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148387" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entire document</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_CHECKBOX1" id="bm_id3150423" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148387">Entire document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Converts the entire document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1" id="bm_id3156181" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159110" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Currencies</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_COMBOBOX1" id="bm_id3156181" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3159110">Currencies</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148834" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the currency to be converted into euros.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155084">Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US">Select the cells you want to convert in this range, if you did not mark the <emph>Entire document</emph> check box. Select an option and then click the desired entries in the <emph>Templates</emph> / <emph>Currency ranges</emph> field. The selected range will be visible as such in the document. Click <emph>Convert</emph> to carry out the conversion.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1" id="bm_id3154163" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153950" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Cell Styles</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON1" id="bm_id3154163" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153950">Cell Styles</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145162" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">All cells with the selected Cell Styles are converted.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2" id="bm_id3147258" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152974" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Currency cells in the current sheet</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON2" id="bm_id3147258" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152974">Currency cells in the current sheet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154479" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">All currency cells in the active spreadsheet will be converted.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3" id="bm_id3146081" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156276" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Currency cells in the entire document</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON3" id="bm_id3146081" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156276">Currency cells in the entire document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146912" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">All currency cells in the active document will be converted.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4" id="bm_id3153711" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155444" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selected range</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_OPTIONBUTTON4" id="bm_id3153711" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155444">Selected range</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153736" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">All currency cells in the range selected before the converter was called will be converted.</ahelp> All cells must have the same format so that they can be recognized as a selected range.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1" id="bm_id3152960" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153927" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Templates / Currency ranges</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/WIZARDS_HID_DLGCONVERT_LISTBOX1" id="bm_id3152960" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153927">Templates / Currency ranges</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154756" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the ranges to be converted from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp index e6d58540e3..dc45b3d291 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170300.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155150" xml-lang="en-US">All tables from the first user profile will be registered for this data source in $[officename]. You must specify one as the table that will be used in the $[officename] templates.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttablepage/table" id="bm_id3147399" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154927" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List box</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154927">List box</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/selecttablepage/table">Specifies the table that is to serve as the address book for the $[officename] templates.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">You can make changes to the templates and documents at a later time by choosing <emph>Edit - Exchange Database</emph>.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp index 9a2620e156..0dc675ff73 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170400.xhp @@ -39,14 +39,14 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport4"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/location" id="bm_id3865168" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B7" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Location</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105B7">Location</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location of the database file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/browse" id="bm_id3865169" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN" id="bm_id1817072" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_DSADMIN_BROWSECONN" id="bm_id1817072" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105BE">Browse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the location using a file dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/available" id="bm_id1906186" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Make this address book available to all modules in %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/available" id="bm_id1906186" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105C5">Make this address book available to all modules in %PRODUCTNAME</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Registers the newly created database file in %PRODUCTNAME. The database will then be listed in the Data sources pane (<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F4). If this check box is cleared, the database will be available only by opening the database file.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/name" id="bm_id3150808" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144436" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address book name</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/name" id="bm_id3150808" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3144436">Address book name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154673" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/datasourcepage/name">Specifies the data source name.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp index c23cee0fcb..3755581612 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/autopi/01170500.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000401.xhp#addressimport5"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/assign" id="bm_id3152594" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152372" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Field Assignment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152372">Field Assignment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sabpilot/ui/fieldassignpage/assign">Opens the <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp">Templates: Address Book Assignment</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp index c8df5d4db9..22c5efda84 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/active_help_on_off.xhp @@ -40,14 +40,14 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157958" xml-lang="en-US"> <emph>Extended tips</emph> provide a brief description of the function of a particular icon, text box or menu command when you rest your cursor on that item.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155339" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To turn Extended Tips on and off:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155339">To turn Extended Tips on and off:</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - General</emph>, and check <emph>Extended tips</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US">A check mark indicates that the extended tips are activated.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To turn Extended Tips on temporarily:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149811">To turn Extended Tips on temporarily:</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US">Press the shortcut keys Shift+F1 to activate extended tips once.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp index c15cd81871..7dc5bdfd0f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/activex.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="activex"><link href="text/shared/guide/activex.xhp">ActiveX Control to Display Documents in Internet Explorer</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US">Under Windows only, you can view any $[officename] document in a window of the Microsoft Internet Explorer. Install the ActiveX control in the $[officename] Setup program.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156346" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Installing the ActiveX control</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156346">Installing the ActiveX control</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153821" xml-lang="en-US">Close $[officename] and the Quickstarter.</paragraph> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Next</emph> and <emph>Install</emph>. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151384" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Viewing $[officename] documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151384">Viewing $[officename] documents</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US">In Internet Explorer, browse to a web page that contains a link to a $[officename] Writer document, for example.</paragraph> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154072" xml-lang="en-US">You may still right-click the link to save the file on your harddisk.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153361" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing $[officename] documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153361">Editing $[officename] documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154367" xml-lang="en-US">The $[officename] document inside the Internet Explorer shows a set of read-only toolbar icons.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp index 074208656d..98292d3132 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/assistive.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143267" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] supports some assistive technology tools like screen magnification software, screen readers, and on-screen keyboards.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id8847010" xml-lang="en-US">A current list of supported assistive tools can be found on the Wiki at <link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility">https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Accessibility</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153061" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Supported Input Devices</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153061">Supported Input Devices</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] provides the ability to use alternative input devices for access to all functions of $[officename].</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp index 667c314e94..2a1cc32468 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145346" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="autohide"><link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp">Showing, Docking and Hiding Windows</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US">Some windows in $[officename] are dockable, such as the Navigator window. You can move these windows, re-size them or dock them to an edge.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154750" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Docking and Undocking Windows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154750">Docking and Undocking Windows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US">To dock a window, do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147335" xml-lang="en-US">These methods can also be used to undock a currently docked window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149796" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149796">Showing and Hiding Docked Windows</h2> <table id="tbl_id3147303"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp index 609b9a35af..42d53e59b8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <comment>mw changed "adding;" to "inserting;"</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147571" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_paragraph"><link href="text/shared/guide/border_paragraph.xhp">Defining Borders for Paragraphs</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159233" role="heading" level="2">Setting a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3159233">Setting a Predefined Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph for which you want to define a border.</paragraph> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153543" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149237" role="heading" level="2">Setting a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149237">Setting a Customized Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155388" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Paragraph - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp index 70cf26c514..5efd42ddaf 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156324" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="change_title"><link href="text/shared/guide/change_title.xhp">Changing the Title of a Document</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">You can specify a title for your document. Some file manager utilities can display the titles next to the filenames of your documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">How to change the title of the current document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156136">How to change the title of the current document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>. This opens the <emph>Document Properties</emph> dialog.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp index d318b8e41d..2c8876398b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/chart_insert.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id4439832" xml-lang="en-US">In Calc, a chart is an object on a sheet that can be copied and pasted on another sheet of the same document, the data series will stay linked to the range on the other sheet. If it is pasted on another Calc document, it has its own chart data table and is no more linked to the original range.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id719931" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart in a Calc spreadsheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id719931">Chart in a Calc spreadsheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150275" xml-lang="en-US">Click inside the cell range that you want to present in your chart.</paragraph> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9091769" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3761406" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart in a Writer text document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3761406">Chart in a Writer text document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155066" xml-lang="en-US">In a Writer document, you can insert a chart based on the values in a Writer table. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/schart/01/wiz_chart_type.xhp">Chart Wizard</link> to create the chart. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6436658" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart based on values of its own</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6436658">Chart based on values of its own</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id6944792" xml-lang="en-US">In Writer, Draw or Impress, choose <emph>Insert - Chart</emph> to insert a chart based on default data.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp index 08fe87806a..45ba2b1f9b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copy_drawfunctions.xhp @@ -52,9 +52,9 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149234" xml-lang="en-US">Insert the drawing object, for example, by using <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+V.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting into a text document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147573">Inserting into a text document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150276" xml-lang="en-US">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current paragraph. You can change the anchor by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon on the <emph>OLE Object</emph> toolbar or the <emph>Frame</emph> toolbar. This opens a popup menu where you can select the anchor type.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting into a spreadsheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145609">Inserting into a spreadsheet</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151210" xml-lang="en-US">An inserted drawing object is anchored to the current cell. You can change the anchor between cell and page by selecting the object and clicking the <emph>Change Anchor</emph> icon <image id="img_id3149456" src="cmd/sc_toggleanchortype.png" width="5.64mm" height="5.64mm"><alt id="alt_id3149456" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp index e48abba93d..334bdbf532 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/copytext2application.xhp @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145316" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to transfer each heading together with its accompanying paragraphs, select the <emph>File - Send - AutoAbstract to Presentation</emph> command. You must have formatted the headings with a corresponding Paragraph Style to be able to see this command.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156024" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Copying Text Using Drag-and-Drop</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156024">Copying Text Using Drag-and-Drop</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US">If you select text and drag it into a spreadsheet with drag-and-drop, it will be inserted as text into the cell where you release the mouse.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp index 40df278af3..b4e2e71c39 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_addressbook.xhp @@ -45,9 +45,9 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US">In order for the replacement to take place, you must tell <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> which address book you use. The wizard asking for this information appears automatically the first time you activate, for example, a business letter template. You can also call the wizard by following the steps listed below.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id5941648" xml-lang="en-US">The address book data is read-only in %PRODUCTNAME Base. It is not possible to add, edit, or delete address data from within Base.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Data Source Wizard</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149096">Address Data Source Wizard</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">To call the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01170000.xhp">Address Data Source</link> wizard, choose <emph>File - Wizards - Address Data Source</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Registering An Existing Address Book Manually</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149811">Registering An Existing Address Book Manually</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150771" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Tools - Address Book Source</emph>. The <link href="text/shared/01/01110101.xhp"><emph>Templates: Address Book Assignment</emph></link> dialog appears.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp index 559b867bd1..3eb400d789 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154824" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_dbase2office"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_dbase2office.xhp">Importing and Exporting Data in Text Format</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to exchange data with a database that does not have an ODBC link and does not allow dBASE import and export, you can use a common text format.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145313" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Importing Data into $[officename]</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145313">Importing Data into $[officename]</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange data in a text format use the $[officename] Calc import/export filter.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149762" xml-lang="en-US">Save the current $[officename] Calc spreadsheet in dBASE format in the folder of a dBASE database. To do this, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>, then select the <emph>File type</emph> "dBASE" and the folder of the dBASE database.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Exporting in CSV Text Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150400">Exporting in CSV Text Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154140" xml-lang="en-US">You can export the current $[officename] spreadsheet in a text format which can be read by many other applications.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp index c74b4eae24..410dfd7e67 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_enter_sql.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147008" role="paragraph">With the help of SQL commands you can control the database directly, and can also create and edit tables and queries.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153562" role="note">Not all database types support all SQL instructions. If necessary, find out which SQL commands are supported by your database system.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9577929" role="heading" level="2">To execute an SQL statement directly</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9577929">To execute an SQL statement directly</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7923825" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> to open a database file.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp index 2170179944..710736a1fd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_forms"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_forms.xhp">Working with Forms</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US">Using forms, you can define how to present the data. Open a text document or a spreadsheet and insert the controls such as push buttons and list boxes. In the properties dialogs of the controls, you can define what data the forms should display.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Form With the Form Wizard</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1061A">Creating a New Form With the Form Wizard</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US">In %PRODUCTNAME, you can create a new form using the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01090000.xhp">Form Wizard</link>:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Form</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Form Manually</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10645">Creating a New Form Manually</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new form.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp index 82ab190591..2616317bb0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_queries"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_queries.xhp">Working with Queries</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US">If you often want to access only a subset of your data that can be well defined by a filter condition, you can define a query. This is basically a name for the new view at the filtered data. You open the query and see the current data in the table layout that you defined.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Query With the Query Wizard</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1061A">Creating a New Query With the Query Wizard</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new query using the <link href="text/sdatabase/querywizard00.xhp">Query Wizard</link>:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Query</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Query With the Design View</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10645">Creating a New Query With the Design View</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new query.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp index cbeaf9cb81..f47e65037a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "removing;...". New entry "lists;" from shared/optionen/01160200.xhp</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_register"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_register.xhp">Registering and Deleting a Database</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US">Data from any <link href="text/sdatabase/dabadoc.xhp">database file</link> can be registered to the installed instance of %PRODUCTNAME. To register means to tell %PRODUCTNAME where the data is located, how it is organized, how to get that data, and more. Once the database is registered, you can use the menu command <emph>View - Data source</emph> to access the data records from your text documents and spreadsheets.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To register an existing database file:</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105C8">To register an existing database file:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105CF" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105E1" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>New</emph> and select the database file.<comment>i60224</comment></paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10700" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To remove a registered database from %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10700">To remove a registered database from %PRODUCTNAME</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10707" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Base - Databases</link>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp index a55cf7e9b8..b4a1e69479 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_report"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_report.xhp">Using and Editing Database Reports</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using a Report</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145609">Using a Report</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147265" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME stores the information about the created reports in the database file.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN1077D" xml-lang="en-US">These links are added automatically when you create a new report by the Report Wizard or in the Report Builder window.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1695608" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing a Report Created in the Report Builder Window</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id1695608">Editing a Report Created in the Report Builder Window</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id7510910" xml-lang="en-US">Right-click the name of a report in the database file window, then choose Edit.</paragraph> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8138065" xml-lang="en-US">The Report Builder window opens with the report's information loaded. </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5086825" xml-lang="en-US">Use the toolbars and menu commands and drag-and-drop to edit the report as stated in the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4747154" xml-lang="en-US">Execute the report to see the resulting report document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153104" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153104">Editing a Report Created by the Report Wizard</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US">On the <link href="text/shared/autopi/01100500.xhp">last dialog page of the Report Wizard</link>, you can choose to edit the report template before you use the report.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp index 92dd0b9ce7..4dc4d498d2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_reports.xhp @@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8414258" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Report Manually In Design View</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8414258">Creating a New Report Manually In Design View</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3119602" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4870754" xml-lang="en-US">Follow the instructions in the <link href="text/sdatabase/rep_main.xhp">Report Builder</link> guide.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Report With the Report Wizard</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105C4">Creating a New Report With the Report Wizard</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DC" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new report.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp index f7d39b5cd8..f0b877d7d0 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154760" role="note">Each field can only accept data corresponding to the specified field type. For example, it is not possible to enter text in a number field. Memo fields in dBASE III format are references to internally-managed text files which can hold up to 64 kB text.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149456" role="paragraph">You can enter an optional <emph>Description</emph> for each field. The text of the description will appear as a tip on the column headings in the table view.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153379" role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153379">Field Properties</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Enter properties for each selected data field. Depending on the database type, some input facilities may not be available.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Default value</emph> box, enter the default contents for every new record. This contents can be edited later.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150869" role="paragraph">In the <emph>Entry required</emph> box, specify whether or not the field may remain empty.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp index 66d09edd5b..84420fec44 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105F9" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="data_tables"><link href="text/shared/guide/data_tables.xhp">Working with Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10617" xml-lang="en-US">Data is stored in tables. As an example, your system address book that you use for your email addresses is a table of the address book database. Each address is a data record, presented as a row in that table. The data records consist of data fields, for example the first and the last name fields and the email field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Table With the Table Wizard</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1061A">Creating a New Table With the Table Wizard</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061E" xml-lang="en-US">In %PRODUCTNAME you can create a new table using the <link href="text/sdatabase/tablewizard00.xhp">Table Wizard</link>:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063E" xml-lang="en-US">Click <emph>Use Wizard to Create Table</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10645" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Table With the Design View</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10645">Creating a New Table With the Design View</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064C" xml-lang="en-US">Open the database file where you want to create the new table.</paragraph> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US">You see the <link href="text/shared/guide/data_tabledefine.xhp">Table Design</link> window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10778" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating a New Table View</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10778">Creating a New Table View</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1077C" xml-lang="en-US">Some database types support table views. A table view is a query that is stored with the database. For most database operations, a view can be used as you would use a table.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp index befc2b3adc..7183c186ac 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152924" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155536" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="doc_autosave"><link href="text/shared/guide/doc_autosave.xhp">Saving Documents Automatically</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To create a backup file every time you save a document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3166410">To create a backup file every time you save a document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149415" xml-lang="en-US">The backup copy has the same name as the document, but the extension is .BAK. If the backup folder already contains such a file, it will be overwritten without warning.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149514" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To save recovery information automatically every n minutes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149514">To save recovery information automatically every n minutes</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148563" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp index 17657e9893..1f5ab624a4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/doc_save.xhp @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ </table> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a new file for the first time, the <link href="text/shared/01/01070000.xhp">Save As</link> dialog opens, in which you can enter a name, folder and drive or volume for the file. To open this dialog, choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3152472" xml-lang="en-US">You can set the automatic creation of a backup copy under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id7146824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic extension to the file name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id7146824">Automatic extension to the file name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9359111" xml-lang="en-US">When saving a file, %PRODUCTNAME always appends an extension to the file name, except when the file name already has an extension that matches the file type. See the list of <link href="text/shared/00/00000021.xhp">ODF extensions</link>. </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id6709494" xml-lang="en-US">Some examples for the automatic extensions are listed in the following table:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id9627979"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp index 5dd037495c..670ea602d6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/dragdrop_beamer.xhp @@ -56,12 +56,12 @@ <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149656" xml-lang="en-US">It is also possible to copy by drag-and-drop from a document into a data source:</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">A text table or the selected range of a spreadsheet can be dragged using drag-and-drop to a table container in the data source explorer.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US">Plain text can be copied using drag-and-drop from one document to a data field in the data source view.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145421" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Using data in a text document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145421">Using data in a text document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert a database field in a text document by dragging a field name from the column header of the data source view into the document. This is especially useful when designing form letters. Simply drag the desired fields - home address, form of address, and so on - into your document.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153105" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a complete record, select the corresponding header and drag it into the document. When you release the mouse button, the <link href="text/shared/02/12070000.xhp"><emph>Insert database columns</emph></link> dialog appears, in which you can decide whether to use all database fields, and whether to copy the data into the document as text, a table or fields. All currently selected records will be inserted.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147230" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Applying data to a table document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147230">Applying data to a table document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3125864" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert one or more records into the current sheet of a spreadsheet by selecting the rows in the data source view and dragging and dropping them into the spreadsheet. The data is inserted at the place where you release the mouse button.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Inserting controls in a text form</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149766">Inserting controls in a text form</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155132" xml-lang="en-US">When you create a text form linked to a database, you can generate controls by drag-and-drop from the data source view.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">When you drag a database column into the text document, you insert a field. If you hold down Shift+<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> while dragging, a text field is inserted, grouped with an appropriate label field. The text field already contains all the database information that you need for the form.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp index fdaaadff56..2aa8efa05b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/fax.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156426" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="fax"><link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">Sending Faxes and Configuring $[officename] for Faxing</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US">To send a fax directly from $[officename], you need a fax modem and a fax driver that allows applications to communicate with the fax modem.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3166410">Sending a Fax Through the Print Dialog</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152996" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Print</emph> dialog by choosing <emph>File - Print</emph> and select the fax driver in the <emph>Name</emph> list box.</paragraph> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US">Clicking <emph>OK</emph> opens the dialog for your fax driver, where you can select the fax recipient.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Configuring $[officename] a Fax Icon</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153825">Configuring $[officename] a Fax Icon</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153822" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] so that a single click on an icon automatically sends the current document as a fax:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp index 25cc408b87..c42850d3d3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149798" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="formfields"><link href="text/shared/guide/formfields.xhp">Adding a Command Button to a Document</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10731" role="paragraph">You can use the Form Controls toolbar to add checkboxes, buttons, tables showing data records, and other controls to a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1077F" role="heading" level="2">To Add a Button to a Document </paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1077F">To Add a Button to a Document </h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154751" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">View - Toolbars - Form Controls</item>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp index 81c8110f65..c800ff267d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="gallery_insert"><link href="text/shared/guide/gallery_insert.xhp">Inserting Objects From the Gallery</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145345" role="paragraph">You can insert an object in a document either as a <emph>copy</emph> or as a <emph>link</emph>. A copy of an object is independent of the original object. Changes to the original object have no effect on the copy. A link remains dependent on the original object. Changes to the original object are also reflected in the link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145313" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a copy</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145313">Inserting an object as a copy</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153561" role="listitem">Drag the object into the document, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Copy</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153061" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a link</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153061">Inserting an object as a link</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145068" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by choosing <emph>Insert - Media - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154140" role="listitem">Drag the object into the document while pressing the Shift and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> keys, or right-click to open the context menu and select <emph>Insert</emph> and <emph>Link</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156282" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a background graphic</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156282">Inserting an object as a background graphic</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152920" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147289" role="listitem">Open the context menu and choose <emph>Insert - Background - Page</emph> or <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145787" role="heading" level="2">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145787">Inserting an object as a texture (pattern) for another object</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="listitem">Open the Gallery by clicking the <emph>Gallery</emph> icon on the <emph>Standard</emph> bar, or by selecting <emph>Tools - Gallery</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp index 11e48dc553..24953c8729 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/groups.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9983825" role="paragraph">You can move, transform, resize, distort, or convert all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group any time to change the individual objects. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5734733" role="paragraph">You can change the properties (line size, fill color, and more) of all objects in a group together, and you can enter the group and change the individual objects. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id561540" role="paragraph">Groups can also be nested to form groups within other groups. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7705618" role="heading" level="3">To group objects</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id7705618">To group objects</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id607013" role="paragraph">Select the objects together that you want to group. Hold down Shift while you click the individual objects.</paragraph> @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7309793" role="paragraph">For example, you can group all of the objects in a company logo to move and resize the logo as a single object.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1227759" role="paragraph">After you have grouped objects, selecting any part of the group selects the entire group.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7424237" role="heading" level="3">To enter a group</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id7424237">To enter a group</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1388592" role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id691549" role="paragraph">You can add or delete objects to and from a group in this mode. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9909665" role="paragraph">The objects that are not part of the group are shown with dimmed colors.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9141819" role="heading" level="3">To exit a group</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id9141819">To exit a group</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6354869" role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6042664" role="paragraph">To exit a group in Draw or Impress, you can also double-click anywhere outside the group.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7889950" role="heading" level="3">To ungroup a group</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id7889950">To ungroup a group</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3236182" role="paragraph">Right-click any object of the group. In Calc or Writer, commands are in a submenu <emph>Group</emph>, while in Impress or Draw, they are at the toplevel of the context menu.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp index 5a852371ae..2acdb5fe43 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/imagemap.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1064F" role="paragraph">An ImageMap allows you to attach URLs to specific areas, called hotspots, on a picture in your document. An image map is a group of one or more hotspots.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1066C" role="paragraph">You can draw three types of hotspots: rectangles, ellipses, and polygons. When you click a hotspot, the URL is opened in the browser window or frame that you specify. You can also specify the text that appears when your mouse rests on the hotspot.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10677" role="heading" level="2">To add a clickable hotspot to an image</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10677">To add a clickable hotspot to an image</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1067E" role="paragraph">Position the cursor where you want the ImageMap in your document.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp index 814328f885..50cfc5e2c6 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US">If you always want the file dialogs to show another format by default, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Load/Save - General</emph> and select that format as <emph>Default file format</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Converting all documents of a folder</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154898">Converting all documents of a folder</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147336" xml-lang="en-US">Open the wizard, which guides you through the operation, to copy and convert all documents from Microsoft Word, Microsoft Excel or Microsoft PowerPoint into OpenDocument file format documents. You can select a source and target directory, specify whether to convert documents and/or templates, and more besides.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ </list> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id4563127" role="heading" level="2">Opening HTML files in Writer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id4563127">Opening HTML files in Writer</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9207434" role="listitem">Choose the file type "HTML Document" to open in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer/Web. This is the default for HTML documents in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp index d7abfce703..f83c9511b2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145382" role="paragraph">In addition, under the keyword "Accessibility" you find step-by-step instructions about how to control the selected module without a mouse device.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3166460" role="heading" level="2">Working with the <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> user interface without mouse</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154749" role="heading" level="3">Activating menu bar, toolbars, windows, and document</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154749">Activating menu bar, toolbars, windows, and document</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156329" role="paragraph">Repeatedly pressing F6 switches the focus and circles through the following objects:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+F6 to switch to the document.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152360" role="paragraph">Press F10 to switch to the menu bar and back.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153896" role="paragraph">Escape closes an open submenu, a toolbar, or the current free window.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3161656" role="heading" level="3">Calling a menu command</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3161656">Calling a menu command</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151056" role="paragraph">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> or F6 or F10 to select the first menu (the <emph>File</emph> menu). With right arrow, the next menu to the right is selected; with left arrow, the previous menu.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153381" role="paragraph">Arrow down opens a selected menu. Any additional arrow down and up arrow move the selection through the menu commands. With right arrow you open any existing submenus.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148798" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected menu command.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147086" role="heading" level="3">Executing an icon command</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147086">Executing an icon command</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148922" role="paragraph">Press F6 repeatedly until the first icon on the toolbar is selected. Use the right and left arrows to select an icon on a horizontal toolbar. Similarly, use the up and down arrows to select an icon on a vertical toolbar. The Home key selects the first icon on a toolbar and the End key, the last.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144433" role="paragraph">Press Enter to execute the selected icon. If the selected icon normally demands a consecutive mouse action, such as inserting a rectangle, then pressing the Enter key is not sufficient: in these cases press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> @@ -79,10 +79,10 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151041" role="paragraph">If a toolbar is longer than can be displayed on screen, it shows an icon at the right or lower edge. Select the toolbar and press PageUp or PageDown to display the remaining icons.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150440" role="heading" level="3">Special hints for toolbars</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3150440">Special hints for toolbars</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149983" role="paragraph">Press the down arrow or right arrow to open the selected toolbar. This is equivalent to a mouse click. In the toolbar use the right arrow and left arrow keys. The Home and End keys select the first and last icon in the toolbar, respectively.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145365" role="paragraph">Close the toolbar with Esc. It is not possible to move the toolbar without a mouse.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151119" role="heading" level="3">Selection from a combo box</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3151119">Selection from a combo box</h3> <table id="tbl_id3147427"> <tablerow> <tablecell> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150685" role="heading" level="3">Selection in Tables</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3150685">Selection in Tables</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154320" role="paragraph">In several windows, dialogs, and in the table control field, there are tables to select data, for instance, in the right part of the <link href="text/shared/guide/database_main.xhp">Data Source View</link>. The following keys are used for selections in these tables:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150592" role="heading" level="3">Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3150592">Size and Position of Windows and Dialogs</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153221" role="listitem">First press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147497" role="listitem">Press Enter to accept the change. Press Escape to cancel the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146988" role="heading" level="3">Docking and Undocking Windows and Toolbars</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3146988">Docking and Undocking Windows and Toolbars</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147176" role="listitem">Press F6 until the window or toolbar is selected.</paragraph> @@ -150,11 +150,11 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+F10.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154479" role="heading" level="3">Selecting objects</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154479">Selecting objects</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148993" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F4 to select the first object in the current document. When an object is selected, press Tab to select the next object, or press Esc to go back to the text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152962" role="heading" level="3">Edit Objects</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3152962">Edit Objects</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156379" role="paragraph">A selected OLE object can be activated with the Enter key.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155766" role="heading" level="3">Edit Position and Size of Objects</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3155766">Edit Position and Size of Objects</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148405" role="listitem">Use the arrow keys to move the selected object by one grid resolution unit.</paragraph> @@ -173,7 +173,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149565" role="listitem">In the handle edit mode, the arrow keys move the selected handle, which changes the object size.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147361" role="heading" level="3">Edit the Anchors of Objects</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147361">Edit the Anchors of Objects</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148534" role="paragraph">You can move the anchor of an object with the arrow keys. First enter the handle edit mode and select the anchor. Depending on the type of anchor, you can then move the anchor in different directions.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149527" role="listitem">If the object is anchored <emph>To frame</emph>, the Arrow keys move it to the next frame in the respective direction.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153270" role="heading" level="3">Controlling the Dividing Lines</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3153270">Controlling the Dividing Lines</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3158413" role="paragraph">Documents of <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw, and <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Impress can be split horizontally and vertically into separate views. Each view can show other parts of the document. Using the mouse, you can drag a dividing line from the scrollbar into the document.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -238,19 +238,19 @@ </listitem> </list> <section id="data_source_view"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154492" role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Data Source View</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154492">Controlling the Data Source View</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150515" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + Shift + F4 opens and closes the data source view.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159109" role="paragraph">F6: switches between document and toolbars.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153229" role="paragraph">+ (plus key): expands the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150312" role="paragraph">- (minus key): collapses the selected entry in the data source explorer.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154368" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+E: switches between data source explorer and table.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147171" role="heading" level="3">Shortcuts in the Query Design Window</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3147171">Shortcuts in the Query Design Window</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152455" role="paragraph">F6: switches between object bar, table view, and selection area.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151180" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Up arrow or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Down arrow: moves the border between table view and selection area up or down.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156288" role="heading" level="3">Keys in the Table View (upper area of the query design) and in the Relations window</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3156288">Keys in the Table View (upper area of the query design) and in the Relations window</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156166" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Arrow key: moves the selected table in the direction of the arrow.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147310" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command @@ -259,14 +259,14 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145384" role="paragraph">Tab: switches between tables and connections in the table view.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154529" role="paragraph">Enter: when a connection is selected, the Enter key opens the <emph>Properties</emph> dialog of the connection.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159624" role="paragraph">Enter: when a table is selected, the Enter key enters the first data field from the list box into the selection area.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153816" role="heading" level="3">Keys in the Selection Area (bottom area of the query design)</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3153816">Keys in the Selection Area (bottom area of the query design)</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152896" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Left Arrow or Right Arrow: moves the selected column to the left or to the right.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146152" role="heading" level="3">Keys in the Table Design Window</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3146152">Keys in the Table Design Window</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151243" role="paragraph">F6: switches between toolbar, column view, and properties area.</paragraph> </section> <section id="imagemaptext"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145075" role="heading" level="2">Controlling the ImageMap Editor</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145075">Controlling the ImageMap Editor</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159096" role="listitem">Press Tab to select an icon. If you selected one of the icons from <emph>Rectangle</emph> to <emph>Freeform Polygon</emph> and you press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command @@ -289,9 +289,9 @@ </listitem> </list> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145377" role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Help</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145377">Controlling the Help</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149441" role="paragraph">Press Shift+F1 to display the <link href="text/shared/main0108.xhp">Extended Tips</link> for the currently selected command, icon or control.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154960" role="heading" level="3">Navigating the main help pages</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154960">Navigating the main help pages</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151300" role="listitem">In the main help pages, use Tab to jump to the next hyperlink or Shift+Tab to jump to the previous link.</paragraph> @@ -303,8 +303,8 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154912" role="listitem">Press Backspace above the Enter key to return to the previous help page.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150894" role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153975" role="heading" level="3">Ruler</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150894">Controlling the Text Import dialog (CSV file import)</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id3153975">Ruler</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152869" role="listitem">Left or Right Arrow: go one position to the left or to the right</paragraph> @@ -346,7 +346,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147492" role="listitem">Escape key (during mouse drag): cancel drag, move split to old position</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145216" role="heading" level="3">Preview</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3145216">Preview</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155148" role="listitem">Left Arrow or Right Arrow: select left or right column and clear other selections</paragraph> @@ -388,7 +388,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145116" role="listitem"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Home</keycode> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+End</keycode>: scroll to the top or bottom of a table</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153298" role="heading" level="2">Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153298">Controlling the Insert - Special Character Dialog</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153073" role="listitem">Tab switches through all controls in the dialog.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp index f9b920b606..75f74d1f43 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/labels.xhp @@ -36,9 +36,9 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw made "synchronizing..." a two level entry</comment> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150774" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="labels"><link href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp">Creating and Printing Labels and Business Cards</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153345">Designing Business Cards Through a Dialog</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146798" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/01/01010300.xhp"><emph>File - New - Business Cards</emph></link> to open the<emph> Business Cards </emph>dialog, which allows you to choose how your business cards will look.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147654" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147654">Designing Labels and Business Cards</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">You can design both labels and business cards through the <emph>Labels</emph> dialog.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp index 2cbafed322..a2ef50e19b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/language_select.xhp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152886" role="listitem">You can assign a language to selected pieces of text in a paragraph, either by direct formatting or with a character style. This assignment has priority over the paragraph style and document language.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146121" role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for the whole document</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146121">Selecting a language for the whole document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3083443" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline>. Go to <link href="text/shared/optionen/01140000.xhp"><emph>Language Settings - Languages</emph></link>.</paragraph> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149664" role="listitem">Under <emph>Default languages for documents</emph>, select the document language for all newly created documents. If you mark <emph>For the current document only</emph>, your choice will only apply to the current document. Close the dialog with <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152938" role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for a Paragraph Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152938">Selecting a language for a Paragraph Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150872" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the paragraph whose paragraph style you want to edit.</paragraph> @@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154942" role="listitem">All paragraphs formatted with the current paragraph style will have the selected language.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145801" role="heading" level="2">Applying a language directly to selected text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145801">Applying a language directly to selected text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148455" role="listitem">Select the text to which you want to apply a language.</paragraph> @@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154164" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Calc, choose <emph>Format - Cells</emph> and proceed accordingly.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154272" role="heading" level="2">Selecting a language for a Character Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154272">Selecting a language for a Character Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145649" role="listitem">Open the Styles window and click on the <emph>Character Styles</emph> icon.</paragraph> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155766" role="listitem">Now you can apply the character style to your selected text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list><comment>UFI: see i76182</comment> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8703268" role="heading" level="2">Adding More Text Languages</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8703268">Adding More Text Languages</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7919248" role="paragraph">Dictionaries are supplied and installed as extensions. Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - Language - More Dictionaries Online</item> to open the dictionaries page in your default web browser.</paragraph> @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0220200911174493" role="paragraph">After you installed the extensions, you should close %PRODUCTNAME (including the Quickstarter), and restart.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9100924" role="heading" level="2">Setting UI Language</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9100924">Setting UI Language</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2761314" role="paragraph">A standard installation of %PRODUCTNAME software will give you a user interface (UI) of your chosen language.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3912778" role="paragraph">Most users download the American English version, which gives you English menu commands and English application help. If you want another language for the menus (and for the application help, if available in that language), change the UI language as follows.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id130619" role="paragraph">If the listbox doesn't list the language that you want, see "Adding More UI Languages".</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9999694" role="heading" level="2">Adding More UI Languages</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9999694">Adding More UI Languages</h2> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp index 9ea1f41fd7..4a132f32f5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/line_intext.xhp @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">You can draw a line above, beside or below a paragraph in a Writer text document by choosing <emph>Format - Paragraph - </emph><link href="text/shared/01/05030500.xhp"><emph>Borders</emph></link>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107C6" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic lines in Writer</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107C6">Automatic lines in Writer</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_idN107CC" xml-lang="en-US">If you start a new line in a Writer text document by typing three or more hyphen characters and press the Enter key, the characters are removed and the previous paragraph gets a line as a bottom border.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp index bb1821ccee..5e3221aedc 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/macro_recording.xhp @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id131513460596344"> <bookmark_value>macro recording;limitations</bookmark_value> </bookmark> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id2486342" xml-lang="en-US">Limitations of the macro recorder</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2486342">Limitations of the macro recorder</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3608508" xml-lang="en-US">The following actions are <emph>not</emph> recorded:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp index 4e5d98eacf..e6af047179 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_import_export_limitations.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can automatically open Microsoft Office 97/2000/XP documents. However, some layout features and formatting attributes in more complex Microsoft Office documents are handled differently in $[officename] or are unsupported. As a result, converted files require some degree of manual reformatting. The amount of reformatting that can be expected is proportional to the complexity of the structure and formatting of the source document. $[officename] cannot run Visual Basic Scripts, but can load them for you to analyze.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804174819" xml-lang="en-US">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can load and save the Microsoft Office Open XML document formats with the extensions docx, xlsx, and pptx. The same versions can also run some Excel Visual Basic scripts, if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155934" xml-lang="en-US">The following lists provide a general overview of Microsoft Office features that may cause conversion challenges. These will not affect your ability to use or work with the content of the converted document.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft Word</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155892">Microsoft Word</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> @@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US">Animated characters/text</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153524" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft PowerPoint</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153524">Microsoft PowerPoint</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154365" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3156282" xml-lang="en-US">Certain multimedia effects</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150986" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Microsoft Excel</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150986">Microsoft Excel</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US">AutoShapes</paragraph> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US">For a detailed overview about converting documents to and from Microsoft Office format, see the <link href="https://wiki.documentfoundation.org/Documentation/OOoAuthors_User_Manual/Migration_Guide">Migration Guide</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10A9F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10A9F">Opening Microsoft Office Documents That Are Protected With a Password</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8699606" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME can open the following Microsoft Office document types that are protected by a password.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id4497512"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp index 2dbd45aeec..15d1d8b50a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150789" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="ms_user"><link href="text/shared/guide/ms_user.xhp">Using Microsoft Office and $[officename]</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152801" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] can open and save documents in the Microsoft Office file formats, including Microsoft Office Open XML formats.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening a Microsoft Office File</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145345">Opening a Microsoft Office File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>. Select a Microsoft Office file in the $[officename] file open dialog.</paragraph> @@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147303" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Saving as a Microsoft Office File</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147303">Saving as a Microsoft Office File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145068" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Save As</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>File type</emph> box, select a Microsoft Office file format.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154138">Saving Documents by Default in Microsoft Office Formats</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01010200.xhp"><emph>Load/Save - General</emph></link>.</paragraph> @@ -98,22 +98,22 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US">From now on, if you save a document, the <emph>File type </emph>will be set according to your choice. Of course, you still can select another file type in the file save dialog.</paragraph> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156423" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Opening Microsoft Office Files by Default</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156423">Opening Microsoft Office Files by Default</h2> <embed href="text/shared/guide/ms_doctypes.xhp#ms_extensions"/> </case> </switch> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153092" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Converting Many Microsoft Office Files into OpenDocument Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153092">Converting Many Microsoft Office Files into OpenDocument Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146986" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Document Converter Wizard</emph> will copy and convert all Microsoft Office files in a folder into $[officename] documents in the OpenDocument file format. You can specify the folder to be read, and the folder where the converted files are to be saved.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150486" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <link href="text/shared/autopi/01130000.xhp"><emph>File - Wizards - Document Converter</emph></link> to start the wizard.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154319" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename]</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154319">Macros in Microsoft Office and $[officename]</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154921" xml-lang="en-US">With a few exceptions, Microsoft Office and $[officename] cannot run the same macro code. Microsoft Office uses VBA (Visual Basic for Applications) code, and $[officename] uses Basic code based on the $[officename] API (Application Program Interface) environment. Although the programming language is the same, the objects and methods are different.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id0804200804173539" xml-lang="en-US">The most recent versions of %PRODUCTNAME can run some Excel Visual Basic scripts if you enable this feature at <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Load/Save - VBA Properties</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152577" xml-lang="en-US">If you use macros in one of the applications and want to use the same functionality in the other application, you must edit the macros. $[officename] can load the macros that are contained within Microsoft Office files and you can then view and edit the macro code in the $[officename] <link href="text/shared/main0600.xhp">Basic IDE</link> editor.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152596">You can choose to preserve or delete VBA macros</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153144" xml-lang="en-US">Open a Microsoft Office document that contains VBA macro code. Change only the normal contents (text, cells, graphics), and do not edit the macros. Save the document as a Microsoft Office file type. Open the file in Microsoft Office, and the VBA macros will run as before.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150011" xml-lang="en-US">You may delete the VBA macros from the Microsoft Office file on loading or on saving.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp index c2e4e3a13b..086def628c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/pasting.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3144547360" role="paragraph">In Writer text documents, you can press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+V to paste the contents of the clipboard as unformatted text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10749" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pasting clipboard contents using an icon menu</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10749">Pasting clipboard contents using an icon menu</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10750" xml-lang="en-US">Click the arrow next to the <emph>Paste</emph> icon on the Standard Bar to open the menu.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1075B" xml-lang="en-US">If you do not like the result, click the <emph>Undo</emph> icon and then paste again with another option.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10762" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10762">Pasting clipboard contents using a dialog</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10769" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Edit - Paste special</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp index 98015c1cd6..a621f351fd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150125" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="print_blackwhite"><link href="text/shared/guide/print_blackwhite.xhp">Printing in Black and White</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150499" role="heading" level="2">Printing Text and Images in Black and White</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150499">Printing Text and Images in Black and White</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. The <emph>General</emph> tab page of the dialog opens.</paragraph> @@ -67,9 +67,9 @@ <emph>Black & white</emph> converts all colors into the two values black and white. All borders around objects are printed black. All text will be printed in black. A background set by <emph>Format - Page Style - Background</emph> will not be printed.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153896" role="heading" level="2">Printing Only Text in Black and White</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153896">Printing Only Text in Black and White</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147559" role="paragraph">In <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer you can choose to print color-formatted text in black and white. You can specify this either for all subsequent text documents to be printed, or only for the current printing process.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150358" role="heading" level="2">Printing All Text Documents with Black and White Text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150358">Printing All Text Documents with Black and White Text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150541" role="listitem">Choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer</menuitem> or <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><menuitem>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</menuitem></caseinline><defaultinline><menuitem>Tools - Options</menuitem></defaultinline></switchinline><menuitem> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web</menuitem>.</paragraph> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144762" role="listitem">All text documents or HTML documents will be printed with black text.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148920" role="heading" level="2">Printing the Current Text Document with Black and White Text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148920">Printing the Current Text Document with Black and White Text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152933" role="listitem">Choose <emph>File - Print</emph>. Then click the <emph>%PRODUCTNAME Writer</emph> tab.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp index b3986ad59c..a64c78599b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/scripting.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1091F" role="paragraph">In addition, developers can use high-level languages, for example Java programming language, to control %PRODUCTNAME externally. The API reference is online at <link href="https://api.libreoffice.org/">api.libreoffice.org</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10751" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a new menu entry</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10751">To assign a script to a new menu entry</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10758" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize</emph>, and click the <emph>Menus</emph> tab.</paragraph> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10778" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Add</emph> to create a new menu assignment. The new menu entry appears in the <emph>Entries</emph> list box.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10783" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a key combination</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10783">To assign a script to a key combination</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10787" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Keyboard</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A78" role="paragraph">Select a key combination from the <emph>Shortcut keys</emph> list box and click <emph>Modify</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078A" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to an event</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1078A">To assign a script to an event</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078E" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Events</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABD" role="paragraph">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10791" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to an event for an embedded object</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10791">To assign a script to an event for an embedded object</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10795" role="paragraph">Select the embedded object, for example a chart, in your document.</paragraph> @@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF7" role="paragraph">Select an event from the list and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10798" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a hyperlink</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10798">To assign a script to a hyperlink</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079C" role="paragraph">Position the cursor inside the hyperlink. </paragraph> @@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B21" role="paragraph">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079F" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a graphic</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1079F">To assign a script to a graphic</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A3" role="paragraph">Select the graphic in your document. </paragraph> @@ -183,7 +183,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B3F" role="paragraph">Select and assign as stated above.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A6" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a form control</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107A6">To assign a script to a form control</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AA" role="paragraph">Insert a form control, for example a button: Open the Form Controls toolbar, click the <emph>Push Button</emph> icon, drag open a button on your document.</paragraph> @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B61" role="paragraph">Click one of the <emph>...</emph> buttons to open a dialog where you can assign a script to the selected event.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107AD" role="heading" level="2">To assign a script to a control in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107AD">To assign a script to a control in the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107B1" role="paragraph">Open the %PRODUCTNAME Basic dialog editor, then create a dialog with a control on it.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp index 86fc245a62..03ace6bd35 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp @@ -42,17 +42,17 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155364" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="space_hyphen"><link href="text/shared/guide/space_hyphen.xhp">Inserting Non-breaking Spaces, Hyphens and Soft Hyphens</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Non-breaking spaces</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156136">Non-breaking spaces</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147008" xml-lang="en-US">To prevent two words from being separated at the end of a line, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command key </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline> and the Shift key when you type a space between the words.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id5749687" xml-lang="en-US">In Calc, you cannot insert non-breaking spaces.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Non-breaking hyphen</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146957">Non-breaking hyphen</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148538" xml-lang="en-US">An example of a non-breaking hyphen is a company name such as A-Z. Obviously you would not want A- to appear at the end of a line and Z at the beginning of the next line. To solve this problem, press <keycode>Shift+</keycode><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+ minus</keycode> sign. In other words, hold down the <keycode>Shift</keycode> and <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> keys and press the <keycode>minus</keycode> key.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3163802" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Replacing hyphens by dashes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3163802">Replacing hyphens by dashes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154749" xml-lang="en-US">In order to enter dashes, you can find under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Options</emph> the <emph>Replace dashes</emph> option. This option replaces one or two hyphens under certain conditions with an en-dash or an em-dash (see <link href="text/shared/01/06040100.xhp">AutoCorrect Options</link>).</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153561" xml-lang="en-US">For additional replacements see the replacements table under <emph>Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</emph> <emph>- </emph><link href="text/shared/01/06040200.xhp"><emph>Replace</emph></link>. Here you can, among other things, replace a shortcut automatically by a dash, even in another font.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153825" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Soft hyphen</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153825">Soft hyphen</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154306" xml-lang="en-US">To support automatic hyphenation by entering a soft hyphen inside a word yourself, use the keys <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+minus</keycode> sign. The word is separated at this position when it is at the end of the line, even if automatic hyphenation for this paragraph is switched off.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp index f3b0becff4..4fe4c8acea 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/spadmin.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <section id="chapter_body"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159876" xml-lang="en-US">%PRODUCTNAME uses the installed fonts of your system. In a text document you can select from all printable fonts. In an HTML document or in Web layout, only fonts that are visible on screen are offered. In spreadsheets and drawings you can select from all installed fonts.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changing Printer Settings</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148388">Changing Printer Settings</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156284" xml-lang="en-US">In the <emph>Print</emph> dialog or the <emph>Printer Settings</emph> dialog, select the printer from the <emph>printers</emph> list box and click <emph>Properties</emph>. The <emph>Properties</emph> dialog appears containing several tab pages. This is where you can make settings that are used according to the PPD file of the selected printer.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150644" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154204" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Using Fax Functionality</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154204">Using Fax Functionality</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148463" xml-lang="en-US">If you have installed fax4CUPS on your computer you can send faxes with the $[officename] software.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150826" xml-lang="en-US">A dialog prompting you for the phone numbers to send the fax to will appear after the printout when printing to a fax4CUPS printer. Multiple numbers can be entered separated by ;</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] you can also activate an icon for sending faxes to a default fax. To do this, choose <emph>Tools - Customize - Toolbars</emph>, click <emph>Add Commands</emph> and add from "Documents" the <emph>Send Default Fax</emph> icon. You can set which fax is used when this button is pressed under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Print</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp index a1b093786a..a87595ffd5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/tabs.xhp @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154150" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the ruler to open the <link href="text/shared/01/05030300.xhp"><emph>Paragraph</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154145" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click the white area of the ruler to set one tab. The <emph>Paragraph</emph> dialog appears with the <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page open.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145748" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Moving Tabs on the Ruler</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145748">Moving Tabs on the Ruler</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145264" xml-lang="en-US">Move individual tab stops on the ruler using the mouse.</paragraph> @@ -130,13 +130,13 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> when you drag a tab on the ruler to move that tab and all the tabs to the right of it. This results in the spacing between those tabs changing proportionally to their distance from the margin.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146146" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changing the Properties of Tabs</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146146">Changing the Properties of Tabs</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145646" xml-lang="en-US">To change tab type, click the tab you want to change on the ruler, then right-click to open the context menu.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154729" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Deleting Tabs</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154729">Deleting Tabs</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148879" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a tab, hold down the mouse button while you drag the tab outside the ruler.</paragraph> </default> </switch> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151074" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changing the Defaults</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151074">Changing the Defaults</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151059" xml-lang="en-US">If you want to change the settings of your default tab stops, you will find further information under <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="WRITER"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - General</link> </caseinline><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Calc - General</link> </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/shared/optionen/01070500.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Draw - General</link> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp index 7c295dd1b0..40b40bdb95 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/undo_formatting.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10683" xml-lang="en-US">You can undo all formatting that has not been made by styles in a few steps.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#Section7"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10639" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Writer Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10639">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Writer Document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1063F" xml-lang="en-US">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+A</keycode> to select the whole text.</paragraph> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10643" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1064A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1064A">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Calc Spreadsheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10650" xml-lang="en-US">While pressing the Shift key click the first and then the last sheet tab to select all sheets.</paragraph> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F0" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Format - Clear Direct Formatting</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Presentation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1065F">Removing all Direct Formatting in a $[officename] Presentation</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10665" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Outline</emph> tab to open outline view.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp index b451262ef3..8aa08c55ac 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/viewing_file_properties.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147399" xml-lang="en-US">File properties, such as author name, subject, and keywords, help you manage and identify your documents. $[officename] also tracks file statistics, including the number of words and the number of pages in a document, and automatically adds the statistics as part of the file property.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147834" xml-lang="en-US">You can view file properties for the current document<switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN"> or for a document in the Windows File Open dialog </caseinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159233" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To view file properties for the current document:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159233">To view file properties for the current document:</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153311" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Properties</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ </list> <switch select="sys"> <case select="WIN"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150443" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150443">To view file properties for a document listed in the Windows File Open dialog</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp index 2b0520242c..6b8f464df3 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xforms.xhp @@ -42,11 +42,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106F5" role="paragraph">XForms are a new type of web form that was developed by the World Wide Web Consortium. The XForm model is defined in Extensible Markup Language (XML). The model uses separate sections to describe what a form does and what a form looks like. You can view the specification for XForms at: <link href="https://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/"><emph>https://www.w3.org/MarkUp/Forms/</emph></link>.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10746" role="heading" level="2">Working with XForms</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10746">Working with XForms</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074A" role="paragraph">In %PRODUCTNAME, an XForms document is a special type of Writer document. The <emph>Design Mode</emph> for an XForm document has additional toolbars and panes. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1074D" role="paragraph">After you create and save an XForms document, you can open the document, fill out the form, and submit the changes to a server.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10774" role="paragraph" localize="false"><comment>What's the role of UBL?</comment><comment>We do not officially support exporting to XHTML - but should be possible using XSLT</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10706" role="heading" level="2">To Create a New XForms Document</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10706">To Create a New XForms Document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1070D" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - New - XML Form Document</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10726" role="paragraph">Load a new instance from an XML file and add controls to the relevant XML elements or attributes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10729" role="heading" level="2">To Open an XForms Document</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10729">To Open an XForms Document</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10730" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>File - Open</emph> and select the XForms document. An XForm document has the same extension as a Writer text document (*.odt).</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10737" role="heading" level="2">To Edit an XForms Document</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10737">To Edit an XForms Document</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1073B" role="paragraph">Open the XForms document and use the following toolbars and windows:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp index c789d1f31e..00011d750d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp @@ -31,11 +31,11 @@ </bookmark> <comment>mw moved 2 index entries from xsltfilter.xhp, then changed "XML filters;"</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1413922" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_create.xhp">Creating XML Filters</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1053D" role="heading" level="2">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1053D">Creating an XML Filter for %PRODUCTNAME</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109A9" role="paragraph">When you create an XML filter for %PRODUCTNAME, you need to design an <emph>XSLT stylesheet</emph> that can convert to and from the OpenDocument XML file format.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109B0" role="tip">For more information about the OpenDocument XML format, go to <link href="https://www.openoffice.org/xml/">https://www.openoffice.org/xml/</link>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109C5" role="paragraph">If you want, you can include a <emph>template</emph> with your filter to apply %PRODUCTNAME styles to an XML document that you import.</paragraph> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10531" role="heading" level="2">To Create an XML Filter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10531">To Create an XML Filter</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN109E0" role="paragraph">Create an XSLT transformation <emph>stylesheet</emph> that maps the elements of the external XML format to the elements of the OpenDocument XML file format and back again.</paragraph> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A4C" role="paragraph">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A56" role="heading" level="2">To Test an XML Filter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10A56">To Test an XML Filter</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A5A" role="paragraph">You can perform basic tests on a custom XML filter in %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10A91" role="note">The document is not altered by these tests. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp index 63c9eb4258..dab51ad351 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ABC" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="xsltfilter"><link href="text/shared/guide/xsltfilter_distribute.xhp">Distributing An XML Filter As Package</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC0" role="paragraph">You can distribute an XML filter to multiple users using a special package format.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AC3" role="heading" level="2">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10AC3">To Save an XML Filter as a Package</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10ACD" role="note">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is open.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AD9" role="paragraph">Select the filter that you want to distribute and click <emph>Save As Package</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AE0" role="heading" level="2">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10AE0">To Install an XML Filter from a Package</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AEA" role="note">The XML Filter Settings dialog is only available when a text document is opened.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10AF6" role="paragraph">Click <emph>Open Package</emph> and select the package file with the filter you want to install.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10535" role="heading" level="2">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN10535">To Delete an Installed XML Filter</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0A" role="paragraph">In Writer, choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - XML Filter Settings</item>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp index 9f88bbcaad..568550ae24 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153750" role="heading" level="1">$[officename]</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153750">$[officename]</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149177" role="paragraph"><variable id="optionenallgemein">Use this dialog to create general settings for working with $[officename]. The information covers topics such as user data, saving, printing, paths to important files and directories.</variable> These settings are saved automatically.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#optionenallgemein"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp index 298d96497d..a6fe7642e5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010700.xhp @@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US">Font replacement also affects the display of fonts on the $[officename] user interface.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#optionsbuttonwarn01" /> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/usetable" id="bm_id1615039" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply replacement table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149295">Apply replacement table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/usetable">Enables the font replacement settings that you define.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb" id="bm_id3150360" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148664" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Replacement table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148664">Replacement table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154073" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/checklb">Lists the original font and the font that will replace it. Select <emph>Always</emph> to replace the font, even if the original font is installed on your system. Select <emph>Screen only </emph>to replace the screen font only and never replace the font for printing.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id0520200803425582"> <tablerow> @@ -109,13 +109,13 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/font1" id="bm_id8428907" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154218" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Font</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154218">Font</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/font1">Enter or select the name of the font that you want to replace.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/font2" id="bm_id1337321" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145785" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Replace with</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145785">Replace with</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/font2">Enter or select the name of the replacement font.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/apply" id="bm_id3150010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153363" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153363">Apply</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145750" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/apply">Applies the selected font replacement.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151116"> <tablerow> @@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/delete" id="bm_id3148647" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147443" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147443">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/delete">Deletes the selected font replacement.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148456"> <tablerow> @@ -146,16 +146,16 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150715" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Font settings for HTML and Basic sources</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150715">Font settings for HTML and Basic sources</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153950" xml-lang="en-US">Select the font and font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/fontname" id="bm_id4237800" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153838" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fonts</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153838">Fonts</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146990" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/fontname">Select the font for the display of HTML and Basic source code.</ahelp> Select <emph>Automatic</emph> to detect a suitable font automatically.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonly" id="bm_id1382183" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146791" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Non-proportional fonts only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146791">Non-proportional fonts only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154362" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/nonpropfontonly">Check to display only non-proportional fonts in the <emph>Fonts</emph> list box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optfontspage/fontheight" id="bm_id6423841" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153765" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153765">Size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150323" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optfontspage/fontheight">Select a font size for the display of HTML and Basic source code.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp index 2230f93a70..bae34f4d30 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01010900.xhp @@ -45,46 +45,46 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#drucken"/> </section> <embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148451" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reduce print data</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148451">Reduce print data</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154910" xml-lang="en-US">You can reduce the amount of data to be sent to the printer. Reducing the print data increases the print speed because the print files are smaller. This makes it easier for printers with a smaller memory to print. Reducing print data can result in slightly lower print quality.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/printer" id="bm_id3149807" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/file" id="bm_id3150868" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147085" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Settings for</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/file" id="bm_id3150868" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147085">Settings for</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158407" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether the print settings apply to direct printing or to printing to a file.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetrans" id="bm_id3150441" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145786" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reduce transparency</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetrans" id="bm_id3150441" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145786">Reduce transparency</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159154" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetrans">If you mark this field the transparent objects will be printed like normal, non-transparent objects, depending on your selection in the following two option buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="transhint"> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3156444" xml-lang="en-US">Transparency cannot be output directly to a printer. The areas of the document in which transparency is to be visible must therefore always be calculated as bitmaps and sent to the printer. Depending on the size of the bitmaps and the print resolution a large amount of data may result.</paragraph> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransauto" id="bm_id3148577" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147441" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Automatically</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransauto" id="bm_id3148577" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3147441">Automatically</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150488" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransauto">Specifies that the transparency is only printed if the transparent area covers less than a quarter of the entire page.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransnone" id="bm_id3145251" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149417" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">No transparency</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransnone" id="bm_id3145251" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3149417">No transparency</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153878" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducetransnone">With this option transparency is never printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmap" id="bm_id3150113" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149960" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reduce bitmaps</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmap" id="bm_id3150113" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149960">Reduce bitmaps</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148455" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmap">Specifies that bitmaps are printed with reduced quality. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapoptimal" id="bm_id3156181" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapnormal" id="bm_id3155600" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149400" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">High/normal print quality</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapnormal" id="bm_id3155600" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3149400">High/normal print quality</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154510" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">High print quality corresponds to a resolution of 300dpi. Normal print quality corresponds to a resolution of 200dpi. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapresol" id="bm_id3146900" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapdpi" id="bm_id3156332" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146969" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Resolution</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmapdpi" id="bm_id3156332" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3146969">Resolution</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum print quality in dpi. The resolution can only be reduced and not increased.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmaptrans" id="bm_id3146913" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146789" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Include transparent objects</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmaptrans" id="bm_id3146913" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3146789">Include transparent objects</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150749" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducebitmaptrans">If this field is marked, the reduction in print quality for bitmaps also applies to the transparent areas of objects.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegrad" id="bm_id3155444" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154362" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reduce gradient</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegrad" id="bm_id3155444" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154362">Reduce gradient</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148914" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegrad">If this field is marked, gradients are printed with reduced quality.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradstripes" id="bm_id3147338" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradstep" id="bm_id3150387" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155766" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Gradient stripes</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradstep" id="bm_id3150387" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3155766">Gradient stripes</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156382" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the maximum number of gradient stripes for printing.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor" id="bm_id3149259" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146313" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Intermediate color</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor" id="bm_id3149259" localize="false"/><h4 id="hd_id3146313">Intermediate color</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145230" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/reducegradcolor">Specifies that gradients are only printed in a single intermediate color.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray" id="bm_id3149565" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Convert colors to grayscale</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray" id="bm_id3149565" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147323">Convert colors to grayscale</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145150" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/converttogray">Specifies that all colors are printed only as grayscale.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150646" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printer warnings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150646">Printer warnings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154022" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/frame2">Defines which warnings appear before printing begins.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/papersize" id="bm_id3154665" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147003" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paper size</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/papersize" id="bm_id3154665" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147003">Paper size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150206" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/papersize">Mark this check box if a certain paper size is needed for printing the current document.</ahelp> If the paper size used in the document is not provided by the current printer, you will receive an error message.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/paperorient" id="bm_id3158213" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155581" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paper orientation</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/paperorient" id="bm_id3158213" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155581">Paper orientation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153231" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/paperorient">Mark this check box if you need a certain paper orientation for printing the current document.</ahelp> If the format used by the current document is not available from the printer, an error message will appear.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans" id="bm_id3153784" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149531" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Transparency</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans" id="bm_id3153784" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149531">Transparency</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152778" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="sfx/ui/optprintpage/trans">Mark this check box if you always want to be warned if transparent objects are contained in the document.</ahelp> If you print such a document, a dialog appears in which you can select if the transparency is to be printed in this print instruction.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp index 12ce49d1ad..77916fc444 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp @@ -45,22 +45,22 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#appearance"/> </section> <embed href="text/shared/guide/accessibility.xhp#accessibility"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color scheme</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154046">Color scheme</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152349" xml-lang="en-US">Save and delete color schemes.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb" id="bm_id3154898" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153252" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Scheme</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153252">Scheme</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153541" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorschemelb">Selects the color scheme you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/save" id="bm_id3153088" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153665">Save</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145609" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/save">Saves the current settings as a color scheme that you can reload later.</ahelp> The name is added to the <emph>Scheme</emph> box.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/CUI_HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME" id="bm_id3148552" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name of color scheme</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149669">Name of color scheme</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_OPTIONS_COLORCONFIG_NAME_SCHEME">Enter a name for the color scheme.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete" id="bm_id3154071" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152811" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Delete</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152811">Delete</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/delete">Deletes the color scheme shown in the <emph>Scheme</emph> box. You cannot delete the Default scheme.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig" id="bm_id3151380" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148672" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Custom Colors</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148672">Custom Colors</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149204" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optappearancepage/colorconfig">Select the colors for the user interface elements.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150769" xml-lang="en-US">To apply a color to a <emph>user interface element</emph>, ensure that the box in front of the name is checked. To hide a user interface element, clear the check box.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3155430" xml-lang="en-US">Some <emph>user interface elements</emph> cannot be hidden.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp index 4821b155d0..c5166165c8 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optsavepage/OptSavePage" id="bm_id3539840" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3147291" xml-lang="en-US">Load/Save options</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3147291">Load/Save options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="laden"><ahelp hid="." visibility="visible">Specifies general Load/Save settings. </ahelp></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#landen"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp index cc102e9461..7c4c49b10b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020100.xhp @@ -42,24 +42,24 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#internet1"/> </section> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#optionsbuttonwarn01" /> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147577">Settings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153748" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the settings for the <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#proxy">proxy server</link>.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/proxymode" id="bm_id3156347" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Proxy server</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/proxymode" id="bm_id3156347" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151110">Proxy server</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/proxymode">Specifies the type of proxy definition.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">None</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3147574">None</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148685" xml-lang="en-US">Accesses the Internet without a proxy server. Allows you to set up a connection directly on your computer to an Internet provider that does not use a proxy.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150984" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Manual</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3150984">Manual</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156155" xml-lang="en-US">Lets you enter the proxy server manually. Specify the proxy servers in accordance with your Internet service. Ask your system administrator for the proxies and ports to enter.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US">Type server names without the protocol prefix. For example, type www.example.com, not http://www.example.com.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10684" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">System</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10684">System</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10688" xml-lang="en-US">On Windows or UNIX systems using GNOME or KDE, this option tells %PRODUCTNAME to use the system settings. You must restart %PRODUCTNAME to initiate this setting.<comment>UFI: see spec "System-Settings"</comment></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/http" id="bm_id3154346" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148948" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">HTTP proxy</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/http" id="bm_id3154346" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148948">HTTP proxy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154923" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/http">Type the name of the proxy server for <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#http">HTTP</link>.</ahelp> Type the port in the right-hand field.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/https" id="bm_id431531" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9971922" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">HTTPS proxy</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/https" id="bm_id431531" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id9971922">HTTPS proxy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5319071" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type the name of the proxy server for HTTPS. Type the port in the right-hand field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/ftp" id="bm_id3153360" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150543" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">FTP proxy</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/ftp" id="bm_id3153360" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150543">FTP proxy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154138" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/ftp">Type the name of the proxy server for <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp">FTP</link>.</ahelp> Type the port in the right-hand field.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/noproxy" id="bm_id3154908" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No proxy for</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/noproxy" id="bm_id3154908" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3125863">No proxy for</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optproxypage/noproxy">Specifies the names of the servers that do not require any proxy servers, separated by semicolons.</ahelp> These are servers addressed in your local network, and servers used for video and audio streaming, for example.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use placeholders for the names of hosts and domains. For example, type *.sun.com to address all the hosts in the sun.com domain without proxy.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optproxypage/httpport" id="bm_id3152920" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp index 4f9e014340..7b8a034a2b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01020300.xhp @@ -37,9 +37,9 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US">On UNIX systems, specifies the email program to use when you send the current document as email.</paragraph> <switch select="sys"> <case select="UNIX"> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/url" id="bm_id7723014" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email program</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/url" id="bm_id7723014" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10576">Email program</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optemailpage/url">Enter the email program path and name.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/browse" id="bm_id3655507" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10591" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optemailpage/browse" id="bm_id3655507" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10591">Browse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10595" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optemailpage/browse">Opens a file dialog to select the email program.</ahelp></paragraph> </case> </switch></body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp index e83543310c..0ee792bef2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01030000.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154926" role="heading" level="1">Internet options</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3154926">Internet options</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154894" role="paragraph"><variable id="laden">Specifies Internet settings. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp index 89e9c6890b..923b7d98c1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040500.xhp @@ -102,32 +102,32 @@ <note id="par_id3146792" xml-lang="en-US">Direct formatting is not influenced by the <emph>Alignment</emph> field. If you center align the cell contents directly, they remain centered irrespective of whether text or numbers are involved.</note> </section> <h2 id="hd_id3154360" xml-lang="en-US">Keyboard handling</h2> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149018" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Move cells</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149018">Move cells</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153711" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the default settings for moving rows and columns with the keyboard. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowmove" id="bm_id3150042" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155445" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Row</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3155445">Row</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159264" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowmove">Specifies the value to be used for moving a row.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colmove" id="bm_id3163806" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150388" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Column</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3150388">Column</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155905" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colmove">Specifies the value to be used for moving a column.</ahelp></paragraph> <h3 id="hd_id3155938" xml-lang="en-US">Insert cell</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155176" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the default settings for inserting rows and columns with the keyboard. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowinsert" id="bm_id3154703" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155333" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Row</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3155333">Row</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153966" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/rowinsert">Specifies the default value for inserting rows.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colinsert" id="bm_id3145767" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155607" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Column</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3155607">Column</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159334" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/colinsert">Specifies the default value for inserting columns.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150645" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Behavior of rows/columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150645">Behavior of rows/columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150298" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the relative effect of rows and columns on adjacent rows or columns, as well as on the entire table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fix" id="bm_id3159238" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149335" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Fixed</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3149335">Fixed</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151213" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fix">Specifies that changes to a row or column only affect the corresponding adjacent area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fixprop" id="bm_id3153269" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154199" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Fixed, proportional</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3154199">Fixed, proportional</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147128" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/fixprop">Specifies that changes to a row or column have an effect on the entire table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/var" id="bm_id3153234" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150783" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Variable</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3150783">Variable</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166423" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/opttablepage/var">Specifies that changes to a row or column affect the table size.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp index 33efd47f1d..5f8017064d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01040700.xhp @@ -37,29 +37,29 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#registeraenderungen"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155419" role="heading" level="2">Text display</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155419">Text display</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3144510" role="paragraph">Defines the settings for displaying recorded changes. Select the type of change and the corresponding display attribute and color. The preview field shows the effect of the selected display options.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/insert" id="bm_id3153896" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148550" role="heading" level="3">Insertions / Attributes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148550">Insertions / Attributes</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154758" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/insert">Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/deleted" id="bm_id3150358" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152812" role="heading" level="3">Deletions / Attributes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152812">Deletions / Attributes</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154365" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/deleted">Specifies how changes in the document are displayed when text is deleted. If you record text deletions, the text is displayed with the selected attribute (for example, strikethrough) and is not deleted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changed" id="bm_id3149203" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148674" role="heading" level="3">Changed attributes / Attributes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148674">Changed attributes / Attributes</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151042" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changed">Defines how changes to text attributes are displayed in the document. These changes affect attributes such as bold, italic or underline.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/insertcolor" id="bm_id3147084" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/deletedcolor" id="bm_id3154217" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changedcolor" id="bm_id3149810" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153105" role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153105">Color</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145419" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/changedcolor">You can also choose a color to display each type of recorded change. When you choose the condition "By author" in the list, the color is automatically determined by $[officename], then modified to match to the author of each change.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145607" role="heading" level="2">Lines changed</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145607">Lines changed</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149562" role="paragraph">To indicate which lines of the text have been changed, you can define a mark that appears in the left or right page margin.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markpos" id="bm_id3161831" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145785" role="heading" level="3">Mark</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145785">Mark</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154638" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markpos">Defines if and where changed lines in the document are marked.</ahelp> You can set the markings so that they always appear on the left or right page margin, or on the outer or inner margin.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markcolor" id="bm_id3148618" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3163713" role="heading" level="3">Color</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3163713">Color</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146975" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/optredlinepage/markcolor">Specifies the color for highlighting the changed lines in the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp index 4b7742e509..35026f2551 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </meta> <body> <!-- removed HID SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS --> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149233" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149233">%PRODUCTNAME Writer/Web Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145120" xml-lang="en-US"> <variable id="webbrowser"><ahelp hid="SID_SW_ONLINEOPTIONS">Defines the basic settings for $[officename] documents in HTML format.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp index d2fbc16b65..b95a1d3b9c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01050100.xhp @@ -40,16 +40,16 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#raster"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153749" role="heading" level="2">Grid</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153749">Grid</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/usegridsnap" id="bm_id3150669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145382" role="heading" level="3">Snap to grid</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145382">Snap to grid</h3> <section id="snap_to_grid"> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154897" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/usegridsnap">Specifies whether to move frames, drawing elements, and controls only between grid points.</ahelp> To change the status of the snap grip only for the current action, drag an object while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Control key </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl key</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:GridVisible" id="bm_id8442192" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/gridvisible" id="bm_id3149795" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153824" role="heading" level="3">Visible grid</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153824">Visible grid</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149516" role="paragraph"><variable id="rastersicht"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to display the grid.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149294" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW"><variable id="rastertextdraw">It is also possible to toggle the visibility of the grid with the <emph>Grid - Display Grid</emph> command in the context menu for the page. You can also select the <emph>Grid - Grid to Front</emph> submenu of this context menu to display the grid in front of objects. @@ -59,22 +59,22 @@ </variable> </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> <section id="resolution"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154684" role="heading" level="2">Resolution</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154684">Resolution</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawx" id="bm_id3151041" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149203" role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149203">Horizontal</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153104" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawx">Defines the unit of measure for the spacing between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawy" id="bm_id3156280" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150447" role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150447">Vertical</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148923" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrflddrawy">Defines the grid points spacing in the desired unit of measurement on the Y-axis.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147228" role="heading" level="2">Subdivision</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3147228">Subdivision</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/numflddivisionx" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153368" role="heading" level="3">Horizontal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153368">Horizontal</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150439" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the X-axis.</ahelp><comment>UFI: see #i39831#</comment><comment>UFI: see #i112000</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/numflddivisiony" id="bm_id3147428" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147441" role="heading" level="3">Vertical</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147441">Vertical</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154918" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of intermediate spaces between grid points on the Y-axis.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/synchronize" id="bm_id3153138" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149667" role="heading" level="3">Synchronize axes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149667">Synchronize axes</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147350" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/synchronize">Specifies whether to change the current grid settings symmetrically.</ahelp> The resolution and subdivision for the X and Y axes remain the same.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146121" role="paragraph"><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">There are additional commands on the context menu of a page: </caseinline><caseinline select="IMPRESS">There are additional commands on the context menu of a page: diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp index c0f7a8d653..ea0d9613bd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ScEditOptions" id="bm_id4992961" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ToolsOptions" id="bm_id5861691" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156414" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Calc Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3156414">%PRODUCTNAME Calc Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="allgemein"><ahelp hid=".">Defines various settings for spreadsheets, contents to be displayed, and the cursor direction after a cell entry. You can also define sorting lists, determine the number of decimal places and the settings for recording and highlighting changes. </ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp index ff96c446da..ec3442e279 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060100.xhp @@ -62,79 +62,79 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabelleinhalte"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153682" role="heading" level="2">Visual aids</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153682">Visual aids</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153311" role="paragraph">Specifies which lines are displayed.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/grid" id="bm_id3148538" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147242" role="heading" level="3">Grid lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147242">Grid lines</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153088" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/grid" visibility="visible">Specifies when grid lines will be displayed. Default is to display grid lines only on cells that do not have a background color. You can choose to also display grid lines on cells with background color, or to hide them.</ahelp> For printing, choose <emph>Format - Page Style - </emph><link href="text/scalc/01/05070500.xhp"><emph>Sheet</emph></link> and mark the <emph>Grid</emph> check box.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/color" id="bm_id3150504" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156326" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Color</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156326">Color</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/color">Specifies a color for the grid lines in the current document.</ahelp> To see the grid line color that was saved with the document, go to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</emph>, under <emph>Scheme</emph> find the entry <emph>Spreadsheet - Grid lines</emph> and set the color to "Automatic".</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/break" id="bm_id3148563" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152349" role="heading" level="3">Page breaks</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152349">Page breaks</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151245" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/break">Specifies whether to view the page breaks within a defined print area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/guideline" id="bm_id3148946" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149669" role="heading" level="3">Helplines While Moving</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149669">Helplines While Moving</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148550" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/guideline">Specifies whether to view guides when moving drawings, frames, graphics and other objects.</ahelp> These guides help you align objects.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152920" role="heading" level="2">Display</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152920">Display</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3125864" role="paragraph">Select various options for the screen display.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/formula" id="bm_id3150767" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154218" role="heading" level="3">Formulas</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154218">Formulas</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150440" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/formula">Specifies whether to show formulas instead of results in the cells.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/nil" id="bm_id3146146" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155132" role="heading" level="3">Zero values</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155132">Zero values</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147318" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/nil">Specifies whether to show numbers with the value of 0.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/annot" id="bm_id3163711" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147348" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Comment indicator</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147348">Comment indicator</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146974" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/annot">Specifies that a small rectangle in the top right corner of the cell indicates that a comment exists. The comment will be shown only when you enable tips under <emph>%PRODUCTNAME - General</emph> in the Options dialog box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:NoteVisible" id="bm_id3153574" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150487" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".uno:NoteVisible">To display a comment permanently, select the <emph>Show comment</emph> command from the cell's context menu.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149667" role="paragraph">You can type and edit comments with the <link href="text/shared/01/04050000.xhp"><emph>Insert - Comment</emph></link> command. Comments that are permanently displayed can be edited by clicking the comment box. Click the Navigator and under the <emph>Comments</emph> entry you can view all comments in the current document. By double clicking a comment in Navigator, the cursor will jump to the corresponding cell containing the comment.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/value" id="bm_id3155306" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150872" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Value highlighting</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150872">Value highlighting</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154792" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/value">Mark the <emph>Value highlighting</emph> box to show the cell contents in different colors, depending on type. Text cells are formatted in black, formulas in green, number cells in blue, and protected cells are shown with light grey background, no matter how their display is formatted.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3151319" xml-lang="en-US">When this command is active, any colors assigned in the document will not be displayed until the function is deactivated.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/anchor" id="bm_id3146972" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3157846" role="heading" level="3">Anchor</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157846">Anchor</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147494" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/anchor">Specifies whether the anchor icon is displayed when an inserted object, such as a graphic, is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/clipmark" id="bm_id3146789" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146898" role="heading" level="3">Text overflow</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146898">Text overflow</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153707" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/clipmark">If a cell contains text that is wider than the width of the cell, the text is displayed over empty neighboring cells in the same row. If there is no empty neighboring cell, a small triangle at the cell border indicates that the text continues.</ahelp><comment>UFI: sc.features "Alignment of text that is larger than a cell"</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rangefind" id="bm_id3153927" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150327" role="heading" level="3">Show references in color</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150327">Show references in color</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153766" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rangefind">Specifies that each reference is highlighted in color in the formula. The cell range is also enclosed by a colored border as soon as the cell containing the reference is selected for editing.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155444" role="heading" level="2">Objects</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155444">Objects</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148405" role="paragraph">Defines whether to display or hide objects for up to three object groups.</paragraph><comment>removed "placeholder" text, see i81634</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/objgrf" id="bm_id3154256" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150043" role="heading" level="3">Objects/Graphics</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150043">Objects/Graphics</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3163549" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/objgrf">Defines if objects and graphics are shown or hidden.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/diagram" id="bm_id3147344" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151249" role="heading" level="3">Charts</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151249">Charts</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/diagram">Defines if charts in your document are shown or hidden.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/draw" id="bm_id3155334" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154703" role="heading" level="3">Drawing objects</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154703">Drawing objects</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155959" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/draw">Defines if drawing objects in your document are shown or hidden.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0909200810585828" role="heading" level="2">Zoom</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id0909200810585828">Zoom</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/synczoom" id="bm_id0909200810584462" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0909200810585881" role="heading" level="3">Synchronize sheets</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0909200810585881">Synchronize sheets</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0909200810585870" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">If checked, all sheets are shown with the same zoom factor. If not checked, each sheet can have its own zoom factor.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153920" role="heading" level="2">Window</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153920">Window</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154661" role="paragraph">Specifies whether some Help elements will or will not appear in the table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rowcolheader" id="bm_id3145791" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149923" role="heading" level="3">Column/Row headers</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149923">Column/Row headers</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149816" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/rowcolheader">Specifies whether to display row and column headers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/hscroll" id="bm_id3154120" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154205" role="heading" level="3">Horizontal scrollbar</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154205">Horizontal scrollbar</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155578" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/hscroll">Specifies whether to display a horizontal scrollbar at the bottom of the document window.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/vscroll" id="bm_id3158413" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148422" role="heading" level="3">Vertical scrollbar</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148422">Vertical scrollbar</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147128" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/vscroll">Specifies whether to display a vertical scrollbar at the right of the document window.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/tblreg" id="bm_id3158214" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150826" role="heading" level="3">Sheet tabs</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150826">Sheet tabs</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154658" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/tblreg">Specifies whether to display the sheet tabs at the bottom of the spreadsheet document.</ahelp> If this box is not checked, you will only be able to switch between the sheets through the <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> </caseinline><defaultinline>Navigator</defaultinline></switchinline>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/outline" id="bm_id3154199" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152584" role="heading" level="3">Outline symbols</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152584">Outline symbols</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145135" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/tpviewpage/outline">If you have defined an <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="CALC"><link href="text/scalc/01/12080000.xhp">outline</link> </caseinline><defaultinline>outline</defaultinline></switchinline>, the <emph>Outline symbols</emph> option specifies whether to view the outline symbols at the border of the sheet.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp index 6f81916291..db424c9ff9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060300.xhp @@ -46,57 +46,57 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#tabelleeingabe"/> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Metrics</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155338">Metrics</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/unitlb" id="bm_id3147210" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Measurement unit</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3151110">Measurement unit</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150444" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/unitlb">Defines the unit of measure in spreadsheets.</ahelp> </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/tabmf" id="bm_id3153562" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149795" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tab stops</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149795">Tab stops</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150084" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/tabmf">Defines the tab stops distance.</ahelp> </paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01040900.xhp#update"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Input settings</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155135">Input settings</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/aligncb" id="bm_id3155389" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/alignlb" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148491" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Press Enter to move selection</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3148491">Press Enter to move selection</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145119" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/alignlb">Determines the direction that the cursor in the spreadsheet will move after you press the Enter key.</ahelp> </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/editmodecb" id="bm_id3151245" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetInputMode" id="bm_id3079317" localize="false"/> <comment>see i53756</comment> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154307" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Press Enter to switch to edit mode</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154307">Press Enter to switch to edit mode</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148943" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/editmodecb">Determines the behavior of the Enter key in a spreadsheet. Checking this option causes Enter to open cell contents for editing.</ahelp> </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id291629751925288">Uncheck this option to make the Enter key select the cell below the current cell.</paragraph> <tip id="par_id391629752077203">If a range of cells is selected, each time Enter is pressed will select the next cell inside the range. Hence, enabling this option is useful when entering values into a range of cells sequentially.</tip> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/formatcb" id="bm_id3148946" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Expand formatting</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3153896">Expand formatting</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/formatcb">Specifies whether to automatically apply the formatting attributes of the selected cell to the empty adjacent cells.</ahelp> If, for example, the contents of the selected cell have the bold attribute, this bold attribute will also apply to adjacent cells. Cells that already have a special format will not be modified by this function. You can see the range in question by pressing the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> + * (multiplication sign on the number pad) shortcut. This format also applies to all new values inserted within this range. The normal default settings apply to cells outside this range.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/exprefcb" id="bm_id3145419" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148451" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Expand references when new columns/rows are inserted</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3148451">Expand references when new columns/rows are inserted</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154684" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/exprefcb">Specifies whether to expand references when inserting columns or rows adjacent to the reference range. This is only possible if the reference range, where the column or row is inserted, originally spanned at least two cells in the desired direction.</ahelp> </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153194" xml-lang="en-US"><emph>Example:</emph> If the range A1:B1 is referenced in a formula and you insert a new column after column B, the reference is expanded to A1:C1. If the range A1:B1 is referenced and a new row is inserted under row 1, the reference is not expanded, since there is only a single cell in the vertical direction.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150449" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert rows or columns in the middle of a reference area, the reference is always expanded.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/markhdrcb" id="bm_id3151380" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Highlight selection in column/row headings</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3151176">Highlight selection in column/row headings</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145171" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/markhdrcb">Specifies whether to highlight column and row headers in the selected columns or rows.</ahelp> </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/replwarncb" id="bm_id3153363" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146146" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Show overwrite warning when pasting data</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3146146">Show overwrite warning when pasting data</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150872" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/replwarncb">Specifies that, when you paste cells from the clipboard to a cell range that is not empty, a warning appears.</ahelp> </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/legacy_cell_selection_cb" id="bm_id31533637" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146147" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Position cell reference with selection</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3146147">Position cell reference with selection</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31508727" xml-lang="en-US"> <ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/scgeneralpage/legacy_cell_selection_cb">With the option set, expanding a selection (with <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="keycode">Command </item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="keycode">Ctrl</item></defaultinline></switchinline> +<item type="keycode">Shift</item>+<item type="keycode">Down/Up</item>) jumps to the end of the range in the column that was added as last to the initial selection. diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp index 56bfb99daf..6a8725e0b5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060400.xhp @@ -45,24 +45,24 @@ </case> </switch> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/lists" id="bm_id3147336" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Lists</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149416">Lists</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/lists">Displays all the available lists. These lists can be selected for editing.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/entries" id="bm_id3154758" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147531" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147531">Entries</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149669" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/entries">Displays the content of the currently selected list. This content can be edited.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copyfrom" id="bm_id3152811" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145069" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Copy list from</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145069">Copy list from</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149457" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copyfrom">Defines the spreadsheet and the cells to copy, in order to include them in the <emph>Lists</emph> box. The currently selected range in the spreadsheet is the default.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copy" id="bm_id3145606" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151211" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Copy</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151211">Copy</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158409" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/copy">Copies the contents of the cells in the <emph>Copy list from</emph> box. If you select a reference to related rows and columns, the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp"><emph>Copy List</emph></link> dialog appears after clicking the button. You can use this dialog to define if the reference is converted to sort lists by row or by column.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/new" id="bm_id3147084" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/discard" id="bm_id3147085" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154684" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New/Discard</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154684">New/Discard</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153970" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/new">Enters the contents of a new list into the <emph>Entries</emph> box.</ahelp> This button will change from <emph>New</emph> to <emph>Discard</emph>, which enables you to delete the new list.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/add" id="bm_id3149563" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/delete" id="bm_id3149562" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3144760" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add/Modify</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3144760">Add/Modify</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145785" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optsortlists/add">Adds a new list into the <emph>Lists</emph> box.</ahelp> If you would like to edit this list in the <emph>Entries</emph> box, this button will change from <emph>Add</emph> to <emph>Modify</emph>, which enables you to include the newly modified list.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp index dbdb298a74..97ea815d3a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060401.xhp @@ -36,18 +36,18 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/ColOrRowDialog" id="bm_id3156329" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3156329" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153341" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Copy List</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153341">Copy List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/ColOrRowDialog">Allows you to copy marked cells to a sort list.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#listekopieren"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List from</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147574">List from</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148563" xml-lang="en-US">Choose between the options<emph> Rows</emph> and <emph>Columns</emph>. Cells without text will be ignored when copying.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/rows" id="bm_id3147303" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156343" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156343">Rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148664" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/rows">Select the<emph> Rows </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected rows in a list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/columns" id="bm_id3154366" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153525" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153525">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154216" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/colorrowdialog/columns">Select the<emph> Columns </emph>option to summarize the contents of the selected columns in a list.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp index f2fba4a56a..27d247aa26 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060600.xhp @@ -40,19 +40,19 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopaen"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152812" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color Definition for Changes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152812">Color Definition for Changes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150792" xml-lang="en-US">Defines colors for recorded changes. If you select the "By author" entry, $[officename] will automatically set the color depending on the author who undertook the changes.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/changes" id="bm_id3153192" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150400" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Changes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150400">Changes</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148451" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/changes">Specifies the color for changes of cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/deletions" id="bm_id3152920" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3158410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Deletions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3158410">Deletions</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/deletions">Specifies the color to highlight deletions in a document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/insertions" id="bm_id3154123" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154685" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insertions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154685">Insertions</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/insertions">Specifies the color to highlight insertions in a document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/entries" id="bm_id3156422" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3125863" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Moved entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3125863">Moved entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159151" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/scalc/ui/optchangespage/entries">Specifies the color to highlight moved cell contents.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp index 94d97496ba..cc66951b6f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01060800.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopco"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149399" role="heading" level="2">Key bindings</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149399">Key bindings</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155419" role="paragraph">The following table shows what actions are associated with what key bindings for the two key binding types (<emph>Default</emph> and <emph>OpenOffice.org legacy</emph>):</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/scalc/ui/optcompatibilitypage/keybindings" id="bm_id3156153" localize="false"/> <table id="tbl_id3149669"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp index de5f1aa57d..ea40c7a40f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01061000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#exopde"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149399" role="heading" level="2">New spreadsheets</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149399">New spreadsheets</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155419" role="paragraph">You can set the number of worksheets in a new document, and the prefix name for new worksheets.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp index ef698f054e..d3536b1bbb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SdEditOptions" id="bm_id3420160" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155805" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Impress Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155805">%PRODUCTNAME Impress Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146957" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="allgemein"><ahelp hid=".uno:SdEditOptions">Defines various settings for newly created presentation documents, such as the contents to be displayed, the measurement unit used, if and how grid alignment is carried out.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp index f071fe67d9..1762eb3c18 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01070300.xhp @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Snap to Object Border</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> icon in the <emph>Options</emph> bar.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SnapPoints" id="bm_id3155131" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/snappoints" id="bm_id3147288" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155431" role="heading" level="3">To object points</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155431">To object points</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145271" role="paragraph"><variable id="opunkte"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies whether to align the contour of the graphic object to the points of the nearest graphic object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149483" role="paragraph"><variable id="opunktetext">This only applies if the cursor or a contour line of the graphics object is in the snap range. @@ -78,21 +78,21 @@ </caseinline><caseinline select="DRAW"><link href="text/simpress/02/13170000.xhp"><emph>Snap to Object Points</emph></link> </caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Snap to Object Points</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> icon in the <emph>Options</emph> bar.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldsnaparea" id="bm_id3152460" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148645" role="heading" level="3">Snap range</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148645">Snap range</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154145" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldsnaparea">Defines the snap distance between the mouse pointer and the object contour. $[officename] Impress snaps to a snap point if the mouse pointer is nearer than the distance selected in the <emph>Snap range</emph> control.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150872" role="heading" level="2">Constrain Objects</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150872">Constrain Objects</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/ortho" id="bm_id3153191" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154639" role="heading" level="3">When creating or moving objects</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154639">When creating or moving objects</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150417" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/ortho">Specifies that graphic objects are restricted vertically, horizontally or diagonally (45°) when creating or moving them.</ahelp> You can temporarily deactivate this setting by pressing the Shift key.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/bigortho" id="bm_id3155415" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3159345" role="heading" level="3">Extend edges</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159345">Extend edges</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154942" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/bigortho">Specifies that a square is created based on the longer side of a rectangle when the Shift key is pressed before you release the mouse button. This also applies to an ellipse (a circle will be created based on the longest diameter of the ellipse). When the<emph> Extend edges </emph>box is not marked, a square or a circle will be created based on the shorter side or diameter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/rotate" id="bm_id3151073" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldangle" id="bm_id3153878" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149413" role="heading" level="3">When rotating</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149413">When rotating</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150717" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that graphic objects can only be rotated within the rotation angle that you selected in the <emph>When rotating</emph> control.</ahelp> If you want to rotate an object outside the defined angle, press the Shift key when rotating. Release the key when the desired rotation angle is reached.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldbezangle" id="bm_id3153839" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154163" role="heading" level="3">Point reduction</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154163">Point reduction</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156275" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/optgridpage/mtrfldbezangle">Defines the angle for point reduction.</ahelp> When working with polygons, you might find it useful to reduce their editing points.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp index 17d7fb0874..ebb7cfdddb 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01080000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SdGraphicOptions" id="bm_id5783031" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Draw Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3155135">%PRODUCTNAME Draw Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158430" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="allgemein"><ahelp hid=".uno:SdGraphicOptions">Defines the global settings for drawing documents, including the contents to be displayed, the scale to be used, the grid alignment and the contents to be printed by default.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp index 7d68dd7965..fd7338cf6f 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01090000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SmEditOptions" id="bm_id3155338" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150040" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Math Options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150040">%PRODUCTNAME Math Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166460" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="druckentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SmEditOptions">Defines the print format and print options for all new formula documents. These options apply when you print a formula directly from <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math.</ahelp> </variable> You can also call the dialog by clicking the <emph>Options</emph> button in the <emph>Print</emph> dialog. The settings you define in the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline> dialog will be permanent settings, whereas the settings in the Print dialog are only valid for the current document.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp index 69a4bbe6a5..934cf9557b 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01090100.xhp @@ -39,32 +39,32 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw inserted "fitting..."</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/SmathSettings" id="bm_id3150178" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Settings</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150713">Settings</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145090" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einst"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/SmathSettings">Defines formula settings that will be valid for all documents.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#formeinst"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159234" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print options</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/title" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Title</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159234">Print options</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/title" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156410">Title</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156347" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/title">Specifies whether you want the name of the document to be included in the printout.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/text" id="bm_id3146798" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formula text</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/text" id="bm_id3146798" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3166410">Formula text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155449" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/text">Specifies whether to include the contents of the <emph>Commands</emph> window at the bottom of the printout.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/frame" id="bm_id3154515" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154046" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Border</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/frame" id="bm_id3154515" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154046">Border</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149516" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Applies a thin border to the formula area in the printout.</ahelp> <emph>Title</emph> and <emph>Formula text</emph> are only set down by a frame if the corresponding check box is active.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153822" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print format</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal" id="bm_id3151246" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150503" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Original size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153822">Print format</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal" id="bm_id3151246" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150503">Original size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153627" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizenormal">Prints the formula without adjusting the current font size.</ahelp> It is possible that with large formulas a part of the command text is cut off.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizescaled" id="bm_id3147264" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Fit to size</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizescaled" id="bm_id3147264" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153896">Fit to size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150541" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizescaled">Adjusts the formula to the page format used in the printout.</ahelp> The real size will be determined by the used paper format.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/sizezoomed" id="bm_id3151210" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/zoom" id="bm_id3154140" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153381" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Scaling</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/zoom" id="bm_id3154140" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153381">Scaling</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/zoom">Reduces or enlarges the size of the printed formula by a specified enlargement factor.</ahelp> Type the desired enlargement factor directly in the <emph>Scaling</emph> control, or set the value using the arrow buttons.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147228" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Other options</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/norightspaces" id="bm_id3159152" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149808" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ignore ~ and ' at the end of the line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147228">Other options</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/norightspaces" id="bm_id3159152" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149808">Ignore ~ and ' at the end of the line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149203" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/smathsettings/norightspaces">Specifies that these space wildcards will be removed if they are at the end of a line.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], adding such characters at the end of a line prevented the right edge of the formula from being cut off during printing.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/tobeannounced" id="bm_id34459152" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31567808" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Embed only used symbols (smaller file size)</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/tobeannounced" id="bm_id34459152" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id31567808">Embed only used symbols (smaller file size)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3789203" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves only those symbols with each formula that are used in that formula.</ahelp> In earlier versions of $[officename], all symbols were saved with each formula.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp index b42edbab16..cea066c40d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01110000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US">Chart options</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3145345">Chart options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149182" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="farbe">Defines the general settings for charts.</variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#diagrfarbe"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp index 0524a04fd9..34a334f7d5 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01110100.xhp @@ -41,11 +41,11 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#diagrgfarbe"/> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors" id="bm_id49409461" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154751" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Chart colors</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors" id="bm_id49409461" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154751">Chart colors</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/colors">Displays all the colors available for the data series.</ahelp> Select a data series to change its color. Select the desired color from the adjacent color table.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154823" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color table</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154823">Color table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US">This table is used as a means of replacing the chart colors for the selected data rows. For example, if you selected data row 6 and then click on the color green 8, the old color of the data row is replaced by green 8. The name of the selected color is shown below the color table.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default" id="bm_id5361491" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147242" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Default</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default" id="bm_id5361491" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147242">Default</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156347" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optchartcolorspage/default">Restores the color settings that were defined when the program was installed.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#optionsbuttonwarn01" /> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp index a03d74d48a..25922bdbf2 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01150200.xhp @@ -59,12 +59,12 @@ <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchiaiya" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145315" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchkiku" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155135" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchprolongedsoundmark" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155419" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3159399" xml-lang="en-US">Treat as equal</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3159399">Treat as equal</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154514" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optjsearchpage/matchprolongedsoundmark" visibility="visible">Specifies the options to be treated as equal in a search.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignorepunctuation" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156024" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignorewhitespace" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151245" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignoremiddledot" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153898" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3148944" xml-lang="en-US">Ignore</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148944">Ignore</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147264" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optjsearchpage/ignoremiddledot" visibility="visible">Specifies the characters to be ignored.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp index b6a1d266d7..70673c0be1 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160000.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159201" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Data sources options</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3159201">Data sources options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3093440" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="daten">Defines the general settings for the data sources in $[officename]. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp index e95443025c..5b4d74d86d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp @@ -38,16 +38,16 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#registered"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH" id="bm_id4985198" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Registered Databases</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058E">Registered Databases</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10592" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="CUI_HID_DBPATH_CTL_PATH">Lists the registered name and database file of all registered databases. Double-click an entry to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dbregisterpage/new" id="bm_id1757866" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10595" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10595">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10599" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/new">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to create a new entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dbregisterpage/delete" id="bm_id2827234" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105AA">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/delete">Removes the selected entry from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dbregisterpage/edit" id="bm_id8034607" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105B1">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dbregisterpage/edit">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp">Database Link</link> dialog to edit the selected entry.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp index 772900b681..a2fb116626 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/01160201.xhp @@ -27,19 +27,19 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053A" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Database Link</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053A">Database Link</h1> <comment>should be New Database Link or Edit Database Link, respective to the button that was clicked</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/DatabaseLinkDialog" id="bm_id8789331" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id8789331" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates or edits an entry in the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01160200.xhp">Databases</link> tab page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/url" id="bm_id8789332" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Database file</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054F">Database file</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the path and the file name of the database file. The name of the file must end with the *.odb extension.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/browse" id="bm_id8789330" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Browse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/browse">Opens a file dialog where you can select the database file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/name" id="bm_id2885219" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Registered name</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Registered name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/databaselinkdialog/name">Enter a name for the database. %PRODUCTNAME uses this name to access the database.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp index 99ef436b1c..b51ed982da 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/BasicIDE.xhp @@ -45,10 +45,10 @@ <section id="howtoget"><embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#basicide"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201509433418" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Code Completion</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2507201509433418">Code Completion</h2> <paragraph id="par_id2607201514295746" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This feature helps the Basic programmer to complete the code, saves extensive typing and helps to reduce coding errors.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_id2507201509433497" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Enable code completion</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_id2507201509433497">Enable code completion</h3> <paragraph id="par_id2507201509570245" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/codecomplete_enable">Display methods of a Basic object.</ahelp> Code completion will display the methods of a Basic object, provided the object is a UNO extended type. Its does not work on a generic <item type="literal">Object</item> or <item type="literal">Variant</item> Basic types.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150454" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When a variable is a UNO interface or structure, a list box appears when pressing the dot after a variable's name (like <item type="literal">aVar.</item> [list box appears] ). Its methods and variables are listed in the list box, displayed just below. You can navigate between the suggested methods and variables with the arrow keys. To insert the selected entry, press the <item type="keycode">Enter</item> key or double click on it with the mouse. To cancel the list box, press the <item type="keycode">Esc</item> key.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150494" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When typing the method's name, and pressing the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key once, it will complete the selected entry, pressing the Tab key again will cycle through the matches with the longest prefix. For example, when <item type="literal">aVar.aMeth</item> is typed, it will cycle through <item type="literal">aMeth1, aMethod2, aMethod3</item> entries, and other entries are not hidden.</paragraph> @@ -56,10 +56,10 @@ <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption01"/> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150420" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">is a valid variable definition, its methods can be accessed via the dot (".") operator:</paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption02"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201509433468" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Code Suggestion</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2507201509433468">Code Suggestion</h2> <paragraph id="par_id250720150943346" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">These are coding helpers for the Basic programmer.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201510011472" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Autocorrection</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2507201510011472">Autocorrection</h3> <paragraph id="par_id2507201509570353" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autocorrect">Correct cases of Basic variables and keywords while typing.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will modify the typing of Basic statements and Basic variables of your code to improve coding style and readability. Modifications of the code are based on the program's variables declarations and on the %PRODUCTNAME Basic commands parsed.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150496" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Example: </paragraph> @@ -69,18 +69,18 @@ <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150462" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Examples: </paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516144117" role="code" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">Integer, String, ReDim, ElseIf, etc...</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201509433473" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Autoclose quotes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2507201509433473">Autoclose quotes</h3> <paragraph id="par_id2507201509433451" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autoclose_quotes">Automatically close open quotes.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will add a closing quote each time you type an opening quote. Handy for inserting strings in the Basic code.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id250720150943348" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Autoclose parenthesis</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id250720150943348">Autoclose parenthesis</h3> <paragraph id="par_id2507201509433483" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autoclose_paren">Automatically close open parenthesis.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will add a closing parenthesis “)” each time you type an opening parenthesis “(“.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201509433489" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Autoclose procedures</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2507201509433489">Autoclose procedures</h3> <paragraph id="par_id2507201509433461" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/autoclose_proc">Automatically insert closing statements for procedures.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME Basic IDE will add a statement <item type="literal">End Sub</item> or <item type="literal">End Function</item> after you type a <item type="literal">Sub</item> or <item type="literal">Function</item> statement and press <item type="keycode">Enter</item>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201509433412" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Language Features</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2507201509433412">Language Features</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id2507201509433456" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Use extended types</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2507201509433456">Use extended types</h3> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150463" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/optbasicidepage/extendedtypes_enable">Allow UNO object types as valid Basic types.</ahelp> This feature extend the Basic programming language standard types with the %PRODUCTNAME UNO types. This allows the programmer to define variables with the right UNO type and is necessary for the code completion feature.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id2507201516150472" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Example: </paragraph> <embed href="text/sbasic/shared/code-stubs.xhp#BasicIDEOption04"/> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp index 004d0e9c21..634d100710 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/expertconfig.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </bookmark> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201521430015" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Expert Configuration</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id0609201521430015">Expert Configuration</h1> <section id="howtoget"> <paragraph id="par_id0609201521430059" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <menuitem>Tools - Options - %PRODUCTNAME - Advanced - Open Expert Configuration</menuitem>.</paragraph> @@ -43,22 +43,22 @@ <paragraph id="par_id0609201521211432" role="warning" xml-lang="en-US">The Expert Configuration dialog lets you access, edit and save configuration preferences that can harm your %PRODUCTNAME user profile. It can turn the user profile of %PRODUCTNAME unstable, inconsistent or even unusable. Proceed only if you know what you are doing.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id0609201521305414" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">The expert configuration does not modify the %PRODUCTNAME system installation in your computer.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011635" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text search entry area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0609201523011635">Text search entry area</h2> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011613" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/searchEntry">Type the preference you want to display in the text area</ahelp>. Then click in the Search button.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011655" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Search button</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0609201523011655">Search button</h2> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011660" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/searchButton">Click to search your preference text in the Preferences tree.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011616" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preferences tree</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0609201523011616">Preferences tree</h2> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011650" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/preferences">List the preferences organized hierarchically in a tree layout.</ahelp> To open the branches, double click in the (+) sign. Once the preference is visible in the tree, you can edit it.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011617" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preference Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0609201523011617">Preference Name</h3> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011639" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The name of the preference.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011665" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Property</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0609201523011665">Property</h3> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011673" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Shows the name of the property of the preference.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011688" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0609201523011688">Type</h3> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011699" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Defines the type of the property. Valid types are:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -75,10 +75,10 @@ <paragraph id="par_id0709201509091355" role="ul_item" xml-lang="en-US"><item type="literal">void</item>: properties of type of <item type="literal">void</item> cannot be modified.</paragraph> </listitem></list> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011612" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Value</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id0609201523011612">Value</h3> <paragraph id="par_id0609201523011630" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Current value of the property.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id0609201523011642" role="heading" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id0609201523011642">Edit</h2> <paragraph id="par_id060920152301168" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/aboutconfigdialog/edit">Opens a dialog to edit the preference.</ahelp></paragraph> <tip id="par_id0609201523043085" xml-lang="en-US">Double-click in the preference row to edit current string and long values or toggle boolean types.</tip> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp index f3707abf1c..c34041ca2e 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/javaclasspath.xhp @@ -32,23 +32,23 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/JavaClassPath" id="bm_id6794639" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id6794639" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Class Path</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10566">Class Path</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US">You use this dialog to add folders and archives to the Java class path. These paths are valid for any JRE that you start.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#advanced"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/paths" id="bm_id6794640" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assigned folders and archives</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10589">Assigned folders and archives</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="SVX_EDIT_RID_SVXPAGE_INET_SCRIPTING_ED_CLASSPATH">Specifies the location of Java classes or Java class libraries.</ahelp> The new classpath becomes valid after you restart <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.<comment>UFI: moved these paras here from the Security tab page</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_idN105D9" xml-lang="en-US">Java classes that are accessed through the classpath do not undergo a security check.<comment>UFI: moved these paras here from the Security tab page</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/archive" id="bm_id5538804" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1060A" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add Archive</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1060A">Add Archive</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1060E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/archive">Select an archive file in jar or zip format and add the file to the class path.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/folder" id="bm_id3354899" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10625" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add Folder</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10625">Add Folder</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10629" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/folder">Select a folder and add the folder to the class path.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/remove" id="bm_id1084017" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10640" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10640">Remove</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10644" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javaclasspathdialog/remove">Select an archive or a folder in the list and click Remove to remove the object from the class path.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp index fccda285de..d99132bcfd 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/javaparameters.xhp @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/JavaStartParameters" id="bm_id1370890" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id1370890" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10545" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Java Start Parameters</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10545">Java Start Parameters</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US">You can use this dialog to enter optional start parameters for the Java runtime environment (JRE). The settings that you specify in this dialog are valid for any JRE that you start.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#advanced"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/parameterfield" id="bm_id1370891" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Java Start parameter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10568">Java Start parameter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/parameterfield">Enter a start parameter for a JRE as you would on a command line. Click Assign to add the parameter to the list of available start parameters.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id5404522" xml-lang="en-US">Do not use escape characters or quotes in path names.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D8" xml-lang="en-US">For example, to point the system property "myprop" to a folder, enter the following parameter:</paragraph> @@ -48,16 +48,16 @@ <paragraph role="example" id="par_idN10581" xml-lang="en-US">-Xrunjdwp:transport=dt_socket,server=y,address=8000</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN1060C" xml-lang="en-US">These changes take effect after you restart %PRODUCTNAME.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignlist" id="bm_id9206518" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Assigned start parameters</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1058C">Assigned start parameters</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignlist">Lists the assigned JRE start parameters. To remove a start parameter, select the parameter, and then click <emph>Remove</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignbtn" id="bm_id4533829" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A7">Add</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/assignbtn">Adds the current JRE start parameter to the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/editbtn" id="bm_id2460412" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C55" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105C55">Edit</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C66" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/editbtn">Opens a dialog where the selected JRE start parameter can be edited.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/removebtn" id="bm_id2460402" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105C2">Remove</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/javastartparametersdialog/removebtn">Deletes the selected JRE start parameter.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp index 4a3cfa8bd9..73c186f528 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_sl.xhp @@ -37,19 +37,19 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US">Select the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">macro security</link> level from one of four options. The options differ according to the security level. Macros that are allowed to run on a higher security level are also allowed to run in all lower levels.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/vhigh" id="bm_id7283547" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Very high</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10578">Very high</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057C" xml-lang="en-US">Only macros from trusted file locations are allowed to run. All other macros, regardless of whether they are signed or not, are disabled.<comment>UFI: for each option, the first para is copied from the string table.</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10591" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Trusted file locations can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/high" id="bm_id2273934" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">High</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105A2">High</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US">Only macros from trusted sources and signed macros (from any source) are allowed to run. Macros that are neither from a trusted source nor signed are disabled.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Only signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/med" id="bm_id7128818" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Medium</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105BA">Medium</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US">Confirmation required before executing macros from unknown sources.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Trusted sources can be set on the Trusted Sources tab page. Signed macros from a trusted source are allowed to run. In addition, any macro from a trusted file location is allowed to run. All other macros require your confirmation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitylevelpage/low" id="bm_id7408978" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105D2" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Low (not recommended)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105D2">Low (not recommended)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D6" xml-lang="en-US">All macros will be executed without confirmation. Use this setting only if you are certain that all documents that will be opened are safe.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">A macro can be set to auto-start, and it can perform potentially damaging actions, as for example delete or rename files. This setting is not recommended when you open documents from other authors.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp index ed7a5c854b..dc37bda3e9 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp @@ -34,17 +34,17 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/SecurityTrustPage" id="bm_id6851406" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">macro security</link> settings for trusted certificates and trusted file locations.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/certificates" id="bm_id3047883" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Trusted certificates</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/certificates" id="bm_id3047883" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10578">Trusted certificates</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the trusted certificates.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/viewcert" id="bm_id146183" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10591" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">View</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/viewcert" id="bm_id146183" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10591">View</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10595" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the View Certificate dialog for the selected certificate.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/removecert" id="bm_id6915799" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/removecert" id="bm_id6915799" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN105A6">Remove</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected certificate from the list of trusted certificates.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/locations" id="bm_id1044038" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AD" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Trusted file locations</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/locations" id="bm_id1044038" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN105AD">Trusted file locations</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Document macros are only executed if they have been opened from one of the following locations.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/addfile" id="bm_id1952879" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B4" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Add</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/addfile" id="bm_id1952879" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN105B4">Add</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a folder selection dialog. Select a folder from which all macros are allowed to execute.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/removefile" id="bm_id6851405" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/xmlsec/ui/securitytrustpage/removefile" id="bm_id6851405" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN105BB">Remove</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected folder from the list of trusted file locations.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp index 7f616c3650..294ed6ca4c 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp @@ -39,36 +39,36 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000406.xhp#mailmergeemail"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">User information</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057B">User information</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the user information to use when you send email.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/displayname" id="bm_id3323770" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058A" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Your name</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1058A">Your name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter your name.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/address" id="bm_id5569627" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Email address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A5">Email address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter your email address for replies.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/replytocb" id="bm_id8856166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C0" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Send replies to different email address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105C0">Send replies to different email address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the email address that you enter in the Reply address text box as the reply-to email address.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/replyto" id="bm_id2134769" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Reply address</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105DB">Reply address</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the address to use for email replies.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105EE" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Outgoing Email Server (SMTP Only)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105EE">Outgoing Email Server (SMTP Only)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105F2" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the server settings for outgoing emails.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/server" id="bm_id7700735" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FD" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Server name</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105FD">Server name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10601" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the SMTP server name.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/port" id="bm_id6578569" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10618" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Port</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10618">Port</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the SMTP port.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/secure" id="bm_id72634" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Use secure connection</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10633">Use secure connection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10637" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When available, uses a secure connection to send emails.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/serverauthentication" id="bm_id611896" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1064E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Server Authentication</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1064E">Server Authentication</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10652" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp">Server Authentication</link> dialog where you can specify the server authentication settings for secure email.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailconfigpage/test" id="bm_id926847" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10677" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Test Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10677">Test Settings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1067B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link> dialog to test the current settings.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp index 0fa05a8c06..ff7725be1a 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/online_update.xhp @@ -45,21 +45,21 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/autocheck" id="bm_id877101" localize="false"/> <note xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4057130">Online Update is a module that is installed by default. <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="WIN">To exclude, choose "Custom" in the Setup when installing %PRODUCTNAME. </caseinline><caseinline select="UNIX">Check your distribution package to see if it is possible to exclude installation of Online Update. </caseinline></switchinline></note> <h2 id="hd_id671580577871833">Online Update Options</h2> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2189397" role="heading" level="3">Check for updates automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id2189397">Check for updates automatically</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7523728" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Mark to check for online updates periodically, then select the time interval how often %PRODUCTNAME will check for online updates.</ahelp> %PRODUCTNAME will check once a day, week, or month, as soon as a working Internet connection is detected. If you connect to the Internet by a proxy server, set the proxy on <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - Internet - Proxy</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8994109" role="paragraph">When an update is available, an icon in the menu bar <image id="img_id3155415" src="extensions/res/update/ui/onlineupdate_16.svg" width="0.4583in" height="0.1354in"><alt xml-lang="en-US" id="alt_id3155415">Update Icon</alt></image> displays some explaining text. Click the icon to proceed.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id476699" role="paragraph">If you disable the check, the icon is removed from the menu bar.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/everyday" id="bm_id3116855" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id266426" role="heading" level="3">Every Day</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id266426">Every Day</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3031098" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed once a day.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/everyweek" id="bm_id9302041" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8276619" role="heading" level="3">Every Week</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id8276619">Every Week</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7824030" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed once a week. This is the default setting.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/everymonth" id="bm_id5097201" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7534104" role="heading" level="3">Every Month</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id7534104">Every Month</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id209051" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed once a month.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/checknow" id="bm_id5540025" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1418805" role="heading" level="3">Check now</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1418805">Check now</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1743522" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">A check will be performed now.</ahelp></paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3051545">Download Destination</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3061311" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the selected folder to store the downloaded files.</ahelp></paragraph> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3174230" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Enable the automatic download of updates to the specified folder.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/destpathlabel" id="bm_id0116200901051322" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/optonlineupdatepage/changepath" id="bm_id0116200901051320" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1418807" role="heading" level="3">Change</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id1418807">Change</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0116200901063996" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Click to select the destination folder for downloaded files.</ahelp></paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id411580578548938">User Agent</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id331580578595346">Enable the check to send information about your %PRODUCTNAME version, operating system and basic hardware. This information is used to optimize the download.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp index a5342fccaa..941f9e8570 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/securityoptionsdialog.xhp @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5616626" xml-lang="en-US">The Security options and warnings dialog contains the following controls:</paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs" id="bm_id1976683" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10647" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">When saving or sending</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs" id="bm_id1976683" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10647">When saving or sending</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1064B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/savesenddocs">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to save or send a document that contains recorded changes, versions, or comments.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting" id="bm_id43946" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1064E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">When printing</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting" id="bm_id43946" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1064E">When printing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10652" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenprinting">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to print a document that contains recorded changes or comments.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning" id="bm_id6449171" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10655" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">When signing</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning" id="bm_id6449171" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10655">When signing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10659" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whensigning">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to sign a document that contains recorded changes, versions, fields, references to other sources (for example linked sections or linked pictures), or comments.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf" id="bm_id7101046" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1065C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">When creating PDF files</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf" id="bm_id7101046" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1065C">When creating PDF files</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10660" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/whenpdf">Select to see a warning dialog when you try to export a document to PDF format that displays recorded changes in Writer, or that displays comments.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/removepersonal" id="bm_id4263740" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10663" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove personal information on saving</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/removepersonal" id="bm_id4263740" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10663">Remove personal information on saving</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10667" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/removepersonal">Select to always remove user data from file properties, comments and tracked changes. The names of authors in comments and changes will be replaced by generic values as "Author1", "Author2" and so forth. Time values will also be reset to a single standard value. If this option is not selected, you can still remove the personal information for the current document with the <emph>Reset Properties</emph> button on <emph>File - Properties - General</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password" id="bm_id7186498" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1067C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Recommend password protection on saving</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password" id="bm_id7186498" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1067C">Recommend password protection on saving</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10680" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/password">Select to always enable the <emph>Save with password</emph> option in the file save dialogs. Deselect the option to save files by default without password.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/ctrlclick" id="bm_id5288857" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1972106" xml-lang="en-US" level="3"><switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>-click required to follow hyperlinks</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id79042" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/ctrlclick">If enabled, you must hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline> key while clicking a hyperlink to follow that link. If not enabled, a click opens the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted" id="bm_id5288858" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id1972107" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Block any links from documents not among the trusted locations (see Macro Security)</paragraph> + <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted" id="bm_id5288858" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id1972107">Block any links from documents not among the trusted locations (see Macro Security)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id79043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/securityoptionsdialog/blockuntrusted">Blocks the use of linked images by documents not in the trusted locations defined on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab of the Macro Security dialog.</ahelp> This can increase security in case you work with documents from untrusted sources (e.g. the internet) and are worried about vulnerabilities in image processing software components. Blocking the use of links means that images are not loaded in untrusted documents, only a placeholder frame is visible.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp index 99f89a9392..660ca7b11d 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp @@ -32,37 +32,37 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053E" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/serverauthentication.xhp">Server Authentication</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US">On the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Mail Merge Email</link> tab page, click the <emph>Server Authentication</emph> button to specify the server security settings.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/authentication" id="bm_id4849085" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">The outgoing mail server (SMTP) requires authentication</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10563">The outgoing mail server (SMTP) requires authentication</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enables the authentication that is required to send email by SMTP.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/separateauthentication" id="bm_id3792535" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The outgoing mail server (SMTP) requires separate authentication</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105CD">The outgoing mail server (SMTP) requires separate authentication</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select if your SMTP server requires a user name and password.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/username" id="bm_id1043122" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105E5" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">User name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105E5">User name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105EA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name for the SMTP server.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/outpassword" id="bm_id3897824" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105FD" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Password</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105FD">Password</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10602" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password for the user name.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/smtpafterpop" id="bm_id3506881" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10615" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The outgoing mail server uses the same authentication as the incoming mail server.</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10615">The outgoing mail server uses the same authentication as the incoming mail server.</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1061A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select if you are required to first read your email before you can send email.</ahelp> This method is also called "SMTP after POP3".</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/server" id="bm_id9126255" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10629" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Server name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10629">Server name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1062C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the server name of your POP 3 or IMAP mail server.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/port" id="bm_id8613849" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1063B" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Port</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1063B">Port</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10640" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the port on the POP3 or IMAP server.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/pop3" id="bm_id1679738" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10653" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">POP 3</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10653">POP 3</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10658" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the incoming mail server uses POP 3.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/imap" id="bm_id8912015" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10667" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">IMAP</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10667">IMAP</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1066A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies that the incoming mail server uses IMAP.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/inusername" id="bm_id1524399" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10679" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">User name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10679">User name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1067E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the user name for the IMAP server.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/authenticationsettingsdialog/inpassword" id="bm_id5329447" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10691" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Password</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10691">Password</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the password.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp index 9c5cef74a8..9571e86a95 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp @@ -31,13 +31,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/testmailsettings/TestMailSettings" id="bm_id3895380" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10547" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/shared/optionen/testaccount.xhp">Test Account Settings</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US">When you enter settings on the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - <link href="text/shared/optionen/mailmerge.xhp">%PRODUCTNAME Writer - Mail Merge Email</link> tab page, you can click the <emph>Test Settings</emph> button to test your settings.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Results list box)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10574">(Results list box)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US">In the top list box you will see the results of the test session.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/testmailsettings/errors" id="bm_id3895382" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Errors</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058F">Errors</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10593" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">In the Errors list box you can read an explanation of any errors encountered while testing the settings.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/testmailsettings/stop" id="bm_id9591051" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Stop</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105AA">Stop</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the <emph>Stop</emph> button to stop a test session manually.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp b/source/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp index 9063f06a24..a094d31ca4 100644 --- a/source/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp +++ b/source/text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10541" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">View Certificate</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10541">View Certificate</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10545" xml-lang="en-US">The View Certificate dialog opens when you click the View Certificate button on the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity_ts.xhp">Trusted Sources</link> tab page of the <link href="text/shared/optionen/macrosecurity.xhp">Macro Security</link> dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US">The dialog has the following tab pages:</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/viewcertificate_g.xhp#general"/> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/00/00000401.xhp b/source/text/simpress/00/00000401.xhp index 14bf42add9..84d386d6d1 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/00/00000401.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/00/00000401.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <body> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3153188" xml-lang="en-US">File Menu</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3153188">File Menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146974" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dtvlc">Choose <emph>File - Export</emph></variable></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/00/00000402.xhp b/source/text/simpress/00/00000402.xhp index cdb8ffb524..99cf816a19 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/00/00000402.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/00/00000402.xhp @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150792" role="heading" level="1">Edit Menu</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3150792">Edit Menu</h1> <section id="duplicate"> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145171" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>Edit - Duplicate</emph> </paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/00/00000406.xhp b/source/text/simpress/00/00000406.xhp index 4ded1d974a..0aa2169adc 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/00/00000406.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/00/00000406.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153770" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Tools Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153770">Tools Menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153727" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="silbentrennung">Choose <emph>Tools - Language - Hyphenation</emph> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3163803" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="neuprae">Choose <emph>Slide Show - Custom Slide Show</emph> and then click <emph>New</emph>. diff --git a/source/text/simpress/00/00000413.xhp b/source/text/simpress/00/00000413.xhp index fc7ca1331e..0ca06c2b86 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/00/00000413.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/00/00000413.xhp @@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152578" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Shape Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3152578">Shape Menu</h1> <section id="convert"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151075" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>Shape - Convert </emph>(<item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Draw only)</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153415" xml-lang="en-US">Open the context menu of a selected object and choose <emph>Convert</emph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp index 1f36c37743..9961568c24 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02110000.xhp @@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/00/edit_menu.xhp#navigator"/> </section> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3156448" xml-lang="en-US">Press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+F5</keycode> to open the Navigator when you are editing a presentation.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN" id="bm_id3150538" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145235" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Pointer</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN" id="bm_id3150538" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3145235">Pointer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157874" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SD_NAVIGATOR_TBI_PEN">Switches the mouse pointer to a pen that you can use to write on slides during a slide show.</ahelp> You cannot change the color of the pen.</paragraph> @@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ </table> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode" id="bm_id3150258" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149979" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag Mode</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode" id="bm_id3150258" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149979">Drag Mode</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150264" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/dragmode">Drag and drop slides and named objects into the active slide.</ahelp> You can only insert slides and named objects from a saved file. You can only insert named objects as copies.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149286"> <tablerow> @@ -151,17 +151,17 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148930" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert as hyperlink</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148930">Insert as hyperlink</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150713" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts slides as a hyperlink (<link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link>) into the active slide.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152945" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert as link</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152945">Insert as link</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153747" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts slides as a <link href="text/shared/00/00000005.xhp#link">link</link> into the active slide.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159274" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert as copy</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159274">Insert as copy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149920" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts a copy of a slide or named object into the active slide.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/shapes" id="bm_id9534592" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id4969328" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show Shapes</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/shapes" id="bm_id9534592" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id4969328">Show Shapes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id9635914" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">In the submenu you can choose to display a list of all shapes or only the named shapes. Use drag-and-drop in the list to reorder the shapes. When you set the focus to a slide and press the <item type="keycode">Tab</item> key, the next shape in the defined order is selected.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/tree" id="bm_id3149807" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148624" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Existing Slides</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/tree" id="bm_id3149807" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3148624">Existing Slides</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154599" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/tree">Lists available slides. Double-click a slide to make it the active slide.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/documents" id="bm_id3150625" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150423" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Open Documents</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/documents" id="bm_id3150625" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150423">Open Documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150631" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/navigatorpanel/documents">Lists available $[officename] files.</ahelp> Select a file to display the contents you can insert.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02140000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02140000.xhp index 667679f902..47de31a06b 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02140000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02140000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <bookmark_value>deleting; layers</bookmark_value> </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:DeleteLayer" id="bm_id8458750" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153541" role="heading" level="1">Delete Layer</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153541">Delete Layer</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148664" role="paragraph"><variable id="ebeneloeschen"><ahelp hid=".uno:DeleteLayer">Deletes the active layer.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp index f2cc43213e..338b5173a7 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02150000.xhp @@ -33,23 +33,23 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Morphing" id="bm_id1304079" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/CrossFadeDialog" id="bm_id3154013" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148577" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Cross-fading</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148577">Cross-fading</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155601" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="uebertext"><ahelp hid=".uno:Morphing">Creates shapes and distributes them by uniform increments between two drawing objects.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146971" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] draws a series of intermediate shapes between two selected objects and <link href="text/shared/01/05290000.xhp">groups</link> the result.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/simpress/00/00000402.xhp#bearbueber"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155334" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155334">Settings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149126" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for cross-fading.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/increments" id="bm_id3145792" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149257" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Increments</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149257">Increments</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150297" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/increments">Enter the number of shapes you want between the two selected objects.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/attributes" id="bm_id3154650" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149211" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Cross-fade attributes</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149211">Cross-fade attributes</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150207" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/attributes">Applies cross-fading to the line and fill properties of the selected objects.</ahelp> For example, if the selected objects are filled with different colors, a color transition between the two colors is applied.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/orientation" id="bm_id3149405" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152994" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Same orientation</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152994">Same orientation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153819" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/sdraw/ui/crossfadedialog/orientation">Applies a smooth transition between the selected objects.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/02160000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/02160000.xhp index d3664004f6..380889cf9c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/02160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/02160000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/EditFieldsDialog" id="bm_id3153417" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145251" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Fields</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145251">Edit Fields</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3154754" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="fields_text"><variable id="feldbefehltext"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/EditFieldsDialog">Edits the properties of an inserted field.</ahelp> </variable></variable> To edit an inserted field, double-click it. <switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="IMPRESS">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline><switchinline select="appl"><caseinline select="DRAW">Then choose <emph>Edit - Fields</emph>. </caseinline></switchinline></paragraph> @@ -47,23 +47,23 @@ <embed href="text/simpress/00/00000402.xhp#feldbefehl"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3166425" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Field type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3166425">Field type</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3159236" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the type of a field.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/fixedRB" id="bm_id3145584" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150208" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Fixed</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150208">Fixed</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3156447" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/fixedRB">Displays the content of the field when the field was inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/varRB" id="bm_id3148870" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153819" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Variable</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153819">Variable</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3153912" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/varRB">Displays the current value of the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/languageLB" id="bm_id3153251" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148608" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Language</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148608">Language</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3150210" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/languageLB">Select the language for the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/formatLB" id="bm_id3146962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154765" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154765">Format</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145112" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/simpress/ui/dlgfield/formatLB">Select a display format for the field.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp index da39eb1872..aaf50ef7ed 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp @@ -44,14 +44,14 @@ </section> <section id="color"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:OutputQualityColor" id="bm_id7966559" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149123">Color</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154757" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows slides in color.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:OutputQualityGrayscale" id="bm_id7949186" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155333" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grayscale</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155333">Grayscale</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150200" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows slides in shades of black and white.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:OutputQualityBlackWhite" id="bm_id145057" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150342" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Black and White</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150342">Black and White</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150207" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows slides in pure black or white without shading.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp index 5b9b25a335..a54dac2675 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/05150000.xhp @@ -41,47 +41,47 @@ <embed href="text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp#sydimension_line"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154658" xml-lang="en-US">A Dimension Line is always inserted on the <link href="text/sdraw/guide/layer_tipps.xhp">layer</link> called <emph>Dimension Lines</emph>. If you set that layer to invisible, you will not see any Dimension Line in your drawing.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3166426" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3166426">Line</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159344" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the distance properties of the dimension line and the guides with respect to each other and to the baseline.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_LINE_DIST" id="bm_id3155532" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150368" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Line distance</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150368">Line distance</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145388" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_LINE_DIST">Specifies the distance between the dimension line and the baseline (line distance = 0).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_OVERHANG" id="bm_id3152899" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148700" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Guide overhang</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148700">Guide overhang</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151243" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_OVERHANG">Specifies the length of the left and right guides starting at the baseline (line distance = 0). Positive values extend the guides above the baseline and negative values extend the guides below the baseline.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_DIST" id="bm_id3156020" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149945" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Guide distance</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149945">Guide distance</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159203" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE_DIST">Specifies the length of the right and left guides starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guides above the dimension line and negative values extend the guides below the dimension line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE1_LEN" id="bm_id3145357" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150212" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left guide</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150212">Left guide</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE1_LEN">Specifies the length of the left guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE2_LEN" id="bm_id3149870" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153809" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right guide</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153809">Right guide</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149876" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_HELPLINE2_LEN">Specifies the length of the right guide starting at the dimension line. Positive values extend the guide below the dimension line and negative values extend the guide above the dimension line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_BELOW_REF_EDGE" id="bm_id3147402" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150436" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Dimension line below the object</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150436">Dimension line below the object</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_BELOW_REF_EDGE">Reverses the properties set in the <emph>Line</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_DECIMALPLACES" id="bm_id3166469" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145236" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Decimal places</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145236">Decimal places</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157876" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/MTR_FLD_DECIMALPLACES">Specifies the number of decimal places used for the display of line properties.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150653" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Legend</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150653">Legend</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146874" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the properties of the dimension text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/CTL_POSITION" id="bm_id3148725" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149892" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text position</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149892">Text position</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148730" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/CTL_POSITION">Determines the position of the dimension text with respect to the dimension line and the guides.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3148569" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>AutoVertical </emph>and <emph>AutoHorizontal </emph>checkboxes must be cleared before you can assign the <emph>Text position</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_AUTOPOSV" id="bm_id3153571" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145167" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoVertical</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145167">AutoVertical</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150019" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_AUTOPOSV">Determines the optimal vertical position for the dimension text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_AUTOPOSH" id="bm_id3153738" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155928" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoHorizontal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155928">AutoHorizontal</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_AUTOPOSH">Determines the optimal horizontal position for the dimension text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_SHOW_UNIT" id="bm_id3155441" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/LB_UNIT" id="bm_id3155440" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Show meas. units</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145247">Show meas. units</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148386" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/LB_UNIT">Shows or hides the dimension measurement units. You can also select a measurement unit you want to display from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_PARALLEL" id="bm_id3150567" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150930" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Parallel to line</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150930">Parallel to line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156060" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/dimensionlinestabpage/TSB_PARALLEL">Displays the text parallel to or at 90 degrees to the dimension line.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp index 83c912c372..ad4aa01f23 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06040000.xhp @@ -47,31 +47,31 @@ <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154704" xml-lang="en-US">To apply the same transition effect to more than one slide, switch to the <link href="text/simpress/01/03100000.xhp">Slide Sorter</link>, select the slides, and then choose <emph>Slide - Slide Transition</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/transitions_icons" id="bm_id9115573" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149257" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Slide Transition</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149257">Slide Transition</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145790" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the slide transition you want to use for the selected slides.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/variant_list" id="bm_id9115573" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106A5" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Variant</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106A5">Variant</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a variation of the transition.</ahelp> This list is only available for certain transitions.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/transition_duration" id="bm_id1421246" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159207" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Duration</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/transition_duration" id="bm_id1421246" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3159207">Duration</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149048" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sets the duration of the slide transition.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/sound_list" id="bm_id2305673" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156304" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Sound</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/sound_list" id="bm_id2305673" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3156304">Sound</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153212" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists sounds that can played during the slide transition.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/loop_sound" id="bm_id8703573" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1071E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Loop until next sound</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/loop_sound" id="bm_id8703573" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1071E">Loop until next sound</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10724" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to play the sound repeatedly until another sound starts.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10729" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Advance slide</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10729">Advance slide</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10737" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies how to get the next slide.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/rb_mouse_click" id="bm_id6049684" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1072F" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On mouse click</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/rb_mouse_click" id="bm_id6049684" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN1072F">On mouse click</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10744" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to advance to the next slide on a mouse click.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/rb_auto_after" id="bm_id2219916" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/auto_after_value" id="bm_id1868037" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10735" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically after</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/auto_after_value" id="bm_id1868037" localize="false"/><h3 id="par_idN10735">Automatically after</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10751" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to advance to the next slide after a number of seconds. Enter the seconds in the numerical field next to the spin button, or click the spin button.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/apply_to_all" id="bm_id714438" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1073B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply Transition to All Slides</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/apply_to_all" id="bm_id714438" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN1073B">Apply Transition to All Slides</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1075E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Applies the selected slide transition to all slides in the current presentation document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/play" id="bm_id3924985" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10741" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Play</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/play" id="bm_id3924985" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10741">Play</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1076B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows the current slide transition as a preview.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/auto_preview" id="bm_id844141" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1074D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic preview</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/slidetransitionspanel/auto_preview" id="bm_id844141" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN1074D">Automatic preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10785" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to see the slide transitions automatically in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp#animated_slidechange"/> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp index 705dc4e6ac..19e69ac2f0 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <embed href="text/simpress/00/00000407.xhp#effect"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/custom_animation_list" id="bm_id315124" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1078E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Animation List</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1078E">Animation List</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10792" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The animation list displays all animations for the current slide. </ahelp></paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -69,18 +69,18 @@ </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/add_effect" id="bm_id5084688" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107B8" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107B8">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107BC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds another animation effect for the selected object on the slide.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/remove_effect" id="bm_id6661275" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107E2" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107E2">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107E6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected animation effects from the animation list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/move_up" id="bm_id9049348" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/move_down" id="bm_id214545" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10827" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change order</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10827">Change order</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1082B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click one of the buttons to move the selected animation effect up or down in the list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/categorylb" id="bm_id2659992" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107F0" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Category</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107F0">Category</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107EF" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an animation effect category.</ahelp> The following categories are available:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -97,11 +97,11 @@ </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/effect_list" id="bm_id2659995" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107F1" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Effect</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107F1">Effect</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107F2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an animation effect.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/start_effect_list" id="bm_id2659993" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107E9" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107E9">Start</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN107ED" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays when the selected animation effect should be started.</ahelp> The following start options are available:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -126,20 +126,20 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_ROTATIONPROPERTYBOX" id="bm_id3262739" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_SCALEPROPERTYBOX" id="bm_id3262740" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SD_HID_SD_CUSTOMANIMATIONPANE_FONTSTYLEPROPERTYBOX" id="bm_id326241" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10807" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties: Direction, Amount, Color, Fill color, Size, Line color, Font, Font size, Typeface</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10807">Properties: Direction, Amount, Color, Fill color, Size, Line color, Font, Font size, Typeface</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1080B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects the additional properties of the animation. Click the <emph>Options</emph> button to open the <link href="text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp">Effect Options</link> dialog, where you can select and apply properties.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/anim_duration" id="bm_id5313272" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Duration</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10820">Duration</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10824" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies the duration of the selected animation effect.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/delay_value" id="bm_id1275978" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10835" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delay</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10835">Delay</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10839" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The animation starts delayed by this amount of time.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/auto_preview" id="bm_id5902890" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1083C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Automatic preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1083C">Automatic preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10840" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to preview new or edited effects on the slide while you assign them.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/play" id="bm_id4920499" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1082E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Play</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1082E">Play</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10832" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Plays the selected animation effect in the preview.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp index ef278d8c58..7dbc03f94b 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/effectoptions.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/more_properties" id="bm_id286568" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10547" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Effect Options</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/simpress/ui/customanimationspanel/more_properties" id="bm_id286568" localize="false"/><h1 id="par_idN10547">Effect Options</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specifies additional properties for the selected element in the <link href="text/simpress/01/06060000.xhp">Custom Animations</link> pane.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US">Assign an effect to an object, then click the <emph>Options</emph> button to open the Effect Options dialog.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US">The dialog contains the following tab pages:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp b/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp index fb8d3d5169..787d6a539c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/01/remoteconnections.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ </switchinline><emph> – %PRODUCTNAME Impress – General</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id21535055203545" xml-lang="en-US">Select menu <item type="menuitem">Slide Show - Impress Remote</item>.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id391535056397562" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Remote connection setup</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id391535056397562">Remote connection setup</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id61535056384621" xml-lang="en-US">To activate the remote connection:</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id111535056600848" xml-lang="en-US">The device and the computer are now connected, the current presentation enters in Presentation Mode immediately, controlled by the mobile device.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id331535057240065" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To disconnect from a mobile device</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id331535057240065">To disconnect from a mobile device</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph id="par_id581535056968655" role="listitem" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Remote Connection</emph> dialog,</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp index fb338448be..cb5e9d099c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10080000.xhp @@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157873" xml-lang="en-US">If you hold the Shift key down, the movement of the mouse is limited to multiples of 45 degrees. If you hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Options</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key, the new point will not be connected to the last point. This allows you to create objects that consist of curves that are not connected together. If you draw a smaller object while holding down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> key into a larger object that you have not closed yet, the smaller object is subtracted from the larger one, thus appearing as a hole in the larger one.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153083" xml-lang="en-US">Closed shapes automatically receive the fill that is displayed in the <emph>Area Style/Filling</emph> box on <emph>Line and Filling</emph> bar. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:BezierFill" id="bm_id3153734" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155926" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curve, Filled</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155926">Curve, Filled</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150016" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:BezierFill">Draws a filled closed shape that is based on a Bézier curve. Click where you want the curve to start, drag, release, and then move the pointer to where you want the curve to end and click. Move the pointer and click again to add a straight line segment to the curve. Double-click to close the shape.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147368"> <tablerow> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Polygon" id="bm_id3154871" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149028" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon, filled </paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149028">Polygon, filled </h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155374" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Polygon">Draws a closed shape consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3156260"> <tablerow> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Polygon_Diagonal" id="bm_id3154644" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156322" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon (45°), Filled</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156322">Polygon (45°), Filled</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151267" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Polygon_Diagonal">Draws a closed shape consisting of straight line segments that are constrained by angles of 45 degrees. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To draw a polygon that is not constrained to a 45 degree angle, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145211"> <tablerow> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Freeline" id="bm_id3149756" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149292" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Freeform Line, Filled</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149292">Freeform Line, Filled</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147256" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Freeline">Draws a freeform line where you drag in the slide. When you release, $[officename] creates a closed shape by drawing a straight line segment from the endpoint to the starting point of the line. The shape within the lines will be filled with the current area color.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153908"> <tablerow> @@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147506" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curve</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147506">Curve</h2> <embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#kurvetext"/> <table id="tbl_id3154273"> <tablerow> @@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154610" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154610">Polygon</h2> <embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#polytext2"/> <table id="tbl_id3149933"> <tablerow> @@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Polygon_Diagonal_Unfill" id="bm_id3150347" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153668" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon (45°)</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153668">Polygon (45°)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150354" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Polygon_Diagonal_Unfill">Draws a line composed of a series of straight line segments, that are constrained by angles of 45 degree. Drag to draw a line segment, click to define the endpoint of the line segment, and then drag to draw a new line segment. Double-click to finish drawing the line. To create a closed shape, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and double-click.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150978"> <tablerow> @@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149340" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Freeform Line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149340">Freeform Line</h2> <embed href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp#freihandtext"/> <table id="tbl_id3151287"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp index 7d394b2538..a293e5865c 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148604" xml-lang="en-US">When you click a connector and move your mouse pointer over a filled object, or the edge of an unfilled object, gluepoints appear. A gluepoint is a fixed point where you can attach a connector line. You can add custom <link href="text/simpress/02/10030200.xhp">gluepoints</link> to an object.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154762" xml-lang="en-US">To draw a connector line, click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. You can also drag to an empty part of you document and click. The unattached end of the connector is locked in place, until you drag the end to a different location. To detach a connector, drag either end of the connector line to a different location.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Connector" id="bm_id9771135" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147297" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147297">Connector</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3166468" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Connector">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150655"> <tablerow> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorArrowStart" id="bm_id5873530" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145597" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector Starts with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145597">Connector Starts with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153114" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153566"> <tablerow> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorArrowEnd" id="bm_id6972811" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector Ends with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145248">Connector Ends with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145353" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrowEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145295"> <tablerow> @@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorArrows" id="bm_id8192463" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154865" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector with Arrows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154865">Connector with Arrows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155374" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorArrows">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153919"> <tablerow> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCircleStart" id="bm_id7199750" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149452" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector Starts with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149452">Connector Starts with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleStart">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145208"> <tablerow> @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCircleEnd" id="bm_id5628898" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155847" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector Ends with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155847">Connector Ends with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154054" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircleEnd">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153627"> <tablerow> @@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCircles" id="bm_id5676907" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151172" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Connector with Circles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151172">Connector with Circles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154698" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCircles">Draws a connector with one or more 90-degree angle bends and circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154938"> <tablerow> @@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLines" id="bm_id6535420" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154265" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154265">Line Connector</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148906" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLines">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148930"> <tablerow> @@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLinesArrowStart" id="bm_id1992210" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159274" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector Starts with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159274">Line Connector Starts with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153747" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowStart">Draws a connector that starts with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148624"> <tablerow> @@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLinesArrowEnd" id="bm_id8377087" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector Ends with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153539">Line Connector Ends with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrowEnd">Draws a connector that ends with an arrow and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151110"> <tablerow> @@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLinesArrows" id="bm_id356433" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153678" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector with Arrows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153678">Line Connector with Arrows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158436" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesArrows">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154481"> <tablerow> @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLinesCircleStart" id="bm_id9750013" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150827" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector Starts with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150827">Line Connector Starts with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149338" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleStart">Draws a connector that starts with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3156201"> <tablerow> @@ -256,7 +256,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLinesCircleEnd" id="bm_id4405805" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146932" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector Ends with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146932">Line Connector Ends with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircleEnd">Draws a connector that ends with a circle and bends near a gluepoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149305"> <tablerow> @@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLinesCircles" id="bm_id4623889" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159102" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Connector with Circles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159102">Line Connector with Circles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149486" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLinesCircles">Draws a connector that bends near a gluepoint and has circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release. To adjust the length of the line segment between a bend point and a gluepoint, click the connector and drag the bend point.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3143283"> <tablerow> @@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLine" id="bm_id1601366" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153759" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153759">Straight Connector</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149793" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLine">Draws a straight line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3156362"> <tablerow> @@ -304,7 +304,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLineArrowStart" id="bm_id6481055" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector Starts with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149037">Straight Connector Starts with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149435" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowStart">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147585"> <tablerow> @@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLineArrowEnd" id="bm_id6335155" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147321" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector Ends with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147321">Straight Connector Ends with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155135" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrowEnd">Draws a straight line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153516"> <tablerow> @@ -336,7 +336,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLineArrows" id="bm_id5984332" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154379" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector with Arrows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154379">Straight Connector with Arrows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148650" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineArrows">Draws a straight line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153354"> <tablerow> @@ -352,7 +352,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLineCircleStart" id="bm_id3534264" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150581" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector Starts with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150581">Straight Connector Starts with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151297" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleStar">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154923"> <tablerow> @@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLineCircleEnd" id="bm_id9058483" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148758" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector Ends with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148758">Straight Connector Ends with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155124" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircleEnd">Draws a straight line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154068"> <tablerow> @@ -384,7 +384,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorLineCircles" id="bm_id4648702" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148881" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Straight Connector with Circles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148881">Straight Connector with Circles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorLineCircles">Draws a straight line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155865"> <tablerow> @@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurve" id="bm_id8076453" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147475" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147475">Curved Connector</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153698" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurve">Draws a curved line connector. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3159165"> <tablerow> @@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurveArrowStart" id="bm_id3147481" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector Starts with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149551">Curved Connector Starts with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowStart">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145119"> <tablerow> @@ -432,7 +432,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurveArrowEnd" id="bm_id4116114" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147552" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector Ends with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147552">Curved Connector Ends with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145079" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrowEnd">Draws a curved line connector with an arrow at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155833"> <tablerow> @@ -448,7 +448,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurveArrows" id="bm_id5275722" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153103" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector with Arrows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153103">Curved Connector with Arrows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154954" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveArrows">Draws a curved line connector with arrows at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147422"> <tablerow> @@ -464,7 +464,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurveCircleStart" id="bm_id3001520" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145320" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector Starts with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145320">Curved Connector Starts with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153800" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleStart">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the starting point. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150952"> <tablerow> @@ -480,7 +480,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurveCircleEnd" id="bm_id8884002" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154311" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector Ends with Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154311">Curved Connector Ends with Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153977" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircleEnd">Draws a curved line connector with a circle at the endpoint. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3157886"> <tablerow> @@ -496,7 +496,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ConnectorCurveCircles" id="bm_id168872" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150450" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Curved Connector with Circles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150450">Curved Connector with Circles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156117" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ConnectorCurveCircles">Draws a curved line connector with circles at both ends. Click a gluepoint on an object, drag to a gluepoint on another object, and then release.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3150275"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp index 8c0356f8e0..e4bec85fe6 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145799" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/simpress/02/10120000.xhp">Arrows</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145790" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:ArrowsToolbox">Open the <emph>Arrows</emph> toolbar, where you can add straight lines, lines with arrows, and dimension lines to the current slide or page.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_idN1071F" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can add an arrow after you draw a line by choosing Format - Line, and then selecting an arrow style from the Style box.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153811">Line</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145114" xml-lang="en-US">Draws a straight line where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149875"> <tablerow> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineArrowEnd" id="bm_id67434" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148725" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Ends with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148725">Line Ends with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153034" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineArrowEnd">Draws a straight line that ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153934"> <tablerow> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineArrowCircle" id="bm_id7672082" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line with Arrow/Circle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149881">Line with Arrow/Circle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147370" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineArrowCircle">Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow and ends with a circle where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155442"> <tablerow> @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineArrowSquare" id="bm_id5852166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149024" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line with Arrow/Square</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149024">Line with Arrow/Square</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154873" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineArrowSquare">Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow and ends with a square where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155984"> <tablerow> @@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:Line_Diagonal" id="bm_id2983516" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150967" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line (45°)</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150967">Line (45°)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152929" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:Line_Diagonal">Draws a straight line that is constrained by angles of 45 degrees.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147564"> <tablerow> @@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineArrowStart" id="bm_id244870" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150256" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line Starts with Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150256">Line Starts with Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143236" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineArrowStart">Draws a straight line that starts with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149759"> <tablerow> @@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineCircleArrow" id="bm_id639243" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154295" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line with Circle/Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154295">Line with Circle/Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3158403" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineCircleArrow">Draws a straight line that starts with a circle and ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147506"> <tablerow> @@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineSquareArrow" id="bm_id9212422" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153688" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line with Square/Arrow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153688">Line with Square/Arrow</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149800" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineSquareArrow">Draws a straight line that starts with a square and ends with an arrow where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3154607"> <tablerow> @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MeasureLine" id="bm_id8363048" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154477" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Dimension Line</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154477">Dimension Line</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146124" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:MeasureLine">Draws a line that displays the dimension length bounded by guides.</ahelp> Dimension lines automatically calculate and display linear dimensions. To draw a dimension line, open the <emph>Arrows</emph> toolbar, and click the <emph>Dimension Line</emph> icon. Move your pointer to where you want the line to start and drag to draw the dimension line. Release when finished.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3148407" xml-lang="en-US">If you want the dimension line to be the same length as the side of a nearby object, hold down the <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline> key while dragging. To constrain the dimension line to 45 degrees, hold down the Shift key while dragging.</paragraph> @@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ </table> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:LineArrows" id="bm_id6715830" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149784" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Line with Arrows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149784">Line with Arrows</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:LineArrows">Draws a straight line with arrows at both ends where you drag in the current document. To constrain the line to 45 degrees, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148975"> <tablerow> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp b/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp index 883732a307..5f61737a54 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/04/01020000.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154658" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the <link href="text/shared/04/01010000.xhp">general shortcut keys</link> in $[officename].</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#keys"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145386" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Function Keys for $[officename] Impress</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145386">Function Keys for $[officename] Impress</h2> <table id="tbl_id7505111"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150962" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shortcut Keys in Slide Shows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150962">Shortcut Keys in Slide Shows</h2> <table id="tbl_id9045381"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151313" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shortcut Keys in the Normal View</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151313">Shortcut Keys in the Normal View</h2> <table id="tbl_id24719"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> @@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_ii3156192" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shortcut Keys when Editing Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_ii3156192">Shortcut Keys when Editing Text</h2> <table id="tbl_ii6331675i"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/04/presenter.xhp b/source/text/simpress/04/presenter.xhp index b377bf080b..7d2fb066b4 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/04/presenter.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/04/presenter.xhp @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/com.sun.PresenterScreen" id="bm_id3138439" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id0921200912285678"><bookmark_value>Presenter Console shortcuts</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id0921201912165661" role="heading" level="1">Presenter Console Keyboard Shortcuts</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id0921201912165661">Presenter Console Keyboard Shortcuts</h1> <section id="presenter_console_shortcuts"> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0921201912165656" role="paragraph">When running a slide show using the Presenter Console, you can use the following keys:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id0921200901051232"> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp index 650c79142d..3b2781e37a 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31490481" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Two types of 3D objects</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id31490481">Two types of 3D objects</h3> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id31472951" xml-lang="en-US">The Status bar displays "3D scene selected". The 3D scenes are built from objects which have dimensions in x, y, and z coordinates. Examples are the objects inserted by the 3D Objects toolbar, and rectangles, ellipses, or text that got created by the Rectangle, Ellipse, or Text icons left on the Drawing toolbar, or any Custom Shapes, and that got converted to 3D by using the context menu "Convert - To 3D". These 3D scenes can be entered (for example, by pressing F3), and the objects can be rotated in 3D. Microsoft Office doesn't know these real 3D objects. When exporting these 3D scenes to Microsoft Office formats, a snapshot of the current view will be exported as a bitmap. 3D bars in charts are of this type, too.</paragraph> @@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149048" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To convert an object to a curved shape:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149048">To convert an object to a curved shape:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US">Select a 2D object on the slide or page.</paragraph> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145828" xml-lang="en-US">To modify the shape of the object, click the <emph>Points</emph> icon <image id="img_id1027558" src="svx/res/cd015.png" width="0.222inch" height="0.222inch"><alt id="alt_id1027558" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, and drag the handles of the object. You can also drag the control points of a handle to modify the shape of the curve.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153738" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To convert a 2D object to a polygon:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153738">To convert a 2D object to a polygon:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US">Select a 2D object on the slide or page.</paragraph> @@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155368" xml-lang="en-US">To modify the shape of the object, click the <emph>Points</emph> icon <image id="img_id7219458" src="svx/res/cd015.png" width="0.2201inch" height="0.2201inch"><alt id="alt_id7219458" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar, and drag the handles of the object.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153919" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To convert a 2D object to a 3D object:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153919">To convert a 2D object to a 3D object:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147172" xml-lang="en-US">Select a 2D object on the slide or page.</paragraph> @@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ <paragraph role="tip" id="par_idN108C5" xml-lang="en-US">To convert a text object to 3D, use the <emph>Fontwork</emph> icon <image id="img_id3821222" src="cmd/sc_fontworkgalleryfloater.png" width="0.1665inch" height="0.1665inch"><alt id="alt_id3821222" xml-lang="en-US">Icon</alt> </image> on the <emph>Drawing</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To convert a 2D object to a 3D rotation object:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145410">To convert a 2D object to a 3D rotation object:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154260" xml-lang="en-US">A 3D rotation object is created by rotating the selected object around its vertical axis.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp index 05e94dfe9f..3c3489b2f3 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149377" xml-lang="en-US">You can animate drawing objects, text objects, and graphic objects (images) on your slides to make your presentation more interesting. $[officename] Impress provides you with a simple animation editor where you can create animation images (frames) by assembling objects from your slide. The animation effect is achieved by rotating through the static frames that you create.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US">If you create a bitmap animation (animated GIF), you can assign a delay time to each frame, and specify the number of times the animation is played.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150250" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To create an animated GIF:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150250">To create an animated GIF:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3148703" xml-lang="en-US">Select an object or group of objects that you want to include in your animation and choose<emph> Insert - Media - Animated Image</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp index bf7b2f19fb..dcd77d6805 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1065F" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="gluepoints"><link href="text/simpress/guide/gluepoints.xhp">Using Gluepoints</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0919200803040964" xml-lang="en-US">In Impress and Draw, you can connect each two shapes with a line called a <link href="text/simpress/02/10100000.xhp">connector</link>. When you draw a connector between shapes, the connector will be attached to a gluepoint on each shape. Each shape has some default gluepoints, and the positions of the default gluepoints depend on the specific shape. You can add your own custom gluepoints to a shape and then attach connectors to the custom gluepoints.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_id0919200803041099" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">To add and edit gluepoints</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_id0919200803041099">To add and edit gluepoints</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id091920080304108" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following to get existing gluepoints visible for all elements:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp index 5fabd6ed8d..df4d7abb1f 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_draw.xhp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150435" xml-lang="en-US">A <emph>corner</emph> anchor point has one or two independent control lines. Changing one side has no effect on the other side.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id46388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">How to use the Curve tool</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id46388">How to use the Curve tool</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155262" xml-lang="en-US">On the Drawing toolbar, open the <emph>Curves</emph> toolbar @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149451" xml-lang="en-US">Click and drag in any direction to add a smooth anchor point.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id2071596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">How to use the Freeform Line tool</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id2071596">How to use the Freeform Line tool</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4907681" xml-lang="en-US">On the Drawing toolbar, open the <emph>Curves</emph> toolbar diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp index 34d0b8e0ac..c2b068d1ea 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/line_edit.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ </tablecell> </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To adjust a curved line segment:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145587">To adjust a curved line segment:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3151241" xml-lang="en-US">Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.</paragraph> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149872" xml-lang="en-US">Drag a control point. The curve pulls in the direction that you drag the control point.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150431" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To split a curved line:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150431">To split a curved line:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150395" xml-lang="en-US">You can only split a curved line that has three or more data points.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149941" xml-lang="en-US">Select a data point, and then click the <emph>Split Curve </emph>icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150655" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To create a closed shape:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150655">To create a closed shape:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150743" xml-lang="en-US">Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.</paragraph> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153080" xml-lang="en-US">On the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar, click the<emph> Close Bézier</emph> icon.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145162" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To convert a data point on a curved line:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145162">To convert a data point on a curved line:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3150336" xml-lang="en-US">Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.</paragraph> @@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145348" xml-lang="en-US">To convert the data point to a corner point, click the <emph>Corner Point</emph> icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150471" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To add a data point:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150471">To add a data point:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155373" xml-lang="en-US">Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.</paragraph> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US">If a data point does not have a control point, select the data point, and then click the <emph>Convert to Curve</emph> icon on the <emph>Edit Points</emph> Bar.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151186" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To delete a data point:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151186">To delete a data point:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153624" xml-lang="en-US">Select a curved line, and then click the <emph>Points </emph>icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> Bar.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp index 8fb915f003..3532072f66 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/main.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156386" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/simpress/guide/main.xhp">Instructions for Using $[officename] Impress</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150207" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Viewing and Printing a Presentation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150207">Viewing and Printing a Presentation</h2> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/show.xhp#show"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/arrange_slides.xhp#arrange_slides"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/animated_slidechange.xhp#animated_slidechange"/> @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ <embed href="text/simpress/guide/change_scale.xhp#change_scale"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp#rehearse_timings"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/print_faster.xhp#print_faster"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153812" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Animated Objects and 3D Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153812">Animated Objects and 3D Objects</h2> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/animated_objects.xhp#animated_objects"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_create.xhp#animated_gif_create"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/animated_gif_save.xhp#animated_gif_save"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/select_object.xhp#select_object"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/3d_create.xhp#3d_create"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149350" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Importing and Exporting</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149350">Importing and Exporting</h2> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/html_import.xhp#html_import"/> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/html_export.xhp#html_export"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/palette_files.xhp#palette_files"/> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ <embed href="text/simpress/guide/print_tofit.xhp#print_tofit"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/export_ms.xhp#export_ms"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154560">Miscellaneous</h2> <embed href="text/simpress/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/sdraw/guide/groups.xhp#groups"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/insert_bitmap.xhp#insert_bitmap"/> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp index 8e651585c3..68aa9d815e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <bookmark_value>interactions; hot spots</bookmark_value> </bookmark><comment>changed orgcharts (Google about 1 million pages) to organization charts (about 33 million pages)</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150439" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="orgchart"><link href="text/simpress/guide/orgchart.xhp">Creating a Flowchart</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159153" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To create a flowchart:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159153">To create a flowchart:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3152482" xml-lang="en-US">Select a tool from the <emph>Flowchart</emph> toolbar on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar.</paragraph> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153036" xml-lang="en-US">You now have the basic outline for your flowchart.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155255" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To add text to the shapes on your flowchart</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155255">To add text to the shapes on your flowchart</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150865" xml-lang="en-US">Do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US">Click the <emph>Text</emph> icon on the <emph>Drawing</emph> bar, and drag a text object over the shape. Type or paste your text into the text object.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153730" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To add a color fill to a shape:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153730">To add a color fill to a shape:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3155930" xml-lang="en-US">Select the shape, and choose <emph>Format - Area</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145348" xml-lang="en-US">Select <emph>Color</emph>, and then click a color in the list.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150934" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To add some hot spots that call other slides:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150934">To add some hot spots that call other slides:</h3> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3145300" xml-lang="en-US">Assign <link href="text/simpress/01/06070000.xhp">interactions</link> to some objects on your slide. </paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp index c3f5ead3c2..ed5ffe254e 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/rehearse_timings.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155446" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] assists you in defining the right rehearse timings for automatic slide changes. </paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153963" xml-lang="en-US">Prepare the slides, start the show using a special icon, tell your imaginary audience what you want to tell for the first slide, then advance to the next slide and so on. $[officename] records the display time for each slide, so the next time you play the show with automatic slide changes, the timing will be as recorded.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146317" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To record a show with rehearse timings</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146317">To record a show with rehearse timings</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149874" xml-lang="en-US">Open a presentation, and switch to <emph>Slide Sorter</emph> View.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp b/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp index 887fe19613..9827dc2aa6 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150717" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="text2curve"><link href="text/simpress/guide/text2curve.xhp">Converting Text Characters into Drawing Objects</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155960" xml-lang="en-US">You can convert text characters into curves that you can edit and resize as you would any drawing object. Once you convert text into a drawing object, you can no longer edit the content of the text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153965" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To convert text into a drawing object:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153965">To convert text into a drawing object:</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146963" xml-lang="en-US">Select the text that you want to convert, and do one of the following:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp index 2e6c4a6cca..e764803f64 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0103.xhp @@ -48,17 +48,17 @@ <embed href="text/shared/01/grid.xhp#grid"/> <embed href="text/shared/01/guides.xhp#snap_lines"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id102720151244263489" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Object Moving Helplines</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id102720151244263489">Object Moving Helplines</h2> <embed href="text/shared/optionen/01070100.xhp#helplines"/> <embed href="text/simpress/01/03180000.xhp#color_grayscale"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id102720151246522815" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Comments</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id102720151246522815">Comments</h2> <paragraph id="par_id102720150112252443" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide a presentation's annotations.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id102720151246523444" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Master Background</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id102720151246523444">Master Background</h2> <paragraph id="par_id102720150112257941" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle the visibility of a master slide's background to be used as the background of the current slide.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id102720151246521837" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Master Objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id102720151246521837">Master Objects</h2> <paragraph id="par_id102720150112256473" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Toggle the visibility of a master slide's objects to appear on the current slide.</paragraph> <embed href="text/simpress/01/03151000.xhp#master_elements"/> <embed href="text/shared/01/menu_view_sidebar.xhp#sidebar"/> diff --git a/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp b/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp index cebdcababa..09de5fa372 100644 --- a/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/simpress/main0503.xhp @@ -37,17 +37,17 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151074" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Impress lets you create professional slide shows that can include charts, drawing objects, text, multimedia and a variety of other items. If you want, you can even import and modify Microsoft PowerPoint presentations.</paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149379" xml-lang="en-US">For on-screen slide shows, animation, slide transitions and multimedia are a few of the techniques you can use to make your presentation more exciting.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154016" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Vector Graphics</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154016">Creating Vector Graphics</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154485" xml-lang="en-US">Many of the tools for creating vector graphics in $[officename] Draw are available in $[officename] Impress.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150208" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Slides</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150208">Creating Slides</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153247" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Impress provides you with templates to create professional-looking slides.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148610" xml-lang="en-US">You can also assign a number of dynamic effects to your slides, including animation and transition effects.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153820" xml-lang="en-US">Creating Presentations</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153820">Creating Presentations</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153917" xml-lang="en-US">Several views or pages are available when you design a slide show. For example, the Slide Sorter displays an overview of your slides in thumbnail form, while the Handout page contains both the slide and the text you want to distribute to the audience.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148608" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Impress also lets you rehearse the timing of your slide show.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154649" xml-lang="en-US">Publishing Presentations</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154649">Publishing Presentations</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150046" xml-lang="en-US">You can publish your slides on-screen, as handouts, or as HTML documents.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146965" xml-lang="en-US">Giving Presentations</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146965">Giving Presentations</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145114" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Impress gives you the choice of running a slide show automatically or manually.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp index 5b4ee43329..dd5c78c18d 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090100.xhp @@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#unary_binary"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146963" xml-lang="en-US">The following is a complete list of the unary and binary operators. The symbol next to the operator indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>) or through the context menu of the Commands window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147405" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Unary and Binary Operators</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147405">Unary and Binary Operators</h2> <table id="tbl_id3150392" > <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp index 3fab028351..7e7b1dd6e7 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090200.xhp @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#relations"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147258" xml-lang="en-US">The following is a complete list of the relations. The symbol next to the name of the relation indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>) or through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relations:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148827">Relations:</h3> <table id="tbl_id3145414"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp index 9c90ac4f71..a7a1b3760a 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090300.xhp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#operators"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153576" xml-lang="en-US">The following is a list of the available operators. An icon next to the operator name indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>) or through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Operator Functions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147516">Operator Functions</h3> <table id="tbl_id3154282"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp index 9b861984eb..65ae0a692d 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090400.xhp @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#functions"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150760" xml-lang="en-US">The following is a list of all functions that appear in the <emph>Elements</emph> pane. The icon next to the function indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (menu View - Elements) or through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156319" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List of functions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156319">List of functions</h3> <table id="tbl_id3145209"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp index ea835eb894..9e9ca34704 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090500.xhp @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#brackets"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154264" xml-lang="en-US">The following is a complete list of all available bracket types. The icon next to the bracket type indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (menu View - Elements) or through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154277" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bracket types</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154277">Bracket types</h3> <table id="tbl_id3150710"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp index 5d0ef87b07..d4a47c1bef 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090600.xhp @@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id3155962" role="paragraph">The following is a complete list of all attributes available in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Math. The symbol next to the attribute indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (choose <emph>View - Elements</emph>) or through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149604" role="note">In describing the following attribute functions, the letter "a" in the icon refers to the placeholder that you would like to assign to the respective attribute. You can substitute this character with any other character that you choose.</paragraph> - <paragraph id="hd_id3154650" role="heading" level="3">Attribute Functions</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154650">Attribute Functions</h3> <table id="tbl_id3153810"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp index 0effd09553..e9124e32bd 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090700.xhp @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US">The following is a complete list of all available formatting options in $[officename] Math. The icon next to the formatting option indicates that it can be accessed through the Elements pane (menu <emph>View - Elements</emph>) or through the context menu of the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US">The letter "a" refers to the placeholder in your formula which you would like to assign to the respective formatting. You can substitute this character for any other you like.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Formatting options</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151104">Formatting options</h3> <table id="tbl_id3154569"> <tablerow> <tablecell> @@ -287,12 +287,12 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154004" xml-lang="en-US">they affect each other, which means that typing <emph>{alignl{alignr a}}over{b+c}</emph> aligns <emph>a</emph> on the right.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8036133" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To align using the "matrix" command</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id8036133">To align using the "matrix" command</h3> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id5398419" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">matrix{</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id1456343" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">alignr sin^2 x + cos^2 x#{}={}#alignl 1 ##</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id4572588" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">alignr cos^2 x #{}={} #alignl 1 - sin^2 x</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id2879726" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">}</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10F70" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Aligning to the left</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10F70">Aligning to the left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149645" xml-lang="en-US">If a line or an expression begins with text, it is aligned on the left by default. You can change this with any of the <emph>align</emph> commands. An example is <emph>stack{a+b-c*d#alignr "text"}</emph>, where "text" appears aligned to the right. Note that text must always be surrounded by quotation marks.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US">The standard centralized formulas can be aligned to the left without using the <emph>Format - Align</emph> menu. To do this, place an empty character string, that is, the inverted commas which surround any text "", before the section of formula that you want to align. For example, typing <emph>"" a+b newline "" c+d</emph> results in both equations being left-aligned instead of centered.</paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145654" xml-lang="en-US">When typing information in the Commands window, note that some formats require spaces for the correct structure. This is especially true when entering values (for example, a lsup{3}) instead of placeholders.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp index f19414dd53..e829b03504 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03090800.xhp @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#set_operations"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149290" xml-lang="en-US">After selecting the <emph>Set Operations</emph> item in the Elements pane, relevant icons will be shown in the lower part of this pane. Simply click a symbol to incorporate the operator in the formula being edited in the Commands window.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The set operations in detail:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147258">The set operations in detail:</h3> <table id="tbl_id3151177"> <tablerow> <tablecell colspan="" rowspan=""> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp index 835869d70a..3b55d91e59 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/03091600.xhp @@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#others"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156430" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Symbols in detail</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156430">Symbols in detail</h2> <table id="tbl_id3156444"> <tablerow> <tablecell> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/05010100.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/05010100.xhp index 22c2c7b238..555e56b377 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/05010100.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/05010100.xhp @@ -32,20 +32,20 @@ <body> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/FontDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153144" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3153188" xml-lang="en-US">Fonts</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3153188">Fonts</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152598" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/FontDialog">Use this dialog to select the font for the respective category in the <emph>Fonts</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#fmtssa"/> </section> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/font" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155064" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149124" xml-lang="en-US">Font</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/font" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155064" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149124">Font</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153713" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/font" visibility="visible">Select a font from the list.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154702" xml-lang="en-US">Example</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154702">Example</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154020" xml-lang="en-US">You can see a preview of the selected font with its attributes.</paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154656" xml-lang="en-US">Attributes</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154656">Attributes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150208" xml-lang="en-US">You can assign additional attributes to the selected font.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148700" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154486" xml-lang="en-US">Bold</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148700" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154486">Bold</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148839" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/bold" visibility="visible">Check this box to assign the bold attribute to the font.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150210" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148868" xml-lang="en-US">Italic</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150210" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148868">Italic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149126" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontdialog/italic" visibility="visible">Check this box to assign the italic attribute to the font.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp index d580b423ff..550c572184 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/05020000.xhp @@ -34,29 +34,29 @@ </bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog" id="bm_id3148867" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChangeFontSize" id="bm_id3148866" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153816" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Font Sizes</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ChangeFontSize" id="bm_id3148866" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3153816">Font Sizes</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150213" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="schriftgroessentext"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/FontSizeDialog">Use this dialog to specify the font sizes for your formula. Select a base size and all elements of the formula will be scaled in relation to this base.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#fmtsgr"/> </section> <embed href="text/smath/06/screenshots.xhp#fontsizedialog"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_baseSize" id="bm_id3149873" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146968" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Base size</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_baseSize" id="bm_id3149873" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3146968">Base size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145115" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_baseSize">All elements of a formula are proportionally scaled to the base size. To change the base size, select or type in the desired point (pt) size. You can also use other units of measure or other <link href="text/shared/00/00000003.xhp#measurement_units">metrics</link>, which are then automatically converted to points.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153005" xml-lang="en-US">To permanently change the default size (12 pt) used in $[officename] Math, you must first set the size (for example, 11 pt) and then click the <emph>Default</emph> button.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153735" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Relative Sizes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153735">Relative Sizes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US">In this section, you can determine the relative sizes for each type of element with reference to the base size.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_text" id="bm_id3148768" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150935" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_text" id="bm_id3148768" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150935">Text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_text">Select the size for text in a formula relative to the base size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index" id="bm_id3149022" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148392" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Indexes</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index" id="bm_id3149022" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148392">Indexes</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149029" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_index">Select the relative size for the indexes in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_function" id="bm_id3156263" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155371" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Functions</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_function" id="bm_id3156263" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155371">Functions</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153923" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_function">Select the relative size for names and other function elements in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_operator" id="bm_id3153722" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Operators</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_operator" id="bm_id3153722" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3147171">Operators</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_operator">Select the relative size of the mathematical operators in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_limit" id="bm_id3151182" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Limits</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_limit" id="bm_id3151182" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154638">Limits</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151189" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/spinB_limit">Select the relative size for the limits in a formula in proportion to the base size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default" id="bm_id3151271" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156320" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Default</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default" id="bm_id3151271" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3156320">Default</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145206" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/fontsizedialog/default">Click this button to save your changes as a default for all new formulas.</ahelp> A security response appears before saving any changes.</paragraph> <embed href="text/smath/06/screenshots.xhp#savedefaultsdialog"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/05040000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/05040000.xhp index 40b6d0c13f..8081f8ae4b 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/05040000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/05040000.xhp @@ -31,22 +31,22 @@ <bookmark branch="index" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3148730"><bookmark_value>aligning; multi-line formulas</bookmark_value><bookmark_value>multi-line formulas; aligning</bookmark_value></bookmark> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ChangeAlignment" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145596" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id31455961" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3148730" xml-lang="en-US">Alignment</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3148730">Alignment</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152999" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ausrichtungtext"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/AlignmentDialog" visibility="visible">You can define the alignment of multi-line formulas as well as formulas with several elements in one line.</ahelp> Create multi-line formulas by entering a <emph>NEWLINE</emph> command in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/smath/00/00000004.xhp#fmtarg"/> </section> <embed href="text/smath/06/screenshots.xhp#alignmentdialog"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3153737" xml-lang="en-US">Horizontal</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153737">Horizontal</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies the type of horizontal alignment for multi-line formulas.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/left" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156063" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148768" xml-lang="en-US">Left</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/left" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3156063" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148768">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150566" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/left" visibility="visible">Aligns the selected elements of a formula to the left.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149709" xml-lang="en-US">Text is always aligned left. </paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151189" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US">Centered</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151189" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154646">Centered</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/center" visibility="visible">Aligns the elements of a formula to the center.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/right" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147565" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3145204" xml-lang="en-US">Right</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/right" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147565" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145204">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151264" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/right" visibility="visible">Aligns the elements of a formula to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153153" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150261" xml-lang="en-US">Default</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153153" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150261">Default</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153622" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/alignmentdialog/default" visibility="visible">Click here to save your changes as the default settings for new formulas.</ahelp> A security response will appear before saving.</paragraph> <embed href="text/smath/06/screenshots.xhp#savedefaultsdialog"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp index f22a1072e2..2ac8e447de 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/06010000.xhp @@ -52,13 +52,13 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/symbolset" id="bm_id3145388" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150202" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Symbol Set</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150202">Symbol Set</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3148699" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/symbolset">All symbols are organized into symbol sets. Select the desired symbol set from the list box. The corresponding group of symbols appear in the field below.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3153917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When a symbol is selected, its command name appears below the symbol list and a magnified version appears in a box to the right. Note that the name must be typed in the <emph>Commands</emph> window exactly as displayed here (case-sensitive).</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149126" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a symbol, select it from the list and click <emph>Insert</emph>. The corresponding command name appears in the <emph>Commands</emph> window. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/edit" id="bm_id3146964" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154765" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154765">Edit</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153811" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/smath/ui/catalogdialog/edit">Click here to open the <link href="text/smath/01/06010100.xhp">Edit Symbols</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp b/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp index 1bb19d41ee..e5ac748cea 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/01/06020000.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154659"><bookmark_value>importing; %PRODUCTNAME Math formulas</bookmark_value></bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154660"><bookmark_value>MathML; import from file</bookmark_value></bookmark> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ImportFormula" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150346" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3154659" xml-lang="en-US">Import Formula from File</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154659">Import Formula from File</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150251" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="formelimportierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImportFormula" visibility="visible">This command opens a dialog for importing a formula.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153916" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Insert</emph> dialog is set up like the <link href="text/shared/01/01020000.xhp"><emph>Open</emph></link> dialog under <emph>File</emph>. Use the <emph>Insert</emph> dialog to load, edit and display a formula saved as a file in the <emph>Commands</emph> window.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153917" xml-lang="en-US">You can import MathML files created by other applications as well. The MathML source must have a <item type="code">math</item> element with an <item type="code">xmlns</item> attribute with value "http://www.w3.org/1998/Math/MathML". The languages MathML and StarMath are not fully compatible, therefore you should revise the import result. For details about the language MathML see its <link href="https://www.w3.org/TR/#tr_MathML">specification</link>.</paragraph> @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154661"><bookmark_value>MathML; import via clipboard</bookmark_value></bookmark> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154662"><bookmark_value>importing; MathML</bookmark_value></bookmark> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:ImportMathMLClipboard" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150347" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3154661" xml-lang="en-US">Import MathML from Clipboard</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154661">Import MathML from Clipboard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150252" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="mathmlimportierentext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ImportMathMLClipboard" visibility="visible">This command transforms MathML clipboard content to StarMath and inserts it at the current cursor position.</ahelp></variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153918" xml-lang="en-US">If the transformation fails, nothing is inserted.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp index bbe189ed9c..e8a14c28b3 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/align.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156384" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="align"><link href="text/smath/guide/align.xhp">Manually Aligning Formula Parts</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">How do you align characters in $[officename] Math quickly and easily?</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154657">How do you align characters in $[officename] Math quickly and easily?</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150249" xml-lang="en-US">To accomplish this, you must define empty groups and character strings. They do not require any space, but carry information that helps in the alignment process.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153912" xml-lang="en-US">To create empty groups, enter curly brackets <emph>{}</emph> in the Commands window. In the following example, the goal is to achieve a line break so that the plus signs are beneath one another, even though one less character is entered in the upper line:</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id3153246" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">a+a+a+{} newline {}{}{}{}{}a+a+a+a</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp index 48a5ec4440..3ce53199f6 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145792" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="attributes"><link href="text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp">Changing Default Attributes</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154484" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Can default formats in $[officename] Math be modified?</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154484">Can default formats in $[officename] Math be modified?</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148870" xml-lang="en-US">Some parts of formulas are always formatted bold or italic by default.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150210" xml-lang="en-US">You can remove these attributes using "nbold" and "nitalic". Example:</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id3143231" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">a + b</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp index dbbe680102..569bcbb123 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152596" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="brackets"><link href="text/smath/guide/brackets.xhp">Merging Formula Parts in Brackets</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154511" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Inserting fractions into formulas</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154511">Inserting fractions into formulas</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146971" xml-lang="en-US">In the case of a fraction whose numerator and denominator consist of a product, a sum, and so on, the values that belong together must be bracketed together.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149021" xml-lang="en-US">Use the following syntax:</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_id3083280" xml-lang="en-US" localize="false">{a + c} over 2 = m</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp index 682791c728..daa037ad7e 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/comment.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155961" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="comment"><link href="text/smath/guide/comment.xhp">Entering Comments</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154657" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">How does one attach comments that don't appear in the document to a formula?</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154657">How does one attach comments that don't appear in the document to a formula?</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US">A comment begins with a double percent sign <emph>%%</emph>, and extends to the next line-end character (Enter key). Everything that lies in between is ignored and is not printed out. If there are percent signs in the text, they are treated as part of the text.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D0" xml-lang="en-US">Example:</paragraph> <paragraph role="smathcode" id="par_idN105D3" xml-lang="en-US">a^2+b^2=c^2 %% Pythagorean theorem.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp index 528273e309..08aa4d6ded 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/main.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw added a cross-reference</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147341" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="main"><link href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp">Instructions for Using $[officename] Math</link> </variable></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000099.xhp#table"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150199" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entering and Editing Formulas</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150199">Entering and Editing Formulas</h2> <embed href="text/smath/guide/text.xhp#text"/> <embed href="text/smath/guide/attributes.xhp#attributes"/> <embed href="text/smath/guide/newline.xhp#newline"/> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp index 628083b5f8..6db8f534a1 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/newline.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146970" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="newline"><link href="text/smath/guide/newline.xhp">Entering Line Breaks</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147339" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">How to write formulas in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break):</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147339">How to write formulas in $[officename] Math over two lines (with manual line break):</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154702" xml-lang="en-US">Create a line break by using the "newline" command. Everything coming after the line break is placed on the next line.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/smath/guide/main.xhp#main"/> diff --git a/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp b/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp index df384ab192..5681bf9e60 100644 --- a/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp +++ b/source/text/smath/guide/text.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ </bookmark> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5676442" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="text"><link href="text/smath/guide/text.xhp">Entering Text</link> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id8509170" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">How to enter direct text strings that do not get interpreted?</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id8509170">How to enter direct text strings that do not get interpreted?</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id337229" xml-lang="en-US">Some text strings get interpreted as operators automatically. Sometimes this is not what you want. If you want to write W<emph>*</emph> (a letter with a superscripted asterisk), the asterisk will be interpreted as a multiplication operator. Enclose the direct text within double quotes or add spaceholders.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D0" xml-lang="en-US">Examples:<comment>collected from several issues: i78812, i9167, i21484, i25573</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521866" xml-lang="en-US">An imported MathType formula contains the following string</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp b/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp index 973db97108..0331292dcc 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ </topic> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149499" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">File Menu</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149499">File Menu</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154487" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="exportdoc">Menu <emph>File - Export</emph> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151242" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="sendenstarimpress">Choose <emph>File - Send - Outline to Presentation</emph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp index 85ed911843..08c026a5fb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/MailmergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MergeDialog" id="bm_id3149687" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150757" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Mail Merge</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150757">Mail Merge</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="serienbrieftext"><ahelp hid=".">The <emph>Mail Merge</emph> dialog helps you in printing and saving form letters.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -41,51 +41,51 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">During printing, the database information replaces the corresponding database fields (placeholders). For more information about inserting database fields refer to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp"><emph>Database</emph></link> tab page under <emph>Insert - Field - More Fields</emph>.</paragraph><comment>db browser explorer</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/DBACCESS_HID_TLB_TREELISTBOX" id="bm_id5399029" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8186895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select a database and table.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>db browser records</comment> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Records</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154482">Records</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154565" xml-lang="en-US">Determines the number of records for printing the form letter. One letter will be printed for each record.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155896" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">All</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155896">All</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/all">Processes all the records from the database.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155186" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selected records</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected" id="bm_id3143279" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155186">Selected records</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149483" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/selected">Processes only the marked records from the database. This option is only available when you have previously marked the necessary records in the database.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/rbfrom" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/from" id="bm_id3148978" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151260">From:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the number of the first record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153631" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To:</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to" id="bm_id3153643" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153631">To:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/to">Specify the number of the last record to be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Output</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152772">Output</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155138" xml-lang="en-US">Determines whether to send your form letters to a printer or save them to a file.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150485" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer" id="bm_id3150497" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150485">Printer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149167" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/printer">Prints the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145773" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file" id="bm_id3145785" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145773">File</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/file">Saves the form letters in files.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/singledocument" id="bm_id7246620" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150109" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as single document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150109">Save as single document</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3101901" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one big document containing all data records.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>save as individual documents</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/individualdocuments" id="bm_id6964323" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150110">Save as individual documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5345011" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Create one document for every one data record.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145263" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Generate file name from database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145263">Generate file name from database</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/generate" id="bm_id6631672" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id5631580" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Generate each file name from data contained in a database.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150108" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Field</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150108">Field</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field" id="bm_id3147747" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149829" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/field">Uses the content of the selected database field as the file name for the form letter.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150111" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150111">Path</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/path">Specifies the path to store the form letters.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb" id="bm_id3147423" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147412" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">...</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147412">...</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/pathpb">Opens the<emph> Select Path </emph>dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mailmerge/fileformat" id="bm_id8452711" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File format</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150112">File format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id8992889" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the file format to store the resulting document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp index 0a5dc3c086..296051bca1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160300.xhp @@ -41,10 +41,10 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenautoabstract"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines" id="bm_id3154106" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147516" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147516">Included Outline Levels</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/outlines">Enter the extent of the outline levels to be copied to the new document.</ahelp> For example, if you choose 4 levels, all paragraphs formatted with Heading 1 to Heading 4 are included, along with the number of subsequent paragraphs specified in <emph>Subpoints per Level</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151316" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151316">Subpoints per Level</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155892" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/abstractdialog/paras">Specify the maximum number of consecutive paragraphs to be included in the AutoAbstract document after each heading.</ahelp> All of the paragraphs up to the maximum defined are included until the next paragraph with a Heading Style is reached.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp index b5561e37fb..57ceeb69c3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/01160400.xhp @@ -38,9 +38,9 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000401.xhp#sendenpraeser"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149801" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Included Outline Levels</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149801">Included Outline Levels</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153667" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of outline levels to include in the new presentation. For example, if you choose one level, only the paragraphs that follow the "Heading 1" paragraph style are included.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Subpoints per Level</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154478">Subpoints per Level</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145580" xml-lang="en-US">Enter the number of paragraphs that you want to include below each outline level (heading). </paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp index ae094c6d16..92186a969a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02110100.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ </meta> <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_NAVI" id="bm_id3149832" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147745" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Navigation</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147745">Navigation</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149844" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_NAVI">If you click this icon in the Navigator or in the lower right of the document window, a toolbar will appear which enables you to choose among the existing targets within a document.</ahelp> You can then use the up and down arrow icons to position the text cursor in the document on the previous or next target.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_SCRL_PAGEUP" id="bm_id3153304" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153293" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_SCRL_PAGEUP">Click the up button to scroll to the previous page or object.</ahelp></paragraph> @@ -43,14 +43,14 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154330" xml-lang="en-US">The entries largely correspond to those in the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> selection box. You can also select other jump destinations. An example are the reminders, which you can set with the <emph>Set Reminder</emph> icon in the Navigator. You can select an object from among the following options on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar: table, frame, graphics, OLE object, page, headings, reminder, drawing object, control field, section, bookmark, selection, footnote, note, index entry, table formula, wrong table formula.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148330" xml-lang="en-US">Reminders are navigated in the order in which they are set.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148783" xml-lang="en-US">For table formulas, you can either jump to all table formulas located within your document or only to the incorrect ones. For incorrect formulas, you jump only to formulas that have resulted in errors. The program skips over formulas with resulting errors (those that reference incorrect formulas).</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150031" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150031">Working With the Navigation Toolbar</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150045" xml-lang="en-US">Open the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar by clicking on its top left icon located on the top of the Navigator display area. You can break the toolbar away from its place by dragging and arranging it on the screen.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NAVI_VS" id="bm_id3154622" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153141" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="HID_NAVI_VS">Click the icon for the type of objects you want to browse through. Then click one of the "Previous Object" or "Next Object" arrow buttons. The names of these buttons indicate the type of object you have selected. The text cursor is placed on whichever object you have selected.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3149968" xml-lang="en-US">You can configure $[officename] according to your specific preferences for navigating within a document. To do this, choose <link href="text/shared/01/06140000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Customize</emph></link>. The various tables for adapting <link href="text/shared/01/06140100.xhp">menus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06140200.xhp">keyboard input</link> or toolbars contain various functions for navigation within the document under the "Navigate" area. In this way you can jump to the index tags in the document with the "To Next/Previous Index Tag" functions.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3155338"><bookmark_value>searching; repeating a search</bookmark_value> </bookmark> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155338" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Repeat Search</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155338">Repeat Search</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155361" xml-lang="en-US">With the <emph>Repeat search</emph> icon on the <emph>Navigation</emph> toolbar you can repeat a search you started with the <emph>Search and Replace</emph> dialog. To do this, click the icon. The blue arrow buttons on the vertical scrollbar now take on the functions <emph>Continue search forwards</emph> and <emph>Continue search backwards</emph>. If you now click one of the arrow surfaces, the search will be continued for the term entered in the Search and Replace dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_NID_BKM" id="bm_id2258064" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106DD" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Select this icon to browse through bookmarks.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp index 9a6c5c711b..347c740f19 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02120000.xhp @@ -41,86 +41,86 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3148982" xml-lang="en-US">AutoText</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153640" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog lists the AutoText categories and entries.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert" id="bm_id3152778" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152766">Display remainder of name as a suggestion while typing</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145758" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/insert">Displays a suggestion for completing a word as a Help Tip after you type the first three letters of a word that matches an AutoText entry. To accept the suggestion, press Enter. If more than one AutoText entry matches the letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> to advance through the entries.</ahelp> For example, to insert dummy text, type "Dum", and then press Enter.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149177" xml-lang="en-US">To display the list in reverse order, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Shift+Tab</keycode>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name" id="bm_id3155856" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151378">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/name">Lists the name of the currently selected AutoText entry. If you have selected text in the document, type the name of the new AutoText entry, click the <emph>AutoText </emph>button, and then choose <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname" id="bm_id3150124" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150113" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Shortcut</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150113">Shortcut</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/shortname">Displays the shortcut for the selected AutoText entry. If you are creating a new AutoText entry, type the shortcut that you want to use for the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149558" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149558">List box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145257" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the AutoText categories. To view the AutoText entries in a category, double-click the category, or click the plus sign (+) in front of the category. To insert an AutoText entry into the current document, select the entry in the list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3153300" xml-lang="en-US">You can drag and drop AutoText entries from one category to another.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156124" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156124">Insert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156094" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the selected AutoText into the current document.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3148788" xml-lang="en-US">If you insert an unformatted AutoText entry into a paragraph, the entry is formatted with the current paragraph style.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#close"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext" id="bm_id3153121" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150039" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoText</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150039">AutoText</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153127" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/autotext">Click to display additional AutoText commands, for example, to create a new AutoText entry from a text selection in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new" id="bm_id3154628" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154618" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154618">New</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154635" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/new">Creates a new AutoText entry from the selection that you made in the current document. The entry is added to the currently selected AutoText category. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext" id="bm_id3150662" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149643" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New (text only)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149643">New (text only)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150668" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy" id="bm_id3154037" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154025" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154025">Copy</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154043" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/copy">Copies the selected AutoText to the clipboard.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace" id="bm_id3149601" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149965" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Replace</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149965">Replace</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149607" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/replace">Replaces the contents of the selected AutoText entry with the selection that was made in the current document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/rename" id="bm_id3150779" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150768" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150768">Rename</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150786" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Rename AutoText dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp">Rename AutoText</link> dialog, where you can change the name of the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit" id="bm_id3155352" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155341" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Edit</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155341">Edit</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155358" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/edit">Opens the selected AutoText entry for editing in a separate document. Make the changes that you want, choose <emph>File - Save AutoText</emph>, and then choose <emph>File - Close</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/macro" id="bm_id3145100" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155555" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155555">Macro</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Assign Macro dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp">Assign Macro</link> dialog, where you attach a macro to the selected AutoText entry.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149583" xml-lang="en-US">You can also use the macros that are linked to some of the provided AutoText entries in AutoText entries that you create. The AutoText entries must be created with the "text only" option. For example, insert the string <field:company> in an AutoText entry, and $[officename] replaces the string with the contents of the corresponding database field.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import" id="bm_id3156263" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149597" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Import</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149597">Import</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148937" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/import">Opens a dialog where you can select the 97/2000/XP Word document or template, containing the AutoText entries that you want to import.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories" id="bm_id3156049" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156038" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Categories</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156038">Categories</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156055" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/categories">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog" id="bm_id3159229" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159217" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Categories</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159217">Edit Categories</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/EditCategoriesDialog">Adds, renames, or deletes AutoText categories.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name" id="bm_id3150796" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145192" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145192">Category</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150802" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/name">Displays the name of the selected AutoText category. To change the name of the category, type a new name, and then click <emph>Rename</emph>. To create a new category, type a name, and then click <emph>New</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb" id="bm_id3155328" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155318" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Path</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155318">Path</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155335" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/pathlb">Displays the current path to the directory where the selected AutoText category files are stored. If you are creating an AutoText category, select where you want to store the category files.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new" id="bm_id3154421" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154410" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">New</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154410">New</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154933" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/new">Creates a new AutoText category using the name that you entered in the<emph> Name</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename" id="bm_id3153372" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154959" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rename</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154959">Rename</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153379" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/rename">Changes the name of the selected AutoText category to the name that you enter in the <emph>Name </emph>box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group" id="bm_id3154131" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154120" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Selection list</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154120">Selection list</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editcategories/group">Lists the existing AutoText categories and the corresponding paths.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#delete2"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/path" id="bm_id3154845" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145615" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Path</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145615">Path</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154852" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Opens the Edit Paths dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</ahelp> Opens the <link href="text/shared/optionen/01010301.xhp">Edit Paths</link> dialog, where you can select the directory to store AutoText.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156064" xml-lang="en-US">To add a new path to an AutoText directory, click the <emph>Path</emph> button in the <emph>AutoText </emph>dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155383" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Save links relative to</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155383">Save links relative to</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155396" xml-lang="en-US">Use this area to set the way $[officename] inserts links to the AutoText directory. </paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile" id="bm_id3148755" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148743" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File system</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148743">File system</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148762" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relfile">Links to AutoText directories on your computer are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet" id="bm_id3153031" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153020" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Internet</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153020">Internet</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/autotext/relnet">Links to files on the Internet are relative.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp index 26ffb84cf1..e600df1efb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02120100.xhp @@ -32,16 +32,16 @@ <body> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/RenameAutoTextDialog" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155920" localize="false"/> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/@@nowidget@@" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> - <paragraph role="heading" level="1" id="hd_id3155144" xml-lang="en-US">Rename AutoText</paragraph> + <h1 id="hd_id3155144">Rename AutoText</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US">Allows you to change the name of an AutoText entry.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#autotextum"/> </section> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155910" xml-lang="en-US">Name</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155921" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155910">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151372" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldname" visibility="visible">Displays the current name of the selected AutoText item.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155869" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3155858" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155869" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155858">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150686" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newname" visibility="visible">Type the new name for the selected AutoText component.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145576" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3150110" xml-lang="en-US">Shortcut</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/oldsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150122" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3145576" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3150110">Shortcut</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/renameautotextdialog/newsc" visibility="visible">Assigns a shortcut to the selected AutoText entry.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp index f66058c5b0..0df33592c9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02130000.xhp @@ -29,31 +29,31 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog" id="bm_id3717844" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147434" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147434">Edit Bibliography Entry</h1> <paragraph id="par_id3145253" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bibliography_entry_text"><variable id="litvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:AuthoritiesEntryDialog">Edits the selected bibliography entry.</ahelp></variable></variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000402.xhp#lit"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147340" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147340">Entry</h2> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155961" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Short name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155961">Short name</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3154657" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the abbreviation for the bibliography entry.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3148837" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Author, Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148837">Author, Title</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3152741" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the author and title information contained in the bibliography entry.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150214" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Apply</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150214">Apply</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Applies the changes that you made, and then closes the <emph>Edit Bibliography Entry </emph>dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146968" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Close</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146968">Close</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3166468" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Closes the dialog.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147299" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147299">New</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151389" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new entry.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150534" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150534">Edit</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155620" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can edit the current entry.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph id="par_id3154560" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp index 23e355b1de..c89f985d56 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/02170000.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:EditRegion" id="bm_id7890801" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/EditSectionDialog" id="bm_id3155897" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153673" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Edit Sections</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153673">Edit Sections</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155902" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bereichetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditRegion">Changes the properties of sections defined in your document.</ahelp> To insert a section, select text or click in your document, and then choose <emph>Insert - Section</emph>. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -41,13 +41,13 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US">The <emph>Edit Sections</emph> dialog is similar to the <link href="text/swriter/01/04020100.xhp"><emph>Insert - Section</emph></link> dialog, and offers the following additional options:</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree" id="bm_id3149097" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149820" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Section</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149820">Section</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Type the name of the section that you want to edit, or click a name in the <emph>Section </emph>list.</ahelp> If the cursor is currently in a section, the section name is displayed on the right side of the status bar at the bottom of the document window.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US">The current write protection status of a section is indicated by the lock symbol in front of the section name in the list. An open lock is unprotected and a closed lock is protected. Similarly, visible sections are indicated by a glasses symbol.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153638" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153638">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/tree">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/05040501.xhp"><emph>Options</emph></link> dialog, where you can edit the column layout, background, footnote and endnote behavior of the selected section.</ahelp> If the section is password protected, you must enter the password first.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove" id="bm_id3156269" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155143" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155143">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/editsectiondialog/remove">Removes the selected section from the document, and inserts the contents of the section into the document.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp index a5fb590781..452891afc6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/03050000.xhp @@ -35,14 +35,14 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Contains a submenu for showing or hiding the horizontal and vertical rulers.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347243313" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Rulers</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id110120150347243313">Rulers</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3147517" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the horizontal ruler and if activate, the vertical ruler. The horizontal ruler can be used to adjust page horizontal margins, tab stops, indents, borders, table cells, and to arrange objects on the page.</paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000403.xhp#lineal"/> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id110120150347244029" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Vertical Ruler</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id110120150347244029">Vertical Ruler</h2> <paragraph id="par_id110120150347249577" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Show or hide the vertical ruler. The vertical ruler can be used to adjust page vertical margins, table cells, and object heights on the page.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp index 97d7044737..1b2a6ced79 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp @@ -42,27 +42,27 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#insert_footnote_endnote"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154106" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Numbering</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154106">Numbering</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Select the type of numbering that you want to use for footnotes and endnotes.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154470">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153670" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenautomatisch"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/automatic">Automatically assigns consecutive numbers to the footnotes or endnotes that you insert.</ahelp> To change the settings for automatic numbering, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/06080000.xhp"><emph>Tools - Footnotes and Endnotes</emph></link>. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/character" id="bm_id3152963" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152952" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152952">Character</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155901" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitenzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/characterentry">Choose this option to define a character or symbol for the current footnote.</ahelp> This can be either a letter, number or special character.</variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter" id="bm_id3153519" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Choose</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155185">Choose</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153526" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="bearbeitensonderzeichen"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/choosecharacter">Inserts a <link href="text/shared/01/04100000.xhp">special character </link> as a footnote or endnote anchor.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149493" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149493">Type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151256" xml-lang="en-US">Select whether to insert a footnote or an endnote. Endnote numbering is separate from the footnote numbering.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote" id="bm_id3148974" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Footnote</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149104">Footnote</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/footnote">Inserts a footnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds a footnote to the bottom of the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Endnote</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153644">Endnote</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152770" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertfootnote/endnote">Inserts an endnote anchor at the current cursor position in the document, and adds an endnote at the end of the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp index 88050049a6..302d44880b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070000.xhp @@ -42,13 +42,13 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp#format"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp#printer"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_PRINT" id="bm_id3154574" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">New doc.</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153540">New doc.</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154473" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_PRINT">Creates a new document and inserts the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_ENVELOP_INSERT" id="bm_id3151314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152959" role="heading" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152959">Insert</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151320" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="HID_ENVELOP_INSERT">Inserts the envelope before the current page in the document.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8208563" role="heading" level="2">To delete an envelope from a document</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id8208563">To delete an envelope from a document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id396130" role="paragraph">Click into the envelope page to make it the current page.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp index 5fb12a583f..adad1fd584 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070100.xhp @@ -41,16 +41,16 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#umschlagb"/> </section> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US">Addressee</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151178" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149295">Addressee</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145415" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit" visibility="visible">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text.</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149802" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154102" xml-lang="en-US">Sender</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154102">Sender</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3153527"><ahelp visibility="visible" hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender</emph> check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender</emph> box, but you can also enter the data that you want.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US">Database</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154474" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3154571">Database</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database" visibility="visible">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US">Table</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155892" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3151310">Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table" visibility="visible">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US">Database field</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/field" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/><bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149695">Database field</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert" visibility="visible">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp index e7eb9b0385..e3706802c8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070200.xhp @@ -38,41 +38,41 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#formatbr"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Addressee</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147515">Addressee</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154105" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the addressee field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153527" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153527">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154563" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the recipient's address on the envelope.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154471" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154471">from left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151319" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151319">from top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155895" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topaddr">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149692" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit" id="bm_id3154195" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149692">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154201" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143272" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3143272">Character</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149481" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149815" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3149815">Paragraph</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149828" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the addressee field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151262" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sender</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151262">Sender</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149107" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position and the text formatting options of the sender field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148980">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the position of the sender's address on the envelope.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153636" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from left</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153636">from left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152776" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">from top</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender" id="bm_id3155142" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145766">from top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155149" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149179" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit" id="bm_id3156274" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149179">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156281" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145787" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Character</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3145787">Character</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the character formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Paragraph</paragraph> +<h4 id="hd_id3151378">Paragraph</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150112" xml-lang="en-US">Opens a dialog where you can edit the paragraph formatting that is used in the sender field.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150687" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150687">Size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US">Select the envelope size format that you want to use, or create a custom size.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Format</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format" id="bm_id3147416" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155868">Format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147422" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format">Select the envelope size that want, or select "User Defined", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145256" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width" id="bm_id3145268" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3145256">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149551" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Height</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height" id="bm_id3150554" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149567">Height</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp index dbc3e3124e..1e7f241596 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04070300.xhp @@ -41,39 +41,39 @@ </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Consult the documentation that came with your printer for setting up the printer for envelopes. Depending on the printer model, envelopes may have to be placed left, right, in the middle, and either face up or face down.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft" id="bm_id3153675" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal left</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153665">Horizontal left</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter" id="bm_id3149688" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal center</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155898">Horizontal center</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright" id="bm_id3155186" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Horizontal right</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155174">Horizontal right</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft" id="bm_id3149817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149488" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical left</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149488">Vertical left</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149823" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical center</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151260">Vertical center</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148968" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153633" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical right</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153633">Vertical right</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from top</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152773">Print from top</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom" id="bm_id3149171" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155146" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print from bottom</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155146">Print from bottom</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right" id="bm_id3145778" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift right</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156279">Shift right</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145784" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down" id="bm_id3151378" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Shift down</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155921">Shift down</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Current printer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150123">Current printer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US">Displays the name of the current printer.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup" id="bm_id3147411" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155862" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Setup</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155862">Setup</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147418" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp index c8ed23249b..9409b43c42 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090006.xhp @@ -93,33 +93,33 @@ </table> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#selectnote"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select" id="bm_id3145262" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149565" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Database Selection</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149565">Database Selection</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145268" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition" id="bm_id3150559" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id0902200804391084" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">For fields linked to a condition, enter the criteria here.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04090003.xhp#condition"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147739" xml-lang="en-US">If you want, you can assign a condition that must be met before the contents of the "Any Record" and "Next Record" fields are inserted. The default condition is "True", that is, the condition is always true if you do not change the condition text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber" id="bm_id3149831" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146336" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Record number</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146336">Record number</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3153305" xml-lang="en-US">If you refer to fields in a different database (or in a different table or query within the same database), $[officename] determines the record number relative to the current selection.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156109" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Format</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156109">Format</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156122" xml-lang="en-US">Select the format of the field that you want to insert. This option is available for numerical, boolean, date and time fields.<comment>see #i64135</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb" id="bm_id3150915" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150904" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150904">From database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150922" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse" id="bm_id5024262" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1076E" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1076E">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb" id="bm_id3154326" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">User defined</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155084">User defined</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/numformat" id="bm_id3150084" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format" id="bm_id3150087" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146948" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">List of user-defined formats</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146948">List of user-defined formats</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150093" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/printmergedialog/PrintMergeDialog" id="bm_id1835383" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN107FF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printing a form letter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN107FF">Printing a form letter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10803" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">When you print a document that contains database fields, a dialog asks you if you want to print a form letter. If you answer Yes, the <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">Mail Merge</link> dialog opens where you can select the database records to print.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp index 5c0bb37c9a..b8e50eed0f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090007.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains fields as an HTML document, $[officename] automatically converts date, time, and DocInformation fields to special HTML tags. The field contents are inserted between the opening and closing HTML tags of the converted fields. These special HTML tags do not correspond to standard HTML tags.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer fields are identified by the <SDFIELD> tag in an HTML document. The field type, the format, and the name of the special field are included in the opening HTML tag. The format of a field tag that is recognized by an HTML filter depends on the field type.</paragraph> <section id="date_and_time"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Date and Time Fields</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154570">Date and Time Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US">For "Date" and "Time" fields, the TYPE parameter equals DATETIME. The format of the date or the time is specified by the SDNUM parameter, for example, DD:MM:YY for dates, or HH:MM:SS for time.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155183" xml-lang="en-US">For fixed date and time fields, the date or the time is specified by the SDVAL parameter.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149485" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of date and time special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> @@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ </section> <section id="DocInformation"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147409" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">DocInformation Fields</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147409">DocInformation Fields</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147487" xml-lang="en-US">For DocInformation fields, the TYPE parameter equals DOCINFO. The SUBTYPE parameter displays the specific field type, for example, for the "Created" DocInformation field, SUBTYPE=CREATE. For date and time DocInformation fields, the FORMAT parameter equals DATE or TIME, and the SDNUM parameter indicates the number format that is used. The SDFIXED parameter indicates if the content of the DocInformation field is fixed or not.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147501" xml-lang="en-US">The contents of a fixed date or time field are equal to the SDVAL parameter, otherwise the contents are equal to the text found between the SDFIELD HTML tags.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149562" xml-lang="en-US">Examples of DocInformation special HTML tags that are recognized by $[officename] as fields are shown in the following table:</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp index 935104d457..6eec93fc11 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04090100.xhp @@ -32,14 +32,14 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Input Field</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147515">Input Field</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/InputFieldDialog">Inserts a text field that you can open and edit by clicking it in the document.</ahelp> You can use input fields for text, or to assign a new value to a variable.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">To change the content of an Input Field in a document, click the field, and then edit the text in the lower box of the dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153669" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reference</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153669">Reference</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/text">This box displays the name that you entered in the <emph>Reference</emph> box on the <emph>Functions</emph> or <emph>Variables</emph> tab of the <emph>Fields</emph> dialog. The box underneath displays the contents of the field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next" id="bm_id3149685" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155897" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Next</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155897">Next</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149691" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inputfielddialog/next">Jumps to the next input field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available when you position the cursor directly before an input field, and then press Shift+Ctrl+F9.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp index e5c3d7cacd..510a63c2aa 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp @@ -40,41 +40,41 @@ </section> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153247">Options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame" id="bm_id3146963" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154651" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154651">Combine identical entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153810" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries "View 10, View 43" are combined as "View 10, 43".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff" id="bm_id3151393" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine identical entries with f or ff</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147403">Combine identical entries with f or ff</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3083451" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff">Replaces identical index entries that occur on the directly following page(s), with a single entry that lists the first page number and a "f" or "ff". For example, the entries "View 10, View 11" are combined as "View 10f", and "View 10, View 11, View 12" as "View 10ff". Actual appearance depends on the locale setting, but can be overridden with <emph>Sort - Language</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash" id="bm_id3149353" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Combine with -</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3157870">Combine with -</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145825" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries "View 10, View 11, View 12" are combined as "View 10-12".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Case sensitive</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154502">Case sensitive</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10671" xml-lang="en-US">To use multi-level collation to Asian languages, select <emph>Case sensitive</emph>. In the multi-level collation, the cases and diacritics of the entries are ignored and only the primitive forms of the entries are compared. If the forms are identical, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still identical, the cases of the forms as well as the widths of the characters, and the differences in the Japanese Kana are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps" id="bm_id3148393" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150569" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AutoCapitalize entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150569">AutoCapitalize entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148772" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry" id="bm_id3153924" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155986" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keys as separate entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155986">Keys as separate entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147170" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US">To define an index key, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp"><emph>Insert Index Entry</emph></link> dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile" id="bm_id3150766" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154646" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Concordance file</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154646">Concordance file</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156322" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150258">File</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="sort"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152950" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152950">Sort</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149812" xml-lang="en-US">Sets the options for sorting the index entries.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang" id="bm_id3150359" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150347" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Language</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150347">Language</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154475" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153675" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Key type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153675">Key type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp index 5447a6efcd..81d43f5a1f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120213.xhp @@ -40,10 +40,10 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3153534" xml-lang="en-US">Create from</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the information to be combined to form an index.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Captions</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154478">Captions</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Category</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154576">Category</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display" id="bm_id3155179" localize="false"/> <h3 id="hd_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US">Display</h3> @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155915" xml-lang="en-US">If you select “Caption Text”, the punctuation and the space at the beginning of the caption are not included in the index entry.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames" id="bm_id3155857" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151378" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Object names</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151378">Object names</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155863" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu.</paragraph> </section> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp index 08a5c36805..b36fea608d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120216.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#create_index_for"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects" id="bm_id3145416" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151174" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create from the following objects</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151174">Create from the following objects</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153417" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp index c287d5f99c..7ec2977cac 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120217.xhp @@ -38,12 +38,12 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz27"/> </section> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120211.xhp#type_and_title"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148773" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Formatting of the entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148773">Formatting of the entries</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries" id="bm_id3154640" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147167" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number entries</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147167">Number entries</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154647" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Entries</link> tab.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets" id="bm_id3149290" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150759" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Brackets</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150759">Brackets</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets">Select the brackets used to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120212.xhp#sort"/> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp index a113bf5572..0dfa7edfb5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp @@ -35,35 +35,35 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#verz37"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id31544970" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id31544970">Type</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150017" xml-lang="en-US">The types that are displayed depend on the different literature sources.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#tab_stop"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150570" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/authfield" id="bm_id3147168" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150570">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147175" xml-lang="en-US">Lists the available bibliography entries. <ahelp hid=".">To add an entry to the Structure line, click the entry, click in an empty box on the Structure line, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog to add new entries.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149287" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert" id="bm_id3151171" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149287">Insert</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151178" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Remove</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove" id="bm_id3149800" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154096">Remove</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120221.xhp#structure2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort by</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154470">Sort by</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154482" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the sorting options for the bibliography entries.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Document position</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos" id="bm_id3153677" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153665">Document position</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151314" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Content</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents" id="bm_id3155902" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154576">Content</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontents">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155175" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Sort keys</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155175">Sort keys</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key1lb" id="bm_id3143281" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key2lb" id="bm_id3149481" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">1, 2 or 3</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb" id="bm_id3149486" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3143270">1, 2 or 3</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149491" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up1cb" id="bm_id3149104" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up2cb" id="bm_id3149108" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149826" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">AZ</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb" id="bm_id3147091" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149826">AZ</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down1cb" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down2cb" id="bm_id3147225" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">ZA</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148981">ZA</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149041" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down3cb">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp index c9a2f7576d..096a9e6d38 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp @@ -34,10 +34,10 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#litdef"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151175" role="heading" level="2">Entry data</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151175">Entry data</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145419" role="paragraph">Enter a short name and select the appropriate source type. You can now enter data into the other fields belonging for the entry.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_IDENTIFIER" id="bm_id3154107" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154097" role="heading" level="2">Short name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154097">Short name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145582" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the short name for the bibliography entry. You can only enter a name here if you are creating a new bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHOR" id="bm_id3153538" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_YEAR" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> @@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_CUSTOM4" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153527" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">This is where you select the desired entry data for your bibliography.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_AUTH_FIELD_AUTHORITY_TYPE" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="2">Type</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155185">Type</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143283" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid=".">Select the source for the bibliography entry.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147091" role="paragraph"><link href="text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp">Formatting bibliography entries</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp index 80fd88b877..f55cdbf0b9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp @@ -31,32 +31,32 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/BibliographyEntryDialog" id="bm_id6229048" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151187" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Bibliography Entry</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry" id="bm_id3150763" localize="false"/><h1 id="hd_id3151187">Insert Bibliography Entry</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154642" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="literaturvz"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertAuthoritiesEntry">Inserts a bibliography reference.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#inhaltsverz"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145416" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Entry</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157721" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From bibliography database</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145416">Entry</h2> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography" id="bm_id3147512" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3157721">From bibliography database</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154096" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From document content</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument" id="bm_id3153529" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149805">From document content</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/fromdocument">Inserts a reference from the bibliography records that are stored in the current document.</ahelp> An entry that is stored in the document has priority over an entry that is stored in the bibliography database.</paragraph> <section id="saving_note"> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3154200" xml-lang="en-US">When you save a document that contains bibliography entries, the corresponding records are automatically saved in a hidden field in the document.</paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entryed" id="bm_id3143284" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Short name</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb" id="bm_id3149483" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3143273">Short name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151260" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Author, Title</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151260">Author, Title</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US">If available, the author and the full title of the selected short name are displayed in this area.</paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149105" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert" id="bm_id3147094" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3149105">Insert</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/insert">Inserts the bibliographic reference into the document. If you created a new record, you must also insert it as an entry, otherwise the record is lost when you close the document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147216" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Close</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3147216">Close</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close">Closes the dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153634" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new" id="bm_id3147573" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3153634">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/new">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog, where you can create a new bibliography record. This record is only stored in the document. To add a record to the bibliography database, choose <emph>Tools - Bibliography Database</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit" id="bm_id3157894" localize="false"/><h2 id="hd_id3155142">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157900" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/edit">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/04120229.xhp">Define Bibliography Entry</link> dialog where you can edit the selected bibliography record.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149172" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Tips for working with bibliography entries</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp index 62bf41acc9..266a50b360 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04130100.xhp @@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="index" id="bm_id3154506"><bookmark_value>moving;objects and frames</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>objects;moving and resizing with keyboard</bookmark_value> <bookmark_value>resizing;objects and frames, by keyboard</bookmark_value> -</bookmark><comment>MW changed "objects;"</comment><paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</paragraph> +</bookmark><comment>MW changed "objects;"</comment><h1 id="hd_id3154506">Resizing and Moving Frames, Objects With the Keyboard</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145248" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and move selected frames and objects with the keyboard.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148771" xml-lang="en-US">To move a selected frame or object, press an arrow key. To move by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150762" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a selected frame or object, first press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode>. Now one of the handles blinks to show that it is selected. To select another handle, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline><keycode>+Tab</keycode> again. Press an arrow key to resize the object by one grid unit. To resize by one pixel, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press an arrow key.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp index e108347dde..4a1b8a0be0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04150000.xhp @@ -54,18 +54,18 @@ <h2 id="hd_id3145419" xml-lang="en-US">Name</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin" id="bm_id3154569" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153672">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin" id="bm_id3154470" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152954" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152954">Rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154477" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155903" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155903">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149694" xml-lang="en-US">Set the options for the table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb" id="bm_id3155181" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154198" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154198">Heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155188" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb" id="bm_id3143283" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3143270" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading rows on new pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3143270">Repeat heading rows on new pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151252" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin" id="bm_id227973" localize="false"/> <h3 id="par_idN10754" xml-lang="en-US">Heading rows</h3> @@ -74,9 +74,9 @@ <h3 id="hd_id3149821" xml-lang="en-US">Don't split the table over pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149106" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitcb">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/formatlbinstable" id="bm_id3147226" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147213" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">List of table styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147213">List of table styles</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149036" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a predefined style for the new table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Icon on the Insert toolbar</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147575">Icon on the Insert toolbar</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153511" xml-lang="en-US">On the Insert toolbar, click the <emph>Table</emph> icon to open the <emph>Insert Table</emph> dialog, where you can insert a table in the current document. You can also click the arrow, drag to select the number of rows and columns to include in the table, and then click in the last cell.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000404.xhp#syinsert_table"/> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp index 1d16a899eb..69b8b2cba3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04180400.xhp @@ -49,26 +49,26 @@ </section> <paragraph id="par_id3153818" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, if you inserting address fields in a form letter from an address database, you can then exchange the database with another address database to insert different addresses.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149130" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Exchange Databases</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149130">Exchange Databases</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154651" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can only change one database at a time in this dialog.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb" id="bm_id3149048" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3146965" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Databases in Use</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146965">Databases in Use</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3149053" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/inuselb">Lists the databases that are currently in use.</ahelp> The current document contains at least one data field from each of the databases in the list.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb" id="bm_id3146048" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147300" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Available Databases</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147300">Available Databases</h3> <paragraph id="par_id3150533" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse" id="bm_id9902035" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN106DB">Browse</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN106DF" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/browse">Opens a file open dialog to select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Available Databases list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define" id="bm_id9902036" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149349" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Define</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149349">Define</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145827" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154506" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To exchange a database:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154506">To exchange a database:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149881" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Ensure that both databases contain matching field names and field types.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp index b98c2371f3..d989d8c5c2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/04200000.xhp @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/next" id="bm_id3150761" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id0903200802541770" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Jump to Next Script.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000004.xhp#jump_to_next_script"/> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154644" role="heading" level="2">Contents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154644">Contents</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype" id="bm_id3151177" localize="false"/> <h2 xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149294">Script Type</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145413" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/scripttype">Enter the type of script that you want to insert.</ahelp> The script is identified in the HTML source code by the tag <SCRIPT LANGUAGE="JavaScript">.</paragraph> @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153678" role="paragraph">/* ignore all text here */</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154574" role="paragraph"></SCRIPT></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse" id="bm_id3149692" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155903" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155903">Browse</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154188" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/browse">Locate the script file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/textentry" id="bm_id3149489" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/insertscript/text" id="bm_id3149493" localize="false"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp index 807dd3e0fb..e693893b2a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030200.xhp @@ -43,68 +43,68 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#text_flow"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149882" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149882">Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">hyphenation</link> options for text documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto" id="bm_id3147171" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatically</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153920">Automatically</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154640" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkAuto">Automatically inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps" id="bm_id3147172" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153921" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate words in CAPS</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153921">Don't hyphenate words in CAPS</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154648" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoCaps">Don't insert hyphens in words written entirely in capital letters.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord" id="bm_id3147176" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't hyphenate the last word</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153926">Don't hyphenate the last word</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154655" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkNoLastWord">Don't insert hyphens in the last word of paragraphs.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line end</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150766">Characters at line end</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149291" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineEnd">Enter the minimum number of characters to leave at the end of the line before a hyphen is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin" id="bm_id3147508" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145413" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters at line begin</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145413">Characters at line begin</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147515" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinLineBegin">Enter the minimum number of characters that must appear at the beginning of the line after the hyphen.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum" id="bm_id3153530" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149804" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Maximum consecutive hyphenated lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149804">Maximum consecutive hyphenated lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMaxNum">Enter the maximum number of consecutive lines that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen" id="bm_id3153534" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149813" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum word length in characters</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149813">Minimum word length in characters</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153548" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinMinLen">Enter the minimum word length in characters that can be hyphenated.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone" id="bm_id3153537" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149818" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Hyphenation zone</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149818">Hyphenation zone</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinHyphenZone">To reduce hyphenation, enter the length of the hyphenation zone. Instead of the possible hyphenation, the line will break between words, if the remaining horizontal space does not exceed the hyphenation zone. Hyphenation zone results in enlarged spaces between words in justified text, and greater distance from paragraph margins in non-justified text. </ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153665" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Breaks</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153665">Breaks</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154470" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the page or column <link href="text/swriter/guide/page_break.xhp">break</link> options.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert" id="bm_id3154567" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert<comment>UFI: #i30777#</comment></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkInsert">Select this check box, and then select the break type that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType" id="bm_id3154189" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149687" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Type</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149687">Type</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154195" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakType">Select the break type that you want to insert.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition" id="bm_id3155180" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145766" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Position</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145766">Position</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155187" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboBreakPosition">Select where you want to insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149482" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149482">With Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143275" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkPageStyle">Select this check box, and then select the page style that you want to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle" id="bm_id3154831" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149104" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149104">Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154837" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/comboPageStyle">Select the formatting style to use for the first page after the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber" id="bm_id3151257" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149827">Page number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinPageNumber">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148978">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147219" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text flow options for paragraphs that appear before and after a page break.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara" id="bm_id3149033" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153635" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Do not split paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153635">Do not split paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149040" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkSplitPara">Shifts the entire paragraph to the next page or column after a break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara" id="bm_id3152772" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147585">Keep with next paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152779" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/checkKeepPara">Keeps the current paragraph and the following paragraph together when a break or column break is inserted.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkOrphan" id="bm_id3153356" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan" id="bm_id3153361" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Orphan control</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153345">Orphan control</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156279" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinOrphan">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph before a page break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the end of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the paragraph is shifted to the next page.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/checkWidow" id="bm_id3145780" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow" id="bm_id3145784" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149180" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Widow control</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149180">Widow control</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155918" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/textflowpage/spinWidow">Specifies the minimum number of lines in a paragraph in the first page after the break. Select this check box, and then enter a number in the <emph>Lines </emph>box.</ahelp> If the number of lines at the top of the page is less than the amount specified in the <emph>Lines </emph>box, the position of the break is adjusted.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#apply"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp index c90322eaf2..1b551d3940 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05030400.xhp @@ -43,28 +43,28 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#drop_caps"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151388" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151388">Settings</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH" id="bm_id3146322" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Display drop caps</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147295">Display drop caps</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150536" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD" id="bm_id3145824" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Whole word</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155626">Whole word</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS" id="bm_id3150020" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154505" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number of characters</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154505">Number of characters</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150932" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150932">Lines</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148391" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE" id="bm_id3153920" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149030" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Space to text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149030">Space to text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153926" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153723" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153723">Contents</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154638" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154638">Text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147569" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE" id="bm_id3156321" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150763" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Character Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150763">Character Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151181" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None].</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#reset"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp index 8664fc3cda..23751e2ebe 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040600.xhp @@ -36,49 +36,49 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnote"/> </section> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154646" role="heading" level="2">Footnote area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154646">Footnote area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151168" role="paragraph">Set the height of the footnote area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145412" role="heading" level="2">Not larger than page area</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145412">Not larger than page area</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147514" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightpage">Automatically adjusts the height of the footnote area depending on the number of footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight" id="bm_id3149801" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154099" role="heading" level="2">Maximum footnote height</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154099">Maximum footnote height</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149807" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheight">Sets a maximum height for the footnote area. Enable this option, then enter the height.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb" id="bm_id3154482" localize="false"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154568" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/maxheightsb">Enter the maximum height for the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext" id="bm_id3152958" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151318" role="heading" level="2">Space to text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151318">Space to text</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153665" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacetotext">Enter the amount of space to leave between the bottom page margin and the first line of text in the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155897" role="heading" level="2">Separator Line</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155897">Separator Line</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149689" role="paragraph">Specifies the position and other properties of the separator line.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position" id="bm_id3155177" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154194" role="heading" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154194">Position</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155184" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/position">Select the horizontal alignment for the line that separates the main text from the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style" id="bm_id3149098" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151253" role="heading" level="2">Style</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151253">Style</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149105" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/style">Select the formatting style for the separator line. If you do not want a separator line, choose "None".</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness" id="bm_id3149099" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151254" role="heading" level="2">Thickness</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151254">Thickness</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149106" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/thickness">Select the thickness of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color" id="bm_id3149100" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151255" role="heading" level="2">Color</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151255">Color</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149107" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/color">Select the color of the separator line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length" id="bm_id3149492" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3143284" role="heading" level="2">Length</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3143284">Length</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154827" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/length">Enter the length of the separator line as a percentage of the page width area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents" id="bm_id3147098" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149828" role="heading" level="2">Spacing to footnote contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149828">Spacing to footnote contents</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148970" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnoteareapage/spacingtocontents">Enter the amount of space to leave between the separator line and the first line of the footnote area.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155145" role="tip">To specify the spacing between two footnotes, choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Paragraph</item>, and then click the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp index 6e5e4ad316..444474ea95 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040700.xhp @@ -37,34 +37,34 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#footnotes_endnotes"/> </section> <h2 id="hd_id3153538" xml-lang="en-US">Footnotes</h2> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154572" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154480" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of text</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154572" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154480">Collect at end of text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151309" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152960" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3153671" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152960">Restart numbering</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149688" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154190" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149688">Start at</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154196" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155185" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3143277" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155185">Custom format</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149821" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151258" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149821" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151258">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149827" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3154827" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3154839" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3154827">Spin button own format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147092" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the footnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147215" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3148975" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147215" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3148975">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147221" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> <h2 id="hd_id3149044" xml-lang="en-US">Endnotes</h2> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147579" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3153639" xml-lang="en-US">Collect at end of section</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147579" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3153639">Collect at end of section</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147585" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend" visibility="visible">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155145" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3152780" xml-lang="en-US">Restart numbering</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155145" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3152780">Restart numbering</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153345" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum" visibility="visible">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3149166" xml-lang="en-US">Start at</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3149178" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3149166">Start at</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset" visibility="visible">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151040" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151027" xml-lang="en-US">Custom format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3151040" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151027">Custom format</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3145776"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt" visibility="visible">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected.</paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155915" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3151383" xml-lang="en-US">Before</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155915" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3151383">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155921" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150118" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3150699" xml-lang="en-US">Spin button own format</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3150118" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3150699">Spin button own format</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150123" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox" visibility="visible">Select the numbering scheme for the endnotes.</ahelp></paragraph> - <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" level="3" id="hd_id3155871" xml-lang="en-US">After</paragraph> + <bookmark branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147419" localize="false"/><h3 id="hd_id3155871">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147425" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix" visibility="visible">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp index 5f95ac1833..cb49c21b38 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05040800.xhp @@ -42,28 +42,28 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_NOGRID" id="bm_id3145579" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_LINESGRID" id="bm_id3145584" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID" id="bm_id3145588" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154101" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154101">Grid</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149805" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/radioRB_CHARSGRID">Adds or removes a text grid for lines or characters to the current page style.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153537" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid layout</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153537">Grid layout</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE" id="bm_id3154570" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154478" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Lines per page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154478">Lines per page</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151308" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_LINESPERPAGE">Enter the maximum number of lines that you want on a page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE" id="bm_id3153668" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152957" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Characters per line</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152957">Characters per line</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153674" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinNF_CHARSPERLINE">Enter the maximum number of characters that you want on a line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE" id="bm_id3149696" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149684" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. base text size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149684">Max. base text size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_TEXTSIZE">Enter the maximum base text size. A large value results in less characters per line.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Max. Ruby text size</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155182">Max. Ruby text size</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143283" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/spinMF_RUBYSIZE">Enter the font size for the Ruby text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW" id="bm_id3151259" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149496" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Ruby text below/left from base text</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149496">Ruby text below/left from base text</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149816" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_RUBYBELOW">Displays Ruby text to the left of or below the base text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_DISPLAY" id="bm_id3154828" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/checkCB_PRINT" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR" id="bm_id3154836" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149100" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Grid display</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149100">Grid display</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147089" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/listLB_COLOR">Specifies the printing and color options of the text grid.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp index 2ccd595c84..473d227f48 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp @@ -42,10 +42,10 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#wrap"/> </section> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3151249" xml-lang="en-US">To wrap text around a table, place the table in a frame, and then wrap the text around the frame.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Settings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154829">Settings</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOff" id="bm_id3148982" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none" id="bm_id3147090" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148971" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">None</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148971">None</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="keinumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3152738"> @@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapLeft" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153351" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153351">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149171" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151031"> <tablerow> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapRight" id="bm_id3148984" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after" id="bm_id3150694" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155870" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155870">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150700" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147426"> <tablerow> @@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapOn" id="bm_id3149224" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel" id="bm_id3149228" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149213" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Parallel</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149213">Parallel</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147740" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="seitenumlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3146337"> @@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThrough" id="bm_id622670" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through" id="bm_id3151096" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151081" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Through</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151081">Through</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154089" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="durchlauftext"><ahelp hid=".">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145320"> @@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/optimal" id="bm_id3150463" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapIdeal" id="bm_id3150462" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150451" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Optimal</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150451">Optimal</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154716" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="dynamischertext"><ahelp hid=".">Automatically wraps text to the left, to the right, or on all four sides of the border frame of the object. If the distance between the object and the page margin is less than 2 cm, the text is not wrapped. </ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3156129"> @@ -149,41 +149,41 @@ </tablerow> </table> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146940" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146940">Options</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146953" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the text wrap options.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/anchoronly" id="bm_id3153240" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapAnchorOnly" id="bm_id3154324" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153229" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">First Paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153229">First Paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154333" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="ersterabsatztext"><ahelp hid=".">Starts a new paragraph below the object after you press Enter.</ahelp> The space between the paragraphs is determined by the size of the object. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/transparent" id="bm_id3150086" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapThroughTransparent" id="bm_id7503356" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148790" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">In Background</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3148790">In Background</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150100" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="hintergrundtext"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the selected object to the background. This option is only available if you selected the<emph> Through</emph> wrap type.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outline" id="bm_id3149369" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:WrapContour" id="bm_id3149372" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149358" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Contour</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149358">Contour</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155793" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".">Wraps text around the shape of the object. This option is not available for the <emph>Through</emph> wrap type, or for frames.</ahelp> To change the contour of an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Format - Wrap - </emph><link href="text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp"><emph>Edit Contour</emph></link>. </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside" id="bm_id3154632" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154620" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Outside only</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154620">Outside only</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147377" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154621" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow overlap</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154621">Allow overlap</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147378" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/allowoverlap">Specifies whether the object is allowed to overlap another object.</ahelp> This option has no effect on wrap through objects, which can always overlap.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147397" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Gaps</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147397">Gaps</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149637" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the amount of space to leave between the selected object and the text.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left" id="bm_id3150671" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150659" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150659">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150678" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right" id="bm_id3149949" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154032" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154032">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149956" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top" id="bm_id3147277" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149974" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Top</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149974">Top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom" id="bm_id3149621" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149609" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Bottom</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149609">Bottom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3157884" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp index 7a56cc0f8d..236ceddebd 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060201.xhp @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/FloatingContour" id="bm_id3151318" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:ContourDialog" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Contour Editor</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3153539">Contour Editor</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153677" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="konturtext"><ahelp hid=".uno:ContourDialog">Changes the contour of the selected object. $[officename] uses the contour when determining the <link href="text/swriter/01/05060200.xhp">text wrap</link> options for the object.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/container" id="bm_id3155903" localize="false"/> @@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#kontureditor"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY" id="bm_id3155178" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159195" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Apply</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3159195">Apply</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_APPLY">Applies the contour to the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149495"> <tablerow> @@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE" id="bm_id3147102" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147091" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Workspace</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147091">Workspace</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147217" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_WORKPLACE">Deletes the custom contour. Click here, and then click in the preview area.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3153637"> <tablerow> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT" id="bm_id3149181" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149170" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149170">Select</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156270" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_SELECT">Changes to selection mode, so that you can select the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151029"> <tablerow> @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT" id="bm_id3150690" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155868" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rectangle</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155868">Rectangle</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_RECT">Draws a rectangular contour where you drag in the object preview. To draw a square, hold down Shift while you drag.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147424"> <tablerow> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE" id="bm_id3150552" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155980" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Ellipse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155980">Ellipse</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_CIRCLE">Draws an oval contour where you drag in the object preview.</ahelp> To draw a circle, hold down shift while you drag.</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3149228"> <tablerow> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY" id="bm_id3154769" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148443" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Polygon</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148443">Polygon</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154774" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLY">Draws a closed contour consisting of straight line segments. Click where you want to start the polygon, and drag to draw a line segment. Click again to define the end of the line segment, and continue clicking to define the remaining line segments of the polygon. Double-click to finish drawing the polygon. To constrain the polygon to angles of 45 degree, hold down Shift when you click.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151089"> <tablerow> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT" id="bm_id3156106" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156096" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156096">Edit Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156112" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYEDIT">Lets you change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then drag the handles of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3145342"> <tablerow> @@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE" id="bm_id3150919" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150909" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Move Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150909">Move Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150925" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYMOVE">Lets you drag the handles of the contour to change the shape of the contour.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155088"> <tablerow> @@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT" id="bm_id3150097" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150086" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150086">Insert Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150103" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYINSERT">Inserts a handle that you can drag to change the shape of the contour. Click here, and then click on the contour outline.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3148793"> <tablerow> @@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE" id="bm_id3154618" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153136" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete Points</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153136">Delete Points</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154624" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_POLYDELETE">Removes a point from the contour outline. Click here, and then click the point that you want to delete.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147380"> <tablerow> @@ -202,7 +202,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR" id="bm_id3149960" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149949" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Auto Contour</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149949">Auto Contour</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149966" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_AUTOCONTOUR">Automatically draws a contour around the object that you can edit.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3147277"> <tablerow> @@ -218,7 +218,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO" id="bm_id3148716" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148705" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Undo</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148705">Undo</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148722" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_UNDO">Reverses the last action.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155345"> <tablerow> @@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO" id="bm_id3154213" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3157907" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Redo</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3157907">Redo</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154219" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_REDO">Reverses the action of the last <emph>Undo </emph>command.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155773"> <tablerow> @@ -250,7 +250,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE" id="bm_id3145092" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153212" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Color Replacer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153212">Color Replacer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="svx/ui/floatingcontour/TBI_PIPETTE">Selects the parts of the bitmap that are the same color. Click here, and then click a color in the bitmap. To increase the color range that is selected, increase the value in the <emph>Tolerance</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3146880"> <tablerow> @@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ </table> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/svx/ui/floatingcontour/spinbutton" id="bm_id3154729" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149398" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Tolerance</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149398">Tolerance</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154735" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the color tolerance for the Color Replacer as a percentage. To increase the color range that the Color Replacer selects, enter a high percentage.</ahelp></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp#wrap"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp index 2dde019d36..f894952dbf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060300.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grafik1"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154191" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flip</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154191">Flip</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipHorizontal" id="bm_id8328881" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert" id="bm_id3155185" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155174" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Vertically<comment>see bug 106420;Writer uses VERT for HOR and HORZ for VERT</comment></paragraph> @@ -47,26 +47,26 @@ </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:FlipVertical" id="bm_id9859908" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori" id="bm_id3151251" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154829" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Horizontally</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154829">Horizontally</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151261" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="horizontaltext"><ahelp hid=".">Flips the selected image horizontally.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages" id="bm_id3148979" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147101" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On all pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147101">On all pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147212" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages">Flips the selected image horizontally on all pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages" id="bm_id3153644" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153632" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On left pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153632">On left pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149037" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages" id="bm_id3152769" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147580" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">On right pages</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147580">On right pages</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152775" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages">Flips the selected image horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000001.xhp#preview_field"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Link</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153349">Link</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US">Inserts the image as a link.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry" id="bm_id3156272" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149178" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">File name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149178">File name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the <emph>Browse</emph> button and then locate the file that you want to link to.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse" id="bm_id3145786" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145776" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145776">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151373" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155855" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/05240000.xhp">Format - Flip</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp index 1d8609c8c2..52bf5fe9d4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060700.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#graphics_macro"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments" id="bm_id9825434" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Event</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147176">Event</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assignments">Lists the events that can trigger a macro.</ahelp> Only the events that are relevant to the selected object are listed.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">The following table lists the object types and the events that can trigger a macro:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3151173"> @@ -359,20 +359,20 @@ </table> <paragraph role="note" id="par_id3159203" xml-lang="en-US">For events that are linked to controls in forms, see <link href="text/shared/02/01170103.xhp">Control properties</link> or <link href="text/shared/02/01170202.xhp">Form properties</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156030" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assigned Action</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156030">Assigned Action</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156043" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the macro that executes when the selected event occurs.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156058" xml-lang="en-US">Frames allow you to link certain events to a function that then decides if the event is handled by $[officename] Writer or by the function. See the $[officename] Basic Help for more information.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries" id="bm_id4656819" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149271" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Macro From</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149271">Macro From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149284" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/libraries">Lists the $[officename] program and any open $[officename] document.</ahelp> Within this list, select the location where you want to pick the macro from.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros" id="bm_id3767815" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156441" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Existing Macros</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156441">Existing Macros</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148458" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/macros">Lists the available macros. Select the macro that you want to assign to the selected event, and then click <emph>Assign</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign" id="bm_id3767816" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145173" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Assign</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145173">Assign</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145197" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/assign">Assigns the selected macro to the selected event.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete" id="bm_id3767817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150811" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remove</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150811">Remove</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150882" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="aufheb"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/eventassignpage/delete">Removes the macro assignment from the selected entry.</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp index 49d8639236..fd3707d6a1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05060800.xhp @@ -41,27 +41,27 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#grahyper"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155180" role="heading" level="2">Link to</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155180">Link to</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3143275" role="paragraph">Set the link properties.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url" id="bm_id3154825" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149485" role="heading" level="2">URL</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149485">URL</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154831" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search" id="bm_id3149103" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151260" role="heading" level="2">Browse</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151260">Browse</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149109" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp">FTP server</link> in the Internet.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name" id="bm_id3148983" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148972" role="heading" level="2">Name</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148972">Name</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147217" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame" id="bm_id3149035" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153636" role="heading" level="2">Frame</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153636">Frame</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149042" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href="text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets">here</link>.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152772" role="heading" level="2">Image Map</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152772">Image Map</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155138" role="paragraph">Select the type of <link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#imagemap">ImageMap</link> that you want to use. The ImageMap settings override the hyperlink settings that you enter on this page.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server" id="bm_id3149170" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153357" role="heading" level="2">Server-side image map</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153357">Server-side image map</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149176" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client" id="bm_id3151029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156278" role="heading" level="2">Client-side image map</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156278">Client-side image map</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151036" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client">Uses the <link href="text/shared/01/02220000.xhp">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151380" role="paragraph"><link href="text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#url">URL</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp index 796a2242d7..362331020e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090100.xhp @@ -40,48 +40,48 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabformat"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154560">Properties</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149881" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Name</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149881">Name</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/name">Enter an internal name for the table. You can use this name to quickly locate the table in the Navigator.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf" id="bm_id3148773" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150567" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150567">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149026" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/widthmf">Enter the width of the table.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Automatic</emph> option in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area is not selected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth" id="bm_id3150764" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154644" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154644">Relative</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/relwidth">Displays the width of the table as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151168" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Alignment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151168">Alignment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145412" xml-lang="en-US">Set the alignment options for the selected table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147511" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Automatic</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147511">Automatic</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154108" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/full">Extends the table horizontally to the left and to the right page margins.</ahelp> This is the recommended setting for tables in HTML documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left" id="bm_id3153533" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149807" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149807">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/left">Aligns the left edge of the table to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft" id="bm_id3153666" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151311" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left margin</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151311">Left margin</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153672" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/fromleft">Aligns the left edge of the table to the indent that you enter in the <emph>Left </emph>box in the <emph>Spacing </emph>area.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right" id="bm_id3154480" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150982" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150982">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/right">Aligns the right edge of the table to the right page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Centered</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155899">Centered</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149696" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/center">Centers the table horizontally on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159188" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Manual</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159188">Manual</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155180" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/free">Horizontally aligns the table based on the values that you enter in the <emph>Left</emph> and <emph>Right</emph> boxes in the<emph> Spacing</emph> area.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically calculates the table width. Select this option if you want to specify the individual <link href="text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp">column widths</link>.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149824" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spacing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149824">Spacing</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf" id="bm_id3154829" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149102" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149102">Left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154836" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/leftmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Left</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf" id="bm_id3147214" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147094" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147094">Right</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147220" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/rightmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the right page margin and the edge of the table.</ahelp> This option is not available if the <emph>Automatic </emph>or the <emph>Right</emph> option is selected in the <emph>Alignment</emph> area.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf" id="bm_id3147587" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147576" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Above</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147576">Above</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3152771" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/abovemf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the table and the text above the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf" id="bm_id3145757" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155142" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Below</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155142">Below</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145763" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/formattablepage/belowmf">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the bottom edge of the table and the text below the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="tip" id="par_id3145782" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a paragraph before a table at the beginning of a document, header or footer, place the cursor before any content in the first cell, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/01/05030700.xhp#textflow"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp index 30e018d884..90278e6da5 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090200.xhp @@ -40,15 +40,15 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#spaltentab"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147510" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adapt table width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147510">Adapt table width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154280" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> alignment or <emph>Relative</emph> width is selected on the <emph>Table </emph>tab, or if any table rows have been selected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns" id="bm_id3149809" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145587" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Adjust columns proportionally</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145587">Adjust columns proportionally</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns">Change all the other column widths by the same percentage as the one being changed.</ahelp> For example, if you reduce by half the size of a column, the sizes of all the other columns will be halved. This option requires that <emph>Adapt table width</emph> can be enabled.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space" id="bm_id3154564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150349" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Remaining space</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150349">Remaining space</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/space">Displays the amount of space that is available for adjusting the width of the columns. To set the width of the table, click the <emph>Table </emph>tab.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154476" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Column width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154476">Column width</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150976" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the column widths for the table.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width1" id="bm_id3149690" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width2" id="bm_id3149694" localize="false"/> @@ -56,13 +56,13 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width4" id="bm_id3154193" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width5" id="bm_id3154197" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6" id="bm_id3154202" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155899" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column widths</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155899">Column widths</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3159193" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/width6">Enter the width that you want for the column.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back" id="bm_id3149487" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155182" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Left Arrow</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155182">Left Arrow</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149494" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/back">Displays the table columns found to the left of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next" id="bm_id3149826" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149814" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Right Arrow</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149814">Right Arrow</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149099" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/next">Displays the table columns found to the right of the current column.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp#tabelle_tastatur"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp index e2e25bf28f..8b1d098d53 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154506" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><variable id="tabelle_tastatur"><link href="text/swriter/01/05090201.xhp">Editing Tables Using the Keyboard</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145244" xml-lang="en-US">You can resize and delete table columns with the keyboard.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Resizing Columns and Rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150564">Resizing Columns and Rows</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US">To resize a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down Alt, and then press the left or the right arrow. To resize the column without changing the width of the table, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command+Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl+Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>, and then press the left or the right arrows.</paragraph> @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US">To move the table downwards on the page, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift, and then press the down arrow.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151176" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151176">Inserting and deleting columns or rows</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph role="listitem" id="par_id3147512" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a column, place the cursor in a table cell, hold down <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option</caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline> and press Insert, release, and then press the left or the right arrow.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp index c8c4cf537a..fc51f96c44 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05090300.xhp @@ -47,49 +47,49 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabelletextfluss"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153920" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Text flow</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153920">Text flow</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break" id="bm_id3147174" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Break</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153720">Break</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154643" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/break">Select this check box, and then select the type of break that you want to associate with the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page" id="bm_id3147567" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151183">Page</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149286" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/page">Inserts a page break before or after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column" id="bm_id3154479" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150981" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Column</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150981">Column</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151310" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/column">Inserts a column break before or after the table on a multi-column page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before" id="bm_id3149689" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155898" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155898">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149695" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/before">Inserts a page or column break before the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after" id="bm_id3159201" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3159189" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3159189">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/after">Inserts a page or column break after the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle" id="bm_id3143276" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149490" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">With Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149490">With Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3143282" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestyle">Applies the page style that you specify to the first page that follows the page break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb" id="bm_id3151258" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154839" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page Style</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154839">Page Style</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149098" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagestylelb">Select the page style that you want to apply to the first page that follows the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf" id="bm_id3148972" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149819" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Page number</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149819">Page number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148978" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/pagenonf">Enter the page number for the first page that follows the break. If you want to continue the current page numbering, leave the checkbox unchecked.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split" id="bm_id3147221" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147100" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow table to split across pages and columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147100">Allow table to split across pages and columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153629" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/split">Allows a page break or column break between the rows of a table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow" id="bm_id3669240" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:RowSplit" id="bm_id6725669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN108D6" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Allow row to break across pages and columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN108D6">Allow row to break across pages and columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN108DA" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/splitrow">Allows a page break or column break inside a row of the table.</ahelp> This option is not applied to the first row in a table if the <emph>Repeat Heading</emph> option is selected.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep" id="bm_id3149046" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149034" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Keep with next paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149034">Keep with next paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/keep">Keeps the table and the following paragraph together when you insert the break.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline" id="bm_id3155137" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152772" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3152772">Repeat heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153350" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/headline">Repeats the table heading on a new page when the table spans more than one page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf" id="bm_id3560289" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1091C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1091C">The first ... rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10920" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/repeatheadernf">Enter the number of rows to include in the heading.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation" id="bm_id2659993" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10940" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text orientation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10940">Text orientation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10944" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/textorientation">Select the orientation for the text in the cells.</ahelp> You can use the following formatting options to specify the orientation of text in table cells:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> @@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient" id="bm_id3262733" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151028" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Vertical alignment</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151028">Vertical alignment</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149164" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/tabletextflowpage/vertorient">Specify the vertical text alignment for the cells in the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_repeat_multiple_headers.xhp#table_repeat_multiple_headers"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp index 38b7f1dba1..0efbaefd62 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120100.xhp @@ -33,18 +33,18 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:SetColumnWidth" id="bm_id7860324" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/ColumnWidthDialog" id="bm_id3149875" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150345" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Column Width</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3150345">Column Width</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149503" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="breitetext"><ahelp hid=".uno:SetColumnWidth">Changes the width of the selected column(s).</ahelp> </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#breites"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083452" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Width</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3083452">Width</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column" id="bm_id3149350" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3146323" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3146323">Columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145822" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width" id="bm_id3150019" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Width</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154502">Width</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp><comment>removed 2 sentences, see #i64155</comment></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp index 6c7b8955c2..b697fd9e7b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05120400.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a row into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:InsertColumnDialog" id="bm_id3149874" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Inserts a column into the table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148489" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Insert Columns/Rows</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3148489">Insert Columns/Rows</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151241" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="einfuegentext">Inserts a row or column into the table. This command is only available when the cursor is in a table. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> @@ -42,16 +42,16 @@ </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number" id="bm_id3156311" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3083447" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Insert</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150016" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Number</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3083447">Insert</h2> +<h3 id="hd_id3150016">Number</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155626" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_number">Enter the number of columns or rows that you want.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145829" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145829">Position</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154504" xml-lang="en-US">Specifies where to insert the columns or rows.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before" id="bm_id3156312" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Before</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150015">Before</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_before">Adds new columns to the left of the current column, or adds new rows above the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after" id="bm_id3156313" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149024" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">After</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149024">After</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153718" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/insertrowcolumn/insert_after">Adds new columns to the right of the current column, or adds new rows below the current row.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp index 46418a5b44..dafc21230e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150104.xhp @@ -30,10 +30,10 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154502" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Combine</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3154502">Combine</h1> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/percentdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_id9093905" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150020" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Minimum Size</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150020">Minimum Size</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp index 20c5d62bf5..377019a637 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05150300.xhp @@ -37,13 +37,13 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#autoformat3"/> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok" id="bm_id3149022" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3148775" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Accept All</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3148775">Accept All</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149029" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/ok">Applies all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153722" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Reject All</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153722">Reject All</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149711" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/cancel">Rejects all of the formatting changes.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit" id="bm_id3147564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150756" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Changes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150756">Edit Changes</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/queryredlinedialog/edit">Opens a dialog where you can accept or reject AutoCorrect changes. You can also view the changes made by a specific author or on a specific date.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/02230402.xhp">Manage Changes, Filter tab</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp index 110f348763..ff46aba252 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/05190000.xhp @@ -44,18 +44,18 @@ <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000405.xhp#tabauf"/> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149351" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Mode</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149351">Mode</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading" id="bm_id3153002" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154554" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Copy heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154554">Copy heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154503" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle" id="bm_id3145247" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149880" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading (apply style)</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149880">Custom heading (apply style)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148389" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading" id="bm_id3148775" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150568" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Custom heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150568">Custom heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading" id="bm_id3147173" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3153720" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">No heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153720">No heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3156318" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id3145411" xml-lang="en-US">When you split a table that contains formulas, the formulas may be affected.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp index 7c198be199..675930e0c7 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06090000.xhp @@ -41,46 +41,46 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#texttabelle"/> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150015" xml-lang="en-US">The options available in this dialog depending on the type of conversion.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145247" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Separate text at</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145247">Separate text at</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3148388" xml-lang="en-US">A separator, such as a tab, marks the column boundaries in the selected text. Each paragraph in the selection is converted into a row in the table. Similarly, when you convert a table into text, the column markers are changed to the character that you specify, and each row is converted into a separate paragraph.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs" id="bm_id3166468" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150936" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Tabs</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150936">Tabs</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3149027" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons" id="bm_id3153722" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147171" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Semicolons</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147171">Semicolons</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147565" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151273" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Paragraph</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151273">Paragraph</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154645" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other" id="bm_id3153151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Other:</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151184">Other:</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150256" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered" id="bm_id3151168" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149295" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Text box</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149295">Text box</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151175" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn" id="bm_id3154273" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147508" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Equal width for all columns</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147508">Equal width for all columns</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154278" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/autofmt" id="bm_id3152939" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150703" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">AutoFormat</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150703">AutoFormat</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id31542781" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>AutoFormat</emph> dialog, where you can select a predefined layout for table.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154097" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Options</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154097">Options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb" id="bm_id3153528" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149802" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149802">Heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3153535" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150359" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Repeat heading</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150359">Repeat heading</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3150973" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheaderssb" id="bm_id6823328" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id5971251" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">The first ... rows</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id5971251">The first ... rows</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id4136478" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Repeats the first n rows as a header.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb" id="bm_id3147524" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151315" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Don't split table</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3151315">Don't split table</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147530" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb" id="bm_id3149123" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154472" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Border</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154472">Border</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154570" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp index 48f41ab73c..e2cd351b8f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06100000.xhp @@ -38,30 +38,30 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:TableSort" id="bm_id6670125" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/SortDialog" id="bm_id66701251" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149353" role="heading" level="1">Sort</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3149353">Sort</h1> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150015" role="paragraph"><variable id="sort"><ahelp hid=".uno:SortDialog">Sorts the selected paragraphs or table rows alphabetically or numerically.</ahelp> You can define up to three sort keys as well as combine alphanumeric and numeric sort keys. </variable></paragraph> <section id="howtoget"> <embed href="text/swriter/00/00000406.xhp#sortieren"/> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150931" role="heading" level="2">Sort criteria</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150931">Sort criteria</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key1" id="bm_id3153926" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key2" id="bm_id3166462" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3" id="bm_id3166466" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149029" role="heading" level="2">Keys 1 to 3</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149029">Keys 1 to 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147170" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb1" id="bm_id3156318" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb2" id="bm_id3156322" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3" id="bm_id3154638" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147565" role="heading" level="2">Column 1 to 3</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147565">Column 1 to 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154644" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp></paragraph><comment>removed a para</comment> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb1" id="bm_id3149286" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb2" id="bm_id3149289" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3" id="bm_id3149292" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150254" role="heading" level="2">Key type 1 to 3</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150254">Key type 1 to 3</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149752" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151177" role="heading" level="2">Order</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id072020090105453" role="heading" level="3">Ascending</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151177">Order</h2> + <h3 id="hd_id072020090105453">Ascending</h3> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up1" id="bm_id3147506" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up2" id="bm_id3147509" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3" id="bm_id3147513" localize="false"/> @@ -69,32 +69,32 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down1" id="bm_id3154101" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down2" id="bm_id3154104" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3" id="bm_id3152938" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150708" role="heading" level="2">Descending</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150708">Descending</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152946" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149812" role="heading" level="2">Direction</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149812">Direction</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns" id="bm_id3152962" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153540" role="heading" level="2">Columns</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153540">Columns</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150973" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows" id="bm_id3153670" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147526" role="heading" level="2">Rows</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147526">Rows</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153677" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/rows">Sorts the rows in the table or the paragraphs in the selection according to the current sort options.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151312" role="heading" level="2">Separator</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3151312">Separator</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150350" role="paragraph">Paragraphs are separated by nonprinting paragraph marks. You can also specify that tabs or a character act as separators when you sort paragraphs.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs" id="bm_id3155896" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154570" role="heading" level="2">Tabs</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154570">Tabs</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155902" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/tabs">If the selected paragraphs correspond to a list separated by tabs, select this option.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/character" id="bm_id3154201" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator" id="bm_id3159190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154190" role="heading" level="2">Character</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154190">Character</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3159196" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/separator">Enter the character that you want to use as a separator in the selected area.</ahelp> By using the separator, $[officename] can determine the position of the sorting key in the selected paragraph.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb" id="bm_id3151335" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151324" role="heading" level="2">Select</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151324">Select</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155178" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/delimpb">Opens the <emph>Special Characters</emph> dialog, where you can select the character that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb" id="bm_id3149494" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149482" role="heading" level="2">Language</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149482">Language</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151252" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/langlb">Select the language that defines the sorting rules.</ahelp> Some languages sort special characters differently than other languages.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase" id="bm_id3154832" localize="false"/> -<paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149104" role="heading" level="2">Match case</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149104">Match case</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154838" role="paragraph"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/matchcase">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters when you sort a table. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10895" role="note">For Asian languages, select <emph>Match case </emph>to apply multi-level collation. In the multi-level collation, the primitive forms of the entries are first compared with the cases of the forms and diacritics ignored. If the forms are the same, the diacritics of the forms are compared. If the forms are still the same, the cases, character widths, and Japanese Kana differences of the forms are compared.<comment>UFI: see #112590# and #112507#</comment></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp index a3b03ed4db..ce298f31a9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/06160000.xhp @@ -43,11 +43,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" role="paragraph" id="par_id3154763">You can also right-click in an index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Update Index or Table of Contents</emph>. The following commands are also available in the context menu:</paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:EditCurIndex" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3147297" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3146967" xml-lang="en-US">Edit Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3146967">Edit Index or Table of Contents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151387" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:EditCurIndex" visibility="visible">Edits the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark branch="hid/.uno:RemoveTableOf" xml-lang="en-US" id="bm_id3155620" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" level="2" id="hd_id3147403" xml-lang="en-US">Delete Index or Table of Contents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147403">Delete Index or Table of Contents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155625" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:RemoveTableOf" visibility="visible">Deletes the current index or table.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp index 1bb9fc0c31..d50a72c8a8 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/legacynumbering.xhp @@ -34,11 +34,11 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id3153032" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3155830" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentmf" id="bm_id1336405" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154422" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Indent</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154422">Indent</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3144438" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left page margin (or the left edge of the text object) and the left edge of the numbering area. If the current paragraph style uses an indent, the amount you enter here is added to the indent.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149166" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative" id="bm_id3149164" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155179" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Relative</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3155179">Relative</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3146137" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/relative">Indents the current level relative to the previous level in the list hierarchy.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/cui/ui/numberingpositionpage/numberingwidthmf" id="bm_id3153349" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/indentatmf" id="bm_id3153348" localize="false"/> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf" id="bm_id3149235" localize="false"/> <switch select="appl"> <case select="WRITER"> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156194" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Minimum space between numbering and text.</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3156194">Minimum space between numbering and text.</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="modules/swriter/ui/outlinepositionpage/numdistmf">The alignment of the numbering symbol is adjusted to get the desired minimum space. If it is not possible because the numbering area is not wide enough, then the start of the text is adjusted.</ahelp></paragraph> </case> </switch> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp index 1c8c651233..6eca976d9b 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge01.xhp @@ -37,25 +37,25 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the document that you want to use as a base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/currentdoc" id="bm_id9740592.00000001" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Use the current document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Use the current document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Uses the current Writer document as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/newdoc" id="bm_id501724" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create a new document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Create a new document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a new Writer document to use for the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/loaddoc" id="bm_id216986" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from existing document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10564">Start from existing document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an existing Writer document to use as the base for the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsedoc" id="bm_id7658314" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1056B">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/template" id="bm_id1717886" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a template</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10572">Start from a template</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the template that you want to create your mail merge document with.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/browsetemplate" id="bm_id3173619" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Browse</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10579">Browse</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens a template selector dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoc" id="bm_id6065248" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Start from a recently saved starting document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10584">Start from a recently saved starting document</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10588" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use an existing mail merge document as the base for a new mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmselectpage/recentdoclb" id="bm_id920133" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106F6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the document.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp index 9b79f8977c..cd6b6451c1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge02.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Select document type</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the type of mail merge document to create.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Letter</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/letter" id="bm_id2589190" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10556">Letter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a printable mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id6954863" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Email message</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id6954863">Email message</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmoutputtypepage/email" id="bm_id3822443" localize="false"/><paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an email message or an email attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Addresses</link></paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp index 3d525be52e..e97134e8c0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp @@ -39,30 +39,30 @@ <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US">The Mail Merge wizard opens to this page if you start the wizard in a text document that already contains address database fields. If the wizard opens directly to this page, the <emph>Select Address List</emph> button is called <emph>Select Different Address List</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph role="note" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US">The title of this page is <emph>Insert address block</emph> for letters and <emph>Select address list</emph> for email messages.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresslist" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select Address List</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10568">Select Address List</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">Select Address List</link> dialog, where you can choose a data source for the addresses, add new addresses, or type in a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805413" xml-lang="en-US">When you edit some records in a Calc spreadsheet data source that is currently in use for a mail merge, those changes are not visible in the mail merge.<comment>ufi: see i9899</comment></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/address" id="bm_id934476" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document shall contain an address block</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057D">This document shall contain an address block</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10581" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds an address block to the mail merge document.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settingspreview" id="bm_id934477" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address block layout that you want to use.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805416" xml-lang="en-US">If you select <emph>This document shall contain an address block</emph>, the third and fourth substeps become enabled on this page. Then you have to match the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address block elements</link> and the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">field names</link> used in the mail.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/hideempty" id="bm_id59205" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id9355754" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Suppress lines with just empty fields</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id9355754">Suppress lines with just empty fields</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3109225" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enable to leave empty lines out of the address.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/settings" id="bm_id8949247" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">More</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10587">More</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">Select Address Block</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/assign" id="bm_id8653523" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Match fields</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059C">Match fields</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="warning" id="par_id7805417" xml-lang="en-US">Unless all address elements are matched with a column header, you cannot finish the Mail Merge wizard with the <emph>Finish</emph> button or continue to the <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">fourth step</link> of the wizard.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/addresspreview" id="bm_id8653524" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid="." visibility="hidden">Shows a preview of the address block template filled with data.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/prev" id="bm_id2950224" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmaddressblockpage/next" id="bm_id8050477" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105B1">(Browse buttons)</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Create salutation</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_idN105834" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp index 535e1ac14c..f270e84a9c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp @@ -37,41 +37,41 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the properties for the salutation.</ahelp> If the mail merge database contains gender information, you can specify different salutations based on the gender of the recipient.</paragraph> </section> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/greeting" id="bm_id274666" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This document should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">This document should contain a salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/personalized" id="bm_id274667" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055D">Insert personalized salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation to the mail merge document. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/female" id="bm_id274668" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10564">Female</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newfemale" id="bm_id274669" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1056B">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Female recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/male" id="bm_id274670" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10580" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10580">Male</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10584" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/newmale" id="bm_id274671" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10587" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10587">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1058B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> (Male recipient) dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalecol" id="bm_id274672" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059C" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1059C">Field name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A0" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/femalefield" id="bm_id274673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A3" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105A3">Field value</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A7" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/general" id="bm_id274674" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AA" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105AA">General salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default salutation that is used when you do not specify a personalized salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/preview" id="bm_id274675" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B1" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105B1">Preview</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the salutation.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/assign" id="bm_id9288918" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B8" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Match fields</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105B8">Match fields</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp">Match Fields</link> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/prev" id="bm_id3859675" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmsalutationpage/next" id="bm_id991546" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105CD" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">(Browse buttons)</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105CD">(Browse buttons)</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to preview the information from the previous or next data record.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105D4" xml-lang="en-US">Next step: <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Alternatively you can press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp index 2dabe402fb..7ec3fd85bf 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp @@ -36,30 +36,30 @@ <paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10543" xml-lang="en-US" level="1"><link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge05.xhp">Mail Merge Wizard - Adjust layout</link></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10553" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Specify the position of the address blocks and salutations on the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10544" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Block Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10544">Address Block Position</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/top" id="bm_id1113010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From top</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10564">From top</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10568" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the page and the top edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/align" id="bm_id7631458" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Align to text body</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10556">Align to text body</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Aligns the frame that contains the address block to the left page margin.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/left" id="bm_id7862483" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From left</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055D">From left</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the page and the left edge of the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10545" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation Position</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10545">Salutation Position</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/up" id="bm_id656758" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Up</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1056B">Up</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation up.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/down" id="bm_id3112582" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Down</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10572">Down</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10576" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Moves the salutation down.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/example" id="bm_id3112585" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Preview area</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10573">Preview area</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Provides a preview of the salutation positioning on the page.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmlayoutpage/zoom" id="bm_id628070" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Zoom</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10579">Zoom</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a magnification for the print preview.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106AF" xml-lang="en-US">Use the commands in the context menu of the preview to move the view up and down.</paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_idN10584" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Press the <emph>Finish</emph> button and use the <link href="text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp">Mail Merge Toolbar</link> to finish the mail merge process.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp index e888d2ee9f..858448f1a4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp @@ -32,13 +32,13 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/CCDialog" id="bm_id2162235" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Copy To</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Copy To</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US">Specify additional email recipients for the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp">mail merge</link> document.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/cc" id="bm_id2162236" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">CC</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">CC</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/ccdialog/bcc" id="bm_id3037202" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">BCC</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">BCC</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the recipients of email blind copies, separated by a semicolon (;).</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp index 899a6f201d..b95070c5ae 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp @@ -32,24 +32,24 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/CustomizeAddrListDialog" id="bm_id8578150" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Customize Address List</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053C">Customize Address List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Customizes the address list for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/treeview" id="bm_id8578151" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address list elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10551">Address list elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the fields that you want to move, delete, or rename.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/autopi/01090100.xhp#updown"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/add" id="bm_id8578152" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10560">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Inserts a new text field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/delete" id="bm_id8578153" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056E">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10572" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected field.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/customizeaddrlistdialog/rename" id="bm_id8578154" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10575" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Rename</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10575">Rename</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10579" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Renames the selected text field.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp index 2e22c7ffc4..2c031d8ce3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp @@ -32,31 +32,31 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/AddressBlockDialog" id="bm_id8578143" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Custom Salutation</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053C">Custom Salutation</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the salutation layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">mail merge</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">email merge</link> documents. The name of this dialog is different for female recipients and male recipients.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addresses" id="bm_id8578142" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10551" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Salutation elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10551">Salutation elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/toaddr" id="bm_id5275734" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10558">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the list of salutation elements to the other list. You can add a field more than once.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/fromaddr" id="bm_id6546525" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055F"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addressdest" id="bm_id1746574" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag salutation elements into the box below</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10566">Drag salutation elements into the box below</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields by drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/custom" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056D">Customize salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10571" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a value from the list for the salutation and the punctuation mark fields.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/addrpreview" id="bm_id8161564" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10574">Preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10578" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current salutation layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/up" id="bm_id1669972" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/left" id="bm_id1744743" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/right" id="bm_id1376384" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/addressblockdialog/down" id="bm_id7465132" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057B">(Arrow Buttons)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the item.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp index 4b40546f80..e447b2886e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp @@ -32,37 +32,37 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/MailBodyDialog" id="bm_id495011" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/@@nowidget@@" id="@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1053C" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Email Message</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN1053C">Email Message</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10540" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Type the message and the salutation for files that you send as <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge08.xhp">email</link> attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/greeting" id="bm_id1831110" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10554" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">This email should contain a salutation</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10554">This email should contain a salutation</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10558" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a salutation to the email.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/personalized" id="bm_id1831111" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Insert personalized salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1055B">Insert personalized salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a personalized salutation. To use the default salutation, clear this check box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/female" id="bm_id1831112" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10562" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Female</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10562">Female</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10566" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newfemale" id="bm_id1831113" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10569">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a female recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/male" id="bm_id1831114" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Male</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1057E">Male</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the personalized greeting for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/newmale" id="bm_id1831115" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">New</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN10585">New</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusgrelin.xhp">Custom Salutation</link> dialog for a male recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalecol" id="bm_id1831116" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field name</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN1059A">Field name</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field name of the address database field that contains the gender information.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/femalefield" id="bm_id1831117" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A1" xml-lang="en-US" level="4">Field value</paragraph> +<h4 id="par_idN105A1">Field value</h4> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A5" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the field value that indicates the gender of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/general" id="bm_id1831118" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A8" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">General salutation</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A8">General salutation</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105AC" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the default greeting to use if a personalized salutation cannot be created.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmmailbody/bodymle" id="bm_id495010" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Write your message here</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105AF">Write your message here</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the main text of the email.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp index 2a505e5b48..6b0dbea142 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_emailmergeddoc.xhp @@ -36,54 +36,54 @@ <paragraph id="par_id201703192214161498" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Sends the mail merge output as email messages to all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="par_idN10556" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Email options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Email options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/mailto" id="bm_id5152745" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105E8" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105E8">To</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105EC" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database field that contains the email address of the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/copyto" id="bm_id3541673" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105EF" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Copy to</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105EF">Copy to</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105F3" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_copyto.xhp">Copy To</link> dialog where you can specify one or more CC or BCC addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/subject" id="bm_id5238196" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10600" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Subject</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10600">Subject</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10604" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the subject line for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendas" id="bm_id9405499" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10607" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send as</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10607">Send as</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN1060B" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the mail format for the email messages.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_idN1060E" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">The Plain text and HTML message formats are sent in the body of the message, whereas the *.odt, *.doc, and *.pdf formats are sent as attachments.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendassettings" id="bm_id2954496" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10611" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Properties</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10611">Properties</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10615" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_emabod.xhp">Email Message</link> dialog where you can enter the email message for the mail merge files that are sent as attachments.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/attach" id="bm_id8253730" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10626" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Name of the attachment</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10626">Name of the attachment</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN1062A" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Shows the name of the attachment.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="par_idN10558" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send records</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10558">Send records</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/sendallrb" id="bm_id8163090" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN1062D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Send all documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1062D">Send all documents</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10631" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select to send emails to all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941191" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059B">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/from" id="bm_id8942839" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DB">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/to" id="bm_id7026887" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A2">To</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultemaildialog/ok" id="bm_id425122" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10642" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Send Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10642">Send Documents</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN10646" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click to start sending emails.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp index 63c97f59f7..e6677121e3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp @@ -32,22 +32,22 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/FindEntryDialog" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Find Entry</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Find Entry</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Searches for a record or recipient in the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">mail merge</link> address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/entry" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the search term.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/findin" id="bm_id8489030" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find only in</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">Find only in</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Restricts the search to one data field. </ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/area" id="bm_id8489031" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the data field where you want to search for the text.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/findentrydialog/find" id="bm_id8489033" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055F">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays the next record that contains the search text.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp index d8e061ac53..3b989ca81c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_matfie.xhp @@ -32,15 +32,15 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/AssignFieldsDialog" id="bm_id8489027" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Match Fields</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Match Fields</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Matches the logical field names of the layout dialog to the field names in your database when you create new <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">address blocks</link> or <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge04.xhp">salutations</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/FIELDS" id="bm_id8489028" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Matches to field:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">Matches to field:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a field name in your database for each logical address element.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/assignfieldsdialog/PREVIEW" id="bm_id8489029" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address block preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">Address block preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the values of the first data record.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp index 1c8782f728..35cd0e430c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp @@ -30,25 +30,25 @@ </history> </meta> <body> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address Block or Edit Address Block</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">New Address Block or Edit Address Block</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US">Specify the placement of address data fields in an address block in <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_ELEMENTS" id="bm_id5275740" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10569" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address elements</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10569">Address elements</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an address field and drag the field to the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_INSERT" id="bm_id5275741" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10570" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">></paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10570">></h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds the selected field from the Address Elements list to the other list.</ahelp> You can add the same field more than once.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_REMOVE" id="bm_id5275742" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2"><</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10577"><</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Removes the selected field from the other list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_DRAG" id="bm_id5275743" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag address elements here</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057E">Drag address elements here</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Arrange the fields with drag-and-drop or use the arrow buttons.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_PREVIEW" id="bm_id5275744" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10585">Preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Displays a preview of the first database record with the current address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_MM_ADDBLOCK_MOVEBUTTONS" id="bm_id5275745" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1058C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Arrow Buttons)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1058C">(Arrow Buttons)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10590" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select an item in the list and click an arrow button to move the entry.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp index 9851f672fe..c781aae646 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp @@ -32,11 +32,11 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CreateAddressList" id="bm_id3153966" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">New Address List</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">New Address List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter new addresses or edit the addresses for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link> documents.</ahelp> When you click <emph>OK</emph>, a dialog prompts you for the location to save the address list.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CONTAINER" id="bm_id3153967" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Address Information</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10557">Address Information</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter or edit the field contents for each mail merge recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/START" id="bm_id3153968" localize="false"/> @@ -45,23 +45,23 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/SETNOSB" id="bm_id3153977" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEXT" id="bm_id3153971" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/END" id="bm_id3153972" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Show Entry Number</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055E">Show Entry Number</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10574" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Click the buttons to navigate through the records or enter a record number to display a record.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/NEW" id="bm_id3153973" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10577" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10577">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1057B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Adds a new blank record to the address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/DELETE" id="bm_id3153974" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057E">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10582" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected record.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/FIND" id="bm_id3153975" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10585" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Find</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10585">Find</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_finent.xhp">Find Entry</link> dialog. You can leave the dialog open while you edit the entries.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/createaddresslist/CUSTOMIZE" id="bm_id3153976" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Customize</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059A">Customize</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_cusaddlis.xhp">Customize Address List</link> dialog where you can rearrange, rename, add, and delete fields.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp index 6bf857598f..9bf1724579 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_printmergeddoc.xhp @@ -36,34 +36,34 @@ <paragraph id="par_id201703192012043766" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge output for all or some recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Printer options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10556">Printer options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printers" id="bm_id376598" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105B7" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Printer</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105B7">Printer</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105BB" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the printer.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printersettings" id="bm_id7486190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105BE" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Properties</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105BE">Properties</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C2" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Changes the printer properties.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print records</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10560">Print records</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/printallrb" id="bm_id4834131" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C5" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Print all documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105C5">Print all documents</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C9" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints documents for all recipients.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059B" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059B">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059F" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN106DB" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DB">From</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN106E1" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105A2" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A2">To</h3> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105A6" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultprintdialog/ok" id="bm_id6397595" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105DA" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Print Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105DA">Print Documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105DE" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Prints the mail merge documents.</ahelp></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp index 92c9e83c31..27232a3e18 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp @@ -36,30 +36,30 @@ <paragraph id="par_id201703191635403846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Save the mail merge output to file.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="par_idN10557" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save As options</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10557">Save As options</h2> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/singlerb" id="bm_id7217627" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN1058D" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as single large document</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1058D">Save as single large document</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10591" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a single file.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/individualrb" id="bm_id3735465" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN10594" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">Save as individual documents</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN10594">Save as individual documents</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN10598" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the merged document as a separate file for each recipient. The file names of the documents are constructed from the name that you enter, followed by an underscore, and the number of the current record.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/fromrb" id="bm_id941190" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN1059B" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN1059B">From</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN1059F" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Selects a range of records starting at the record number in the <emph>From</emph> box and ending at the record number in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/from" id="bm_id8942838" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN106DB" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">From</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN106DB">From</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN106E1" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the first record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/to" id="bm_id7026886" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105A2" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To</paragraph> +<h3 id="par_idN105A2">To</h3> <paragraph id="par_idN105A6" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the number of the last record to include in the mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/mmresultsavedialog/ok" id="bm_id4436475" localize="false"/> -<paragraph id="par_idN105A9" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Save Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105A9">Save Documents</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN105AD" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Saves the documents.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp index 919594e4b5..46e5aa4316 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdblo.xhp @@ -32,38 +32,38 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/SelectBlockDialog" id="bm_id6604815" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10539" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address Block</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10539">Select Address Block</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1053D" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select, edit, or delete an address block layout for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/preview" id="bm_id6604816" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1054E" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Select your preferred address block</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1054E">Select your preferred address block</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10552" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the block in the list that you want to use for mail merge addresses, and click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/never" id="bm_id6604817" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10555" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Never include country/region</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10555">Never include country/region</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes country or regional information from the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/always" id="bm_id2571184" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055C" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Always include country/region</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055C">Always include country/region</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10560" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Includes country or regional information in the address block.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/dependent" id="bm_id6947538" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10563" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Only include country/region if it is not:</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10563">Only include country/region if it is not:</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10567" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Only includes country or regional information in the address block if the value differs from the value that you enter in the text box.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/country" id="bm_id7257606" localize="false"/> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10651" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the country/region string that shall not be printed.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/new" id="bm_id1533249" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1056A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">New</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1056A">New</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1056E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">New Address Block</link> dialog where you can define a new address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/edit" id="bm_id1784112" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1057F" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1057F">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10583" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddblo.xhp">Edit Address Block</link> dialog where you can edit the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectblockdialog/delete" id="bm_id2646565" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10594" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Delete</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10594">Delete</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10598" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Deletes the selected address block layout.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp index 73a05ae81a..8f63d39f21 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp @@ -32,22 +32,22 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/SelectAddressDialog" id="bm_id119937" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Address List</paragraph> +<h1 id="par_idN10542">Select Address List</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10549" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the address list that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge03.xhp">mail merge</link>, then click <emph>OK</emph>.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/add" id="bm_id7303689" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Add</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055A">Add</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the database file that contains the addresses that you want to use as an address list.</ahelp> If the file contains more than one table, the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog opens.</paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/create" id="bm_id584429" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10573" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Create</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10573">Create</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10589" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can create a new address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/filter" id="bm_id4916837" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1059A" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Filter</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1059A">Filter</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1059E" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/shared/02/12090100.xhp">Standard Filter</link> dialog , where you can apply filters to the address list to display the recipients that you want to see.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/edit" id="bm_id3753166" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105AF" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105AF">Edit</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105B3" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_newaddlis.xhp">New Address List</link> dialog, where you can edit the selected address list.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selectaddressdialog/changetable" id="bm_id7802667" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN105C4" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Change Table</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN105C4">Change Table</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN105C8" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp">Select Table</link> dialog, where you can select another table to use for mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp index 94941febb0..7c790d1b37 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/mm_seltab.xhp @@ -31,9 +31,9 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/@@nowidget@@" id="bm_@@nowidget@@" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/SelectTableDialog" id="bm_id6627093" localize="false"/> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10542" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Select Table</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/table" id="bm_id6627094" localize="false"/><h1 id="par_idN10542">Select Table</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10546" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select the table that you want to use for <link href="text/swriter/01/mm_seladdlis.xhp">mail merge</link> addresses.</ahelp></paragraph> -<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419" localize="false"/><paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10557" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Preview</paragraph> +<bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/selecttabledialog/preview" id="bm_id2926419" localize="false"/><h2 id="par_idN10557">Preview</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055B" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Opens the <emph>Mail Merge Recipients</emph> dialog.</ahelp></paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp index 7aaeeda525..5fd43496ff 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/title_page.xhp @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id300920161443298274" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Page header and footer, numbering, margins and orientation are some of the properties that belongs to page styles. %PRODUCTNAME Writer let your to insert a blank title page at any point of your document, or format an existing page like a title page, by inserting a page break followed by a page style of your choice or by changing the page style at cursor position.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443293374" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">Using the Default (or any other) page style for your document, you can add a header or footer as you wish to the first page by deselecting the <item type="menuitem">Same content on first page</item> option on the header/footer tabs in the <emph>Page Style</emph> dialog, and then adding the header or footer. You can then add a different header or footer to the other pages of the document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443299618" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id300920161443299618">To convert the first page of the document into a title page</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ </list> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443314375" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph> and the following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph>.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443317859" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id300920161443317859">To insert a title page anywhere in the document</h2> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443317032" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Place the cursor where you want to insert a new title page.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ </list> <paragraph id="par_id300920161443324067" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">This will insert a page break and change the current page style to <emph>First Page</emph>. The following pages will have the <emph>Default Style</emph> page style.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id300920161443323335" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To delete a title page:</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id300920161443323335">To delete a title page:</h2> <paragraph id="par_id30092016144332559" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You cannot delete a title page. You must change its page style format from <emph>First Page</emph> to whatever other page style you wish.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp b/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp index 6d150edd5e..f34b6c24c3 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/01/watermark.xhp @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/modules/swriter/ui/watermarkdialog/Color" id="bm_id561516970763374" localize="false"/> <h2 id="hd_id321516900368799">Color</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id521516900373461" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Select a color from the drop-down box.</ahelp></paragraph> - <paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id771516906476223" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To change a watermark contents or setting.</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id771516906476223">To change a watermark contents or setting.</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id831516906589936" xml-lang="en-US">If the watermark in use is a text inserted by the <item type="menuitem">Format - Watermark</item> menu command or by the <link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp">document classification settings</link>, you can edit the contents and settings on opening the watermark dialog.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id611516900724619" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/shared/01/classificationbar.xhp#bm_id030820161856432825">Document classification watermarks</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp index d822a9cbbf..1701bb419f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/02/08010000.xhp @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ <body> <section id="pagenumber"> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:StatePageNumber" id="bm_id9389648" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145241" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">Page Number</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3145241">Page Number</h1> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151184" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:StatePageNumber">The current page number is displayed in this field of the status bar. A click opens "Go to Page", with which you can navigate in the document. A right-click shows all bookmarks in the document. Click a bookmark to position the text cursor at the bookmark location.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145078" xml-lang="en-US">The displayed page (x) and the total number of pages (y) are shown in the form <emph>Page x/y</emph> When you scroll through a document with the mouse, the page number is displayed when you release the mouse button. When you scroll using the right scrollbar, the page numbers are displayed as a Help tip. The page numbering format of the status bar and scrollbar is identical.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp index c2e6311164..06aac3e49e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3147407" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="auto_numbering"><link href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp">Creating Numbered or Bulleted Lists as You Type</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155525" role="paragraph">$[officename] can automatically apply numbering or bullets as you type.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154243" role="heading" level="2">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154243">To Enable Automatic Numbering and Bulleting</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152830" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>, click the <item type="menuitem">Options</item> tab, and then select “Bulleted and numbered lists”.</paragraph> @@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2357860" role="tip">The automatic numbering option is only applied to paragraphs that are formatted with the "Default", "Text body", or "Text body indent" paragraph style.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3152897" role="heading" level="2">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3152897">To Create a Numbered or Bulleted List While You Type</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147773" role="listitem">Type 1., i., or I. to start a numbered list. Type * or - to start a bulleted list. You can also type a right parenthesis after the number instead of a period , for example, 1) or i).</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp index 62c3284a15..2f08e096b6 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3155521" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="autotext"><link href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp">Using AutoText</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3150534" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In $[officename] Writer, you can store text - also containing graphics, tables, and fields - as AutoText, so that you can quickly insert the text later on. If you want, you can also store formatted text.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155539" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create an AutoText Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155539">To Create an AutoText Entry</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3147282" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert an AutoText Entry</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147282">To Insert an AutoText Entry</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3145668" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also type the shortcut for an AutoText entry, and then press F3, or click the arrow next to the <item type="menuitem">AutoText</item> icon on the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> bar, and then choose an AutoText entry.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155090" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">To quickly enter a %PRODUCTNAME Math formula, type <item type="literal">fn</item>, and then press F3. If you insert more than one formula, the formulae are sequentially numbered. To insert dummy text, type <item type="literal">dt</item>, and then press F3.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155115" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155115">To Print a List of AutoText Entries</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151327" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Using AutoText in Network Installations</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151327">Using AutoText in Network Installations</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3151355" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can store AutoText entries in different directories on a network.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3151370" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">For example, you can store "read-only" AutoText entries for your company on a central server, and user-defined AutoText entries in a local directory.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3151390" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The paths for the AutoText directories can be edited in the configuration.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp index 939672f31f..5218d71dac 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp @@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3116136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_character"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_character.xhp">Defining Borders for Characters</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148413" role="warning">If two adjacent text ranges' all border properties are identical (same style, width, color, padding and shadow), then those two ranges will be considered to be part of the same border group and rendered within the same border in the document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3110503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3110503">To Set a Predefined Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118661" role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3111023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3142068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3142068">To Set a Customized Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3118613" role="listitem">Select the range of characters around which you want to add a border.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp index 574dbe0b58..ce601c59d9 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156136" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="border_page"><link href="text/swriter/guide/border_page.xhp">Defining Borders for Pages</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148473" role="warning">In Writer, you define borders for <emph>page styles</emph>, not individual pages. All changes made to borders apply to all pages that use the same page style. Note that page style changes cannot be undone by the Undo function in $[officename].</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3150503" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Predefined Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3150503">To Set a Predefined Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148491" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page Style - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156023" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph> to apply the changes.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145068" role="heading" level="2">To Set a Customized Border Style</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145068">To Set a Customized Border Style</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148663" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Format - Page Style - Borders</emph>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp index c5ae906028..ba95f77de4 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3155879" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can set up fields in your document that display text when a condition that you define is met. For example, you can define the conditional text that is displayed in a series of reminder letters.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155895" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Setting up conditional text in this example is a two-part process. First you create a variable, and then you create the condition.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153175" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a Conditional Variable</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153175">To Define a Conditional Variable</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153185" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The first part of the example is to define a variable for the condition statement.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145645" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145645">To Define a Condition and the Conditional Text</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3145659" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">The second part of the example is to define the condition that must be met, and to insert a placeholder for displaying the conditional text in your document.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155073" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Display the Conditional Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155073">To Display the Conditional Text</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3155086" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">In this example, the conditional text is displayed when the value of the conditional variable is equal to 3.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp index a7ec09bc7d..f0344c727a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/even_odd_sdw.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ </table> -<paragraph id="hd_id8194219" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id8194219">To Set Up Alternating Page Styles</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3147772" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To add a footer to one of the page styles, choose <item type="menuitem">Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</item>, and choose the page style that you want to add the footer to. In the footer frame, type the text that you want to use as a footer.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3147254" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">If you do not want to have a header or a footer on the title page of your document, apply the "First Page" style to the title page.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id888698" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id888698">To Suppress the Printout of Empty Pages</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3394573" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">If two even or two odd pages directly follow each other in your document, Writer will insert an empty page by default. You can suppress those automatically generated empty pages from printing and from exporting to PDF.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp index 979acc4400..416c95488a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp @@ -38,11 +38,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145576" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="fields"><link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp">About Fields</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154246" role="paragraph">Fields are used for data that changes in a document, such as the current date or the total number of pages in a document.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154262" role="heading" level="2">Viewing Fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154262">Viewing Fields</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150509" role="paragraph">Fields consist of a field name and the field content. To switch the field display between the field name or the field content, choose <link href="text/swriter/01/03090000.xhp"><emph>View - Field Names</emph></link>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150536" role="paragraph">To display or hide field highlighting in a document, choose <emph>View - Field Shadings</emph>. To permanently disable this feature, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - $[officename] - Application Colors</emph>, and clear the check box in front of <emph>Field shadings</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3152885" role="paragraph">To change the color of field shadings, choose <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - </emph><link href="text/shared/optionen/01012000.xhp"><item type="menuitem">$[officename] - Application Colors</item></link>, locate the <item type="menuitem">Field shadings</item> option, and then select a different color in the <item type="menuitem">Color setting</item> box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153166" role="heading" level="2">Field Properties</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153166">Field Properties</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153180" role="paragraph">Most field types in a document, including database fields, store and display variable values.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155533" role="paragraph">The following field types execute an action when you click the field:</paragraph> <table id="tbl_id3155548"> @@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155937" role="heading" level="2">Updating Fields</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155937">Updating Fields</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155963" role="paragraph">To update all of the fields in a document, press F9, or choose <emph>Edit - Select All</emph>, and then press F9.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155984" role="paragraph">To update a field that was inserted from a database, select the field, and then press F9.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id271519643331154" role="note">Placeholders are not updated.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp index 84c5b609c0..a21bf70f31 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/finding.xhp @@ -42,9 +42,9 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id611285" role="paragraph">In text documents you can find words, formatting, styles, and more. You can navigate from one result to the next, or you can highlight all results at once, then apply another format or replace the words by other text.</paragraph> </section> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6226081" role="heading" level="2">The Find & Replace dialog</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id6226081">The Find & Replace dialog</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6702780" role="paragraph">To find text within the whole document, open the Find & Replace dialog without any active text selection. If you want to search only a part of your document, first select that part of text, then open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3158970" role="heading" level="3">To Find Text</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3158970">To Find Text</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6957304" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Edit - Find & Replace</emph> to open the Find & Replace dialog.</paragraph> @@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1371807" role="paragraph">If you closed the dialog, you can press a key combination (Ctrl+Shift+F) to find the next text without opening the dialog. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id924100" role="paragraph">Alternatively, you can use the icons at the lower right of the document to navigate to the next text or to any other object in the document.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9359416" role="paragraph">When you click <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>, Writer selects all text that is equal to your entry. Now you can for example set all found text to bold, or apply a character style to all at once.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id5891598" role="heading" level="3">To Replace Text</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id5891598">To Replace Text</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1780755" role="note">Unlike searching text, replacing text cannot be restricted to the current selection only.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id703451" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace</emph>, Writer will search the whole document for the text in the <emph>Find</emph> box, starting at the current cursor position. When text is found, Writer highlights the text and waits for your response. Click <emph>Replace</emph> to replace the highlighted text in the document with the text in the <emph>Replace</emph> text box. Click <emph>Find Next</emph> to advance to the next found text without replacing the current selection.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7540818" role="paragraph">When you click <emph>Replace All</emph>, Writer replaces all text that matches your entry.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9908444" role="heading" level="3">To Find Styles</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id9908444">To Find Styles</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8413953" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain Paragraph Style is assigned, for example the "Heading 2" style.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id679342" role="listitem">Select the style to search for, then click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3231299" role="heading" level="3">To Find Formats</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3231299">To Find Formats</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8087405" role="paragraph">You want to find all text in your document to which a certain direct character formatting is assigned. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3406170" role="note">Finding formats only finds direct character attributes, it does not find attributes applied as part of a style.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7783745" role="listitem">Click <emph>Find Next</emph> or <emph>Find All</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5597094" role="heading" level="3">More options</paragraph> + <h3 id="par_id5597094">More options</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9919431" role="paragraph">The similarity search can find text that is almost the same as your search text. You can set the number of characters that are allowed to differ.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8533280" role="paragraph">Check the <emph>Similarity search</emph> option and optionally click the <emph>Similarities</emph> button to change the settings. (Setting all three numbers to 1 works fine for English text.)</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4646748" role="tip">When you have enabled Asian language support under <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><emph>%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</emph></caseinline><defaultinline><emph>Tools - Options</emph></defaultinline></switchinline><emph> - Language Settings - Languages</emph>, the Find & Replace dialog offers options to search Asian text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2489394" role="heading" level="2">The Navigator</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2489394">The Navigator</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9934385" role="paragraph">The Navigator is the main tool for finding and selecting objects. You can also use the Navigator to move and arrange chapters, providing an outline view to your document. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4159062" role="paragraph">Choose <emph>View - Navigator</emph> to open the Navigator window.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7421796" role="paragraph">Use the Navigator for inserting objects, links and references within the same document or from other open documents. See the <link href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp">Navigator</link> guide for more information.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp index 9605f0b925..aa5da56066 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155624" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="footer_pagenumber"><link href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp">Inserting Page Numbers in Footers</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id8230842" role="paragraph">You can easily insert a page number field in the footer of your document. You can also add a page count to the footer, for example, in the form "Page 9 of 12"</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7867366" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Page Number</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id7867366">To Insert a Page Number</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150508" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Header and Footer - Footer</emph> and select the page style that you want to add the footer to.</paragraph> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153155" role="paragraph">If you want, you can align the page number field as you would text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2988677" role="heading" level="2">To Additionally Add a Page Count</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2988677">To Additionally Add a Page Count</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155532" role="listitem">Click in front of the page number field, type <item type="literal">Page</item> and enter a space; click after the field, enter a space and then type <item type="literal">of</item> and enter another space.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp index 700a6d3d0f..3522654df2 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="globaldoc"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp">Master Documents and Subdocuments</link> </variable></paragraph><comment>MW: This file was split into globaldoc.xhp (concepts) and globaldoc_howtos.xhp (procedures)</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149806" role="paragraph">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6537369" role="heading" level="2">Characteristics of Master Documents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id6537369">Characteristics of Master Documents</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="paragraph">When you print a master document, the contents of all subdocuments, indexes, and any text that you entered are printed.</paragraph> @@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155180" role="note">When you add a document to a master document or create a new subdocument, a link is created in the master document. You cannot edit the content of a subdocument directly in the master document, but you can use the Navigator to open any subdocument for edit.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id7904904" role="heading" level="2">Example of Using Styles</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id7904904">Example of Using Styles</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5817743" role="paragraph">A master document master.odm consists of some text and links to the subdocuments sub1.odt and sub2.odt. In each subdocument a new paragraph style with the same name Style1 is defined and used, and the subdocuments are saved.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id9169591" role="paragraph">When you save the master document, the styles from the subdocuments are imported into the master document. First, the new style Style1 from the sub1.odt is imported. Next, the new styles from sub2.odt will be imported, but as Style1 now already is present in the master document, this style from sub2.odt will not be imported. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1590014" role="paragraph">In the master document you now see the new style Style1 from the first subdocument. All Style1 paragraphs in the master document will be shown using the Style1 attributes from the first subdocument. However, the second subdocument by itself will not be changed. You see the Style1 paragraphs from the second subdocument with different attributes, depending whether you open the sub2.odt document by itself or as part of the master document.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp index c86652d6cf..8c353ecf96 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3145246" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="globaldoc_howtos"><link href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc_howtos.xhp">Working with Master Documents and Subdocuments</link></variable></paragraph><comment>MW: this is a new guide created from splitting globaldoc.xhp</comment> <paragraph id="par_id1522873" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A master document lets you manage large documents, such as a book with many chapters. The master document can be seen as a container for individual <item type="productname">%PRODUCTNAME</item> Writer files. The individual files are called subdocuments.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153127" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Master Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153127">To Create a Master Document</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Edit a Master Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154242">To Edit a Master Document</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Use the Navigator for rearranging and editing the subdocuments in a master document.</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_idN10C40" role="note" xml-lang="en-US">When you insert an object like a frame or a picture into a master document, do not anchor the object "to page". Instead, set the anchor "to paragraph" on the <emph>Format - (Object type) - Type</emph> tab page, and then set the object's position relative to "Entire Page" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> and <emph>Vertical</emph> list boxes.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153656" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153656">To Start Each Subdocument on a New Page</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3145228" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Export a Master Document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3145228">To Export a Master Document</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp index 781f06fb65..2ff3f99a6d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155855" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="indices_form"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_form.xhp">Formatting an Index or a Table of Contents</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154259" role="paragraph">You can apply different paragraph styles, assign hyperlinks to entries, change the layout of indexes, and change the background color of indexes in the <emph>Insert Index</emph> dialog.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155888" role="heading" level="2">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155888">To Apply a Different Paragraph Style to an Index Level</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147110" role="listitem">Right-click in the index or table of contents, and then choose <emph>Edit Index or Table of Contents</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150516" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3146878" role="heading" level="2">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3146878">To Assign Hyperlinks to Entries in a Table of Contents</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3146890" role="paragraph">You can assign a cross-reference as a hyperlink to entries in a table of contents.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp index 91448d014d..35f18b290f 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp @@ -39,10 +39,10 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3149687" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="indices_literature"><link href="text/swriter/guide/indices_literature.xhp">Creating a Bibliography</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155864" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">A bibliography is a list of works that you reference in a document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153402" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Storing Bibliographic Information</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3153402">Storing Bibliographic Information</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153414" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] stores bibliographic information in a bibliography database, or in an individual document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154244" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3154244">To Store Information in the Bibliography Database</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150242" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3150242">To Store Bibliographic Information in an Individual Document</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ </list> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04120300.xhp#saving_note"/> -<paragraph id="hd_id3150741" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150741">Inserting Bibliography Entries From the Bibliography Database</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp index e2dd4beb7d..bba1926d77 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+<underlined character> to open a menu. In an open menu, press the underlined character to run a command. For example, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+I to open the <item type="menuitem">Insert</item> menu, and then H to insert a hyperlink.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155186" role="paragraph">To open a context menu, press Shift+F10. To close a context menu, press Escape.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155918" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Sections</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155918">To Insert Sections</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN106AA" role="listitem">Choose <emph>View - Toolbars - Insert</emph> to open the <emph>Insert</emph> toolbar.</paragraph> @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156253" role="paragraph">Press F6 to place the cursor inside the document.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153367" role="heading" level="2">To Insert Text Tables</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153367">To Insert Text Tables</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153388" role="listitem">Press F6 until the focus is on the diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp index e5bd905d9b..ba6e748850 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/main.xhp @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_userdata.xhp#fields_userdata"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/field_convert.xhp#field_convert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/fields_date.xhp#fields_date"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147088" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Tables in Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147088">Editing Tables in Text</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_select.xhp#table_select"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp#table_insert"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/table_delete.xhp#table_delete"/> @@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/tablemode.xhp#tablemode"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop_table.xhp#dragdrop_table"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/breaking_lines.xhp#breaking_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155590" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155590">Images, Drawings, ClipArt, Fontwork</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions_numbers.xhp#captions_numbers"/> @@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_animation.xhp#text_animation"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_rotate.xhp#text_rotate"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/background.xhp#background"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145083" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Table of Contents, Index</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145083">Table of Contents, Index</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_enter.xhp#indices_enter"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_edit.xhp#indices_edit"/> @@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_userdef.xhp#indices_userdef"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/indices_multidoc.xhp#indices_multidoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/navigator.xhp#navigator"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3150427" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headings, Types of Numbering</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3150427">Headings, Types of Numbering</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbering.xhp#using_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists.xhp#using_numbered_lists"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_numbered_lists2.xhp#using_numbered_lists2"/> @@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_paras.xhp#numbering_paras"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/numbering_stop.xhp#numbering_stop"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/numbering_lines.xhp#numbering_lines"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154464" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154464">Headers, Footers, Footnotes</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_footer.xhp#header_footer"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footer_pagenumber.xhp#footer_pagenumber"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_chapter.xhp#header_with_chapter"/> @@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/guide/header_with_line.xhp#header_with_line"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_usage.xhp#footnote_usage"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/footnote_with_line.xhp#footnote_with_line"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3152948" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Editing Other Objects in Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3152948">Editing Other Objects in Text</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/anchor_object.xhp#anchor_object"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_numbering.xhp#auto_numbering"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp#captions"/> @@ -171,20 +171,20 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/lineend_define.xhp#lineend_define"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/linestyle_define.xhp#linestyle_define"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp#text_frame"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3154324" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154324">Spelling, Dictionaries, Hyphenation</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/spellcheck_dialog.xhp#spellcheck_dialog"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/auto_spellcheck.xhp#auto_spellcheck"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autocorr_except.xhp#autocorr_except"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/delete_from_dict.xhp#delete_from_dict"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp#using_hyphen"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp#using_thesaurus"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145673" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145673">Form Letters, Labels and Business Cards</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/form_letters_main.xhp#form_letters"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels.xhp#labels"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/labels_database.xhp#labels_database"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text.xhp#conditional_text"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/conditional_text2.xhp#conditional_text2"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145730" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Working with Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145730">Working with Documents</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_brochure.xhp#print_brochure"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/globaldoc.xhp#globaldoc"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/print_preview.xhp#print_preview"/> @@ -198,7 +198,7 @@ <embed href="text/shared/guide/import_ms.xhp#import_ms"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/email.xhp#email"/> <embed href="text/shared/guide/workfolder.xhp#workfolder"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3156315" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Miscellaneous</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3156315">Miscellaneous</h2> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/keyboard.xhp#keyboard"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/autotext.xhp#autotext"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp#smarttags"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp index 08909788ef..47c00d4105 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <section id="define"> -<paragraph id="par_idN10820" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Page Background</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10820">To Change the Page Background</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ </list> </section> -<paragraph id="par_idN1087A" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1087A">To Change the Page Background of All Pages in a Document</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN1087E" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="par_idN108A5" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN108A5">To Use Different Page Backgrounds in the Same Document</h2> <paragraph id="par_idN108A9" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you begin, ensure that you have created a page style that uses a page background. See <link href="text/swriter/guide/pagebackground.xhp#define">To Change the Page Background</link> for details.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp index ee3f38fa02..3ff17ac8a0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/references.xhp @@ -44,10 +44,10 @@ <paragraph id="par_id3159263" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-references allow you to jump to specific text passages and objects in a single document. A cross-reference consists of a target and a reference that are inserted as <link href="text/swriter/guide/fields.xhp">fields</link> in the document.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155860" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Objects with captions and bookmarks can be used as targets.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149833" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-Referencing Text</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149833">Cross-Referencing Text</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149846" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert a cross-reference, you must first specify the targets in your text.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Target</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3156105">To Insert a Target</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ </list> <paragraph id="par_id3156257" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Leave the dialog open and proceed to the next section.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3153370" role="heading" level="3" xml-lang="en-US">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3153370">To Create a Cross-Reference to a Target</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149980" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Cross-Referencing an Object</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149980">Cross-Referencing an Object</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149992" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can cross-reference most objects in your document, such as graphics, drawing objects, OLE objects, and tables, so long as they have a caption. To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <link href="text/swriter/guide/captions.xhp"><emph>Insert - Caption</emph></link>.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3151115" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Updating Cross-References</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151115">Updating Cross-References</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3153594" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">To manually update the cross-references in a document, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Fields</emph> from the menu or press F9.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id7321390" role="tip" xml-lang="en-US">Choose <emph>View - Field Names</emph> to switch between viewing the reference names and the reference contents.</paragraph> <embed href="text/shared/00/00000004.xhp#related"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp index ef209ff8ec..00bd775b80 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/search_regexp.xhp @@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156113" role="listitem">Click <item type="menuitem">Find Next</item> or <item type="menuitem">Find All</item>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153401" role="heading" level="2">Regular Expression Examples</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153401">Regular Expression Examples</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149641" role="listitem">The regular expression for a single character is a period (.).</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp index d8c2e17962..bdcc7a2d12 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp @@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="section_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/section_insert.xhp">Inserting Sections</link></variable></paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3155917" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert new sections, or links to sections in other documents into the current document. If you insert a section as a link, the content of the link changes when you modify the source document.</paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id3155863" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a New Section</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155863">To Insert a New Section</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149635" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Insert a Section as a Link</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149635">To Insert a Section as a Link</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3149648" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">Before you can insert a section as link, you must first create sections in the source document.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149611" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">When you open a document that contains linked sections, $[officename] prompts you to update the contents of the sections. To manually update a link, choose <emph>Tools - Update - Links</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph id="par_id3149860" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can also insert linked sections in HTML documents. When you view the page in a web browser, the content of the sections corresponds to the content of the sections at the time the HTML document was last saved.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp index efb3b74242..feb4f86a6d 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/sections.xhp @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149872" role="paragraph">You can insert sections from a text document, or an entire text document as a section into another text document. You can also insert sections from a text document as links in another text document, or in the same document.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153367" role="note">To insert a new paragraph immediately before or after a section, click in front or behind the section, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Option </caseinline><defaultinline>Alt</defaultinline></switchinline>+Enter.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154242" role="heading" level="2">Sections and Columns</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3154242">Sections and Columns</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154255" role="paragraph">You can insert sections into an existing section. For example, you can insert a section containing two columns into a section that contains one column.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154845" role="paragraph">A section layout, for example on the number of columns, has priority over the page layout defined in a page style.</paragraph> <section id="relatedtopics"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp index d44bfb5f53..26179874df 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3563951" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="smarttags"><link href="text/swriter/guide/smarttags.xhp">Using Smart Tags</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id368358" role="paragraph">Smart Tags provide additional information and functionality to specified words in a Writer document. The available features can be different for different Smart Tags extensions.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9298379" role="heading" level="2">Installing Smart Tags</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9298379">Installing Smart Tags</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1827448" role="paragraph">Smart Tags can be supplied as <link href="text/shared/01/packagemanager.xhp">extensions</link> to %PRODUCTNAME Writer. </paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2508621" role="paragraph">To install a Smart Tag, do one of the following:</paragraph> <list type="unordered"> @@ -47,11 +47,11 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id7814264" role="paragraph">Click a Smart Tag *.oxt file link on a web page and open the link with the default application. This requires a properly configured Web browser.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id8142338" role="heading" level="2">Smart Tags Menu</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id8142338">Smart Tags Menu</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1917477" role="paragraph">Any text in a Writer document can be marked with a Smart Tag, by default a magenta colored underline. You can change the color in <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><item type="menuitem">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</item></caseinline><defaultinline><item type="menuitem">Tools - Options</item></defaultinline></switchinline><item type="menuitem"> - %PRODUCTNAME - Application Colors</item>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id192266" role="paragraph">When you point to a Smart Tag, a tip help informs you to <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC"><keycode>Command</keycode></caseinline><defaultinline><keycode>Ctrl</keycode></defaultinline></switchinline>-click to open the Smart Tags menu. If you don't use a mouse, position the cursor inside the marked text and open the context menu by <keycode>Shift+F10</keycode>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1998962" role="paragraph">In the Smart Tags menu you see the available actions that are defined for this Smart Tag. Choose an option from the menu. The <item type="menuitem">Smart Tags Options</item> command opens the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page of Tools - Autocorrect Options.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id2376476" role="heading" level="2">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id2376476">To Enable and Disable Smart Tags</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id349131" role="paragraph">When you have installed at least one Smart Tags extension, you see the <link href="text/shared/01/06040700.xhp">Smart Tags</link> page in <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options</item>. Use this dialog to enable or disable Smart Tags and to manage the installed tags.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1216467" role="note">Text that is recognized as a Smart Tag is not checked by the automatic spellcheck.</paragraph> </body> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp index 9a99259b46..ff5943042e 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6618243" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_cellmerge"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_cellmerge.xhp">Merging and Splitting Cells</link> </variable><comment>mw created this file out of the shared guide "table_cellmerge.xhp", see also bug #63021</comment></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1211890" role="paragraph">You can select adjacent cells, then merge them into a single cell. Conversely, you can take a large cell and divide it into individual cells.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3463850" role="heading" level="2">To Merge Cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3463850">To Merge Cells</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id5708792" role="listitem">Select the adjacent cells.</paragraph> @@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id6301461" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Table - Merge Cells</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id9156468" role="heading" level="2">To Split Cells</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id9156468">To Split Cells</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3415936" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the cell to be split.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp index 5e3de6bdcb..86b7210c21 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156377" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="table_insert"><link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">Inserting Tables</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149489" role="paragraph">There are several ways to create a table in a text document. You can insert a table from a toolbar, through a menu command, or from a spreadsheet. <comment>UFI: from a database?</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155908" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155908">To Insert a Table From a Toolbar</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155861" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153416" role="paragraph">To cancel, drag to the other side until <emph>Cancel</emph> appears in the preview area of the grid.<comment>make it RTL compliant</comment></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153135" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153135">To Insert a Table With a Menu Command</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149642" role="listitem">Place the cursor in your document where you want to insert the table.</paragraph> @@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145097" role="listitem">Select the options that you want, click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149572" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149572">To Insert a Table From a Calc Spreadsheet</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149594" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> @@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ </tablerow> </table> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3151093" role="heading" level="3">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3151093">Drag-and-Drop a Cell Range From a Calc Spreadsheet</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3151116" role="listitem">Open the $[officename] Calc spreadsheet containing the cell range that you want to insert.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp index 4c6b612791..368a8c0237 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_capital.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155916" role="paragraph">You can change the case of text, format text with small capitals, or capitalize the first letter of each word in a selection.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10728" role="note">When you apply formatting to your text by <emph>Format - Character</emph>, the text stays the same, it is only displayed in another way. On the other hand, when you choose <emph>Format - Text</emph> or <emph>Format - Text - Change Case</emph>, the text is permanently changed.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155861" role="heading" level="2">To Capitalize Text</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155861">To Capitalize Text</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147420" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to capitalize.</paragraph> @@ -51,7 +51,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1120200910485775" role="listitem">Choose <item type="menuitem">Format - Character</item>, click the Font Effects tab, then select the type of capitalization in the Effects box. "Capitals" capitalizes all letters. "Title" capitalizes the first letter of each word. "Small capitals" capitalizes all letters, but in a reduced font size.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149644" role="heading" level="2">To Change Text to Lowercase</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3149644">To Change Text to Lowercase</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149964" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to change to lowercase.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp index b00e2fad87..6a262cb41c 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp @@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149487" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="text_frame"><link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">Inserting, Editing, and Linking Frames</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149842" role="paragraph">A frame is a container for text and graphics that you can place anywhere on a page. You can also use a frame to apply a column layout to text.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156104" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Frame</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156104">To Insert a Frame</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149961" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to include in the frame.</paragraph> @@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149602" role="listitem">Choose <emph>Insert - Frame</emph>, and click OK.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145115" role="heading" level="2">To Edit a Frame</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145115">To Edit a Frame</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149578" role="listitem">To edit the contents of a frame, click in the frame, and make the changes that you want.</paragraph> @@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3156261" role="listitem">To resize a frame, click an edge of the frame, and drag one of the edges or corners of the frame. Hold down Shift while you drag to maintain the proportion of the frame.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3153386" role="heading" level="2">To Hide Text From Printing</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3153386">To Hide Text From Printing</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph">Any Writer frame can be set to a mode which allows viewing the text on screen, but hides the text from printing.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155899" role="listitem">In the <emph>Properties</emph> area, unmark the <emph>Print</emph> check box and click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3148701" role="heading" level="2">To Link Frames</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3148701">To Link Frames</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149986" role="paragraph">You can link Writer frames so that their contents automatically flow from one frame to another.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp index 08a69e6ee3..99a0346cfa 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ </bookmark><comment>mw deleted "text;"</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155185" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="textdoc_inframe"><link href="text/swriter/guide/textdoc_inframe.xhp">Inserting an Entire Text Document</link> </variable></paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1812799" role="heading" level="2">To Insert a Text File</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1812799">To Insert a Text File</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155855" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> @@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148858" role="paragraph">The contents of the text document are embedded into the current document and are not updated if the source file is changed. If you want the contents to automatically update when you change the source document, insert the file as a link.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3156105" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3156105">To Insert an Entire Text Document as a Link</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3150096" role="listitem">Place the cursor in the document where you want to insert the file.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp index 7699e4d302..5484ed5f24 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp @@ -35,9 +35,9 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149695" role="heading" level="1"><variable id="using_hyphen"><link href="text/swriter/guide/using_hyphen.xhp">Hyphenation</link> </variable></paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3155918" role="paragraph">By default, $[officename] moves words that do not fit on a line to the next line. If you want, you can use automatic or manual hyphenation to avoid this behavior: </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3155864" role="heading" level="2">Automatic Hyphenation</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3155864">Automatic Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3147414" role="paragraph">Automatic hyphenation inserts hyphens where they are needed in a paragraph. This option is only available for paragraph styles and individual paragraphs.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149832" role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149832">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in a Paragraph</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3148850" role="listitem">Right-click in a paragraph, and choose <emph>Paragraph</emph>.</paragraph> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153121" role="listitem">Click <emph>OK</emph>.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3149629" role="heading" level="3">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3149629">To Automatically Hyphenate Text in Multiple Paragraphs</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149644" role="paragraph">If you want to automatically hyphenate more than one paragraph, use a paragraph style.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149956" role="paragraph">For example, enable the automatic hyphenation option for the "Default" paragraph style, and then apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> @@ -75,13 +75,13 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3145400" role="listitem">Apply the style to the paragraphs that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3145417" role="heading" level="2">Manual Hyphenation</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id3145417">Manual Hyphenation</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154400" role="paragraph">You can insert a hyphen where you want on a line, or let $[officename] search for the words to hyphenate, and then offer a suggested hyphenation.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id6587651" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id6587651">To Manually Hyphenate Single Words</h3> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3153363" role="paragraph">To quickly insert a hyphen, click in the word where you want to add the hyphen, and then press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Hyphen(-).</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154244" role="paragraph">If you insert a manual hyphen in a word, the word is only hyphenated at the manual hyphen. No additional automatic hyphenation is applied for this word. A word with a manual hyphen will be hyphenated without regard to the settings on the <emph>Text Flow</emph> tab page.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id3154847" role="heading" level="3">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</paragraph> + <h3 id="hd_id3154847">To Manually Hyphenate Text in a Selection</h3> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3154869" role="listitem">Select the text that you want to hyphenate.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp index a1fb694dc5..7c62482567 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion.xhp @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id3149346" role="paragraph">If there is more than one word in the AutoCorrect memory that matches the three letters that you type, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Tab to cycle through the available words. To cycle in the opposite direction, press <switchinline select="sys"><caseinline select="MAC">Command </caseinline><defaultinline>Ctrl</defaultinline></switchinline>+Shift+Tab. </paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1078D" role="heading" level="2"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1078D"> To Accept/Reject a Word Completion</h2> <list type="unordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10794" role="listitem">By default, you accept the word completion by pressing the Enter key. </paragraph> @@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079B" role="listitem"> To reject the word completion, continue typing with any other key. </paragraph> </listitem> </list> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN1079E" role="heading" level="2"> To Switch off the Word Completion </paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN1079E"> To Switch off the Word Completion </h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107A5" role="listitem"> Choose <item type="menuitem">Tools - AutoCorrect - AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item>.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp index 7982964864..d3646286b1 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/word_completion_adjust.xhp @@ -38,19 +38,19 @@ </variable></paragraph><comment>MW created this guide by splitting word_completion.xhp</comment> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id4814294" role="paragraph">If you like it that $[officename] automatically completes the words that you frequently use, you can make further adjustments to refine that behavior. If you want, you can also save the current list of collected words so that it can be used in the next session.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2593462" role="paragraph">To fine-tune the word completion choose <item type="menuitem">Tools – AutoCorrect Options - Word Completion</item> and select any of the following options:</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107C6" role="heading" level="2">To Insert an Additional Space Character</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107C6">To Insert an Additional Space Character</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B03" role="paragraph">Select <emph>Append space</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B0E" role="note">The space character is appended after you type the first character of the next word after the auto-completed word. The space character is suppressed if the next character is a delimiter, such as a full stop or a new line character.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107CC" role="heading" level="2">To Define the Accept Key</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107CC">To Define the Accept Key</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B20" role="paragraph">Choose the key to accept the suggested word using the <emph>Accept with</emph> list box.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D2" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107D2">To Select the Minimum Number of Characters</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B36" role="paragraph">Use the <emph>Min. word length</emph> box to set the minimum number of characters a word must have to be collected into the list.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107D8" role="heading" level="2">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107D8">To Select the Scope of Collected Words</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B4C" role="paragraph">Disable the option <emph>When closing a document, remove the words collected from it from the list</emph>.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B53" role="paragraph">Now the list is also valid for other documents that you open. When you close the last %PRODUCTNAME document, the word list is deleted.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B56" role="paragraph">If you enable the checkbox, the list is only valid as long as the current document is open.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id2634968" role="paragraph">If you want the word list to exist longer than the current %PRODUCTNAME session, save it as a document, as described in the following section.</paragraph> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN107DE" role="heading" level="2">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</paragraph> + <h2 id="par_idN107DE">To Use the Word List for Further Sessions</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10B94" role="note">If the automatic spellcheck option is enabled, only the words that are recognized by the spellcheck are collected.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_idN10BA1" role="paragraph">Use the word list to always start with a defined set of technical terms for the word completion feature.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp index 89e0a5195c..ac24932b05 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/words_count.xhp @@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ </listitem> </list> <section id="how"> - <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="hd_id1116200901133957" role="heading" level="2">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</paragraph> + <h2 id="hd_id1116200901133957">How does %PRODUCTNAME count words?</h2> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133998" role="paragraph">In general, every string of characters between two spaces is a word. Dashes, tabs, line breaks, and paragraph breaks are word limits, too.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id1116200901133985" role="paragraph">Words with always visible hyphens, as in plug-in, add-on, user/config, are counted as one word each.</paragraph> <paragraph xml-lang="en-US" id="par_id111620090113399" role="paragraph">The words can be a mix of letters, numbers, and special characters. So the following text counts as four words: abc123 1.23 "$" http://www.example.com.</paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp b/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp index 2341a5cef2..0831978115 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <paragraph id="hd_id3154486" role="heading" level="1" xml-lang="en-US"><variable id="wrap"><link href="text/swriter/guide/wrap.xhp">Wrapping Text Around Objects</link></variable></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id4792321" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Wrap Text Around an Object</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id4792321">To Wrap Text Around an Object</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3149834" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3149834">To Specify the Wrapping Properties</h2> <list type="ordered"> <listitem> @@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ </listitem> </list> -<paragraph id="hd_id3154247" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3154247">To Change the Wrapping Contour of a Graphic</h2> <paragraph id="par_id3154262" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US">You can change the shape that the text wraps around.</paragraph> <list type="ordered"> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp b/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp index 8a140c1809..1517641e4a 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/mailmergetoolbar.xhp @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ <embed href="text/swriter/01/mailmerge00.xhp#mailmerge"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeCurrentEntry" id="bm_id9046601" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10559" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">(Recipient number)</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10559">(Recipient number)</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN1055A" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Enter the address record number of a recipient to preview the mail merge document for the recipient.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeFirstEntry" id="bm_id735801" localize="false"/> @@ -51,11 +51,11 @@ <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10604" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Use the browse buttons to scroll through the address records.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeExcludeEntry" id="bm_id108340" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN1055D" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Exclude recipient</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN1055D">Exclude recipient</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10561" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Excludes the current recipient from this mail merge.</ahelp></paragraph> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/.uno:MailMergeCreateDocuments" id="bm_id1743827" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="par_idN10564" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Edit Individual Documents</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_idN10564">Edit Individual Documents</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_idN10556" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">Creates a single merged document with page breaks between each recipient.</ahelp> The names and the addresses of the recipients are contained in the document, which can be customized as needed.</paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/mm_savemergeddoc.xhp#save_merged_document"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp index 405fe1b47e..9da7e900eb 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0000.xhp @@ -32,19 +32,19 @@ <body> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/SW_HID_EDIT_WIN" id="bm_id3147244" localize="false"/> <bookmark xml-lang="en-US" branch="hid/HID_GLOBAL_FALLBACK" id="bm_id3147247" localize="false"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147233" xml-lang="en-US" level="1">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help</paragraph> +<h1 id="hd_id3147233">%PRODUCTNAME Writer Help</h1> <embed href="text/shared/06/youtubevideos.xhp#whatisit"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147258" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3147258">Working With %PRODUCTNAME Writer</h3> <embed href="text/swriter/main0503.xhp#main0503"/> <embed href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp#main"/> <embed href="text/schart/main0000.xhp#chart_main"/> <embed href="text/sdatabase/main.xhp#base"/> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149131" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149131">Menus, Toolbars, and Keys</h3> <embed href="text/swriter/main0100.xhp#main0100"/> <embed href="text/swriter/main0200.xhp#main0200"/> <embed href="text/swriter/04/01020000.xhp#text_keys"/> <section id="helpabouthelp"> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3149183" xml-lang="en-US" level="3">Help about the Help</paragraph> +<h3 id="hd_id3149183">Help about the Help</h3> <embed href="text/shared/05/00000100.xhp#help"/> <embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#newhlp"/> <embed href="text/shared/05/new_help.xhp#hlpindx01"/> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp b/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp index 035edc8ed4..a36dca31e0 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/main0503.xhp @@ -32,25 +32,25 @@ </variable></paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3154263" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer lets you design and produce text documents that can include graphics, tables, or charts. You can then save the documents in a variety of formats, including the standardized OpenDocument format (ODF), Microsoft Word .doc format, or HTML. And you can easily export your document to the Portable Document Format (PDF).</paragraph> </section> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147755" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Writing</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147755">Writing</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147768" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer lets you create both basic documents, such as memos, <link href="text/shared/guide/fax.xhp">faxes</link>, letters , resumes and <link href="text/swriter/01/01150000.xhp">merge documents</link>, as well as long and complex or multi-part documents, complete with bibliographies, reference tables and indexes.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147797" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer also includes such useful features as a <link href="text/shared/01/06010000.xhp">spellchecker</link>, a <link href="text/swriter/guide/using_thesaurus.xhp">thesaurus</link>, <link href="text/shared/01/06040000.xhp">AutoCorrect</link>, and <link href="text/swriter/01/06030000.xhp">hyphenation</link> as well as a variety of templates for almost every purpose. You can also create your own templates using the wizards.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3147225" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Designing and Structuring</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3147225">Designing and Structuring</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147239" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] offers a wide variety of options to design documents. Use the <link href="text/swriter/01/05140000.xhp">Styles window</link> to create, assign and modify styles for paragraphs, individual characters, frames and pages. In addition, the <link href="text/swriter/01/02110000.xhp">Navigator</link> helps you to quickly move around inside your documents, lets you look at your document in an outline view, and keeps track of the objects that you have inserted into your document.</paragraph> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3147272" xml-lang="en-US">You can also create various <link href="text/swriter/01/04120000.xhp">indexes and tables</link> in text documents. You can define the structure and appearance of the indexes and tables according to your individual needs. Live hyperlinks and bookmarks let you jump directly to the corresponding items in the text.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145596" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145596">Desktop Publishing with $[officename] Writer</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145610" xml-lang="en-US">$[officename] Writer contains numerous desktop publishing and drawing tools to assist you in creating professionally styled documents, such as brochures, newsletters and invitations. You can format your documents with multi-column layouts, <link href="text/swriter/guide/text_frame.xhp">frames</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/insert_graphic.xhp">graphics</link>, <link href="text/swriter/guide/table_insert.xhp">tables</link>, and other objects.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3145649" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Calculations</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3145649">Calculations</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145663" xml-lang="en-US">Text documents in $[officename] have an integrated <link href="text/swriter/main0214.xhp">calculation function</link> that helps you execute sophisticated calculations or logical links. You can easily create a table in a text document in order to perform calculations.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151192" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Creating Drawings</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151192">Creating Drawings</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151206" xml-lang="en-US">The $[officename] Writer <link href="text/shared/02/01140000.xhp">drawing tool</link> lets you create drawings, graphics, legends, and other types of drawings directly in text documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3151229" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Inserting Graphics</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3151229">Inserting Graphics</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3151243" xml-lang="en-US">You can insert pictures with <link href="text/shared/00/00000020.xhp">different formats</link> into a text document, including graphics with a JPG or GIF format. In addition, the <link href="text/shared/01/gallery.xhp">Gallery</link> provides a collection of clipart graphics, and the <link href="text/shared/guide/fontwork.xhp">Fontwork Gallery</link> creates stunning font effects.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155084" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Flexible Application Interface</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155084">Flexible Application Interface</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155098" xml-lang="en-US">The program interface is designed so that you can configure it according to your preferences, including customizing icons and menus. You can position various program windows, such as the Styles window or the Navigator as floating windows anywhere on the screen. You can also <link href="text/shared/guide/autohide.xhp">dock</link> some windows to the edge of the workspace.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155123" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Drag&Drop</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155123">Drag&Drop</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3155137" xml-lang="en-US">The <link href="text/shared/guide/dragdrop.xhp">drag-and-drop</link> feature enables you to work quickly and efficiently with text documents in $[officename]. For example, you can drag-and-drop objects, such as graphics from the Gallery, from one location to another in the same document, or between open $[officename] documents.</paragraph> -<paragraph role="heading" id="hd_id3155162" xml-lang="en-US" level="2">Help Functions</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id3155162">Help Functions</h2> <paragraph role="paragraph" id="par_id3145675" xml-lang="en-US">You can use the <link href="text/shared/05/00000110.xhp">Help system</link> as a complete reference for $[officename] applications, including <link href="text/swriter/guide/main.xhp">instructions</link> for simple and complex tasks.</paragraph> </body> </helpdocument> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp index 42c801503e..5dc43ec975 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_footnote_endnote.xhp @@ -35,10 +35,10 @@ <paragraph id="par_id030420161136126396" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">The menu contains commands to insert a footnote or endnote with or without additional user interaction.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="par_id03042016113613789" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Footnote</paragraph> +<h2 id="par_id03042016113613789">Footnote</h2> <paragraph id="par_id030420161138373075" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFootnote">Insert a footnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph> -<paragraph id="hd_id030420161138377837" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Endnote</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id030420161138377837">Endnote</h2> <paragraph id="par_id030420161138378865" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertEndnote">Insert a endnote at the current cursor position without a prompt.</ahelp></paragraph> <paragraph id="hd_id3147231" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US"><link href="text/swriter/01/04030000.xhp">Footnote or Endnote</link></paragraph> diff --git a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp index 026c0a6d9b..86db143350 100644 --- a/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp +++ b/source/text/swriter/menu/insert_frame.xhp @@ -35,7 +35,7 @@ <paragraph id="par_id030720160603138925" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".">This submenu contains both interactive and non-interactive means of inserting a frame.</ahelp></paragraph> </section> -<paragraph id="hd_id030720160605268360" role="heading" level="2" xml-lang="en-US">Frame Interactively</paragraph> +<h2 id="hd_id030720160605268360">Frame Interactively</h2> <paragraph id="par_id030720160605261333" role="paragraph" xml-lang="en-US"><ahelp hid=".uno:InsertFrameInteract">Insert a frame by drawing its shape with the mouse cursor.</ahelp></paragraph> <embed href="text/swriter/01/04130000.xhp#frame"/> |